Meditation: Mastery guide for beginners: 3 double books in one: Chakra and Kundalini Awakening Reiki Crystal and Healing Stones Astral Projection and Third Eye Awakening 9798643340010

Table of contents :
Introduction
Chapter 1.History of Chakras
The Meaning behind the Chakras
Origins of the Chakra System
The Energy of the Chakras
How Do Chakras Interact with the Physical Body?
Awakening the Chakras
Chapter 2.What are the Chakras?
Chapter 3.Types of Chakras
The Root Chakra
The Sacral Chakra
The Solar Plexus Chakra
The Heart Chakra
The Throat Chakra
The Third Eye Chakra
The Crown Chakra
Chapter 4.Meditation for The Chakras
The Root Chakra Meditation
The Sacral Chakra Meditation
The Solar Plexus Meditation
The Heart Chakra Meditation
The Throat Chakra Meditation
The Brow Chakra Meditation
The Crown Chakra Meditation
Chapter 5.Reception and Similar Theories in the West
Chapter 6.Yoga and Chakras
Searching for Well-Being
Balance and Healing
Yoga for Root Chakra
Yoga for Sacral Chakra
Yoga for Solar Plexus
Yoga For Heart Chakra
Yoga for Throat Chakra
Yoga for Third Eye Chakra
Yoga for Crown Chakra
Chapter 7.Healing Chakras
Crystal Healing and the Chakras
Chakra Blocking and Balancing
Do You Need Chakra Balancing?
Chakra Balancing Methods
Chakra Cleansing Meditation
Chapter 8.Finding Your Balance
Awaken Your Energy, and Connect Body with Mind
Exercises for Awakening Your Energy
Mind-body Connection
Mind-Body Connection Exercises
Yogi matters
Models (Asanas)
How the Chakras Can Improve Your Relationships
Chapter 9.Science Behind Chakras
Chakra System and Biological Science
Chapter 10.14 Myths About Chakras
There aren’t any chakras.
Opening chakras is easy.
Having the chakras balanced will definitely improve health.
Chakras have to be perfect and balanced at all times.
Professional healers can balance and open your chakras in one session.
There are seven chakras.
Chakras are just “things” that live in our bodies.
The main purpose of chakras is to treat illness.
You can’t control your chakras.
You should only worry about the top chakras.
Healers can remove all your problems and Karmic baggage.
Chakras are energy sources.
What is the correct way to pronounce “chakra” in its most original form?
The sacral chakra is about sex.
Chapter 11.7 Ways to Improve Your Healing Process
Return to the Earth
Get into healing waters
Move
Share and accept love
Express yourself
Listen to the inner you
Connection with the spirit
Chapter 12.Risks of Opening Your Chakras
Common Mistakes
Conclusion
Introduction
What Are Chakras?
Chapter 1.History Of Kundalini
Chapter 2.What Is Kundalini?
The Nature Of Kundalini
Kundalini Vs. Prana
Kundalini Vs. Chi
The Benefits And Effects Of Kundalini Awakening
Clearing The Blockages That Prevent Kundalini From Rising Smoothly
Chapter 3.Prepare To Awaken
Chapter 4.Kundalini Meditation
Seven Chakra Healing Guided Meditation
Chapter 5.Meditation, Common Mistake To Avoid
Typical Meditation Mistakes You Can Avoid Now
Chapter 6.Kundalini Yoga
Chapter 7.Kundalini And Prana
Chapter 8.Kundalini And New Age
Studies On Inner Awakening Participants - 2011
Healing Of Physical Ailments
Neurological Changes Through QEEG Studies
What Is Kundalini? Doctors And Scientists Explain
The Nature Of Kundalini
Bio-Electrical Energy
Keen Force Of Nature
Preparation Is A Must
Purging Sessions
Arousing Will Prompt Lifestyle Changes
Dull Night Of The Soul
Chapter 9.Consciousness
Chapter 10.Kundalini And Tantra
About Tantra
How Tantra Affects Kundalini
The practice of Tantra for Kundalini Awakening
Chapter 11.Types Of Psychic Abilities
Different Types Of Psychic Abilities
Chapter 12.Activate Transcendence
Psychometry
Automatic Writing
Channeling
Dowsing
Extra Sensory Perception
Medium
Readers
Scrying
Telepathy
Trance Channel
Chapter 13.Ascension
Chapter 14.Allowing And Releasing
Acceptance Equals Flow
Releasing Fear
Releasing Daily Expectations
Releasing People That Bring You Pain
Releasing Places That Bring You Pain
Releasing Old Cycles That Restrict Your Awakening
Chapter 15.The Obstacles To Enlightenment
The Need for Understanding
Stopping too Soon
Enchantment With Ecstasy
Doubts
Discouragement
Distractions
Fear of the Empty Mind
Chapter 16.Astral Travel
Travel Methods
Helpful Hints
Chapter 17.The Basis Of All Things
Chapter 18.The Aura
The Power Of The Mind
Conclusion
Introduction
Chapter 1.History of Reiki Healing
Different Forms of Reiki
Chapter 2.Principles of Reiki
Principle #1
Principle #2
Principle #3
Principle #4
Principle #5
Chapter 3.What Is Reiki Healing?
Self- Treatment Sessions
Healing Crisis
Performing Reiki Sessions on Other People
Chapter 4.Reiki Symbolism
The Power symbol
How to use Choku Rei
The Mental/Emotional symbol
How to use Sei He Ki
The Distance Symbol
How to use Hon Sha Ze ShoNen
The Master Symbol
How to use Dai Ko Myo
The Completion Symbol
Chapter 5.Learning Reiki Healing
Benefits of Reiki Healing
How Reiki Healing Works
Chapter 6.Mental, Emotion and Spiritual Healing
Barriers to Spiritual Growth
What Should Be Learned to Successfully Overcome Obstacles?
They are called elementals:
Meditation
Chakras
7 Umbanda Lines
AURA
The Tuning
Anchorage
Disconnecting
Things Of Ingratitude
Some Difficult Moments
Chapter 7.Reiki Hand Position
Hand Positions to Treat Others
Hand Positions for Self-Treatment
Chapter 8.Technique to Reduce Stress and Anxiety
Byosen Reikan Ho
Chapter 9.Techniques to Improve Spiritual Wellness
Kenyoku Ho
Reiji Ho
Chapter 10.Advanced Reiki Techniques
Intention
Mindfulness
Positivity
Unblock
Compassion
Self-Treatment
Using Your Mind
Healing Relationships
Reenergizing
Attracting Abundance
Chapter 11.Healing Ailments
The Right Side of the Body
The Left Side of the Body
Chakra Imbalances
Physical Manifestations – Area specific
Chapter 12.Reiki and Meditation
How to Create the Best Self-Reiki Practice
Start Small
Make it a Daily Routine
Know Why you are Into Reiki
Understand the Limitations
Use a Guide
Lower Expectations
Reiki on the Go
Believe You Can
Repeat Until You Achieve Your Goals
Chapter 13.Reiki and Science
Conclusion
Introduction
Chapter 1.History of Crystal and Healing Stones
Chapter 2.What are Crystals?
What are Crystals and Where Do They Come From
The Power Inside the Crystal
Benefits of Using Crystals
Chapter 3.Different Crystals
Crystals for Happiness
Crystals for Luck
Crystals for Better Relationships
Crystals for Success
Crystals to Alleviate Depression and Anxiety
Crystals for Protection
Crystals for Confidence
Crystals for Weight Loss
Crystals for Spirituality
Crystals for Different Life Events
Chapter 4.What are Healing Stones?
History
Holistic Healing
Crystals and the Moon
Chapter 5.Basics of Crystals and Healing Stones
Different shapes of crystals
Chapter 6.Connection to the Human Body
Crystals, chakras, and qi
Crystals and Chakras
Crystals and Health
Chapter 7.Choosing Your Crystal
Where to Buy Crystals
Choosing Crystal Shapes
What to Look For
What to Avoid
Chapter 8.Preparing for Use the Crystal and Healing Stones
Cleansing a Crystal
Program your Crystals
Chapter 9.Using Crystal and Healing Stones
Lemurian Heart Activation
Crystal Wand
Crystal Pendulum
Figure Eight Looping
Crystal Healing Layout
Tracing the Meridians
Balancing Your Body
Aligning the Chakras
Point Facing
Power Hand
Projective Hand
Receptive Hand
Chapter 10.Meditating with Crystal
Chapter 11.Crystal, Stones and Science
Chapter 12.Maintenance of Your Crystals
Effects both Mental and Physical
Conclusion
Introduction
Chapter 1.History of Astral Projection
Chapter 2.What is Astral Projection?
Chapter 3.Astral Projection Basics
How to take off
Remaining lucid after take off
Remembering your astral experience
Helpful Tips As You Prepare For an Astral Experience
Chapter 4.Meditation and Hypnosis
Benefits of Meditation in Your Daily Life
Chapter 5.Prepare Your Mind for The Out of Body Experience
Some Helpful Meditation Tips
Initial Steps of Astral Projection
Chapter 6.Remote Viewing
Chapter 7.Lucid Dreaming
1. Record Your Dreams
2. Affirmations
3. Reality Checks
Chapter 8.Hypnogogic State
Chapter 9.Time Travel
Chapter 10.Sleeping and Astral Projection
Learning Astral Travel through Dreaming
Astral Traveling
Chapter 11.Exploring Your Inner Reality
Navigating The Astral Dimensions
How To Move In The Astral Dimensions
Traveling In A Multidimensional Universe
Spiritual Growth And Personal Development
Communicating With Beings On The Other Side
The Akashic Records
Creative Visualization
Physical And Emotional Healing
Chapter 12.Enjoy The Journey and Protecting Yourself
Affirmations
Visualizations
Ask For Assistance
Chapter 13.Astrology
The Modern Zodiac
Astrological Charts
Zodiac Controversies (the thirteenth sign).
Chapter 14.Astral Projection and Science
Near-Death Experiences
The Universe or Universes?
Chapter 15.Best Astral Projection Techniques and How to Perform Them
Space
Breathe
Meditate
Vibrational Stage
Visualize Movement
Astral Projection
Chapter 16.What to Expect in the Astral World
Being Out of Body for the First Time
Moving Around
What You’ll See
Who You’ll Meet
What You’ll Feel
Encounters with Your Own Unconscious
Chapter 17.Techniques for Astral Projection
Techniques During Hypnagogia
Things to Remember at This Point
Techniques for Separation
Things to Remember at This Point
How to Enter an OBE from a Dream
Chapter 18.Meditative and Visualization Exercises to Practice Before Astral Projection
Meditative Breathing Exercises
Visualized Breathing
Catching the Moment of Wakefulness
Chapter 19.Astral Projection in Popular Culture
Conclusion
Introduction
Chapter 1.History of the Third Eye
Chapter 2.What Is Third Eye?
Chapter 3.Opening the Third Eye
Activating and Maintaining the Third Eye Function
The First Opening
Experiences After the Opening Of The Third Eye
Chapter 4.Using the Third Eye
Intuition
Psychic Awareness
Finding Happiness from Within
Chapter 5.Your Divine Self
Chapter 6.Mindful Meditation
Three Minute Body and Sound
Nine Minute Loving Meditation
Chapter 7.Clearing Out Negative Energy
Chapter 8.Breathing Techniques
How to Activate the Third Eye by Breathing
Having the Third Eye Experience
The Breathing Process
Chapter 9.Steps to Increase Your Clairvoyance Power
Step 1: Unblock as Well as Release Your Clairvoyant Fears
Step 2: Keep Your Focus on the Third Eye
Step 3: Boost Your Visual Imagination
Step 4: You Need to Answer Some Specific Questions Using Clairvoyance
Step 5: Interpret Clairvoyant Images
Step 6: You Need to Believe as Well as Work with Faith
Step 7: Write down About the Psychic Experiences
Step 8: Find a Clairvoyant Person
Step 9: Meditate
Chapter 10.Positive Thoughts
Chapter 11.Pineal Gland
What is the Pineal Gland?
The Function of the Pineal Gland
The Pineal Gland and the Third Eye
Ten Fascinating Facts about the Pineal Gland
Calcification of the Pineal Gland
How to Decalcify the Pineal Gland
Conspiracy Theory
Conclusion
Chapter 12.Energy Healing
Chapter 13.Psychic Awareness
Tips to Develop and Strengthen Your Psychic Awareness
Chapter 14.Trust Your Intuition
Chapter 15.Use Your Mind to Heal
Chapter 16.Enhanced Psychic Abilities
Chapter 17.Spiritual Healing
Power of spiritual healing
Chapter 18.Balancing the Chakras and Healing Them
Purify Your Energy Fields
Lowering Stress Levels and Anxiety
Conclusion

Citation preview

MEDITATION MASTERY GUIDE FOR BEGINNERS: INCREASE SPIRITUALITY IMPROVE YOUR HEALTH 3 DOUBLE BOOKS IN 1: CHAKRA AND KUNDALINI AWAKENING REIKI CRYSTAL AND HEALING STONES ASTRAL PROJECTION AND THIRD EYE AWAKENING

CHAKRA Table of Contents INTRODUCTION CHAPTER 1.HISTORY OF CHAKRAS THE MEANING BEHIND THE CHAKRAS ORIGINS OF THE CHAKRA SYSTEM THE ENERGY OF THE CHAKRAS HOW DO CHAKRAS INTERACT WITH THE PHYSICAL BODY? AWAKENING THE CHAKRAS CHAPTER 2.WHAT ARE THE CHAKRAS? CHAPTER 3.TYPES OF CHAKRAS THE ROOT CHAKRA THE SACRAL CHAKRA THE SOLAR PLEXUS CHAKRA THE HEART CHAKRA THE THROAT CHAKRA THE THIRD EYE CHAKRA THE CROWN CHAKRA CHAPTER 4.MEDITATION FOR THE CHAKRAS THE ROOT CHAKRA MEDITATION THE SACRAL CHAKRA MEDITATION THE SOLAR PLEXUS MEDITATION THE HEART CHAKRA MEDITATION THE THROAT CHAKRA MEDITATION THE BROW CHAKRA MEDITATION THE CROWN CHAKRA MEDITATION CHAPTER 5.RECEPTION AND SIMILAR THEORIES IN THE WEST CHAPTER 6.YOGA AND CHAKRAS SEARCHING FOR WELL-BEING BALANCE AND HEALING YOGA FOR ROOT CHAKRA YOGA FOR SACRAL CHAKRA

YOGA FOR SOLAR PLEXUS YOGA FOR HEART CHAKRA YOGA FOR THROAT CHAKRA YOGA FOR THIRD EYE CHAKRA YOGA FOR CROWN CHAKRA CHAPTER 7.HEALING CHAKRAS CRYSTAL HEALING AND THE CHAKRAS CHAKRA BLOCKING AND BALANCING DO YOU NEED CHAKRA BALANCING? CHAKRA BALANCING METHODS CHAKRA CLEANSING MEDITATION CHAPTER 8.

FINDING YOUR BALANCE

AWAKEN YOUR ENERGY, AND CONNECT BODY WITH MIND EXERCISES FOR AWAKENING YOUR ENERGY MIND-BODY CONNECTION MIND-BODY CONNECTION EXERCISES YOGI MATTERS MODELS (ASANAS) HOW THE CHAKRAS CAN IMPROVE YOUR RELATIONSHIPS CHAPTER 9.SCIENCE BEHIND CHAKRAS CHAKRA SYSTEM AND BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE CHAPTER 10. 14 MYTHS ABOUT CHAKRAS THERE AREN’T ANY CHAKRAS. OPENING CHAKRAS IS EASY. HAVING THE CHAKRAS BALANCED WILL DEFINITELY IMPROVE HEALTH. CHAKRAS HAVE TO BE PERFECT AND BALANCED AT ALL TIMES. PROFESSIONAL HEALERS CAN BALANCE AND OPEN YOUR CHAKRAS IN ONE SESSION. THERE ARE SEVEN CHAKRAS. CHAKRAS ARE JUST “THINGS” THAT LIVE IN OUR BODIES. THE MAIN PURPOSE OF CHAKRAS IS TO TREAT ILLNESS. YOU CAN’T CONTROL YOUR CHAKRAS. YOU SHOULD ONLY WORRY ABOUT THE TOP CHAKRAS. HEALERS CAN REMOVE ALL YOUR PROBLEMS AND KARMIC BAGGAGE. CHAKRAS ARE ENERGY SOURCES. WHAT IS THE CORRECT WAY TO PRONOUNCE “CHAKRA” IN ITS MOST ORIGINAL FORM? THE SACRAL CHAKRA IS ABOUT SEX. CHAPTER 11. 7 WAYS TO IMPROVE YOUR HEALING PROCESS

RETURN TO THE EARTH GET INTO HEALING WATERS MOVE SHARE AND ACCEPT LOVE EXPRESS YOURSELF LISTEN TO THE INNER YOU CONNECTION WITH THE SPIRIT CHAPTER 12. RISKS OF OPENING YOUR CHAKRAS COMMON MISTAKES CONCLUSION

KUNDALINI AWAKENING Table of Contents INTRODUCTION WHAT ARE CHAKRAS? CHAPTER 1.

HISTORY OF KUNDALINI

CHAPTER 2.

WHAT IS KUNDALINI?

THE NATURE OF KUNDALINI KUNDALINI VS. PRANA KUNDALINI VS. CHI THE BENEFITS AND EFFECTS OF KUNDALINI AWAKENING CLEARING THE BLOCKAGES THAT PREVENT KUNDALINI FROM RISING SMOOTHLY CHAPTER 3.

PREPARE TO AWAKEN

CHAPTER 4.

KUNDALINI MEDITATION

SEVEN CHAKRA HEALING GUIDED MEDITATION CHAPTER 5.

MEDITATION, COMMON MISTAKE TO AVOID

TYPICAL MEDITATION MISTAKES YOU CAN AVOID NOW CHAPTER 6.

KUNDALINI YOGA

CHAPTER 7.

KUNDALINI AND PRANA

CHAPTER 8.

KUNDALINI AND NEW AGE

STUDIES ON INNER AWAKENING PARTICIPANTS - 2011 HEALING OF PHYSICAL AILMENTS NEUROLOGICAL CHANGES THROUGH QEEG STUDIES WHAT IS KUNDALINI? DOCTORS AND SCIENTISTS EXPLAIN

The Nature Of Kundalini Bio-Electrical Energy Keen Force Of Nature Preparation Is A Must Purging Sessions Arousing Will Prompt Lifestyle Changes Dull Night Of The Soul CHAPTER 9.

CONSCIOUSNESS

CHAPTER 10. KUNDALINI AND TANTRA About Tantra How Tantra Affects Kundalini The practice of Tantra for Kundalini Awakening CHAPTER 11. TYPES OF PSYCHIC ABILITIES DIFFERENT TYPES OF PSYCHIC ABILITIES CHAPTER 12. ACTIVATE TRANSCENDENCE PSYCHOMETRY AUTOMATIC WRITING CHANNELING DOWSING EXTRA SENSORY PERCEPTION MEDIUM READERS SCRYING TELEPATHY TRANCE CHANNEL CHAPTER 13. ASCENSION CHAPTER 14. ALLOWING AND RELEASING ACCEPTANCE EQUALS FLOW RELEASING FEAR RELEASING DAILY EXPECTATIONS RELEASING PEOPLE THAT BRING YOU PAIN RELEASING PLACES THAT BRING YOU PAIN RELEASING OLD CYCLES THAT RESTRICT YOUR AWAKENING CHAPTER 15. THE OBSTACLES TO ENLIGHTENMENT The Need for Understanding Stopping too Soon Enchantment With Ecstasy

Doubts Discouragement Distractions Fear of the Empty Mind CHAPTER 16. ASTRAL TRAVEL TRAVEL METHODS HELPFUL HINTS CHAPTER 17. THE BASIS OF ALL THINGS CHAPTER 18. THE AURA THE POWER OF THE MIND CONCLUSION

REIKI HEALING Table of Contents INTRODUCTION CHAPTER 1.HISTORY OF REIKI HEALING DIFFERENT FORMS OF REIKI CHAPTER 2.PRINCIPLES OF REIKI PRINCIPLE #1 PRINCIPLE #2 PRINCIPLE #3 PRINCIPLE #4 PRINCIPLE #5 CHAPTER 3.WHAT IS REIKI HEALING? SELF- TREATMENT SESSIONS HEALING CRISIS PERFORMING REIKI SESSIONS ON OTHER PEOPLE CHAPTER 4.REIKI SYMBOLISM THE POWER SYMBOL HOW TO USE CHOKU REI THE MENTAL/EMOTIONAL SYMBOL HOW TO USE SEI HE KI THE DISTANCE SYMBOL HOW TO USE HON SHA ZE SHONEN

THE MASTER SYMBOL HOW TO USE DAI KO MYO THE COMPLETION SYMBOL CHAPTER 5.LEARNING REIKI HEALING BENEFITS OF REIKI HEALING HOW REIKI HEALING WORKS CHAPTER 6.MENTAL, EMOTION AND SPIRITUAL HEALING BARRIERS TO SPIRITUAL GROWTH WHAT SHOULD BE LEARNED TO SUCCESSFULLY OVERCOME OBSTACLES? THEY ARE CALLED ELEMENTALS: MEDITATION CHAKRAS 7 UMBANDA LINES AURA THE TUNING ANCHORAGE DISCONNECTING THINGS OF INGRATITUDE SOME DIFFICULT MOMENTS CHAPTER 7.REIKI HAND POSITION HAND POSITIONS TO TREAT OTHERS HAND POSITIONS FOR SELF-TREATMENT CHAPTER 8.TECHNIQUE TO REDUCE STRESS AND ANXIETY BYOSEN REIKAN HO CHAPTER 9.TECHNIQUES TO IMPROVE SPIRITUAL WELLNESS KENYOKU HO REIJI HO CHAPTER 10. ADVANCED REIKI TECHNIQUES INTENTION MINDFULNESS POSITIVITY UNBLOCK COMPASSION SELF-TREATMENT USING YOUR MIND HEALING RELATIONSHIPS REENERGIZING

ATTRACTING ABUNDANCE CHAPTER 11. HEALING AILMENTS THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE BODY THE LEFT SIDE OF THE BODY CHAKRA IMBALANCES PHYSICAL MANIFESTATIONS – AREA SPECIFIC CHAPTER 12. REIKI AND MEDITATION HOW TO CREATE THE BEST SELF-REIKI PRACTICE START SMALL MAKE IT A DAILY ROUTINE KNOW WHY YOU ARE INTO REIKI UNDERSTAND THE LIMITATIONS USE A GUIDE LOWER EXPECTATIONS REIKI ON THE GO BELIEVE YOU CAN REPEAT UNTIL YOU ACHIEVE YOUR GOALS CHAPTER 13. REIKI AND SCIENCE CONCLUSION

CRYSTAL AND HEALING STONES Table of Contents INTRODUCTION CHAPTER 1.HISTORY OF CRYSTAL AND HEALING STONES CHAPTER 2.WHAT ARE CRYSTALS? WHAT ARE CRYSTALS AND WHERE DO THEY COME FROM THE POWER INSIDE THE CRYSTAL BENEFITS OF USING CRYSTALS CHAPTER 3.

DIFFERENT CRYSTALS

CRYSTALS FOR HAPPINESS

CRYSTALS FOR LUCK CRYSTALS FOR BETTER RELATIONSHIPS CRYSTALS FOR SUCCESS CRYSTALS TO ALLEVIATE DEPRESSION AND ANXIETY CRYSTALS FOR PROTECTION CRYSTALS FOR CONFIDENCE CRYSTALS FOR WEIGHT LOSS CRYSTALS FOR SPIRITUALITY CRYSTALS FOR DIFFERENT LIFE EVENTS CHAPTER 4.WHAT ARE HEALING STONES? HISTORY HOLISTIC HEALING CRYSTALS AND THE MOON CHAPTER 5.BASICS OF CRYSTALS AND HEALING STONES DIFFERENT SHAPES OF CRYSTALS CHAPTER 6.CONNECTION TO THE HUMAN BODY CRYSTALS, CHAKRAS, AND QI CRYSTALS AND CHAKRAS CRYSTALS AND HEALTH CHAPTER 7.CHOOSING YOUR CRYSTAL WHERE TO BUY CRYSTALS CHOOSING CRYSTAL SHAPES WHAT TO LOOK FOR WHAT TO AVOID CHAPTER 8.PREPARING FOR USE THE CRYSTAL AND HEALING STONES CLEANSING A CRYSTAL PROGRAM YOUR CRYSTALS CHAPTER 9.USING CRYSTAL AND HEALING STONES LEMURIAN HEART ACTIVATION CRYSTAL WAND CRYSTAL PENDULUM FIGURE EIGHT LOOPING CRYSTAL HEALING LAYOUT TRACING THE MERIDIANS BALANCING YOUR BODY ALIGNING THE CHAKRAS POINT FACING

POWER HAND PROJECTIVE HAND RECEPTIVE HAND CHAPTER 10. MEDITATING WITH CRYSTAL CHAPTER 11. CRYSTAL, STONES AND SCIENCE CHAPTER 12. MAINTENANCE OF YOUR CRYSTALS EFFECTS BOTH MENTAL AND PHYSICAL CONCLUSION

ASTRAL PROJECTION Table of Contents INTRODUCTION CHAPTER 1.HISTORY OF ASTRAL PROJECTION CHAPTER 2.WHAT IS ASTRAL PROJECTION? CHAPTER 3.ASTRAL PROJECTION BASICS HOW TO TAKE OFF REMAINING LUCID AFTER TAKE OFF REMEMBERING YOUR ASTRAL EXPERIENCE HELPFUL TIPS AS YOU PREPARE FOR AN ASTRAL EXPERIENCE CHAPTER 4.MEDITATION AND HYPNOSIS BENEFITS OF MEDITATION IN YOUR DAILY LIFE CHAPTER 5.PREPARE YOUR MIND FOR THE OUT OF BODY EXPERIENCE SOME HELPFUL MEDITATION TIPS INITIAL STEPS OF ASTRAL PROJECTION CHAPTER 6.REMOTE VIEWING CHAPTER 7.LUCID DREAMING 1. RECORD YOUR DREAMS 2. AFFIRMATIONS 3. REALITY CHECKS CHAPTER 8.HYPNOGOGIC STATE CHAPTER 9.TIME TRAVEL CHAPTER 10. SLEEPING AND ASTRAL PROJECTION LEARNING ASTRAL TRAVEL THROUGH DREAMING ASTRAL TRAVELING CHAPTER 11. EXPLORING YOUR INNER REALITY NAVIGATING THE ASTRAL DIMENSIONS

HOW TO MOVE IN THE ASTRAL DIMENSIONS TRAVELING IN A MULTIDIMENSIONAL UNIVERSE SPIRITUAL GROWTH AND PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT COMMUNICATING WITH BEINGS ON THE OTHER SIDE THE AKASHIC RECORDS CREATIVE VISUALIZATION PHYSICAL AND EMOTIONAL HEALING CHAPTER 12. ENJOY THE JOURNEY AND PROTECTING YOURSELF AFFIRMATIONS VISUALIZATIONS ASK FOR ASSISTANCE CHAPTER 13. ASTROLOGY THE MODERN ZODIAC ASTROLOGICAL CHARTS ZODIAC CONTROVERSIES (THE THIRTEENTH SIGN). CHAPTER 14. ASTRAL PROJECTION AND SCIENCE NEAR-DEATH EXPERIENCES THE UNIVERSE OR UNIVERSES? CHAPTER 15. BEST ASTRAL PROJECTION TECHNIQUES AND HOW TO PERFORM THEM SPACE BREATHE MEDITATE VIBRATIONAL STAGE VISUALIZE MOVEMENT ASTRAL PROJECTION CHAPTER 16. WHAT TO EXPECT IN THE ASTRAL WORLD BEING OUT OF BODY FOR THE FIRST TIME MOVING AROUND WHAT YOU’LL SEE WHO YOU’LL MEET WHAT YOU’LL FEEL ENCOUNTERS WITH YOUR OWN UNCONSCIOUS CHAPTER 17. TECHNIQUES FOR ASTRAL PROJECTION TECHNIQUES DURING HYPNAGOGIA THINGS TO REMEMBER AT THIS POINT TECHNIQUES FOR SEPARATION THINGS TO REMEMBER AT THIS POINT HOW TO ENTER AN OBE FROM A DREAM CHAPTER 18. MEDITATIVE AND VISUALIZATION EXERCISES TO PRACTICE BEFORE ASTRAL PROJECTION MEDITATIVE BREATHING EXERCISES

VISUALIZED BREATHING CATCHING THE MOMENT OF WAKEFULNESS CHAPTER 19. ASTRAL PROJECTION IN POPULAR CULTURE CONCLUSION

THIRD EYE AWAKENING Table of Contents INTRODUCTION CHAPTER 1.HISTORY OF THE THIRD EYE CHAPTER 2.WHAT IS THIRD EYE? CHAPTER 3.OPENING THE THIRD EYE ACTIVATING AND MAINTAINING THE THIRD EYE FUNCTION THE FIRST OPENING EXPERIENCES AFTER THE OPENING OF THE THIRD EYE CHAPTER 4.USING THE THIRD EYE INTUITION PSYCHIC AWARENESS FINDING HAPPINESS FROM WITHIN CHAPTER 5.YOUR DIVINE SELF CHAPTER 6.MINDFUL MEDITATION THREE MINUTE BODY AND SOUND NINE MINUTE LOVING MEDITATION CHAPTER 7.CLEARING OUT NEGATIVE ENERGY CHAPTER 8.BREATHING TECHNIQUES HOW TO ACTIVATE THE THIRD EYE BY BREATHING HAVING THE THIRD EYE EXPERIENCE THE BREATHING PROCESS CHAPTER 9.STEPS TO INCREASE YOUR CLAIRVOYANCE POWER STEP 1: UNBLOCK AS WELL AS RELEASE YOUR CLAIRVOYANT FEARS STEP 2: KEEP YOUR FOCUS ON THE THIRD EYE STEP 3: BOOST YOUR VISUAL IMAGINATION STEP 4: YOU NEED TO ANSWER SOME SPECIFIC QUESTIONS USING CLAIRVOYANCE STEP 5: INTERPRET CLAIRVOYANT IMAGES STEP 6: YOU NEED TO BELIEVE AS WELL AS WORK WITH FAITH STEP 7: WRITE DOWN ABOUT THE PSYCHIC EXPERIENCES STEP 8: FIND A CLAIRVOYANT PERSON STEP 9: MEDITATE CHAPTER 10. POSITIVE THOUGHTS

CHAPTER 11. PINEAL GLAND WHAT IS THE PINEAL GLAND? THE FUNCTION OF THE PINEAL GLAND THE PINEAL GLAND AND THE THIRD EYE TEN FASCINATING FACTS ABOUT THE PINEAL GLAND CALCIFICATION OF THE PINEAL GLAND HOW TO DECALCIFY THE PINEAL GLAND CONSPIRACY THEORY CONCLUSION CHAPTER 12. ENERGY HEALING CHAPTER 13. PSYCHIC AWARENESS TIPS TO DEVELOP AND STRENGTHEN YOUR PSYCHIC AWARENESS CHAPTER 14. TRUST YOUR INTUITION CHAPTER 15. USE YOUR MIND TO HEAL CHAPTER 16. ENHANCED PSYCHIC ABILITIES CHAPTER 17. SPIRITUAL HEALING POWER OF SPIRITUAL HEALING CHAPTER 18. BALANCING THE CHAKRAS AND HEALING THEM PURIFY YOUR ENERGY FIELDS LOWERING STRESS LEVELS AND ANXIETY CONCLUSION

CHAKRA AND KUNDALINI AWAKENING STEP BY STEP GUIDE FOR BEGINNERS: MEDITATION, YOGA IMPROVE YOUR SPIRITUALITY HEAL AND BALANCE YOUR BODY RADIATE POSITIVE ENERGY ENHANCE PSYCHIC AWARNESS AND HIGHER CONSCIOUSNESS

CHAKRA

Introduction Chakras refer to different energy centers that can be found at different points in the body. The word “chakra” comes from the Sanskrit word “tsschakra” which means a wheel, a disk or a cycle. The Rigveda refers to chakra as a wheel with different spokes. It is therefore not surprising that most pictorial representations of chakra show it as a living, cyclic ball of energy. Energy is ubiquitous. In fact, everything we can see, feel, smell or hear is composed of energy and it is this energy that translates into various palpable processes like locomotion, thought, laughter, emotions, anger, etc. The ancient Indian texts, the Vedas tell us that the gross body (the physical body) comprises five elements. These elements, which also happen to be the fundamental components of nature and life as we know it, are called the mahabhutas and they include: Earth or Prithivi Water or Jala Fire or Tejas Air or Vayu Space or Akasha The concept of the chakras stems from the ancient Tantric texts. Tantra is an important but complicated nonreligious philosophy. Etymologically, the word tantra means to weave. Therefore, we can define tantra as a process by which we weave together the body’s wisdom and the mind’s power in order to achieve enlightenment, self-mastery and ultimate awareness.

History of Chakras The history of the Chakras is one that is rich with different opinions and various origins. Many religious and spiritual belief systems contain information that relates to the Chakra system, but each has its own words, terminology, and overarching rules. What remains the same, however, is the basic understanding that contained within the body is a powerful energy that can have a wide range of effects on our mental, physical, and spiritual health. Regardless of your own personal religious or spiritual background, the knowledge of the Chakras can have a positive impact on your own life, making it very worthwhile to take the time to understand. But before we dive into why the Chakras are so integral, we must first begin with what exactly they are.

The Meaning behind the Chakras The word Chakra is derived from an Indian word “Chakra” which literally translates to mean “wheel”. Each Chakra can be visualized as a spinning wheel within the body that houses the energy of that particular system. In total, there are seven distinct Chakras, each controlling and maintaining a certain part of the body, as well as different qualities within us. The Chakras are both located within the physical body, as well as being a mental and spiritual focal point for us to use within meditation and other energy healing rituals. Many of us understand that the mind and bodywork in tandem, affecting one another and influencing how each functions. But, few of us truly understand the difference between the physical body and the mental energy that sounds it, and how those two systems are integral to one another. In all traditions that incorporate the knowledge of the Chakras, it is accepted that there is an energy that surrounds and runs through the body. This energy is commonly referred to as the “subtle body”, a term that helps differentiate the physical experience from the spiritual one. The subtle body corresponds to a plane of existence that is outside of the physical realm in which we exist. This plane is connected to a higher concept, a higher realm of existence, and is spiritual rather than physical. The concepts of the subtle body and various planes of existence can be extremely complicated and difficult to understand, so to avoid confusion we

will focus just on the Chakras and how they impact the physical experience of all of us. While we cannot actually see the Chakras, their influence in our lives can be felt daily. In total, there are seven different Chakras, which form a line from the foot of our spine up to the top of our head. Some religious belief systems disagree about how many Chakras there are, with some saying there are only five, and others saying there are thousands, but the most common understanding accepts the standard seven. Working from the base of the spine upwards, you have: The Root Chakra The Sacral Chakra The Navel Chakra The Heart Chakra The Throat Chakra The Third Eye Chakra The Crown Chakra Each Chakra, as you can see, corresponds to a particular area of the body and it has a great impact on each of those systems. When the Chakras are closed off or unbalanced, they can result in physical ailments and other problems which can negatively impact our lives. In order to have a healthy and functioning mental and physical experience, it is encouraged that each person learns how to open each Chakra and keep them balanced and circulating. Now, you may be asking yourself what exactly is meant when we talk about opening or balancing your Chakras. If you are struggling in your personal relationships, have difficulty sleeping, feel anxious, or get sick easily, then you may have an imbalance in your Chakras that are helping to cause these problems. If you can focus on each of the Chakras, you can identify where you are stuck and the underlying cause that is creating the imbalance. From here, through various exercises and techniques, you can fix the issue so that your energy flows properly once more.

Origins of the Chakra System The Chakra system can be traced back many centuries, with the first usage of the term Chakras being seen in the Hindu Vedas. Written in ancient India, the Vedas are some of the oldest religious texts in existence and can be dated

back to around the 1st and 2nd century BCE. Following the Hindu Vedas, Chakras were again mentioned in 8th century CE inside of Buddhist texts that discussed the different energy centers within the body. In the Buddhist scriptures, only 4 Chakras are ever mentioned, but over time this was expanded to include the seven total that we know today. Regardless of which tradition you look to regarding the Chakras, there are many parallels and similarities that exist. The concept of a subtle body is frequently mentioned, which we in the West may know as a soul. The subtle body is what leaves our bodies when we die, and is also believed to be what exists when we dream. The Chakras are connected to this part of our existence and regulate the health and well-being of our energy rather than our physical presence. While our spiritual body may be different from our physical one, the two still are interconnected and one cannot exist without the other. This is why both systems impact our well-being so drastically, as any problems in one create problems in the other. Now, as the concept of energy centers grew and expanded, the practice of tantra also become more common. Tantra simply refers to connecting and expanding, and the most famous form of tantra practice in Tantric Yoga. Tantric Yoga is a way of getting in touch with and connecting to your spiritual energy and is one of many ways that individuals can acknowledge and balance their Chakras. The first usage of Tantric Yoga dates back to the Vedas scriptures that we discussed, but it did not become as intertwined with the Chakras until closer to 900 CE. Moving on from 900 CE, the seven Chakra system that we know today truly began to take hold around the 17th century. It was from this point on that it began spreading to the West, and in the 18th – 19th century it was taught outside of the Eastern world in the form of books and new aged teachers. As the Chakra system gained more traction in the West, the seven Chakras became the dominant belief system. These seven Chakras wind their way through various other spiritual concepts and traditions, and you can see their influence within Hatha Yoga, Reiki healing, meditation, tarot card reading, and numerous other beliefs and activities. Kundalini Yoga, a modern blend of various yogi traditions, is based around the concept of the Chakras and the practice involves combining yoga with meditation and chants in order to balance and open up each person’s spiritual energy or Chakras. Regardless of the specific tradition, historically and in the modern-day

Chakra energy has been a widely regarded topic of discussion when it comes to spiritual health. The life energy that runs through our bodies has been called Prana in Hindu traditions, Qi in Chinese traditions, and simply our soul by others. Whatever you choose to call it, most people agree that there is something beyond our physical bodies that make us who we are, and so in that sense, the Chakras are relevant to all of us.

The Energy of the Chakras So you may be asking yourself “how does all of this work?”, and that is a great question. A lot of this information is far outside of what we come to know in school or from our parents. It isn’t taught in the average classroom or in encyclopedias and instead is information that the majority of us need to seek out ourselves. You’ve picked up this book, so you are obviously curious and interested, but being able to understand these complex concepts can be difficult and confusing. Spiritual energy means different things to different people, which makes it very tricky to give a broad and overarching answer to what it is and how it works. For some, it may involve a god or deity, while others feel it is something that comes from the earth itself. How you believe that it comes to be is personal to you, but what it is can be explained a bit more easily. In a sense, spiritual energy is what you feel when you close your eyes and focus on your breath. As the cool air fills your lungs, and then warm air is exhaled, you feel that true sense of your body being alive. It is also what you may feel when you walk alone in nature, when you have a heart to heart with a friend, when you look up at the stars at night, or when you simply feel positively overwhelmed by the human experience. All of those moments connect you to your own spiritual energy and are the perfect starting place for understanding the Chakras. Working with that energy is what you need to be able to learn to do if you want to open and balance your Chakras, and your overall spiritual energy. But before you are able to work with it, you need to be able to identify and isolate it. To do this, you need to learn how to sense your own energy, and what to look for in terms of the different sensations that you may feel. One of the absolute best ways to learn about your own energy is to take the time to be alone with it, completely free of distractions. For the basics of meditation, however, all you need to do is sit still and close your eyes, turning off your thoughts and just focusing on yourself. Try this:

1. Find a quiet place where you know you will not be disturbed 2. Sit comfortably on the floor or in a chair 3. Close your eyes 4. Take a deep breath in and hold for 3 seconds 5. Slowly exhale and pause for 3 seconds 6. Repeat the inhale, pause, exhale, pause 7. As you breathe, think of nothing other than your breathing 8. If thoughts come into your head let them float away 9. Stay in this moment for 15 minutes 10. Repeat daily The more you become comfortable with existing inside this space, the more you will allow yourself to connect with your own spiritual energy. Once you come to know and feel it, then you can begin working with it more closely. Some of the sensations you may feel when meditating and tuning into your energy are: ● You may experience physical discomfort such as tightness of muscles ● It may bring up emotional discomfort such as sadness of guilt ● There may be a feeling of great emotional release and relief ● Your body may feel like it has electricity humming through it ● You may feel an overwhelming sensation in your chest ● Some find they feel the temperature change and they become too cold or too warm ● Many find that a feeling of calmness will overcome them ● Sometimes people will see different colors as their eyes are closed ● Other people will feel nothing at all Whatever your experience is, understand and know that it is completely normal. Each person will connect in their own way, and no two people will have the same spiritual awakening. Instead, it is about becoming in tune with yourself and not trying to replicate what your friend, teacher, or random person has experienced.

How Do Chakras Interact with the Physical Body? While the Chakras are part of the spiritual body, they do have a direct relation to our physical body as well. Just like with other systems, the Chakras mimic things like our digestive system as everything impacts everything else. For example, if you were to eat something that upset your stomach, that discomfort would continue from your stomach down to your intestines and create a chain reaction which leads to some unpleasant results. The Chakra system is the same way, in that, if one of the Chakras is unbalanced it will create a chain reaction that creates more unpleasant situations. But besides interacting with itself, how does it interact with other parts of our body? The first major system that the Chakras connect to is our Endocrine system. The Endocrine system is the glands throughout the body that work to regulate our hormones and affect digestion, our metabolisms, growth, sexual function, mood, and more. These glands run in a line from our genital area up to our heads, which is a placement that may sound familiar. Many of the Chakras are located in the same place as each of these glands, and thus they have a direct impact on how they function. These connections include: ● The Root Chakra → Adrenal Cortex Glands = How our body responds to stress ● The Sacral Chakra → Sexual Organs = Our sex drive and reproductive functions ● The Navel Chakra → Pancreas = Regulates our blood sugar levels ● The Heart Chakra → Thymus Gland = Produces T Cells for your immune system response ● The Throat Chakra → Thyroid Gland = Affects our metabolism ● The Third Eye Chakra → Pituitary Gland = Secretes hormones and sends messages to the other glands ● The Crown Chakra → Pineal Gland = Produces melatonin for our sleep cycle As you can see, there is a direct link between the physical body and the spiritual wheel located at each one, and each gland affects a major part of our life. In order to keep everything in the Endocrine System working as it is supposed to, it is important we also ensure that its mirroring Chakra is balanced as well.

But, it isn’t just the Endocrine System that has a direct link to the Chakras, and in fact, the Nervous System is also directly linked. The Nervous System is all of the nerves and cells in our body which are responsible for carrying messages to and from the brain. The Nervous system is responsible for interacting with our external environment, collecting all of the sensory information that we interact with in the world around us. It then takes all of that information, translates it, and sends out a message so that our body has an appropriate response. For example, if you are cooking and you touch a hot pan the Nervous System will understand that you have touched something you shouldn’t have and that it is harming you. It takes that information, shoots it up to our brain, and waits for a response. Our brain says that it is hot, it hurts, and we should remove our hand, so the Nervous System signals to our hand to pull away and it signals to the nerve ending there that pain exists. Some of the nerves that make up parts of the Nervous System all come together in a bunch at certain spots in our body and these are called plexuses. Each plexus corresponds directly its own Chakra, as you can see in this list: ● The Heart Chakra → Cardiac Plexus = Supply messages to and from the heart ● The Navel Chakra → Celiac Plexus = Supply messages to and from the stomach, pancreas, and liver ● The Sacral Chakra → Superior Hypogastric Plexus = Supply messages to and from the reproductive organs ● The Root Chakra → Inferior Hypogastric Plexus = Supply messages to and from the bowel and bladder region So, just like with the Endocrine System, the Nervous System can be directly impacted by the Chakras which are near it and can influence how our body functions. If we ignore the Chakras and refuse to balance them, then we can end up with complications that extend far beyond just our spiritual side.

Awakening the Chakras After you are able to identify and isolate your own spiritual energy, you will then be able to awaken each of the seven Chakras. Just the simple act of meditating begins your journey to become awake, as you are acknowledging and identifying the energy that already exists within you. Whether you were

aware of it before or not, the Chakras have always existed and ignored them does not make them disappear. Instead, the goal is to make them as open and balanced as possible, instead of allowing them to become blocked or unbalanced. To begin the awakening process, we always begin at the base of the spine where the Root Chakra is located. It is here that our spiritual energy is stored and it is also here where it is blocked and held back from traveling around the rest of our body. There are a number of symptoms and signs that you may experience when your Chakras are blocked or unbalanced, and some of those include: ● Frequent nightmare and difficulty sleeping ● Anxiety disorders and panic attacks ● ● ● ● ● ●

Physical pain and soreness in the body Feeling a lack of creativity and inspiration Depression and a loss of interest and motivation A lowered sex drive and interest in sexual pleasure Low self-esteem and self-worth Anger issues and a short temper

● ● ● ● ● ●

Digestive issues and stomach aches Commonly holding grudges and unable to forgive Difficulty entering and maintain romantic relationships Toxic friendships and unsatisfying interpersonal relationships Unable to pay attention to things for long periods of time Constant headaches and tension in the neck and shoulders

● Feeling judgmental of others ● Isolating yourself and not feeling connected to others As you can see from the above list, the symptoms range from physical to mental and can affect any number of areas within both the body and the mind. That is why ensuring that your Chakras are balanced can have such a positive impact on your life, then truly do impact all parts of you.

What are the Chakras? In order to understand how to awaken your chakras, you must first understand what and how important they are. Chakras, or cakra as they are known in some countries, are energy centers within your body. The concept of chakras goes back hundreds of years; the very first discussion about Chakras originated in India between 1500 B.C and 500 B.C in a text called Vedas. But it was also mentioned in countless other texts, such as the YogaShikka Upanishad, the Shri Jabala Darshana Upanishad, and the Shandilya Upanishad. It wasn't until a scholar Anodea Judith wrote a book titled 'Wheels of Life' in 1987 that the concept of chakras was brought to Europe. Since then, more New Age authors have written books about chakras to the point that the idea of energy centers is universally understood. You now know where the idea of chakras originated, but what are they really? Chakras are specific energies within your body, and they each have their own functions, color, and vibrational frequency that can affect a person in different ways. Together they are the energetic blueprint for our bodies. Energy can't be destroyed or created, as Einstein said, but it is there, flowing inside our bodies and everywhere around us. We are all energies, and the chakra points are where most of our energy is centered, together they are able to keep us psychologically, physically, emotionally and spiritually balanced. However, most of the time that balance gets tipped, and people become either too engrossed in something or show no care in the world for it. Each of the chakras applies its energy differently in our lives, but they are all emotionally related, which is why having the wrong mindset can cause illnesses and diseases within the body. The root chakra refers to your understanding of the words 'I exist,' meaning the ability to enjoy life and know what makes your time on earth special. The sacral chakra embodies 'I desire,' which means that it is not selfish to wish for something that you deeply want; in fact, you should have plenty desires as long as you make sure they are not negative. The solar plexus chakra refers to your destiny with the words 'I control,' in that only you can shape your own future and destiny; there is no book in the world that tells you how you should act or what you should do because that power belongs to you and only you. With the words 'I love' from the heart chakra, you are fully able to spread love to yourself and others. The throat chakra refers to the words 'I express,' meaning you have the ability to say whatever is on your mind. The third eye chakra, 'I am the

witness,' gives you the power to warn yourself of things that happen in your life with the gift of intuition. Throughout life, many of our chakra points become blocked or imbalanced and it is up to us to revitalize them once more. For example, if your heart chakra is blocked, it can strongly affect your relationships with people around you. You might experience trust issues, or be unable to let go of a past relationship. This is caused by dwelling on bad memories, overthinking, or traumas from past relationships. This blocked energy will make it difficult for you to make and build new relationships with people. If you want to be happy, you have to let your heart open to all the possibilities around you, to the new relationships that you will form, and to the old ones that you can mend. This will make you truly happy. The process of awakening chakras can be difficult. When awakening a chakra, you may feel weak, stressed, nervous, and shaken up because the energy is flowing through you and releasing all the negative thoughts, habits and behavior. Its purpose is to heal your body and remove all the toxins in order to leave you feeling happy, loved, cared for, fearless, calm, and lively. It can even increase the healing process of your physical, emotional, mental and spiritual states. There are many benefits from awakening our chakras. By now you know that a blocked chakra can create disease or illness in the body, but a healthy chakra also has the power to heal the body. The effects are not only physical but can be in the mental realm, as opening a chakra can help you form healthy habits and behaviors. Many people may experience an increase in strength in their physical bodies, such as finding they are able to run for longer distances when exercising. But there are some people who experience a knowledge awakening, perhaps feeling they suddenly have answers to things they don't recall reading or learning about. The energies of the universe are truly a mysterious power! We can manipulate this power to our advantage using our chakras. One way of doing this is by mastering the healing energy of Reiki, and another is by awakening the kundalini power in your root chakra. The practice of Reiki is a healing form of energy that originated in Japan, discovered by a Buddhist monk by the name of Mikao Usui who was able to understand the energy that flows through every living being and how to channel such a force. It is known to reduce stress and anxiety as well as

promote healing of all kinds, mind, body, spirit, and emotions. 'Rei' means god's wisdom and the higher power, while 'Ki' means life force energy. Together it is the spiritually-guided life force energy. Reiki can help you clear your energy and awaken your chakras, because it clears any blocks and helps turn the negative energy-form diseases into positive and pure energy. There are five Reiki principles or guides on how to live your life to the fullest with happiness, health, and love. They are: "Just for today, I will not worry." "Just for today, I will not be angry." "Just for today, I will be grateful." "Just for today, I will do my work honestly." "Just for today, I will be kind to every living thing." You repeat to yourself these five principles every morning, or you can say them after you've completed your daily meditation. There are many teachers and practitioners of Reiki, and you can even find a local teacher who can help you learn how to harness the Reiki healing energy. If you happen to not have any Reiki practitioners nearby, there are many teachers online who can help you channel the energies. You might be wondering, how could it work if the healer is nowhere near me? And the answer to that is that Reiki energy has no boundaries when it comes to time and space; it is all about your intentions through the long-distance sessions. Reiki is a pure form of healing that does not require talent or years of practice. When performing a Reiki healing, you are opening up your crown, heart, and palm chakras to heal yourself and others around you. There are three main levels of Reiki healing. We begin with Reiki I, who are just beginners and practitioners who are practicing on themselves. Reiki II can use the first three Reiki symbols (sacred shapes imbued with meaning) and can perform over long distances, while Reiki III which is the master who is able to heal those through distance, to use all the Reiki symbols, and is able to help others open their Reiki. You can learn to heal yourself and others around you whether it is through distance or face-to-face with the power of Reiki healing. It is a safe and gentle practice, so you have nothing to worry about. You can get a master or teacher of Reiki to help you open your energy or you can do it at home by following the steps below.

First, you start by connecting with the Reiki energy with the power of invocations by calling out to the universe. You are reaching out to the universal energy and asking for the power of healing. Take a few minutes to meditate, relaxing your body and mind before you proceed. You can make up your own invocation, which will have more effect because it will come from your heart and own beliefs. Below is a brief example. Form your hands into a mudra (position of palms touching in front of you), close your eyes, and visualize the energy of the universe flowing into your hands with a bluish-white light as it surrounds you. Feel the energy spreading through your body. Details of the Universal light are not important, since there are practitioners of Reiki who cannot see the light while others can. The next step is to set your healing intentions through a message to the body of what you want to heal. You are just making a note inside your head that you want to heal something and then visualizing how you would feel if it was truly healed. For example, if you have an injured arm, don't focus a lot of attention on how you would feel if it was healed but more of how happy you would be being able to do the things you require of that hand. Imagine that you have placed your intentions into your hands. Focus on bringing the healing energy to your hands, feeling the warmth or tingling sensations before placing them on yourself. If it's a knee pain you wish to go away then place both hands, on top of each other, on your knee. Focus on transmitting that energy to your knee, visualize it healing your knee and repeating an intention for it to be healed. Feel the warmth of your skin and imagine healing it. You can also use Reiki symbols, but focusing energy through symbols is a bit more challenging and is only used by practitioners who are on level two and above. There are also many free sessions online and on YouTube that you can follow, which prove to be very helpful and beneficial. After performing a Reiki healing, you might start to feel tingling or warm sensations throughout your body, signaling that the energy is flowing through you. Since Reiki has the ability to heal, you will feel energy concentrated in different points of your chakras. Emotionally, you might find yourself wanting to cry or laugh, letting go of past feelings that you kept bubbling up inside of you without your awareness signifies the healing approach of Reiki. You can even see visions or messages pop into your head, warnings or advice that is meant to help you throughout your journey. This can help you clear

any karma that you might be receiving in your life! The kundalini awakening concerns a form of energy that is located at the base of the spine. To understand what that is, you must first understand that your soul has chosen your body and come down to earth for a reason and if you are not fulfilling that purpose, the kundalini power can turn into a disruptive energy in order to urge you to change your course. It acts as a reminder that you should be doing something different, something better. The kundalini is the energy of our awareness or attention, it manifests with the consciousness when it becomes free from your thoughts, which is why meditation can awaken the kundalini. When awakened, this energy flows freely through the seven chakras, opening all the seven chakras at the same time which expands the consciousness further. For people who experience the awakening, their whole ground and reality shifts, they begin to feel different and their perception of the world around them changes. It can be a terrifying experience for some because it is a powerful force of nature that is completely different from ordinary life, and the body, mind, and spirit are not used to being exposed to such high energy and power. For many people, the kundalini awakening can be rather beautiful, filled with feelings of love, and happiness. If done incorrectly, others may have feelings of depression, anxiety or discomfort. It is important to maintain a positive attitude if you want to heal yourself psychologically and physically; otherwise, you might become exposed to the dangerous side of kundalini. It takes years to awaken the kundalini for many practitioners, but the process changes them into a better and healthier version of themselves. There are many benefits for awakening kundalini, including developing psychic abilities, healing your physical body, gaining higher energy levels, creativity, and deep knowing, and even possibly slowing down the aging process. Awakening the kundalini or the chakras can help heal your body from any diseases. If you are planning on attempting to awaken the kundalini, first awaken a few of your chakras, because your body needs to become familiar with the energy and so you will know what to expect. That energy will become magnified, however, and that energy won't leave you, so you have to become committed to dealing with such powers. There are also plenty of ways to awaken the kundalini but you have to be mindful, you have to be aware of what you are doing because that energy can also turn against you. There are certain things that must be done before attempting to awaken the

kundalini. You have to cleanse your body from any toxins by drinking plenty of water and eating healthy foods. You have to keep your body healthy; this means avoiding caffeine, junk food, alcohol, and smoking. Practicing and building your body in preparation for awakening is very beneficial. Different types of yoga such as hatha yoga, jnana yoga, bhakta, and kundalini yoga are very helpful, so look into each of them and find whichever one suits you the best. Prepare your mind for this spiritual awakening. You have to purify your mind in order to prepare for dealing with the temptations that will follow after the energy is awakened. To do that, you have to step away from negativity. Focus on the positive things in life; it is scientifically proven that one positive thought is hundreds of times more powerful than a negative one. Being more positive and spreading love will attract more good things into your life; the universe rewards those who do good. A good way of achieving a positive mindset is meditation, which is also the key for this spiritual transformation. Many people have experienced kundalini without knowing of it or being aware that they had awakened it. This happens because kundalini power is linked with the spiritual exercises such as meditation and yoga, which are often used to awaken the chakras. By choosing to use this book as a resource, you are showing signs of an emotional reckoning. You may find yourself looking back at past experiences that make you feel sad or longing for the old days. You might experience heightened emotions, feel sad for no reason, or extremely happy when something good happens. You are starting to spend a lot of time figuring out how you came to be the way that you are, you are looking back at the past thinking about what happened and what you wish went differently, which is your perfect opportunity to come to peace with the situation and release it. Your emotions change as your heart opens to more love and compassion. You begin to feel others’ emotions and exactly what they are experiencing. This might become overwhelming at first because your emotions are tangling with those of others, but it is a positive sign that your third eye is being opened and that you are becoming more acquainted with your true nature. This happens because you are dealing with emotions that you have suppressed and bottled up, and now they are finally catching up with you. Nature will feel more welcoming, and you may have a strong urge to be outside as much as possible.

You will start waking up at random hours during the night, crying, sweating, or with intense energy rushing up and down your spine. Many people leave their jobs, relationships, or hometowns during their awakening because of the sudden need to change their life. You start to realize what isn't working in your life and what needs to go. You will notice that you are becoming more distant with some people, and close with others because of your strong sense that toxic relationships are holding you back from accomplishing your dreams. Your energy opens your eyes to the things that should be making you feel happy and not sad. Your mindset also starts to change because of the life energy force that has been awakened. You begin to understand things that you hadn't before, and living will start to make sense the further you go along your spiritual path. When you have awakened the power of your chakras, the universe will attract the solutions to your problems, and you will find yourself realizing that all your problems are 'magically' working themselves out, making you think that the world is in your favor. You may start to question life, religion, and politics. Your viewpoints change and become more open; you will find yourself looking at things from a different perspective and learning things that never came to your mind before. A strong need to help others will guide you through the beginning of your days experiencing the kundalini, as you will feel compassion towards others and go out of your way to help the people around you. Acceptance will soon replace the feelings of anger concerning how you lived before you experienced the kundalini, as all the pain that you suffered in life turns into acceptance that you have passed the hardest chapter of your life. Your thoughts turn into reality. What you were putting out into the world was what you were getting back but now you begin to feel a connection with life, yourself, and the divine. You recognize yourself as a piece of a god, as are the others around you. You have the power to change your life, and no one else has that divine power over you. When you realize the urgency of finally living the life you've always dreamed about, you will start to put your power to the test and eliminate things that make you feel lesser. The kundalini is a beautiful awakening. It feels like this life you are living right now is just a dream, and when you experience the actual awakening, then you realize that you were just asleep all this time and that your life can begin now. Just by wanting to read this book and learn more about awakening, you've

already taken a big step in your spiritual path of acceptance of yourself and the world around you. You have the power and energy to heal yourself, and you can also ask the universe for guidance and those with the higher power to guide you. As soon as you make a connection with the universe, you will start to share that same power because together you are one. Don't be afraid of diving deeper into the inner wisdom to unlock the truth of your being here, and don't be afraid of the energy and the power that you can harness through awaking your chakra and kundalini. As long as you are able to keep a straight and positive mindset, the universe will look after you.

Types of Chakras While some people believe there are up to 114, most people simply focus on these primary seven. Each chakra governs its own set of feelings, emotions, organs, and behaviors. They also have their own color and placement on the bottom. We are going to go deeper into the knowledge on each of the seven chakras. We will start with the one at the bottom of your spine known as the “root chakra” and work our way up to the one at the top of your spine called the “crown chakra”. This order takes us from the first to the seventh chakra. Along the way, you will learn all that you need to know about each one.

The Root Chakra The first of all of the seven chakras is the Root Chakra. This bright red chakra is located at the base of your spine, between your legs. In some texts or teachings, this chakra is associated with an Earthy brown tone, instead of a red one. The Root Chakra is responsible for feeling grounded and stable in your life, as well as feeling a sense of security. The most common signal that this chakra is unaligned is a feeling of anxiety. You can experience this symptom whether this chakra is under or over active. If you are experiencing an underactive Root Chakra, you will also experience feelings of being unsafe or afraid in your life. If it is overactive, you may be feeling stuck in your ways or struggle to accept transition or change within your life. Either way, the best method for balancing this chakra is to meditate and practice grounding techniques. In doing so, you will help alleviate many of the ailments that arise with it. This chakra directly associates with the organs such as your kidney, reproductive glands and organs, and your spine. If you are experiencing any difficulties such as kidney infections or pain, difficulty reproducing or with reproductive hormones, or pain in your spinal column, it may be due to your Root Chakra being misaligned. You can likely restore balance to your chakra and experience reduced stress in any of these systems.

The Sacral Chakra The second of the seven chakras is the Sacral Chakra. This chakra is located above the pelvis in between your hips. This chakra resonates with the color orange.

The Sacral Chakra is responsible for your passion, sexuality and your creativity. When you are experiencing an underactive Sacral Chakra, you may struggle to create, feel apathetic or rigid, or feel as though you are closed off from intimacy. When this chakra is extremely underactive, you may experience not only a lack of intimacy physically but emotionally as well. Alternatively, if this chakra is overactive you may feel as though you are extremely sexual to the point that you may be considered somewhat of a sex addict. You may also find that you tend to become emotionally attached easily, as well. Either way, you need to take the time to balance your Sacral Chakra. You can do so through meditation, mindfulness, and using some of the natural methods discussed later within’ this book. This chakra is directly associated with the organs such as your gallbladder, adrenal glands, immune system, waste organs, metabolism, and your spleen. When you are experiencing ailments within’ any of these chakras, you should take the time to bring balance back to your Sacral Chakra. In doing so, you will likely eliminate a large amount of your negative side effects and symptoms.

The Solar Plexus Chakra The third chakra is the Solar Plexus Chakra and once again it’s placement may seem obvious. It is located at the solar plexus, just above the belly button. This golden yellow chakra is a powerful one that resonates deeply with many areas of our lives. The Solar Plexus Chakra is responsible for feelings of self-confidence, will, personal power and force. When you are feeling any misalignment within’ the chakra, the emotional drawbacks will be difficult to manage. With an underactive Solar Plexus Chakra, you will find that you are feeling powerless, timid, or under confident within’ yourself. If you are feeling low self-esteem, it is often associated with this chakra, as well. You may also lack direction or purpose within’ your life. If this chakra is overactive, you may find that you are potentially aggressive or domineering and that you tend to try and be the “boss” of situations. Either is something that you should not strive for. Bringing balance to this chakra will assist you in feeling more confident and empowered without feeling as though you have to become overpowering. The organs associated with the Solar Plexus Chakra include the upper spine,

liver, stomach, pancreas, and metabolism. When this chakra is unbalanced, you may experience pain or ailments within’ any of these systems. When you bring balance to the chakra, it is likely that each will function more efficiently and that your overall wellbeing will be enhanced by it.

The Heart Chakra The fourth of the seven chakras is the Heart Chakra. This chakra is associated with the color green and is located directly in the center of your rib cage. As you may assume, it is located exactly where your heart is. Some people call this chakra the “Heart Center”. The two appear to be used interchangeably throughout text regarding energy healing and the energy body. In this book, we will call it the Heart Chakra. The Heart Charka is primarily responsible for feelings of love and compassion. When you are experiencing an underactive Heart Chakra, you may find that you struggle to feel love or compassion for people and things in your life. You may even struggle to experience these emotions for yourself. If your Heart Chakra is overactive, you may find that you love and give compassion freely to the point that you become clingy or overly affectionate towards people. If either of these situations is happening, you need to balance your Heart Chakra. You can do so by taking the time to go inward and discover what is causing you to be one way or the other. Often, we are affected by emotional experiences in our lives that cause us to be extremely cold or extremely affectionate towards others. This chakra directly correlates with the heart organ, the lungs, and the thymus. If you are experiencing ailments in either of these, you may wish to do some energy balancing work with your heart chakra to restore balance and harmony within’ them. Doing so may bring relief from any ailments that bother you.

The Throat Chakra As you may have guessed, the fifth chakra which is known as the Throat Chakra is located within’ the throat. The color that correlates with this chakra is a bright and vibrant blue color. Typically, it is seen as more of a light blue color, though you may see it represented as nearly any shade of blue. This chakra is responsible for honest communication and ease of selfexpression. When this chakra is underactive, you may experience symptoms of being withdrawn, or even frustration, sadness, or anger due to feeling as

though you are not speaking your truth. Alternatively, if it is overactive you may speak excessively and fail to filter yourself to the point that you may be seen as bossy or rude. Or, you may be a bad listener and you may listen merely for the opportunity to speak back. When you are experiencing either of these sets of symptoms, it is important that you take the time to develop a mindfulness practice and allow yourself to regain control over your voice. You should work on being honest if you are feeling as though you are hiding your truth, or you should work on keeping thoughts to yourself or learning to censor yourself if you are giving information or opinions too freely to the point that it is inhibiting your life. The Throat Chakra is associated with the respiratory system, thyroid, and all organs that are associated with your throat and mouth. If you are experiencing any ailments with these organs, you may be experiencing physical symptoms of an unbalanced chakra. The most commonly reported symptom is feeling as though you have a lump in your throat. You can eliminate or ease these symptoms by restoring balance to your throat chakra and speaking your truth without over speaking.

The Third Eye Chakra The Third Eye Chakra is located directly between and slightly above your eyebrows. This chakra is indicated by the color indigo and is considered to be the sixth of the seven chakras. For many, this is the most popularly recognized chakra as it is spoken about in many texts and spiritual teachings. The Third Eye Chakra is responsible for bringing connection to intuition, psychic vision, and insight. When you are experiencing an underactive chakra, you may struggle to stay in touch with your intuitive side, or you may feel lost and as though you are wandering through life. Alternatively, if it is overactive, you may feel paranoid about your gut instincts and overanalyze things that are completely ordinary in life. To balance this chakra, you will want to meditate. Your meditation can have the intention of relaxing the chakra, or of opening it up depending on whether it is underactive or overactive. As a result, it should bring you back into a healthy flow where you can acknowledge and listen to your intuition without developing any fear or paranoia around the information that it brings you. Physically, the Third Eye Chakra is associated with your pineal gland, pituitary gland, eyes, hormones and your brain. If you are experiencing

misalignment in this chakra, you could experience a number of ailments with either of these organs. You may get headaches behind your eyes or experience disturbances in vision, you may get frequent headaches or “brain fog”, you could experience hormonal changes that disrupt your wellbeing, or you could experience overactive or underactive pineal and pituitary glands. Bringing balance back to this chakra should be able to assist you in healing these ailments.

The Crown Chakra Located on top of your scalp at the very top of your head, your Crown Chakra corresponds with the color purple. However, some people believe this chakra corresponds with the color white. You can use either one that resonates with you, but for this book and these teachings we are going to use purple. This chakra is considered the seventh of the seven chakras. The Crown Chakra is responsible for assisting people with wisdom, being in attunement with the universe, and connecting to the spiritual realm. When this chakra is underactive, you may feel disconnected from spirit and as though you are making a number of foolish decisions. When it is overactive, you may feel as though you have your head in the clouds and you have difficulty connecting with reality. Neither of these are positive symptoms to have, so it is important that you bring balance back to the chakra to heal them. When it is functioning optimally, you will be able to have a healthy connection to the spiritual realm while still feeling firmly grounded in your life. If the chakra is overactive, you will want to ground yourself to bring yourself back down to Earth. If it is underactive, you will want to meditate and set the intention to reopen your ability to interact with the spiritual realm. This chakra is responsible for governing the brain, the pineal gland, your biological cycles, and the spinal cord. When it is out of balance, you may experience ailments to any one of these. Your pineal gland may not function well, you may struggle to sleep well or you may sleep too much, you may experience pain in your spinal area or you may experience “brain fog” or frequent headaches. If you are noticing a number of these ailments or any single one that appears to be persistent and difficult to manage, you may want to consider healing and balancing your Crown Chakra. It may be unbalanced and bringing a lack of wellbeing to any of these areas. When you see a map of the chakras, you may notice that they are coordinated

in the colors of the rainbow. This knowledge is wonderful to note as it will assist you in remembering which color is associated with which chakra. Remember, red starts at the base and purple is at the top. Each chakra has its own color, emotions, behaviors and organs associated with it. When either is underactive or overactive or otherwise misaligned, you may experience symptoms associated with anything that your particular chakra is responsible for. If you are experiencing specific symptoms, you may want to revisit the chakras to see which one associates with where your symptoms are being felt. Then, you can do work with that chakra to bring peace and harmony to it and hopefully alleviate some or all of your symptoms.

Meditation for The Chakras The Root Chakra Meditation Lie, or sit, in a comfortable position. Bring your attention to your breath and begin by inhaling and exhaling slowly to increase your relaxation. Let your mind wander and allow your thoughts to come slowly to your root chakra. Spend some time visualizing what it looks like. See its color, size, health, etc. On your next inhale, breathe air all the way down to your root. Feel this part of your body fill with breath. While you are here, continue to take breaths like this as you consider this chakra. Explore any thoughts, images, ideas that come up. Do your best not to avoid any intense feelings, repressed memories, or thoughts that emerge. Continue to breathe for a while as you explore anything that “happens here”. Don’t be afraid to let any deeper feelings surface and come out. Pay attention to what the feelings are and create awareness of them. Now, prepare yourself to release these energies. Using your inner eye to see this release, it can look however you want it to when you let it all go. It can shoot out of you like a rocket, or pour out of you like a river. Visualize this release of unwanted energies as you take several deeps inhales and exhales. As you release you can tell yourself in your mind, or aloud, “I am secure in my power and have what I need to survive. I am a grounded person and I create stability for myself and my life. I release all fears, worries, and doubts that I don’t have enough. I am ready to release past wounds, traumas, and difficulties from this part of myself. I am ready to let go of any insecurities about my past present and future. I am a strong foundation. I am powerful in my ability to root into the Earth and make my life stable and secure. I am my home.” As you state this sentiment, or something similar, you can picture

your root chakra whirling around at a soothing and gentle speed, allowing the color of it to feel bright and strong and feel its vibrational frequency shift or increase. Bring your attention to your whole body and focus once again on breathing normally. Lie in this position for however long you need to relax and process your root chakra healing discoveries. This meditation can take different amounts of time depending on how long you want to reflect on your energy.

The Sacral Chakra Meditation You can start this meditation as you started the root chakra meditation. One great way to do this meditation is in the bath. This is the chakra associated with water and you can add another layer of connection to your chakra healing by connecting to the water. Connect to your breathing in a comfortable seated or lying position. With this chakra, you will want to explore your feelings a little more deeply. Be open to crying, laughing, or other things coming up that needs to be released. While you are breathing in and exhaling out, spend a lot of time focusing on the orangey hue of your second chakra. Picture the energy as a whirlpool of orange water and see it spinning in your lower abdomen. Focus your breath into this area. With every inhale, breathe into your sacral chakra and feel its watery nature. Continue this breathing focus and attention to the color and feel of this chakra for several minutes. As you see the water of this place, what emerges? Can you see any people, places, objects coming up to the surface of the water? Are you having any feelings surface, or ideas and thoughts about anything in particular? Pay attention to your senses as you breathe into this chakra. What do you hear all around you? Can you smell anything? What are you seeing in your mind’s eye? What are you touching right now that you can feel? Go through each of your five senses to connect with the energy of the second chakra. Bring any issues to the surface of the orange water and imagine all

of your issues, fears, repressed energies and emotions. Imagine a boat of some kind arriving on the water of your sacral chakra. See all of the negative issues or emotions climbing into the boat. With a deep, long slow inhale, breath all the way down to this chakra and hold your breath for ten seconds. As you exhale, watch the boat sail away from your body and out of sight. Say aloud, or in your mind, the following thoughts: “I am full of pleasure, passion, and desire. I am a wealth of creativity and influential ideas. I have the right to feel people, places and things. I am open to connect with myself and others. I am ready to release any blocks I have to embrace my tenderness, my sensuality, my sexuality, and the fruit of my creativity. I am a boundless and infinite person of light and life. I pursue the energy of passionate creation and beautiful emotion. I will choose when it feels right for me to connect with others, or be sensual and sexual with others. I am my power and I will decide how to express myself the way that feels right for me. I embrace my needs as a person of feeling and emotion. I send away on this boat all of my issues, insecurities, pains, and doubts about my energy of passion, desire, sex, and creation. I have all of the energy I need to feel my life.” You can change the words to reflect exactly what issues may be coming up for you at this time. It is up to you to know what your energy is asking you to let go of, so be specific to yourself and your needs. These words are an example of what to say. When you have finished this part of the meditation, refocus on your breath and relax while you reflect for a few minutes. Open your eyes and move forward through the day, feeling refreshed. It may help to journal about what you saw in your vision or to draw a colorful picture of what you are, or have released.

The Solar Plexus Meditation This is a great meditation to perform in the sunshine if you can. Begin by relaxing your body in a comfortable position, either sitting or lying down. Bring focus and attention to your breathing. Long slow deep breaths to start.

After you have connected to yourself in this position, engage in a breath of fire to ignite your solar plexus energies. The breath of fire is quick bursts of inhales into the nose and out through the nose, pulsing the abdomen (like panting with your mouth closed). Make sure that your belly is moving in and out and your diaphragm is going up and down. Practice the breath of fire for a few rounds and return to deep and relaxed inhales and exhales. Begin to visualize the sunny, yellow color of your solar plexus. Bring your breath to this space as you watch the energy churn here. If you want to you can visualize your solar plexus as being a small sun. Offer yourself some time with this visualization. As you spend time here, notice what thoughts, ideas, and feelings come up. They may not always be exactly what you would think, or specifically regarding the qualities of the chakra. You might think about your boss or your relationship. You might have images pop up of an argument you have with a grocery clerk. Anything that comes up here has something to do with this energy and as you meditate on it, consider how this chakra has been involved in any of these people, places or things. (Example: thinking of your boss while clearing this chakra could relate to wanting to be the boss one day and not feeling adequate, or having a disagreement with how your boss makes you feel like you don’t know what you are doing or talking about, etc.) Feel these energies arise and as you honor and announce to yourself what they could be representing, bring more focus to strengthening the brightness of light coming to from this chakra. Whatever energies have come up to be healed and cleansed, allow them to be brought into the light of this chakra. See the fiery heat of sunlight setting fire to these energies to purify them and release them. Let the sunshine of yourself ignite your power and let go of any negative beliefs you may hold about yourself here. As you burn away these energies, thoughts, and ideas, say the following, or something similar: “I am my power and I allow myself to take up space as myself in this world. I have the ability to see who I am clearly right now. I am a person of honesty,

integrity and drive and I have ambitions of my own. I act upon the things that allow me to be my truest self. I have all of the energy and health I need to empower my own growth. I am okay with making mistakes as I will learn from them and get better. I know what it is I want and I know how long it will take me to get there. My journey always involves other people and it is always okay for me to be myself around others. I am not afraid to take action in the direction I need to go with my life. “ Once you feel like you have achieved a level of self-confidence with your thoughts and words, see your inner sun shining brightly as you take in another few rounds of deep, long inhales and exhales. Repeat the breath of fire for a few cycles and open your eyes. Move forward with your day feeling empowered and selfconfident.

The Heart Chakra Meditation This meditation will open your heart chakra, and as with the sacral meditation, you may feel some intense and powerful feelings arise. Open to your feelings and let them come. Try not to hold anything back that you might be thinking or feeling. We hold a lot of pain and trauma in our hearts and oftentimes, even when we feel like we are healthy in this area, there is always something that is deeply hidden that needs some love and attention. Begin seated comfortably, in a chair or on the floor in a lotus pose. Focus on your breath. Take some long inhales and exhales to ground and connect you to your meditation. Breathe into your heart space and see its energy. Picture the emerald green color and notice how it feels. Big? Small? Quiet? Tight? Expansive? Continue to breathe into this place and explore the energy of the heart chakra. What images are popping up? What thoughts and ideas? Do you already feel enough love in your life? Are you feeling like you love yourself enough? As you get closer to opening to these ideas and feelings, spend

time with each one. Is there one that pops up the most? If so, then the idea, image, or emotion wants you to spend some quality time looking at it. Where does it take you? What, or who, do you see when you follow that feeling? How is it making you feel? Connect to these realities and meditate on each part of your heart that is asking for you to connect to the information. You may notice a shift in your energy as you look. You may feel like crying out loud, followed by a sense of inner peace and calm after you have given yourself release. Move your hands to your heart and place your hands palms down over your heart center. Breathe into your hands and feel the green light and energy of this chakra as you breathe. With your hands over your heart, you can say quietly in your mind, or out loud, these words, or something similar: “I am love. I have the right to love and be loved. I am capable of giving and receiving love to others and from others, as well as myself. I choose to create a loving attitude in my life as I embrace all people and all of my experiences with them. I am practicing selfawareness through love. I am connected to my heart as a sensitive, tender and receptive person. I love to learn how to work with loving energy in my life. I release any past hurts about my heart that has caused me to stay closed off here. I know it is okay to protect myself and my heart from being hurt, and I am also open hearted at the same time. I will connect more fully through my heart and feelings as I experience life. I am ready to offer love to myself and others.” After you have said, or thought these words, return your focus to your breath for several moments. As you feel ready to close out your meditation, remove your hands form your heart and wrap your arms around your body in a hug. Hold yourself for as long as you like and really give yourself an opportunity to feel held (at least a few minutes). Continue breathing deeply as you embrace yourself. Drop your arms and let a smile form on your lips. Continue with your day as planned.

The Throat Chakra Meditation

You can begin this meditation either in a chair, sitting on the floor, or lying on your back. Place yourself in a comfortable position and focus on your breathing. Connect to your body and allow yourself to become grounded and relaxed. The throat wants to make noise and so you may want to arrange to be in a space where it is okay for you to be loud, or verbally expressive. Continue your breathing by performing the alternating nostril breath technique you learned about. Try a few rounds of this to get you more closely connected to your upper body with your breathing technique. If you are in a seated position, try doing a few neck rolls and stretches to open up your neck energy. Focus on your breath, and keep it relaxed and deep. Place your tongue on the roof of your mouth. And take a long, deep breath through your nostrils. As you exhale, begin to intone an “L” sound, like you are about to say “La”. Intone this sound for 3 breath cycles on inhaling and then intoning as you exhale. Try to draw out the sounds as long as you can through your breath. Following the same breathing instructions from step 7, you will make a humming sound. Start by intoning “hum” and when you close your mouth to make the “M” sound, keep your lips together so that you can feel them vibrating. Keep your mouth relaxed. Repeat this intonation 3 times, through your, inhales and exhales. Next, you will make a “Ha” sound. Let your tongue and jaw relax and drop as you open up to let the “Ha” come out through your exhale. Repeat 3 times. While you are intoning, picture the light of this chakra vibrating and rippling with the sound of your voice. Allow this blue color to fill your throat, lungs, and mouth as you bring all of these sounds out of you. If you want to, picture the breath leaving your body as the same color as your throat chakra. Pay attention to how you are feeling when you make these sounds. Are you insecure? Are you staying quiet, but want to be louder? Are you feeling scratchy or raspy in this area? Are there any thoughts or ideas that surface about people, places or things that

need some focus and attention? As you begin making these noises and finish the L, Hum, Ha cycles, allow yourself to improvise noise. Make any noise that feels normal to you, or like it has the urge to be released. Relax into it. Try not to control what comes out. Pay attention to your energy here. Are you trying to control the sounds coming out of your body? Do you feel connected to your voice, or does it sound foreign to you? When you are finished making these sounds, return your focus to your breathing and relax. You can say the following affirmations, preferably out loud, to keep your throat chakra awakened and open: “My voice is my own and I want to be heard. I have things to say and that is okay. I am willing to experience other words from other people as much as I am willing to experience my own voice. I communicate well. I am able to speak the truth of myself and what I know. I am a powerful instrument of sound and vibration. I have honest thoughts, feelings, and words that I would like to say. I have the right to talk openly, as much as I have the right to not talk when I don’t want to. I am capable of understanding my own words of truth.” Feel free to alter the words to reflect your personal experience with this chakra energy. Continue to breathe deeply for several minutes before moving forward with your day.

The Brow Chakra Meditation There are a lot of ways to connect to the seat of your higher sight and intuition. This is a simplified form of meditation, but as you become more advanced in your chakra work, you can intuitively transform this meditation to be more appropriate for your present needs. Lie on the floor or in a comfortable place where you will not be disturbed. Relax here and become focused on your breathing. Spend several minutes focused on your breath. For some people, they will already be guided through their third eye of where to go and can just intuitively follow a meditation from this point. If you are not naturally guided through your “sight” then you can

work on getting closer to that energy here. Picture your brow chakra. See its color, indigo. With your eyes closed, move your eyes to “look” at the place in your head where your third eye is (up and inward). With your eyes focused like this under closed eyelids, spend some time with your deep inhales and exhales. Continue to picture the light and color of your chakra. As you look at this energy, see it begin to elongate, like a pole or shaft sticking out of your forehead. Extend it as far as you can. It can go to the roof of your room, house, or apartment building, into the clouds, into the cosmos. As you engage with this vision, what do you see? Where are you going? Pay attention to the details. Feel the energy of this connection outside of yourself. You can relax your eyes if they become tired of looking up and in. After you have extended your third eye energy up and out of you, relax into your breath and pay attention to any images that come up. You may experience thoughts and feelings as well, and oftentimes they are accompanied by visuals. Let your mind reflect on this as you take your “inner journey”. Spend as long as you need to in this space until the images have ended. Connect with your third eye energy, back down in your forehead, and say in your mind the following words, or something similar: “I can see more than what is in front of my face and eyes. I can see beyond what is here on Earth. I have infinite wisdom and the capacity to look deeply into the great unknown. My sight extends beyond what is normally seen and I am proud of my openness to the spirit and the beyond. I am not afraid of this gift and look forward to using my intuition regularly. My soul is ancient and wise and I am ready to heal any past realities that have prevented me from connecting to this truth. I am grateful for my capacity to see”. Take some time to reflect and breathe here. You may fall asleep in this state, and that is okay. It is rather common when working with this chakra. Enjoy the effects of this experience as you go through the rest of your daily activities.

The Crown Chakra Meditation Begin this meditation in a seated position, on the floor or in a chair. Start with your breath to get grounded in your practice. As you focus on breathing, ground your root energy to the place you are sitting. Imagine you have roots growing out of your root and into the floor and through the soil underneath your space. As you continue to take slow, relaxing breaths, see your entire chakra system, awake and alive. Picture the energy flowing freely through your whole body. While you are picturing this energetic flow in all of the chakras, bring your hands together, palm to palm, and hold them in front of your heart chakra. Continue to breathe in and out as you feel your energy flow through all 6 chakras and as you get to the 7th at your crown, see the light of your being shot out of the top of your head, like a colorful rainbow. Allow this rainbow of light to be a sustained shaft of energy that connects to the Universe. Feel it connect to the cosmos and beyond. See your tree roots holding you to the Earth as you breathe, while the rainbow of light flowing out of your crown connects you to the stars. Hold this image in your third eye while you speak, or think the following words, or something similar: “I am one with all energies. I am made of vibration and light and I am here to become more in tune with all that is around me. I am a source of positive life-force energy and I witness the whole Universe with my wholeness. I am releasing any fears, doubts or beliefs I may have carried in my life that I am not one with everything and everyone. I am ready to release any pain and suffering that has held me back from knowing my infinite nature. I am ready to walk through my life path with purpose and the energy I know as my whole self. I trust that I am here for a reason and that we all have a unique and important purpose. I am alive to the energy of creation.” Visualize any fears that you may have about your energetic potency flow out of the rainbow light from your crown to be

released into the cosmos for transformation. Accept your life-force as you bring your hands down from your heart. Lay your hands, palms up on your knees and breathe in this state for a while. Smile and enjoy the relaxation of being grounded to Earth and connected to the Universe around you. Spend as long as you need to in this pose before returning to other matters. Any of these amazing meditations can be modified to suit your personal needs. It's okay to get creative once you feel more confident and practiced in aligning with these healing methods and working with your chakra energy. You can combine them into one daily practice, or work with one chakra at a time. The choice is yours. We will review some of the ways that you can continue to maintain your healthy chakra lifestyle, as well as a few other methods and techniques to help you stay clear, supported and free-flowing. Give yourself plenty of time to work through each of these healing rituals. You are on the right track and all you need is the patience to go on this beautiful healing journey.

Reception and Similar Theories in the West The idea of chakras stemmed from ancient Indian thought and made its first appearance in the oldest Sanskrit text called the Vedas. Over the last century or so, Western Civilization has opened its arms and mind to yoga, and meditation from India, and has been uniquely captivated by the chakra system. However, since the majority of knowledge about chakras is in Sanskrit, an extinct language and the primary language of Hinduism, Western culture was slow to grasp the nuances of chakra health and the process of balancing energies within the body. So, as translation research began and more and more knowledge about the chakra ideology came out, chakras became more well known throughout the world. The entire chakra ideology is extremely complex and is still yet to be fully discovered. We will cover as much information as we can throughout the rest of this book. In Sanskrit, the word chakra itself mean wheel, which is why we imagine the chakras in our bodies as spinning wheels or abundant and open flowers of energy. These energy vortexes have a history in Indian yoga philosophy, and so it is important to study chakras from their ideological source rather than Western adaptations of the idea. Chakras were originally meant to be a way for believers of Hinduism to get in touch with energies from their deities by repeating “mantras” in a type of prayer or meditation practice. Each chakra was associated with a particular deity or a particular element like Space, Earth, Fire, Wind, or Water. Hindus have a deep belief in their deities and in the world as a system - thus chakras were especially meaningful in ancient times because they were believed to be the one true connection between God and living beings. This system was extremely culturally and religiously specific, and so when it was adopted into Western cultures, some of this deeper meaning was eroded away. Today, the majority of people who are in touch with their chakras do not practice meditation for this purpose but do still receive benefits from the actions and balance. We will include some of these cultural and religious aspects, especially the concept of chakras relating to the world’s elements, as we delve more into chakra practice. We will also make sure to include the more generalized Western school of thought on each topic we cover in this book. You will definitely have many choices with how you would like to think about your chakras and the way you would like to practice balance and meditation.

In ancient India, chakras were introduced as an entire system throughout the body. Today, we refer to the 7 main chakras, an idea that became exceedingly popular among Western yogis around the 15th century. It is important to recognize that, although we will mostly cover this 7-chakra system in this book, the original belief puts various chakras systems all across the entire body and each system has a unique role in our lives. This might seem counterproductive because we are “ignoring” the rest of the chakra systems when we study our 7. However, chakra ideology is not a fixed fact - instead, it is a fluid system through which you can discover your own primary energy supercenters. It doesn’t matter which chakra-system you believe fits your body in the best way. History shows a variety of practices related to different chakras, but it is essential that you don’t go into this feeling like one chakra system is better than another. You will certainly reap benefits from simply being in tune with your body’s energy, regardless of which centers you tap into. Chakras are attached to yoga and meditation, and their interplay is what makes each of these ideas or practices most effective.

Yoga and Chakras Vibrant Health And Spiritual Awakening The word “chakra” directly translates to “wheel,” and the system of chakras refers to the centers of energy distributed throughout the body. This is the body’s energy system, where we get our power and vitality. Each chakra has its own unique location, and there are 7 primary chakras along with 21 minor chakras. Each chakra has multiple layers of energy, which work together to contribute to the chakras’ overall health. The chakras are interconnected and work together as a collective unit. If one chakra is out of balance, it is likely that the others around it are compensating for that imbalance. It is very important to pay attention to the chakras and acknowledge their presence in your body to avoid imbalances and blockages in multiple areas. As you will learn more in depth, these imbalances or blockages can manifest as a variety of unwanted physical and emotional ailments. Balancing the chakras helps with the overall flow of energy throughout the body, which makes us feel lighter, happier, and healthier. The Flow Of Divine Energy Energy typically flows consistently throughout the chakras all day, every day. It is powering your body and your life. It is what is responsible for getting you out of bed in the morning and moving you along throughout your day. It is our life force, and it keeps us going. We need it to survive. If you wake up full of energy and ready to start your day, it is likely that you have free-flowing, balanced energy throughout your chakras. This balance will carry you through the day and allow you to achieve your goals, enjoy your life, have fulfilling relationships with others, and fully accept and love yourself. Far too often, we find ourselves suffering from physical or mental pain. While pain is a part of life and does happen every so often, it does not have to run our lives. If our energy is openly flowing, we will feel a noticeable difference in our overall health and well-being. This energy or life force is called prana, and when it flows freely through the chakra system, we feel healthy, light, and balanced. It is a really great feeling that unfortunately many of us do not get to experience on a regular basis.

This is why becoming aware of the chakras within our bodies is so important. The Healing Power Of Yoga A well-balanced yoga practice can be a remarkably helpful tool in achieving health and wellness in the body, mind, and spirit. “Yoga” directly translates to “yoke,” and it can also mean “unify” or “unite.” This unification signifies connectivity of mind, body, and spirit, which can be further recognized over time through a consistent yoga practice. A well-balanced yoga practice consists of breathing techniques, meditation, and asana practice—the physical postures of yoga, which is what usually comes to mind when most people think of yoga. We practice yoga to revitalize and rejuvenate our body and mind, which assists in connecting with the spirit. Although people often turn to yoga for such reasons as weight loss, injury recovery, or relaxation, yoga is much more than that and can be a vital tool for achieving overall health. Yoga can also greatly aid in unblocking, activating, and healing the chakras. Practicing yoga gives us insight we would not be able to achieve in other ways. This internal awareness is crucial for recognizing each chakra individually and as a connected unit, which helps us understand what is happening within our own bodies. Yoga can be practiced by everyone, regardless of age, gender, weight, or any other factor one might feel is holding them back. While yoga can be more challenging for some, it does not look the same on everyone. It is very important to not compare yourself to others when practicing yoga because your body is likely to look very different from your neighbor’s body. It is important to understand that modifications can and should be made to accommodate your body, and there is nothing wrong with modifying a yoga pose to fit your specific needs. It is also important to note that a well-balanced yoga practice involves both passive and active forms of yoga—this is often referred to as yin and yang. It is just as important to practice the more passive and restorative postures in yoga as it is to practice the more active and invigorating ones. In this book, I will speak a great deal about achieving balance, and this aspect of yoga is no different. In order to counterbalance the rigor of an active yoga posture or routine, one must incorporate a passive, restorative aspect to the practice as well.

The key to achieving the most out of your yoga practice is to practice consistently. You will not see changes and results overnight. You can achieve many great things through yoga, including a healthier and happier life, but you will not see results if you do not put in regular work. Practicing The Essential Poses In this book, you will find detailed explanations of yoga poses and sequences to help you connect with and awaken your chakra-healing power. I explain each pose, and modification options if applicable, in a simple manner. The yoga sequences are easy to follow and specifically designed to aid in your journey toward a healthy and balanced mind and body. In addition to the yoga asana instructions, you will find supplementary tips and activities to incorporate into your yoga practice, such as breathing techniques and meditation exercises. The combination of physical and mental yoga techniques is vital to a healthy and well-rounded practice. Each yoga posture, tip, and activity corresponds to a specific chakra. It is important to understand which poses are closely connected to each chakra so you can customize your yoga practice to fit your needs. In this book, you will be guided through all aspects of a chakra yoga practice. It will allow you to integrate your own personalized chakra yoga routine into your daily life. Practice Compassion YOGA CAN HELP in achieving inner peace and overall healing of the mind and body. However, this wonderful gift does not come easily. Consistency in a yoga practice is the key element to achieving your health and wellness goals. As a yoga teacher, I see it time and time again: A beginner yoga student tries one class and feels great afterward but does not commit to practicing regularly. Then they do not understand why they aren’t seeing any results. A commitment to consistency and focus will provide you with the results you are looking to achieve and then some. While putting in the work is crucial to reaching goals, it is also very important to practice self-compassion. Being kind to yourself is just as important as practicing regularly. This means if you are ill or unable to practice, it is totally fine to resume your regular practice when you are feeling better. You can always modify poses to suit your specific needs at any time throughout your practice, all the way from the beginner to advanced levels.

Never feel ashamed or put yourself down for needing to modify a pose— everyone’s body is different. Having a combination of determination, focus, compassion, and patience will help you achieve your health and wellness goals over time through a consistent and well-rounded chakra yoga practice.

Searching for Well-Being A harmonious chakra feels refreshed and revitalized, and you can feel the energy flowing effortlessly through it within your body. This effortless flow of prana is what we are all looking to achieve, yet this can be hard to come by. Energy flow allows you to feel free both inside and outside your body. A free-flowing chakra gives you plenty of energy and power in the area it is connected to. It also provides that area with a balanced sense of peace and calm. A blocked chakra often feels just like that: blocked. It feels as if the energy is stuck and stagnant, and it can prevent a full range of motion in that particular area of the body. A blocked chakra stops a balanced flow of prana to the surrounding chakras, causing problems in those areas as well. It can make your body feel stiff in that spot, or it can bring forth physical health issues, such as headaches, stomach pain, and joint pain, depending on the chakra. It can also generate emotional or mental health issues, such as anxiety, depression, or phobias, depending on the affected chakra. These can be just as debilitating as physical ailments, if not more so. Following a dedicated chakra yoga practice takes time in order to achieve results. You must tune in to your body, commit to a consistent practice, and focus on the specific chakras and areas that are blocked and need attention. Similar to going to the doctor for an annual checkup and tending to our general health, it is important to care for the alignment of our chakras. Even though you may feel fine and have no obvious ailments that need immediate attention, taking care of the chakras and making sure they stay balanced and aligned is key to living a healthy and balanced life.

Balance and Healing An overactive chakra means there is too much energy flowing into that area. This can be caused by a blockage in a surrounding chakra, or sometimes a trauma to that area pulls in more energy to expedite the healing process.

Although the idea of having more energy seems like a good thing, it can do more harm than good. A surplus of energy in a certain chakra can cause problems as well. An underactive chakra does not have enough energy flowing to it, which can also be caused by a blockage in a surrounding chakra that doesn’t allow a sufficient amount of the body’s supply of energy to reach it. This tends to make the chakra take on a more passive role in the body, and as a result it is not able to work in conjunction with the other chakras. This causes sluggishness and lack of movement in the affected area. A balanced chakra feels free, revitalized, energized, and at peace. It has just enough energy to support that area of the body in functioning properly and working with its connected parts. Achieving a balanced chakra system as a whole is our goal. Since the body and mind are so closely connected and intertwined, it is important to note that finding balance in one often results in relief in the other as well. If an emotional or mental health issue is resolved and balance is restored, we often find that our corresponding physical issues alleviate or disappear completely. This can be surprising to many, as it is a common misconception that the body and mind should be treated as separate entities. This could not be further from the truth, and discovering more about your chakras is a perfect way to see how. A chakra yoga practice that is customized to suit your personal needs can enable you to achieve balance in the chakras and overall healing. This can provide short-term pain relief and heal severely neglected emotional issues, which can help you live a better life and feel good now. A balanced chakra system through a chakra yoga practice can also provide long-term benefits that can be seen in your health as you age.

Yoga for Root Chakra Crow Pose Stand and make sure your legs are three feet apart. Focus on your spine and feel it rising tall from the location of your pelvis. You will also feel the equal distribution of your weight between your feet on the surface of the ground or earth below you. Squat slowly while maintaining the position of your feet on the earth. To help

you maintain a straight posture, attach your palms together like a prayer posture, and place your elbows inside your two knees. Inhale deeply and slowly into your abdomen, hold your breath for several minutes, and completely clear your lungs every time you exhale. Repeat this process for 20 to 30 minutes. Release your hands, lie down and for a few minutes. Release the breath and let it continue to flow naturally. You will notice and feel prana moving through perineum physical area and other surrounding parts of your body, especially the coccyx and hips. With more practice, you will master this root chakra yoga, and it will help you feel happy and worthy of your existence.

Yoga for Sacral Chakra Pelvic Lifts Lie down on the ground and ensure your spine is flat. Your head should also be on the ground as you face upwards. Feel your breath as it passes through your nostrils to your lungs, notice the movement of your rib cage as it goes up and down as you fill your lungs. Bend the knees and let them point straight up in the sky. Ensure your souls that completely flat and close to your stretched arms on the ground. The palms of your hands should also touch the ground. You can also let your long middle finger touch your ankles to stay in the appropriate position. Breathe in slowly and raise the pelvis to the highest level possible. Lift your spine gradually beginning with the lowermost vertebrae. Then slowly move the spinal column. Exhale as you slowly move your spine downwards again to its original position. You will the vertebra reconnect with each other as you go back to your previous position on the ground. Repeat this process of lifting your pelvis up and down for at least 20 minutes. Ensure the movement is steady, smooth, slow, and meditative. Your breath should lead the movement, ensure your lungs are filled, your spine and arms fully stretched and you are fully exhaling as you move back down. Allow your spine to be responsible for moving the rest of the body. Also, visualize all your tension been erased by your breath. Do at least 3 to 6 lifts.

Trust that all the movements you are feeling are meant to heal and bring balance and harmony. You will notice some changes and your sacral chakra will be successfully healed if your practice this form of yoga.

Yoga for Solar Plexus Front Platform Lie facing down with your stomach on the ground and toes pointing in the opposite direction or away from your head. Attach your palms to the ground as you bend your elbows. Inhale and lift the body upwards as though you are doing a press up but with your toes still facing the opposite or backward direction. Hold and stay in that upward position, start taking a deep breath and draw it into your abdomen and take long exhales as you push your breath out. Practice this process for at least 3 minutes is focusing on and feeling the prana flowing through the navel center. This yoga practice will help you in healing and balancing your solar plexus.

Yoga For Heart Chakra Heart-Centering Meditation Kneel and sit on your heels. Keep your spine in a straight position. Feel the flow of your breath as it fills your lungs as the diaphragm and solar plexus are lifted slightly. Attach your middle fingers together as you extend your elbows sideways like flying wings and ensure your forearms stay parallel to the ground. Lower your eyelids or close your eyes halfway and focus to gaze on your nose tip. The eye position is also widely used in other forms of yoga to focus, clear and silence the mind as well as activate pineal and pituitary glands. You will hear vibrating inner voice in your mind with the mantra "Humme Hum Bram hum." You can also listen to the recorded version of this mantra while performing this type of yoga. Extend your hands out slowly as you listen to this mantra. Inhale and exhale slowly and feel as the prana flows through the center of your heart and radiating to your entire body.

Yoga for Throat Chakra

Camel Kneel on the floor and ensure your legs are apart. Gently place your palms on your ankles as you lean backward while maintaining the same position. Breath in an allow your heart to be lifted upwards as your thighs and hips press forward. During exhaling, draw your shoulders towards each other so that your heart opens more deeply. Place your hands on your back to make the exhaling process much easier. Focus on your throat while breathing deeply and continue moving the hips forward to allow the sternum to open up. Drop your head backward to its original position and comfortably return your hands in the ankle. Relax and allow prana to heal your throat as it produces silent inward vibrating sound “hmmmmmmmmm” every time you exhale. Release the sound out and continue this process for at least three minutes or more. Successful performance of this chakra will allow you to make conscious choices and communicate authentic expressions that come from our true sense.

Yoga for Third Eye Chakra Guru Pranam To start this yoga pose, sit on your heels, and sit in an upright position. Inhale and feel prana arriving with every breath you take. You can use a firm pillow or blankets if you have difficulty sitting on your heels. Extend your arms towards the ground as you comfortably spread your knees. Maintain the elongation of your spine by placing your forehead on the ground ahead and moving your lower back. Focus on the vertebrae that are between the shoulders to enable the opening of the heart by melting that area. Attach your palms together and visualize light as you inhale and exhale fully. Also, relax and let the force of gravity take control as well. Practice this yoga for at least 5 minutes or more. Place your arms on the ground and gently lift your torso starting with the lowermost spine and rise up vertebra by vertebra and finish by lifting your

head up. Before standing up, take a rest for few minutes or lie on your back. After practicing this type of yoga, you will feel the change and discover that you can easily use logic and make excellent decisions.

Yoga for Crown Chakra Guru Prasad Sit on your heels and feel your spinal column been filled with light and rise up the column. Take time to breathe in and feel as the prana flows through your breath. Using your hands, make a bowl-shaped structure, and place your palms in front of your heart and face them up towards the sky. The bowl’s purpose is to receive invisible light. Place your upper arms against your rib cage. Feel the gifts from the universe been poured into your hands. The gifts will come one after the blessings come to you in a similar manner. Feel the presence of the infinite universe as you practice this yoga. Focus on your nose tip and lower eyelid to leave just a small opening in your eyes. The focus will help you to open your third eye, and your optic nerve is also stimulated with the pineal gland. However, as you continue with your meditation, you are free to close the eyes to enable you to focus more on your third eye. Take long, deep breaths and exhale completely while allowing your heart to open for the feeling of love and compassion to penetrate through it. Also, open yourself so that you can receive blessings in the form of many aspects, including consciousness and infinite universe. Practice this form of mediation for at least 3 minutes. You can take more time if you feel you need it to heal your crown chakra completely. Our consciousness will blossom if we allow the free flow of prana and healing of our crown chakra. Malasana Yoga Pose Squat and attach your palms together, breathe in deeply, hold for 30 seconds, and then exhale smoothly. Tuck the toes of your both feet and rest your chest on your knees as you practice this yoga pose. Don’t lift your toes to get them

out of the ground because it will disrupt your connection with the earth. This pose will help bring your being close to the earth, and the energy of the earth is felt through the feet while performing this practice. Uttanasana Stand up, fold your arms together by touching your right elbow with your left palm and doing the same with the left palm and touch your left elbow. Rest your folded hands on your head crown and then lean and bend forward at your waist with your folded arms and hands still intact. Ease your mind while practicing this yoga. This will enable us to find calmness and our center. It also releases tension from our entire back. Mountain Pose It is a chakra yoga practice that only involves standing up like a tree and feeling the support of the earth. This pose allows you to focus on the present moment and help us feel centered. Also, practice this yoga on the ground or grass to help you connect better and more with the earth. Sun Salutations It also resembles the pose of a cobra serpent. Lie down with your stomach on the ground. Using your palm hands, lift your upper part of your body (from the waist upwards while still lying down) face up to the sun. Inhale and exhale slowly, and you will start feeling connected, feel more sense of power and heat building up from within your body. You can choose to either close or open your eyes. Anjaneyasana This pose involves stretching your quad and psoas muscles. Its connection with the chakras makes sense because it’s associated with the fight-or-flight mechanism. It is also connected with the first or the root chakra. Inhale and exhale five breaths to allow more time for your muscles to transmute residual flight or fight energy into a calm yet courageous inner strength. Warrior II

Just like the name, pose like a warrior with your hands stretched outside and one leg stretched and the other slightly bent. The pose helps you dig deeper into your determination and strength. Bridge Pose Lie flat on the ground and lift your body using your upper back and support your pose with the souls of the feet firmly against the ground. This pose will help stimulate your throat chakra and help your root chakra to release excess energy. You can also use this pose while trying to balance your sacral, solar plexus, and the heart chakras. Wide-Legged Forward Fold Stretch your legs and lower your head to touch the ground while also supporting yourself with your hands. This pose will open your lower back and groin muscles. This will give an opportunity to your root chakra to release energy into your body. Savasana Lie down while facing upwards to allow total support by the earth beneath your body. Inhale and exhale smoothly while repeating the words ‘I am safe; I am supported’ with every cycle of your breathing. When we approach life from a grounded perspective, we tend to be more calm and happy, and this pose provides an opportunity to do just that while making us stronger within ourselves.

Healing Chakras Crystal Healing and the Chakras Crystals can be used for healing, as decorative jewellery, to amplify the energy in a room or as an elixir. Everything in this world is made up of vibrations, crystals are no different. Each crystal has its own vibration, its own energy. When used for healing the crystal works on the subtle energy system, the aura and the chakras. By placing crystals on the chakras you are amplifying the healing process. Crystals can also be used during a reiki treatment or as a stand-alone treatment. They will amplify the healing ability of any therapist and therefore make the healing session more powerful. There are times when a crystal will not want to work with a healer, a client or when worn as part of a piece of jewellery. You will know if this happens to you. When worn as a piece of jewellery something will feel not quite right. It could be that the crystal is too powerful for you at that particular time or the vibrations do not feel right for you. The crystal has to compliment your individual vibrations. Some crystals vibrate slowly and others much faster. The more sensitive you are to the energy the more you will pick up on the subtle vibrations of the stones. Below I have listed just 2 crystals which can be used to aid healing on each of the major chakras. There are, of course, many others but I do not wish to confuse or overwhelm you if you are a beginner. In addition, it is not the knowledge or use of hundreds of crystals that is important but the ability to work with a few stones on each of the chakras to amplify the healing process. The Root Chakra: Ruby or Jasper Ruby: Aids the reproductive system, helps re-energise and balance the blood sugar levels. Jasper: This stone helps balance all of the chakras, so it could be used to balance any of them. Jasper is especially beneficial to those with liver, spleen and pancreatic problems. The Sacral Chakra: Moonstone and Amber Moonstone: This stone is ideal for balancing the digestive system,

eliminating toxins (especially from the liver), and for women who suffer from PMS. Amber: Ideal for the stomach, liver and spleen. The Solar Plexus Chakra: Yellow Topaz and Citrine Yellow Topaz: Supports the nervous system, the endocrine system and the liver and the gallbladder. Citrine: Helps to relax and calm a person down and to support the nervous system. The Heart Chakra: Rose Quartz and Green Jade Rose Quartz: This helps to support the emotional body and to release feelings of hurt and anger and other negative emotions. It helps to promote feelings of peace. Green Jade: Supports emotional release and supports healing. The Throat Chakra: Aquamarine and Lapis Lazuli Aquamarine: This is an excellent stone for those who have thyroid problems and frequent sore throats. It is ideal for promoting self-expression and helps to reduce stress and anxiety. Lapis Lazuli: This stone promotes harmony and self- knowledge. It helps reduce feelings of stress and supports the immune system. The Third Eye or Brow Chakra: Indigo Sapphire and Turquoise Indigo Sapphire: This helps to promote psychic awareness and it helps to keep negative energy away from the aura and energy system. Turquoise: This helps to support the immune system, reduces feelings of depression and also helps to protect against psychic attack. The Crown Chakra: Clear Quartz and Amethyst Clear Quartz: This stone can help balance all of the chakras. When used on the crown chakra it will help remove negative energy and promote a person’s psychic abilities. Amethyst: This helps a person on their individual spiritual journey. It helps to remove negative feelings and to reduce headaches. Clear Quartz Stones: You may use small clear quartz stones on all of the chakras as these will help support and amplify the healing process of the other stones. How to Carry

Out a Chakra Healing Treatment Preparation Ensure that you have a quiet healing space. If you have access to a therapeutic couch then that is ideal, rather than a bed or similar. A couch is a better option as you will not need to bend and stretch as much as you would if you used a bed. Using a couch may help prevent injury to yourself. Ask the client to remove any bulky jewelry, belts and shoes and to lie on their back. When the client is lying on the bed begin to place the crystals on the chakras. Begin by working on the crown chakra, then the third eye, the throat, the heart, the solar plexus, the sacral and the root chakra. Treatment time Leave for 15 minutes for the first session gradually building up to 30 minutes and never any more than 60 minutes. Note: If a crystal falls off the client do not replace it. This is because the crystal could be too strong for the client or it may not want to work with that person at that particular time. You may try using that particular crystal during the next session. When the session is over, remove the crystals in the order that you placed them on the client. Now place your hands a couple of inches above the head of the client on the right side of the body. Follow the contours of the body all the way down to the feet and sweep outwards. Now do the same in the middle of the body and then on the left hand side. You have just helped smooth out the energy field. Your client may wish to spend a few minutes lying on the couch and gathering his or her thoughts. It is a good idea to ask the client to discuss any thoughts, feelings or experiences that he or she would like to share. If a client does not wish to do so please respect their privacy. Some experiences are very personal and some people like to keep these to themselves. You may decide to use different crystals next time. It will take a while to build up your collection.

Chakra Blocking and Balancing When your chakras are blocked, the flow of energy in and out your system and into other chakras gets impeded. This can have negative effects on your entire wellbeing. This is because blocked chakras tend to coincide with specific psychological issues and existential biases. Such existential biases inhibit a wide range of your self-awareness. You need to unblock your chakras so you can heal emotionally and spiritually, as well as prevent any physical disorders. Energy healing may help open up your chakras and bring back your good health. Blocked First Chakra When your first chakra is blocked, you become fearful of your survival and security. You become ungrounded and you start to feel that you do not belong anywhere. You lack imagination and dreams, and you begin to have a weak constitution. You start to plod and become overly practical. You also have a hard time letting go and you experience problems with your weight, colon, feet, bones, and legs. Blocked Second Chakra When your second chakra is blocked, your energy levels and libido goes down. You become emotionally distant and you have a hard time dealing with change and experiencing happiness. You start to hold back or become too emotional, sexual, and focused on physical pleasure. You also start to have problems with your urinary and reproductive systems. Blocked Third Chakra When your third chakra is blocked, you lack confidence and self-esteem. You experience difficulty manifesting your desires. You also misuse your power and exert dominance over other people. You also experience problems with fatigue, digestion, hypertension, diabetes, and allergies. Blocked Fourth Chakra When your fourth chakra is blocked, you experience loneliness, difficulty giving or accepting love, lack of emotional fulfillment, and lack of compassion. You also tend to stay in unhealthy relationships. The blocking of the fourth chakra causes love to manifest at low vibrations. You also lack a sense of connection to nature or the divine. Blocked Fifth Chakra

When your fifth chakra is blocked, you tend to have a hard time communicating, expressing yourself, and sharing ideas with other people. You start to have problems with your creativity. You become manipulative and deceptive of yourself or other people. You also experience problems with your shoulders, neck, and thyroid. Blocked Sixth Chakra When your sixth chakra is blocked, you lack imagination, vision, and concentration. Your intuition becomes clouded and you have a hard time seeing the big picture. You also start to harbor distorted vision and imagination, as well as become delusional and overly reliant on intellect and logic. You also start to experience problems with your vision, as well as nightmares and headaches. Blocked Seventh Chakra When your seventh chakra is blocked, you become ungrounded, spacy, indecisive, and impractical. You have a hard time completing tasks and you start to feel depressed, confused, and alienated. You also start to experience a sense of meaninglessness. You also become at risk of mental disorders and problems with brain and cognition.

Do You Need Chakra Balancing? Energy flows through your chakras. It flows up and down your central channel, spine, and head to connect your chakras. It also flows horizontally, exchanging energy with the universe. When a chakra system is balanced, the following are evident: Energy flows vertically through all the chakras. Not one chakra is blocked. Energy flows horizontally, with each one of the chakras exchanging energy with the universe. Not a single chakra spins slower or faster than the other chakras. Not one of them is particularly underactive or overactive either. All chakras are opened to a degree necessary to support your spiritual growth and health. Not one of them is closed too tight or opened too wide. Neither the lower chakras nor the upper chakras are overemphasized.

Most energy healers are able to tell if the chakras are open, healthy, and balanced. However, it is not necessary to perceive them just to evaluate them and find out about their state of balance. If there is an imbalance in your chakra system, it manifests itself through your thoughts, emotions, and life in general. When you have a healthy and balanced chakra system, the following are evident: You have a healthy body that supports your spiritual journey and gives your life a purpose. You are secure, well grounded, confident, and in touch with your own body. You are in touch with your emotions, and not overwhelmed. You feel comfortable with your sexuality. You are confident and capable of manifesting your desires without having the need to dominate other people. You have healthy, loving, and compassionate relationships. You are able to express your own truth. You are in touch with your intuition. You have a strong sense of connection with divinity.

Chakra Balancing Methods There are two recommended ways on how you can balance your chakras: Singing Bowl Chakra Balancer Every morning, you should practice meditation for a few minutes. Then, you should start to balance and align your chakras using this technique. Sound your singing bowl, beginning with the first chakra. As your singing bowl resonates, you should hold your awareness of your first chakra and allow its sound to resonate. After several minutes, you should sound your singing bowl for the second chakra, and so on. Continue doing this until you are done with all your chakras. Hands-On Chakra Balancer It is a traditional method for balancing chakras. It is simple to do. First, lie down on the ground. Ideally, you should be in a quiet room where nobody can disturb you. Breathe through your stomach and spend several minutes to ground and center. Try to balance and align your chakras. Put a hand on your first chakra or just above your groin. Put your other hand on your second

chakra. Keep your hands on these areas until you feel energy equalizing. Hold this position for one to two minutes more before moving on to the next chakra. Repeat the balancing process on all your chakras. When you are done, get back up. Drink a glass of water and go on about your day.

Chakra Cleansing Meditation There are different meditation techniques you can use to cleanse your chakras. Our chakras are sometimes filled with negative or unnecessary thoughts and feelings, and if they are not cleansed, they might get out of control and even lead to illnesses, depression, addictive behaviors like drugs and alcoholism. You will also not be able to be productive or effective in whatever you are trying to accomplish. It is important you take important steps and practice any form of techniques that will cleanse your chakras for a healthy and productive life. 1st Example of Chakra Cleansing Meditation Sit comfortably in a leveled space or ground. Inhale deeply and relax as you exhale. Relax as you perform the practice as you connect with the environment as well. Listen careful to sounds inside you, these sounds might be as a result of cleansing done through your chakras. Release everything that you don’t need and throw away into the earth and be aware of your space and the rising and falling of your breath. Breathe down to your roots, allow the roots to connect down to the ground. Let your root chakra take everything it needs and put all those into your imagination. Allow the energy flow to your sacral chakra, breathe deeply, and exhale comfortably and gently. Continue to your other chakras including Solar plexus, Throat, Heart, Third Eye, and Crown Chakras. Take time and allow all these chakras to fully cleanse themselves and get rid of everything they don’t need. Continue with this form of cleaning meditation for at least 20 minutes or more and only stop when you feel your chakras are fully cleansed. Heart Cleansing and Forgiveness meditation Start by sitting with a straight back, breathe in, and exhale gently. Focus on

the moment. Evaluate whether your consciousness is filled with a sincere desire to cleanse. Use the following affirmations which are “My true self show me the truth of who I am.” Allow yourself to get rid of all negative thoughts and feelings. Be true to all the feelings you have and get rid of those that you don’t need. Think of any person or people that you might have had negative thoughts towards, and it’s good to start with those people who you carry the greatest resentment towards them. Invite the imaginations of the reasons why you hold resentment towards a particular person or group of people. It might be because of their “controlling nature” if he is your boss. Or it might also be because of the “abusive nature” of a colleague you don’t like. Whichever the case, don’t judge them, imagine if you have similar behaviors in you or not. Think about the way or how you felt mistreated. Pretend that person who offends you or mistreats you is in the room with you, imagine them saying what they are used to say or annoy you as they usually do while you are watching them. Allow them in your imaginations to continue over and over until you feel their behavior or utterances are not affecting you anymore. Understand that whichever the way they mistreat and abuse, you are just words and negative behaviors and look beyond and cleanse these thoughts. This form of cleansing meditation should take you at least 5 minutes or more. You will be able to feel less or not bothered by those who you feel you dislike and whichever manner they continue treating you, you will tend to treat them with compassion without holding any grudges or negative feelings towards them. Cleansing Using Sunlight Purification Technique This requires you to perform on a sunny day or during the day. The light serves as an awareness of your pure consciousness. Go outside, stand, and raise your hands. Allow the light from the sun to flow into your crown head and distribute it to

other parts of the body. Imagine the bright sunlight cleansing your chakras as it pours through the locations of the body parts representing all the seven chakras. Also, imagine this light pouring continuously, and the cleansing been performed is thoroughly and endlessly. Feel the chakras been fed with positive thoughts. For instance, feel the heart chakra been filled with unconditional love. Your throat filled with excellent expression and communication power. Also imagine and feel the light cleansing all your body organs, tissues, and muscles from one part of one chakra locations to all the other locations. Perform the sunlight meditation cleansing for the next 5 minutes or more or until you feel you have cleansed yourself. A Heart Chakra Mediation Technique You will start by finding a place or ground that is relaxed and comfortable and with no possibility of disturbances. Sit and make sure your back is straight, breathe using your nose and exhale through your mouth. Inhale and exhale in this particular for at least 5 to 10 minutes or more and relax your body as you do this. Imagine drawing up green energy towards your heart via your body, starting at the base of your body and up to your heart and out. Imagine that green energy becoming brighter and bigger as you inhale and exhale and picture it as a bright huge green ball. Focus yourself tuning on giving love and compassion to yourself and others while allowing the green energy radiate through your body and focus on performing these meditation techniques for at least 5 minutes or more. Present Moment Focus and Cleansing This form of cleansing is important, especially if you wish to get rid of the numerous problems that you are experiencing in your life. Close your eyes and inhale deeply while exhaling gently. Think about everything in your life, your negative thoughts, what people think about you and your thoughts about who you are or who wish to be and put that aside. Take out all your past and observe the present, all the opportunities available and hat you wish to do and perform.

If you sense some straining in some thoughts such as what you want to happen or if they are unrealistic, get rid of them and let them go. Your mindset is now clear, be open to thoughts, and allow yourself to be filled with positive and clear thinking. Use Unifying Phrase Meditation Most of the human suffering comes from the brain and meditation allows us to relax and be open to ourselves in getting read of negative or stressful thoughts and allow us to be filled with positive energies and thoughts. The use of unifying meditation is a different form of affirmation that tends to paint over a suffering mind and thoughts. Unifying phrase enables you to completely shift your attention from bad and negative thoughts and energies in your being to prepare a doorway to the positive and fulfilling thoughts. Shifting your thoughts and mindset will enable you to easily get rid of unwanted thinking and memory and replace it with good and positive energies and memories. Start by closing your eyes or leave them open and inhale deeply and exhale smoothly while uttering the following unifying phrases. “I allow accepting everything the way it is at this moment.” “I am conscious and aware of everything around me.” “I choose peace.” “I am at peace with my creator.” The unifying meditation can also be spiritual and serve the purpose of choosing to side with your creator and everything that is on the side of good and positivity.

Finding Your Balance Awaken Your Energy, and Connect Body with Mind You now have a firm understanding of the chakras, and exercises to use for visualizing and balancing them, however, we are not yet done with this book. First, we will talk about dormant energy and what that means. I will also go over how to awaken your energy, the benefits of this, as well as what the lowest chakra is. Dormant energy simply refers to that energy that has yet to be awakened and released. When you are not actively practicing and tending to your chakras, much of your energy lay dormant. The goal is to awaken it through the practice of meditation and yoga. Dormant energy is fraught with trouble. Essentially, any of the negatives previously mentioned about any of those chakras being out of balance is going to become a problem. When this energy is dormant, it lays at the bottom of the spine. Awakening is encouraging it to spread upward, lining up with your spine and the seven chakras at every point. If you are, feeling depressed, a lack of confidence, or generally, out of balance, this is your sign to awake your energy and align your chakras. The first step in this is always beginning with the lowest chakra. This is the root chakra. Awakening your energy and letting your Prana flow freely does not have to be difficult. That is why you are reading this book- to understand how to do just that. Now that you are educated on meditation, breathing, and the entire basis of chakras, it is time to move into more on Prana. This is the life energy that flows through all things. I have already given you the basis for it, as well as a definition, earlier on. So, instead of mincing words, let us move right into the details. • What is Life Energy: As mentioned, this is the energy, which flows through all things. It is called Prana. • What is Inner Energy: Your inner energy is the energy that lies within yourself. It is your Prana, which flows through those spiritual gateways- your chakras. The subtle body is your connection to this energy. • How Meditation Connects Them: The act of meditation in of itself does not.

However, using visualization techniques associated with the chakras will allow you to bring a connection between the physical and subtle bodies. Meditation by itself is wonderful for keeping you focused and primed. Chakra meditation is wonderful for all of those things, as well as tending to your spiritual gateways. Now that you have an entire understanding of how all of it relates, let me move into some great exercises so that you can start.

Exercises for Awakening Your Energy • Awakening Breath: This will combine a breathing exercise with the purpose of awakening your energy. You will begin, as always, by evening out your breathing and turning to mindfulness. Once you have released tension and are in the proper state, begin to focus yours inhales down towards the base of your spine, root chakra. Feel your breath entering in, and passing down these gateways, right down to the base of your spine. As you exhale, allow it to come back up, passing through your chakras once more and then exiting from your crown. Allow yourself to focus simply on this cycling of the breath. Feel the energy at your spine begin to uncurl and stretch out. At this point, you can also begin chanting a phrase or word. I recommend chanting a word or phrase which is related to a chakra you feel is weak for you, or perhaps one which is blocked. • Thought Clearing: In order to awaken your energy, you must ensure that your crown chakra and third eye chakra are clear and tended to. This exercise is going to be based on nudging your energy awake while balancing those two chakras. This is a more advanced technique, but one that you will find incredibly helpful. Sit in the position most comfortable for you to meditate in. Hold your hands in your lap, palms facing up. You are going to first body scan, practice breathing, and enter mindfulness. Once you are ready, begin to focus on the third eye chakra. Exercise it and then move on to the crown chakra and exercise it, as well. Now comes the point at which all things come together. Focusing on the Prana flow between these two chakras, purge yourself of negative thought patterns. Choose a word to chant, such as “love”, or “peace”, to make it all

the more potent. • Movement Meditation: Bringing it back to a form of meditation, I think that this is the best way in order to awaken the energy. In order to connect the physical body and the subtle body, there must be healthy in both. Movement meditation encourages blood flow and the production of energy within your body. Some of the best ways to engage in movement meditation are by sweeping your floor or doing other tedious chores. This also helps you further activate your chakras by taking care of yourself and showing humility in your endeavors. I always recommend doing things the “old fashioned” way when you engage in movement meditation with cleaning. Scrub the floors on your hands and knees and lose yourself to mindfulness. Remember your humility, and work towards dropping away from your wants and desires. As you work through this mindfulness and begin to slip into a meditative state, your energy will naturally begin to awaken. • Positive Mantra Chanting: Chanting positive mantras is incredibly important for awakening your energy. You need to become calm and kind in order to walk this path of enlightenment. This includes yourself, however. Knowing how to be kind to yourself is a large part of cultivating emotional intelligence and love for those around you. You cannot love others if you cannot love yourself. Sit in a meditative position, and do all steps associated with visualization. This is a good chance to work through your chakras one by one and work to clear them before you begin to nudge your energy awake. Choose phrases and words that fill you with peace and calm. You can pick a phrase or stick to a single word. As you softly chant, feel your energy awakening and “dancing” to the tune of your voice. Lead it up to your spine, into its rightful place, back to the energetic state it should be in.

Mind-body Connection It is time to move on to our next topic: the mind-body connection. This is an important scientific concept, but the underlying concepts scream “Buddhism”. You will find this quite a bit when it comes to knowledge today. If there was one thing the Buddha was good for, it was for being enlightened far beyond his time. That is, of course, how he got his title!

Here is a hard and fast definition for this concept: • Mind-Body Connection: The concept that the things we hold true mentally affect our physiological function. Our thought patterns, for example, can affect chronic pain and even mental disorders. Having poor thought patterns can cause you to have chronic pain, poor moods, and make bad decisions. So, as you can see, the mind has quite a bit of influence over what the body is doing. In fact, the two are inseparable. There is quite a bit to be said about thought patterns and the mental practices you are engaging in. Clearing your chakras means bringing your mind and body back into balance. While the connection between the physical body and subtle body is supremely important, you must cultivate a strong mind-body relationship before you can move forward. Your actions, attitudes, beliefs, and more all affect everything you do. This is why the tenants of Buddhism are so incredibly linked to the idea of cultivating empathy and emotional intelligence. Being both of these things makes you a stronger person overall- not just in the practice of cleansing your chakras. You must cultivate a strong mind-body connection that is positive in nature. This is truly the first step in moving towards the more advanced practices in Buddhism, yoga, meditation, and more. I am going to give you some great exercises for doing just that below so you can put it all into play.

Mind-Body Connection Exercises • Active Scanning: Yes, this sounds an awful lot like a body scan. It actually is exactly that! However, instead of just scanning, you are going to take an active role. Scan your body for points of soreness. Once you find one, gently stretch and relax into it until you feel it begin to release. Imagine the grouping of muscles releasing tension and bending willingly. This is a great exercise for those who have chronic pain. • Contrary Point Meditation: This has a weird name, I know, but hear me out! It means exactly what it says. You will be coming up with a list of things you believe to be true. These will be negative thoughts that you want to get rid of. One of the best ways to help your mind and body come into balance is to dispel poor thought patterns. Let us say you are struggling with feeling inadequate at your workplace. You

will write down a couple of negative thoughts you have. We will say they are: “I am a bad employee.” “My boss wants to fire me.” These are thoughts will wreak havoc on your mind… and, in turn, your body. Once you have done your breathing and entered mindfulness, you are going to think of these phrases. Now, instead of saying them, think of the contrary point, which negates that thought. The two contrary points, in this case, would be: “I always do my best.” “I am valued by my management.” Repeat these slowly, with confidence, feeling your dormant energy awaken. Prana will be lured to this positivity and your healthy mindset.

Yogi matters I have mentioned yoga quite a bit but have not truly gotten into how it connects. I think that it is time to go over a few Yogi Topics that will help you on this journey. This is a beginner’s book, so I will keep it simple for you. It is for this reason that I will include more exercises which can be combined with previous ones. You want to eventually use all of them together in succession for the best results. For even better results, begin to incorporate Yogi practices with your meditation! It is no secret that Yogis are huge proponents of clearing chakras and awakening dormant energy. An established yoga studio is a fantastic place to go in order to fully cultivate this skillset. We are getting into far more advanced practices that are generally best done with a spiritual guide. Here are some of the things you need to know about Yogi practices, and what they are. Mudras Have you ever noticed the hands of a Yogi? And how they change position seemingly at random? As it turns out, it is not random in the least. These hand positions are known as mudras, and they each have a purpose. I am going to go over five of them that you will want to incorporate into your

meditation. • Gyan: Most people have seen this one. It is highly popularized and often the butt of jokes about yoga. All in good fun, of course! It will be the best mudra for engaging in meditative practices. It is supposed to bring better concentration to you and help clear your mind of clutter. For this reason, it is most related to the crown chakra and third eye chakra. In order to do this, you will simply take your thumb and ring finger, touching the tips to make an “O”. Let your other three fingers stay straight but relaxed. You can hold your hands in your laps, or by your sides. • Buddhi: If you are feeling like your mind is clouded and you need a great way to increase the power of third eye chakra cleansing, buddhi is a great option. This mudra is about encouraging mental clarity and to help intuition bloom. Hold your hand flat, and then bring your thumb and pinky together across the palm. Your other fingers should stay straight up. This might cramp up your hand at first, but yoga is great for helping you stretch out. • Shuni: If your sacral chakra or heart chakra feels as though they are dim or weak, incorporate shuni into your meditation. Shuni is meant to encourage emotional regulation and improve your senses. In order to form your hands into shuni, simply take your thumb and your ring finger. Touch them together across your palm, while your other fingers remain relaxed and upward. • Prana: Not to be confused with the Life Energy Prana. Prana ties right into the idea of dormant energy. Prana is fantastic at getting your energy flowing and active again. On top of this, it also works to help you become more in tune with the Prana of those around you. Keep your pointer and middle fingers pointing directly up. Take your pinky and ring finger and fold them down across your palm. Bring your thumb over to meet them. • Dhyana: This is a mudra that I brought up previously for a few different exercises. Now that you know what it is you should be able to figure out why I was telling you to use it. This is a popular way to hold your hands across many different philosophies and religions. It is supposed to promote inner peace and the connection of your physical and subtle body.

Bring your hands in front of you. Lay them flat, palms up bent towards each other. Lay the top of your left hand over the palm of your right, bringing your thumbs up to touch at the tips. Mantras We have all heard people saying “Ooommmm” while they meditate. Again, this is pretty popularized and what everybody associated with meditation. However, there are far more mantras than this, and they all have a purpose. Let me give you a few of them to begin incorporating into your meditation and chakra cleansing exercises. • Om: I think it is only natural to start with the most popular one. After all, this is going to be the one you are probably most curious about. The idea of Om goes back thousands of years. It is the mantra you should begin with, and the mantra you should end with. The goal of this mantra is to imitate the natural sounds of the vibrations in the universe. It is to bring you in touch with the channels of energy, which flow, in you, and all the things around you. • Sham: Letting go of the world and being at peace with everything as it is will bring enlightenment. The release of desire and wanting is what leads you down that path. Sham is about doing just that. You will use this mantra in order to focus your mind and detach from what holds you in your current mindset • Lam: When you feel as though your lowest chakra is blocked, this mantra is here to help. It is mostly connected to the root chakra and because of this will be what you use while envisioning this chakra or unblocking it. This mantra is particularly powerful for helping you evolve past your most basic cravings and desires. • Soam: A particularly cooling mantra, this is one which should be used when you feel “hot”. This could be in reference to having a bad attitude, feeling warm with shame, or even when you have an actual fever. Part of healing the body, after all, is healing the mind.

Models (Asanas) Models is another word for poses. In Yoga, these models have a purpose, alongside all other things. Yogis do not do anything without a purpose, you will find. I am going to go over the easiest ones that you should be practicing

and why they are so crucial for you. • Seated Staff Pose: To get into seated staff pose, you are going to sit on the floor. Your legs are going to be straight, out in front of you at first. Relax your entire body, running through a scan if you would like, and practice your breathing. This is generally how you are going to begin before you move into more models that are complicated. It is the very first one that comes to mind when I tell beginners how to practice yoga. • Lotus Position: In the beginning, you will probably not be able to fully assume the lotus position. I recommend doing hip exercises daily to open up that group of muscles and help them become more flexible. This is a model meant to bring peace and as a preparation for a long, deep session of meditation. First, get into seated staff pose. From here, you are going to take your right knee. Bring it up to your chest, hugging it close. Bend your leg so that your right ankle is placed lightly on your left hip. Preferably, you want the bottoms of your feet facing toward the sky. Do the same thing now, but with your left leg. Bring your knees as close together as your body will allow you to and begin to settle into your root chakra. Your hands should be in the dhyana mudra. • Shavasana: This is sometimes referred to as “corpse pose” in common terminology. Shavasana is not as easy as people make it seem. While it is physically very easy, the point of this pose is to focus solely on awareness and relaxation. The two go hand-in-hand and learning how to remain entirely focused but also entirely mindful is difficult. Lay on your back, letting your arms lay down beside you. You want them to not be hugged tight to your body, but not too far out, either. Let them taper away from your body gently. • Balasana: Also known as a child’s pose, this is meant to relax you and bring simple happiness back to you. In order to perform this, you are going to begin in a kneeling position. Bring your feet together so that both of your biggest toes are touching. Lean backward so that you are sitting on your heels and then slowly inch your knees away from each other until they are the same distance apart as your hips. These are three things (Mudras, Mantras and Asanas) you can always incorporate into your meditation practices for better results. I think that you

will find in time that they come naturally to you. It is all about beginning at the base of this book and working your way to the end, adding things as you go along. Do not rush the process. Just trust yourself, trust your Prana, and know that you are already well on your way to balance.

How the Chakras Can Improve Your Relationships Seven Signs that Your Relationship is Affected by Blocked Chakras Each of the seven chakras has the potential to both enrich and impoverish your individual life and spirit. These relative conditions of openness or impairment can mean the difference between a successful relationship with your significant other and trouble in paradise. Before we examine how open and healthy chakra energy can enhance relationships, let’s consider how an imbalance can cause problems in the various aspects and levels of communication necessary to achieve harmony. 1. Insecurity and fear. If either partner in a relationship is experiencing difficulty in the root chakra, the relationship may be plagued by constant fear and worry about the other partner’s safety and well-being. Particularly among young people just starting, who are likely to have romanticized notions of the thrill, danger, and excitement that can lead to damaged or broken relationships. 2. Lack of intimacy. When the sacral chakra is blocked, couples can experience an inability to establish a healthy and joyful intimate sexual bond. In some cases, hurt feelings, jealousy, and insecurities can lead to breakups. 3. Power struggles. An overactive solar plexus chakra can lead to overly aggressive or domineering behavior. While a repressed or blocked solar plexus chakra can cause your partner to feel threatened, jealous, and lead to emotional arguments that are severe enough to end the relationship. 4. Vindictiveness. Where there are blocked heart chakras, partners may descend into scorekeeping and begin to build a wall of resentment. Some choose to misunderstand each other on purpose as a way to passively aggressively assert themselves, again potentially damaging the relationship beyond repair.

5. One-sidedness. A blockage at the throat chakra may result in either partner’s inability to express themselves truly and honestly. Although a blockage at this level does not necessarily mean that the relationship is doomed, ignoring this problem may lead to unintentional acts of disrespect, passive aggression, and obscured communication. 6. Deception. When the third eye chakra is blocked in either or both partners in a relationship, the results can be particularly tricky to resolve. Conflicts in this area may motivate one or both partners to regard each other with suspicion, to spy on one another, and to find ways to undercut or otherwise sabotage each other instead of offering support. 7. Stagnation. When the crown chakra is blocked, the relationship can diminish and begin to stagnate before unless they can establish a means to formulate a mutually shared view of spirituality and purpose. Seven Methods to Improve Relationships by Opening Chakras Healthy, open, and vibrant chakras can make the difference between a relationship that feels tired and routine and a relationship that inspires both partners with meaning. If you are in a relationship that seems to be troubled or weighed down by problems whose origin you can’t identify, work together to awaken and maintain the health of your chakras. This will restore the vitality and the passion that initially sparked your union. 1. If your partner seems disconnected as a result of financial stress, or fear of real dangers entering their lives, take time to form a bond at the level of the root chakra. Sit together in a quiet, secluded place. Join together by holding hands, close your eyes, and focus on the base of the spine and its ability to help you feel physically confident, safe, and free from harm and danger. Practicing with your partner will help you form a simultaneous connection to Mother Earth and your partner. You will begin to associate thoughts of safety and security with the presence of your partner. 2. Our intimate, true selves are also our most vulnerable selves. For intimacy to be more than a physical act, we must be able to feel comfortable and trust

our partner with this knowledge of who we are. To form a mutual bond at the sacral level, sit quietly with your partner in a secluded and quiet area. Focus on opening up to each other at the level of the sacral chakra. Allow one another’s energy to one another’s physical and spiritual personal space, with a goal of steady and constant, pleasure, happiness, and joy. 3. The demands of asserting one’s ego in a work environment can lead to conflicts that can infect relationships. These are especially tough on the intimate relationships that we depend on for support during such times. Harness the power of the solar plexus to strengthen these intimate bonds. Sit somewhere quiet and safe. Over chamomile tea begin a calm, open, and loving discussion about any recent conflict in which you may have been involved. Rather than attempting to solve all of these problems, offer genuine support to your partner by asking: Were you able to successfully communicate your frustration? Are you satisfied with the result? How can I provide additional support? 4. The heart chakra is an icon of romantic love and passion. An open and active heart chakra allows us to move our relationship into a more highly evolved and joyful expression of success. Improving the bond at the heart level chakra can allow our relationships to flower and grow. Sit in a quiet and secluded area. Place each other’s hands directly on each other’s hearts. Look at each other directly and ask, in turn, what you need from your partner to feel loved, supported, and trusted. Answer clearly and directly and promise to commit to taking actions each day to build this bond of trust. 5. Express the truth of this importance of the foundational aspects of our lives is necessary for successful relationships. Ensuring the throat chakra is awakened, open, and active can maintain vitality at this level. Sit quietly with your partner. Pour two glasses of ice water and share a small bowl of blueberries. Take a deep breath, then connect with a smile or a touch. Using clear, direct verbal communication, share how you respect, admire, or feel affection for something about their personality. 6. Each of us is a different person, and each of us will inevitably find that we are pulled in different directions. Avoid recriminations, feelings of guilt, or disconnectedness by learning how to communicate the insights gained

through the third eye chakra. Sit quietly with your partner in a secluded and safe area. Hold hands or form a type of physical connection. Close your eyes and look within, focusing on the space between your eyes. Spend time in quiet meditation, allowing your consciousness to reveal to you what obstacles may present themselves to developing transparency in your relationship. After a few moments of quiet reflection, open your eyes, and share your thoughts honestly. 7. The crown chakra establishes your capacity to formulate a spiritual connection with your partner that will allow your relationship to transcend the caveats of everyday life. To strengthen this bond, sit quietly with your partner in a safe and secluded area. Close your eyes and focus on the thousand-petalled lotus. Silently ask your inner guru to show you the wisdom contained in your dreams, hopes, and aspirations. After a few moments of reflection, open your eyes, and ask your partner to tell you about their ideas for life and what you can do to help them achieve those goals.

Science Behind Chakras Chakra is all about energy flow through Nadis (Sanskrit word for rivers, meaning they are vessels through which the energy flows through the chakra system in our being. Our body has many chakras, but we focus on seven chakras only, which starts at the base of the spine, follows the spine’s curvature and ends at the crown head. In science and specifically in Quantum Physics, “everything is energy.” Many things and items around us are made up of atoms. Atoms have other subatomic particles which are three in total, the electrons, neutrons, and protons. Electrons whizz around the atom’s outer side while neutrons and protons are fixed together at the atom’s center. The movement of electrons is so quick that we never know their exact location at any given moment. It’s human nature to think of matter as solid and space as empty. But in reality, we live in a world where there is no solid reality around us. Even though items like chairs are made up of atoms, in reality, they are not solid static items. Scientifically, we say at a subatomic level, atoms are made up of 99.99% space. Your body also consists of constantly moving and changing the mass of energy. Everything around you and in your being is a field of constantly fluctuating energy. Energetic bonds hold together all matter, which consists of atoms, the majority of which is space. Energy movement is important to life. When we breathe, function, think, and even rest, electrical energy flow via nerve pathways and neurons through our bodies. Major chakras positions correspond to the main nerve, ““bundles”” or nerve plexus. Metaphysical theories also state that every chakra controls specific organs and has their own frequency level as well. Looking at what each chakra represents will help you understand these metaphysical theories. Root Chakra controls hips, lower back, and legs, and is where the feelings of security and safety are experienced. The sacral chakra, on the other hand, presides over the kidneys and reproductive system and the feelings of sensuality, overall connection, and intimacy. Solar plexus reigns over the liver, pancreas, intestines and similar organs as well as self-esteem,

temperament, and ego. Heart chakra controls the thymus region and heart region and governs our forgiveness, compassion, and love for oneself and others. Throat chakra control thyroid glands, and it’s where the individual’s expression and communication ability and creativity are fostered. The third eye chakra presides over facials regions and pituitary gland and a person’s reasoning and intuition. The crown chakra controls the amygdala and other parts of the brain and is responsible for controlling emotions, memory, spirituality, and aggression. Many scientific studies have established that emotions and thoughts play a vital role in the physical health of a human being. Controlled and healthy breathing contributes to excellent brain function and complete health. Chakra practice also enables an individual to engage with purposeful and meaningful attributes of life. While there is no direct scientific link about how chakra helps people deal with their personal problems, the chakra practice has helped very many individuals recover from abuse, trauma, addiction, and other personality and emotional problem. Chakra helps people become healthier.

Chakra System and Biological Science The nervous system consists of nerve tissues that are responsible for causing or enabling most of our energetic process to take place within our bodies. Our nervous system also controls the coordination of our involuntary and voluntary actions and transmits signals to the brain from different body parts. The nervous system consists of two major parts. One part is the Central Nervous System (CNS) within the spinal cord and the brain. Peripheral Nervous system (PNS) is the other part that connects both the spinal cord and the brain with the rest of the body via Nadis “or ‘river’ like nerve fibers.” PNS is what correlates with the chakras. Within the PNS, there are nerve bundles of different categories, but the one considered most relevant is the PNS’s Autonomic nervous system. It is responsible for controlling the automatic and involuntary responses of a human body. For instance, our sneezing, digestion, heart rate, breathing, and swallowing are regulated by the hypothalamus, which is the control center of most of the PNS’s autonomic functions. The parasympathetic Nervous System is the part of the nervous system,

which has huge relevance to the positions where chakras are located. Nerve bundles are also associated with our body’s major glands, which are also vital for the functioning of our bodies through secreting hormones in our bloodstream. Vagus nerve is also responsible for the stimulation of our body hormones, which play a vital part in our body’s chemistry. Hormones and nerves send information between organs and cells and affect several aspects of different processes in our bodies. These processes include mood, growth, sexual development, brain functioning, digestive process of breaking down the food, sleeping, and managing stress. The aging process occurs partly because of a decrease in the production of hormones. Dimethyltryptamine or DMT is another hormone secreted in the brain by the pineal gland is associated with heightened creativity, causing extra experience out of our body as well as association with psychic abilities. In a nutshell, all the chakras are associated with the main networks of the nerve system within your body which connect via the main Vagus nerve from the brain and spine to the glands responsible for the functioning of the body and hormone production. The Vagus conveys sensory information regarding our body organs’ state to the central nervous system. It goes down the body after leaving the brain and scatter around our internal organs. It also acts as a “reset” button where our automatic, internal alarm system is counteracted, resulting in “flight or fight” response. Stimulation of the Vagus might lead to positive health benefits especially because we live in a society where it is normal to have subconscious fear such as fear of money, stability, a job’s status, and other things. Numerous studies have been conducted and documented stating that stimulation of the Vagus nerve can help in dealing with several other illnesses such as depression (especially the type that is regarded as treatmentresistant) and specific forms of epilepsy. The most effective method of Vagus nerve stimulation, which is also natural is the deep belly breathing (also called Pranayama in Indian during ancient times). Other methods of stimulation are meditation (chakra forms of meditation can greatly help) and exercise. The ancient description for the energies present in our bodies was referred to us the Kundalini which stems from the spine at the base and winds its way to

the top of the head. Kundalini is in most cases or according to ancient times compared to a serpent or a snake. To awaken Kundalini, you are required to perform deep meditation, a sense of bliss, and enlightenment. The Kundalini serpent is said to coil three times, and this corresponds with the Vagus functioning, which is said to connect to the spine exactly 3 times. Although ancient descriptions are still unclear in many ways, the metaphors used to relate to very accurate information on human well-being. Chakra science appears to be an exploration of metaphysical phenomena’s scientific validation. Quantum physics suggests observation affects matter and even collapses wave-function (possible state of the physical system which is represented mathematically) quantum physics finds the accurate state of a physical system through actual measurement and observation. The act of observation is what determines the materialization of a particular state. According to quantum physics, by placing our focus on our nadis and chakras, we are more likely to affect the energy flow and improve our wellbeing and sense of peace. They are especially important when you are intending to create real improvements and changes in your body. Chakras are referred to us the energy powerhouses that draw energy or prana (universal life-force) into the body and are responsible for spinning. They distribute “prana” or “energy” to other areas of our bodies. Every chakra is responsible for influencing the functions of the body where it is located in the spine. Chakras are responsible for influencing the activities of vital glands in our bodies. Besides influencing the functions of the nervous system, they also feed in good bio-energies and interact with the lymphatic system and endocrine glands. Most of what you see in the world today is a combination of energy and matter. Our existence as a human being is a combination of both the body and consciousness. Our body as a matter is in existence because of consciousness. Chakra practice proved many years ago that energy and matter co-exist for a body to have existence. Science proved just recently that energy and matter are indeed one and the same thing. Science has also proved that every cell in our body is embedded with intelligence. Every cell consists of chemicals with each one having energy and intelligence. It is this combination that forms a body-mind system. In the chakra system, if the body is alive and present, then the particular

energies for all the chakras are also present. The body is the basic, and if the body is dead, there is no energy, hence no activity present. The energy mechanism of a person breaks when death happens, and so the body’s sense of response mechanism also dies. When a person is alive, his body produces energy which can also be healed, replaced, or balanced. The mechanism of the body is made from many other different parts, including digestion, circulation, metabolism, respiration, urination, excretion, and other parts. When these parts are functioning as required, the body is then able to produce energy constantly. If one part suffers a major break down or upset, the entire mechanism is affected, and the body dies. Just like science, every mechanism in your body is important. Chakras are created through all these parts of the human body. Chakra can also be said to be the byproduct of our body and the energies present. We also keep the knowledge of chakras in mind, and if our mind was not functioning as required, then we don’t know anything about them. Each one of us has crucial energy in our body, and we spend a lot of our time dissipating these energies in different places. If you wish to achieve something or you are ambitious, you need to understand your energy more deeply. It will be easier and also possible to align your chakras and energy if you understand them better. Science has also proved the existence of meridians in our bodies. According to science, we exist in a mental and spiritual universe as well as in energy fields where our reality is also created by our thoughts, emotions, and absolute love. One study by a former medical school professor and author of “The Biology of Belief” is one of the groundbreaking works which have proved that signals coming from outside the human cells control our biology. It shows that if we retain our thinking, we can change our bodies with those particular thoughts at that moment. Our hearts has electromagnet fields that are powerful rhythmically and can be detected by sensitive instruments several feet away. According to research, when we experience various emotions, our heart’s field alters. When this is registered in our brains, it triggers certain effects that prompt the cells, DNA, and water studied in vitro to behave in a specific manner. There is also more growing evidence that suggests the heart’s energetic interactions have the

capability of underlying human consciousness’ vital aspects and intuition. The study concludes that our bodies are energetic beings physically, spiritually, and in our minds and that our reality is created through our thoughts, actions, and emotions. It also means that for us to explore and understand deeper into the science of energy existence and healing, we first need to understand that we do not just matter. The chakra system, just like science, states that for our body to exist, we are powered by good energies which enable us to have a healthy life. We also understand our existence and body-mind better if we explore and study the science of energy and the deeper meaning of our existence.

14 Myths About Chakras As with anything else in the world, myths get created when people don’t take the time to learn about new things. There are myths circulating about chakras, which are the energy centers that run many parts of your physiology. This will include your physiological, psychological, and emotional tendencies along with your organs. Chakras help to determine the well being of a person. You need to be aware of all the truths and myths about chakras before actually trying to balance or open them.

There aren’t any chakras. There are many stories that claim chakras don’t exist. There are a lot of people who refuse to even acknowledge their existence. But there are many places in the world that have their own meanings and proof that chakras do exist. The seven chakras symbolize the nerve or energy centers that are present inside every human body. Energy or Prana flows throughout the body through nadis. These are three channels similar to electric cables that take energy from the electricity center and supply this energy to the entire body. The three channels, or nadis, are Ida, Pingala, and Sushumna.

Opening chakras is easy. You may find a whole bunch of literature out there about how you can open your chakras to heal yourself and get rid of any troubles you might be having in life. It might be emotional or physical problems among others. The truth about awakening your chakras isn’t as easy as books say it is. Opening your chakras requires a shift and change in consciousness. This requires many years of meditation. You can’t just open your chakras by doing yoga poses, and it isn’t an emotional process.

Having the chakras balanced will definitely improve health. This misconception is huge. Balancing the chakras can improve your health. How healthy your chakras are, all depends on your psychological, physiological, emotional, mental, and physical conditions. If you don’t work on these problems, your chakras won’t shift and change, and your conditions won’t ever improve.

Chakras have to be perfect and balanced at all times.

If you have heard anyone say that chakras have to be perfect and balanced all the time, they are living in their own little world. In the real world, nothing is perfect, and every single thing has imperfections. Our world is unpredictable and changes constantly and this is how chakras behave. They are constantly changing, too. They are responsive and flexible. Chakras adjust to physical and psychological factors that affect us daily. They change as your current emotional and physical states change. They have to be normalized and balanced to deal with the current situation.

Professional healers can balance and open your chakras in one session. Most people like to turn to professional healers like Acupressurists and Reiki healers to try and heal and balance the chakras in one sitting. This is a huge myth that is circling the globe. It will always take more than one sitting and more help than a professional healer to open and balance your chakras. It takes YOU wanting to be healed in order to do it. You need to take charge of your emotions and body in order to be healed. You can get the help of professionals to heal your chakras, but it is up to you, not them, to heal you.

There are seven chakras. Many theories say there are only seven chakras in our body. In the Yogic text, there are many chakra systems throughout the body. Some believe there are as many as 12 chakras; others think there are more systems that work in the body. Beginners are taught and told about the most common seven chakras.

Chakras are just “things” that live in our bodies. Everyone should know that chakras aren’t material things. Some people might not have thought about what this really means. We speak as if an autopsy will show a string of different colored lotuses going through the center of our torso. Possible thinking suggests that a chakra is another organ such as the spleen or liver. Chakras are major energy channels on a plane of consciousness that results in psychosomatic functions and experiences. They serve as focal points for spirituality and meditation. Here are some definitions:

Intentionally based abstract structures Visualization in a yogic body Spinning consciousness in our bodies

The main purpose of chakras is to treat illness. If you look at ancient Vedic literature, chakras refer to wheels and are the seven centers in the body. If opened, they can unfold to unforeseen realms that have been a main goal for many people who want to be one with the Universe. Most of what people do today to balance and open their chakras is used to treat emotional pain and physical illnesses. It doesn’t deal with the consciousness and awareness of our Supreme Self. This is what has happened to yoga in our modern world. Yoga is often seen as nothing more than gymnastics, and doing a few asanas means you are now a yogi. The ultimate goal for yoga is meant to meet the Divine Source or our Supreme Consciousness by attaining the Samadhi through meditating. This has been forgotten and the true purpose and goal for yoga have been totally blinded.

You can’t control your chakras. Many people think you don’t have any power over your chakras and you can’t balance them by yourself. The truth in the old saying, “Where there is a will, there is a way” holds true with controlling your chakras. The solar plexus chakra can help strengthen your inner desire, fire, and will. It doesn’t matter what problems you are dealing with, you can harness this power and reach any goal you want to accomplish. This is true for every chakra in your body. They give you energy for many different tasks.

You should only worry about the top chakras. Often people only want to worry about the top chakras which are the throat, third eye, and crown chakra. These are responsible for inner and spiritual growth. People forget they have to be balanced from the lower ones to the top for the body and chakras to work together. The heart chakra is responsible for balancing the bottom and top chakras. Before trying to work on the third eye and crown chakra, you need to work on the lower ones.

The root chakra symbolizes our physical life. The sacral chakra symbolizes our emotional center. The solar plexus symbolizes our power center. If you want to be successful in life, you need to work on balancing your chakras from the bottom to the top. Begin at the root chakra. After you have worked on your emotional and physical problems and gotten them disciplined, you are ready to focus on your main purpose in life. Now, you are ready to balance the top chakras.

Healers can remove all your problems and Karmic baggage. There is a law of cause and effect that is active in this Universe. This law is responsible for everything that goes on in the world. Thinking that all of our actions – from this and previous lifetimes – and Karma can be handled by someone in just a few sessions, it is so completely wrong. The intensity of your Karma can be reduced, and you can increase your willpower when you balance your Karma, but all the baggage can’t be removed by anyone in healing sessions. We have to think about these points before we move toward the path of balancing our chakras.

Chakras are energy sources. Visualize a whirlpool. A whirlpool isn’t just motionless water but a vortex of water. This same principle applies to chakras. They aren’t sources of energy, they are places where energy moves and gathers. Chakras are balls of spinning energy that are three dimensional and absorb and emit energy from the world. To balance and heal our chakras, we have to call on outside sources such as pure Spirit energy, grounding earth energy, or channeling Reiki energy.

What is the correct way to pronounce “chakra” in its most original form? Do you remember learning this tongue twister when you were young: “How much wood could a woodchuck chuck if a woodchuck could chuck wood?” Now repeat, “chuck, chuck, chuck”. Now add “ra” and you got it — “chuckra”. In the official translation convention for Sanskrit, the “c” gets pronounced as “ch” as in “church”. You might see “cakra” and “chakra”. It doesn’t matter how one spells it, just remember woodchuck.

The sacral chakra is about sex. There are a lot of desires that can play out through karma and instinct. We have a natural desire to gain freedom and experience, to express ourselves, and to live. Instead of thinking about certain desires as exclusive to certain chakras, you need to think about desire as a natural state of humans and the foundation of life. Remember that every school of yoga supports mastery, transmutation, or transcendence of sensual desires even though they might differ in the way the transcendence takes place.

7 Ways to Improve Your Healing Process We all need clear energy coursing through us. Without that healthy energy flowing through your chakras, you will end up feeling depressed and empty, just like somebody pulled the plug on everything you have ever wanted. If there is a blockage in your energy centers, it will become a power outage that makes you feel horrible, but you can take steps to clear them. The power never leaves you. All you have to do is get it flowing again. You embody a complex system from your root chakra at your tailbone all the way to your crown chakra at the top of your head. This system receives energy from the world around and sends energy back out to the world in a healthy cycle. When your energy centers are balanced and clear of any blockages, these centers are spinning little wheels that keep you healthy. Over time – through emotional upsets, daily life, and trauma – blockages can impair this free flow of your chakras. You are going to learn lots of ways to heal your chakras. But to help make sure those techniques work to the best of their abilities, the following seven steps can help supercharge your energy clearing exercises. They are all super easy and anybody can do them.

Return to the Earth Go outside and spend some time with nature. Take a long walk in the park or go for a hike. If you can take your shoes off and walk barefoot for a while, it will create a new foundation for you. It will help you to ground into the world around you and connect back with the Earth. Time spent outside will leave you feeling present, provide a sense of safety, and help to strengthen up your root chakra.

Get into healing waters If you can get to the beach and immerse yourself in the ocean, perfect. If you can’t, then fill a tub with water, sea salt, and baking soda. This will help to strengthen up your sacral chakra. Your sexual chakra controls all of your pleasures and can easily become marred by feelings of shame and guilt. While you are in the water, picture all of these feelings of shame and guilt dissolving away as the water works to restore the purity of your true self.

Move Your solar plexus chakra loves it when you move your body. It especially

loves when you can get outside in the sunshine of a newly risen sun or right as the sun sets. Any type of physical activity can help you to awaken and clear out your third chakra to bring you more willpower, self-esteem, and personal power.

Share and accept love Your heart chakra holds the key to your compassion and loves it when you get to experience unconditional love. This love can be the love you have for yourself, others, everybody, and the world. If you have a pet, spend some time with it in a way that shows reciprocal love. This is the perfect way to make sure that you get a big dose of compassion in your life. Finding ways to experience compassion and love is not that hard, even if you don’t have a pet. You can spend some time at your local animal shelter.

Express yourself Your throat chakra doesn’t like it when you don’t allow yourself to express your truth. The fifth chakra allows you to speak up and be the real you. If you don’t want to say something, you can write it down in a journal and be completely honest in your journal. Nobody else is going to read it, so say what you feel. Not only will it release some stress, but it will stimulate your throat chakra. When you have some free time alone (or not alone if your friends don’t mind), crank up some music, and sing your heart out. This will help to free up your fifth chakra as well. When you are talking with a person, communicate openly.

Listen to the inner you Your third eye is where your higher self lives and provides you with clarity. Having a daily meditation practice is an essential part of healing your energy and chakras. It will also awaken your sixth chakra and will allow you to turn into the wisdom that you already have inside of you. You will find that you start to trust your intuition more. Meditation will help you to get rid of that mental chatter that you have to live with on a daily basis, and this will allow you to see things more clearly.

Connection with the spirit Your crown chakra is what allows you to connect with the universe and your higher powers. It is what controls your consciousness. Building on the third eye chakra, meditation is the perfect way to connect with the higher powers

and to boost the seventh chakra. Another way to clear out your crown chakra is through prayer. This prayer can be anything that you want it to be. You can pray to the Universe, God, whomever. It can also be a simple mantra that you chant every day. Taking some time to connect with nature can also help with clearing out and charging your crown chakra or really any of your chakras. Talk to your higher power every day and ask them for some guidance and picture peaceful and positive outcomes for whatever is going on in your life or in the world. As you work on balancing and clearing your chakras, you will start to notice that you feel better and that you will have a new energy that can easily flow through you. Your chakra system will take in and release energy like it is meant to do. With everything working together, you will feel happier and healthier.

Risks of Opening Your Chakras We’ve discussed information on your chakras and what they do for your body. We’ve also looked at the signs of blocked chakras and the benefits of opening them. Before you start working on your chakras, you also need to understand the dangers of opening them too quickly. There are lots of great reasons to focus your energy on your chakras and make sure that they are open and working. When you have a balanced heart chakra, it will help you with all of your relationships. When your throat chakra is open, you are able to share your truth. It is a good thing to make your chakras a priority, but if you move too fast, it can end up having bad consequences. When your chakras are open, more energy will come into you. Blocked chakras will create stagnant energy that won’t freely pass through you. Blockages should be removed, but you need to go at it gradually. Going too fast will bring in a lot of energy. What happens when you open your chakras too quickly will depend on which chakra it is and how much energy you are using. To figure this out, think about what the chakra does for you. The heart chakra, as you know, controls your ability to love. A blocked heart chakra could cause you to avoid relationships. When your heart chakra is opened too quickly, a rush of energy could overwhelm you and kick your heart chakra into overdrive. This could cause you to become needy in your relationships. You could also end up connecting with people too quickly. This makes the chakra no better than it was when it was blocked. When you have a blocked third eye chakra, you aren’t in touch with your intuition. You likely focus on logic and you don’t follow your gut. If you open this one too fast, it will send a rush of energy in that will overwhelm you and the chakra. You could end up experiencing intuitions that can scare you. You may end up with psychic abilities that you aren’t able to control. Spirits from other realms could end up talking to you and you won’t know how to control it. Again, this makes your chakra no better than it was when it was blocked. While this may seem scary, it doesn’t mean you should avoid opening them all together. Instead, all you need to do is make sure that you open them slowly. You want to be the tortoise and not the hare when it comes to

opening your chakras. You should stay away from anything or anyone that promises to help you open your chakras quickly. You need to be patient. You have to trust that your chakras will open in time without you going to extremes to get them to open. There are some different side effects that you can experience when you are opening your chakras. Most will only happen if you allow them to open too quickly. Detachment This can happen when your crown chakra is opened. When you take the spiritual journey to work with your chakras or any spiritual journey it is normally done somewhat alone. We each have to walk our own journey. A lot of people will start noticing that they gravitate towards secluded moments, especially when the crown chakra opens too quickly. This may end up causing you to feel disconnected. Déjà vu This could happen with the crown chakra and your third eye chakra. While this is often a sign of having successfully opened a chakra, it can happen in excess which means you opened them too quickly. This can become overwhelming and can also spill over into your dreams causing vivid or frightening dreams. Sleep disturbances A lot of people find that they don’t sleep as much once they have healed their chakras. This also means that if you open them too quickly, it can cause unrest at night. You might find that you can’t get comfortable when you’re sleeping. All of this means that you could end up feeling irritable and unstable. Overstimulation of your senses This will often happen with an overactive root chakra. When the root chakra is opened, you become more aware of the earth, the way it feels, sounds, looks, and smells, among other things. When you open that chakra too quickly, you will be overloaded with these sensations. You could even find it hard to function because the sun is too bright or you smell the flowery perfume of the lady sitting five seats behind you on the bus. It can drive you

crazy with everything that you will start sensing. Unusual bladder activity and reproductive problems This tends to happen with an overactive sacral chakra. This can cause aches and pains in your lower abdomen as well as unusual bladder habits and urinary problems. For women, it could also affect their menstrual cycle. It can also create more serious problems like endometriosis, testicular or prostate problems, ovarian cysts, and infertility if it is not healed. Anger problems When you have an overactive solar plexus chakra, you could experience more anger than usual. This could mean that you just feel angry for no reason or you fly off the handle at the drop of a hat. This could also involve a new sense of perfectionism and being too critical of yourself and others. Neglecting emotional care You can become too absorbed in caring for others if you allow your chakras to open too quickly. This will cause you to neglect yourself, which will end up causing more problems. Meditation is the perfect way to help heal your chakras and to do so in a slow way so that you don’t end up becoming overwhelmed. Prayer is also another way to create an intention to heal your chakras. Wearing crystals that help you to balance your chakras is a great thing to do. These crystals will slowly raise your vibration and change the energy that surrounds your chakras. Color working is another great way to balance out your chakras. Healing anything is a slow process, and this is true for healing your chakras. You need to let things happen on their own, and then you will start to notice a difference that won’t end up leaving you overwhelmed.

Common Mistakes Healing your chakras and energy will provide you with amazing results if you are able to use them correctly. There are seven mistakes that people will commonly make when trying to heal their chakras. With the spiritual awakening that the planet is experiencing, more people have started to turn to energy healing exercises. Often though, things won’t go the way you planned, or something will seem to be interfering. Energy healing is supposed to make noticeable changes in your life. This can range

from your actual emotions to your belief systems. Most of the time, the changes that happen through this form of healing are typically referred to as miraculous, but this only happens if things go correctly. If your healing winds up not being miraculous, then you may be making one of these mistakes. Stopping when you start to feel better Energy or chakra healing works kind of like antibiotics, you have to keep going even after you start feeling better. You have to continue healing when you feel good and when you feel bad. Otherwise, you’re not getting the full experience. To really get into your issues and reach the layers that will make the best changes, you have to be able to deal with things when you are feeling better. This means that your system will be able to handle more work. Working on your chakras on a regular basis, especially when you are in a good space, will allow you to get ahead of those bad moments and possibly avoid them all together. This will allow you to have a smoother life which is what you are likely hoping to achieve in the first place. Not maintaining Your chakras are just like any other system, they require regular maintenance or it’s going to end up becoming clogged up again. If you only work on things when you are in some sort of crisis, your body is going to only work on the problem at hand and neglect everything else. When you have regular sessions, you will be able to keep your chakras clear and in line with each other so that you don’t experience a back up of energy. Trying to just heal physical problems Chakra healing helps you spiritually, mentally, physically, and emotionally. But a lot of people tend to heal their chakras just to get rid of physical problems. This is only a part of what chakra healing can do, so there is no sense in pigeonholing yourself in just trying to fix physical problems. Expand your reasons for every part of your life. Not allowing enough time After you have been working with your chakras for a while, you see a few immediate results in several different areas. When you start out, though, you should expect about three weeks for things to start to shift and change. This

means that people won’t see results as quickly as they had hoped. This will cause them to want to stop because they don’t think it is working. To help remedy this problem, keep a log every day to write out what you are feeling. Waiting until issues have passed This may happen right when you start to heal your chakras or it could happen a few weeks later, but you will find yourself feeling sick or experiencing a lot of stuff. Don’t let this keep you from continuing with your healing. These are the days when you need it the most. Healing sessions can help you to push through these issues and bring you to new energy levels. Most of the time, the issues, whether you’re sick or a lot of activity is underway, is due to your energy shifting. The negative energy has to be shifted somewhere so that it can be released. Work through these moments while continuing to heal, and you’ll be amazed at how good you feel. Constantly thinking about it Humans love to complain about things. It’s also really easy for us to get caught up on a thought and pick at it, breaking it down and dissecting it over and over again. When you have done some healing work, you will likely go through a 24 to 72-hour period where your old energy will move out of your body. This can manifest in several different ways. If you constantly think about something you are worried about, it is only going to reinforce that problem and those pathways, and it is going to trap that in your system. This won’t allow it to be released from your system after a healing session. Not believing When you hear or experience the power of chakra healing, it is quite easy to fall into stunned belief and feel as if it couldn’t possibly be true. Since your head is what makes your world, it will create your world in everything. When you don’t believe that chakra healing works, then it’s not going to work for you. Energy healing works with your belief system. That’s why you need to make sure that your belief system and your healing work are aligned. When you constantly tell yourself that you don’t believe it is going to work, then you will only unravel your work. If you can get these common mistakes under control, you will see the benefits

of chakra healing.

Conclusion The path to enlightenment is not an easy one. I can’t guarantee or give you a time within which you will get there. What I can guarantee is that it will be daunting, there will be failures, frustrations, and setbacks but what matters is your determination and zeal to get to Sahaswara, the point of rest. You have to make the conscious decision to keep on pushing even when things are hard. You have to remember that you are a lotus, a god trying to find his way back home. You have to remember that you are a diamond in the rough and as such you will undergo a lot of pressure. Whether you decide to buckle under the pressure or use it to refine yourself, it’s all up to you. Till then, I hope you persevere on this path and find your way to that highest point of transcendence.

KUNDALINI AWAKENING .

Introduction Kundalini is an ancient Sanskrit word from India that relates to the arising of specific energy and force of consciousness that is lying dormant or coiled at the base of our spine from the moment we are born. This energy is believed to be the primary source of life (our bio-energy or, traditionally, pranic energy). Ancient yogic studies suggest that Kundalini energy stimulates the formation of life in the womb, following which it coils at the spinal base of the child. When we perish, it uncoils and gets back to its source. This energy may arise and manifest from the spinal base (or at times even our feet) when we engage in regular and disciplined spiritual practices, or even in response to specific life events. When the Kundalini arises, it is typically believed to uncoil slowly like a snake, but it can rapidly and explosively move into the heart, head, and gut. This phenomenon can be confusing, scary, or blissful, and is generally followed by long periods of new sensations, feelings, and transformations in the person who has successfully awakened it. You may feel like the body’s wiring is ramped up from 1oo to 200. Also, it takes time for the practitioner to adapt to the changes as a result of Kundalini awakening. In Eastern traditions, this energy is synonymous with spiritual awakening or realization. However, in other societies, it is viewed differently. The spiritual concept of Kundalini energy has found references in several religious philosophies and traditions (though it may not have been directly referred to as Kundalini), including Taoism, Native American philosophy, Tantric Buddhism, Gnostic tradition, and many indigenous societies. The compelling visual of a snake rising within the human body can represented in esoteric or symbolic art, and is an aggregation of many cultures and philosophies that has evolved over a period of time. Our body’s ability to raise and intensify energy from within has been studied for several thousand years. It is known to be a natural process. Kundalini awakening can lead to a string of consequences, both good and bad. It can trigger considerable positive changes and transformations in a person’s emotional, mental, sensate, spiritual, physical, and psychic abilities. It can lead to stress in the body’s vulnerable regions and bring about a significant shift in mental perspective. Awakening Kundalini can also cause several strange and unusual sensations such as vibrations, violent shakes, spontaneous movements, and several other similarly unexplained phenomena.

When Kundalini energy activates, it moves along our spine through a central path known as “Sushumna Nadi.” Sushumna is the pathway housed along the spine through which the energy travels from one chakra to another, all the way to the crown chakra right above the head. There are many parallels between our physical functions and the functioning of Kundalini energy. For instance, the Sushumna pathway is comparable with our central nervous system. The purpose of this channel is to link the circulation of energy from the initial to the final chakra. Likewise, the purpose of our central nervous system, nestled in the larger part along the spinal path, is to create an exchange of signals between our brain and the other body parts. Kundalini awakening offers practitioners an opportunity to embark on a spiritual path. It allows us to slowly release several delusions, patterns, perspectives, and conditions of our distinct self. Without training, the practitioner’s consciousness may venture into the realm of the unknown and unfamiliar which can be disorienting. It can make individuals who go into these unknown and empty states scared, sick, or lose their mental balance. Therefore, it is essential to understand the potential of Kundalini correctly to apply its awakened energy toward positive physical, mental, and spiritual goals.

What Are Chakras? Chakras are our body’s energy centers, which are known to facilitate the flow of Cosmic energy into our body. There are several ways to activate these energy centers and enjoy a multitude of physical, mental, and spiritual benefits. Some of these ways are yoga and meditations. The human body is known to have seven primary chakras (translated as ‘wheels’ in ancient Sanskrit). Long before the emergence of modern technology and scientific studies, ancient traditions believed that all living beings held a life force within them. This life force, or energy centers, keep rotating inside the body to facilitate our physiological, mental, psychological, and spiritual activities. In a balanced individual, all seven chakras release equal amounts of energy to each part of our body, mind, and spirit. However, if a chakra is rotating too slowly or rapidly or is too open or closed, the person’s health suffers. A greater knowledge of our body’s energy centers allows us to be more in sync with the inherent physical cycles and circulation of energy that can be

used to direct physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual well-being. You can learn how to balance these chakras which will lead to a healthy, positive, and harmonious life. Our body’s seven chakras are as follows—root chakra, sacral chakra, solar plexus chakra, heart chakra, throat chakra, third eye chakra, and crown chakra.

Chapter 1.

History Of Kundalini

Nobody knows exactly how old the practice of Kundalini Yoga is, but it has at least estimated to have been around since about 1000 B.C.-500 B.C. Yoga has been used in almost every religion as a way to connect with the Divine, our Kundalini. The word Kundalini is from ancient Sanskrit, which translates into “coiled snake.” It is a known fact that every being has divine energy rooted at the base of their spine that enhances their clairvoyance and intuition. This energy is the spiritual potential that becomes blocked and trapped within the channels of energy that flow through our spinal cord. Many gurus have devoted their entire lives to studying the ways of awakening their Kundalini so that they may achieve higher peace. These techniques have been passed down through generations and improved upon to help speed up the awakening process so that Kundalini can uncoil entirely and help us reach our goals. One of the famous gurus who helped bring Western Religions the practice of Kundalini is Sadhguru, a yogi, and mystic. He describes the Kundalini as energy that has yet to realize its full potential. Sadhguru further explains how all of the spiritual blockages trap this potential energy in the spine. Each of these blockages can be cleared, one by one, until Kundalini has wholly uncoiled and awoken to her full potential. It thought that the practice of Kundalini and its teachings creates a golden chain that forever connects the souls of teacher and student. The golden chain grows and attaches more and more as the gurus pass on their teachings and therefore create a link with their new students. The purpose of the golden chain is a humbling connection, created when the teacher helps eliminate ego so that love and intuition can serve a more significant role in our lives. Many people can master Kundalini yoga, but it is the teaching of being humble that indeed eliminates our ego and allows us to awaken spiritually. Students will partake in teachings of an ancient yogic mantra that was initially created by Yogi Bhajan to help form the attachment of the golden chain. This mantra is Ong Namo Guru Dev Namo. This mantra is a way to tune in spiritually before we begin our Kundalini Yoga exercises. It will help center us with our spiritual self and provide spiritual guidance both for the teacher and the students. There was a famous guru named Guru Nanak, whom Yogi Bhajan talked

about in a rather high regard. He mentioned how Guru Nanak tended to flock to all other yogis while creating many long-lasting friendships. To quote Yogi Bhajan himself, “An idiot finds the company of idiots. Men of God find the company of men of God.” Being around these other yogi masters helped bring about a much more positive transformation within all of their teachings and understanding of humankind’s place in this universe. There is a story about Guru Nanak who was taking his regular bath before his meditations when he immersed himself in the water and did not resurface for three days. Through his meditation, he had steadied his breathing and inhaled so thick that he could sustain himself underneath the water. Upon emerging from the waters, Guru Nanak told the story of his enlightenment experience that occurred during those three days. He told about how he had seen the cosmic play of the Divine Conscience and humanity’s role within it. Guru Nanak describes his experience in his book Japji Sahib, The Song of the Soul. He says that the gift of Japji is the power of the Shabad Guru. This guru is the teacher who manifests himself through the Sound Current in our Nadi. All energies create some form of vibration that causes influence and can be influenced by other beings. By connecting with Shabad Guru and letting the Sound Current help send vibrations through our energy channels and auric field. These vibrations will assist in shaking the blocks of our energies so that our real connection with Kundalini can be achieved. There is an ancient Sanskrit word: Sushumna Nadi, which is the name of the central Nadi, or spiritual channel, that runs through the axis of the body, which also is the current Kundalini uncoils. Thus making it the most critical Nadi in the spiritual and human body. Kundalini is also known as the Adi Shakti, or Holy Ghost, of the Bible. This status gives her even higher spiritual meaning and power. We cannot share our Kundalini with others, for she is ours and ours alone. Everyone has their unique mother of energies who knows how to help them in his or her everyday trials. Listen to Kundalini and let her guide us as she awakens and shares her knowledge. The awakening of Kundalini was not properly introduced to the west until Yogi Bhajan founded his brand the Happy, Healthy Holy Organization (3HO) in 1969. This movement sparked the beginning of many Kundalini teachings and techniques that spread across the country. Many people will turn to regular yoga, which can help open our chakra channels, but these practices

will not have as useful results as the Kundalini yoga. Kundalini awakening is also often practiced while dawning white garments. This white clothing has been said to radiate the aura in expanse by at least one foot. Having this increased auric radius helps speed up the flow of energies and allows us to be more focused on meditation and being able to build on our energies. Once our Kundalini has awoken, we should be able to achieve an even higher state of meditation. Many teachings will tell of how Kundalini can help us astral travel and project ourselves onto another plane of existence. These experiences are often experiences of dreams of flight to new places. We might even find that we walk by a building that is usually only remembered from a dream that we had. Alternatively, we might have a memory of a home or outdoor area that we've never been to before. These types of meditation are also a grand opportunity to locate and communicate with spiritual guides who will further help with our awakening. All through history these practices have been in use, and almost all with hugely successful results.

Chapter 2.

What Is Kundalini?

The Nature Of Kundalini The kundalini is a primal force. It is also known as Shakti or serpent power. Some people refer to it as the goddess power. Regardless of the name by which you want to call it, it remains to be a force that can take your spirituality and psychic powers to the next level. The kundalini is located at the base of the spine at the root chakra. It is called the serpent power because a dormant kundalini is coiled just like a serpent. However, once you awaken the kundalini, it shall uncoil itself and rise through the main chakras. Every chakra that it passes through shall be empowered and energized. Your kundalini shall rise up to the top-most chakra, which is the crown chakra. The crown chakra is located a few inches above your head. The awakening of the kundalini is closely associated with enlightenment and acquisition of psychic powers.

Kundalini Vs. Prana There are people who get confused between kundalini and prana. So, what is prana? Prana is energy. In spirituality, it is believed that prana exists everywhere. It is inside you and all around you. Nothing can ever exist without prana. You will learn how you can tap and harness prana. Mastery over prana will allow you to do wonderful things. This is because everything is made of prana. If you master the art of manipulating prana, then you shall be a master of everything. It should be noted that everything, including those that you do not see with your eyes, is made of energy (prana). Take note that this energy is different from the energy that Einstein had discovered. This energy or prana is not limited to any formula. It is literally everything and pervaded everything. So, is the kundalini the same as prana? The answer is no. Prana is a broad term that encompasses all energy, while kundalini is more specific. Kundalini is that coiled-looking serpent that is at the base of your spine, waiting to be unleashed. It should also be noted that this serpent is not a gross material serpent but is ethereal – it is made of prana. Prana embraces everything. You are prana, and everything around you is also made of prana.

Kundalini Vs. Chi The answer here would be the same as the one given to kundalini vs. prana.

This is because chi is just another term for prana. Chi is the Chinese term for prana. Prana has been in existence since the beginning of the universe. It has been called by many names, depending on the tradition and culture. In India, they normally refer to this energy as prana. In China, they call it chi. In Greece, they call it pneuma. In Japan, they refer to it as Ki. In Western countries, they often refer to it as energy. Still, all these terms refer to the same thing. Call it whatever you want. The important thing is that you understand what it is.

The Benefits And Effects Of Kundalini Awakening So, what happens when you finally awaken the kundalini? As already stated, it shall rise up through the main chakras up to the crown chakra. As it does, it shall energize and greatly empower all the other main chakras. Since it shall start from the base chakra, it will pass through all your main chakras up to the top. This is not just a simple passing of the kundalini, but there is also a great transference and awakening of power. When the kundalini is awakened, and due to its tremendous primal force, there are certain sensations that you may feel. People who have awakened their kundalini reported an intense pressure and blissful feeling overflowing from within. It is pleasurable and is said to be more pleasurable than an orgasm. You can also have a feeling of having your mind expands to infinity. Also, as the kundalini rises, you can feel a great sense of bliss every time it touches your chakras. Once the kundalini is awakened, you can also feel more sensitive, especially to subtle energy or prana. It will make you more empathic to everything. You will also have more control over yourself. In fact, people who have awakened their kundalini report a feeling of satisfaction, whereby they are no longer a slave to their desires and urges. There is also a feeling of peace and harmony. Of course, a well-known effect of awakening the kundalini is the acquisition and development of psychic powers. Its awakening can also signify enlightenment. There are many other effects of awakening the kundalini. Take note that there are no strict or hard rules on what you would feel. It will depend on your current spiritual maturity. What I have enumerated are the most common experiences when a person successfully awakens the kundalini power.

Clearing The Blockages That Prevent Kundalini From Rising Smoothly The kundalini rises through the 7 main chakras starting from the root chakra at the base of the spinal cord. Hence, to ensure that it rises smoothly up to the top-most chakra, the crown chakra, you need to ensure that the channel from the root chakra up to the crown chakra is free from blockages. There are different ways on how to do this, but the best way is by meditation and to ensure that the chakras are strong and healthyThe important key is to keep on practicing, especially the meditation exercises. How To Awaken A Dormant Kundalini There is no single rule or way to awaken a dormant Kundalini. It is believed that the kundalini will uncoil on its own once you have attained a certain level of spiritual maturity. Now, when it comes to growing or developing your spirituality, the best way to do this is through meditation. You will learn various meditation techniques, as well as many other practices. Although they might not directly work on the kundalini, they are the keys that will allow you to develop your spirituality, which will induce the awakening of the kundalini. Now, there are also those who claim that the kundalini can be awakened by another person. This means that instead of doing the exercises and meditation techniques, you will simply let go of everything and submit yourself to a guru or master. Yes, it is possible for the kundalini to be awakened this way. However, it should be noted that this is not the recommended method because such awakening of the kundalini is only temporary. It is also good to give a student an idea of how it feels to have the kundalini awakened. The reason why it is only temporary is that the student's spirituality is not ready for it. Again, the real measure of the true awakening of the kundalini is one's spiritual maturity and development. Remember that this is not about gaining the power to advance your selfish interests. True kundalini awakening is about having the right mindset and spiritual readiness – only then will the universe grant you the gift of true kundalini awakening.

Chapter 3.

Prepare To Awaken

Here is the first technique for awakening your dormant kundalini energy to enjoy its innumerable benefits. This isn’t guided meditation in its strictest sense, but more of a focused technique for activating the body’s Kundalini energy. 1. Relax your body completely and breathe softly to prepare through breathing. Ensure you are wearing comfortable clothes and are seated in a comfortable position in a calm and distraction-free space. Slowly close your eyes now. 2. Use soft abdominal breathing patterns. Experience the flow of fresh oxygen into your throat, lungs, heart, and abdomen. This is the simplest way to identify the hidden energy pathway. When we inhale, the expanding lungs push into the abdomen (diaphragm) and subsequently into the pelvic organs. 3. Allow your lungs to achieve a state of equilibrium with your diaphragm, moving gently together. 4. Identify your kidneys. They are located slightly behind the membrane in the space between the two the airbags of your lungs and diaphragm. Now, connect to your kidneys with each inhalation, and subsequently release both these airbags together as you exhale. This will end up massaging your kidneys. Do not open your eyes. 5. Note your adrenal glands next to the kidneys. Begin chanting “Num Mum Yum Pa’Hum.” Let the bags come into contact with each other as you inhale. When you exhale while chanting, closely tune in to the vibration experienced in the right adrenal,

the right kidney, the left adrenal, and the left kidney. Come into your body and experience a sense of oneness with the present moment. 6. Rub throughout your lower back and ribs with the back of both your palms if you are still experiencing pain in them or they feel stuck. Avoid sitting in a rigid position and eliminate all discomfort. 7. Raise both your arms over your head, stretch your thumbs while rotating your arms back out. Consciously experience your lungs responding to signals received through the thumbs. Raise your index finger in the direction of the sky while allowing the large intestine to hang from your ribcage. 8. Raise your collarbones and stretch from your collarbones to your dangling kidneys, followed by pressing and rotating the ball of each of your feet. Draw your awareness to the two airbags again. Experience the sensation in these two airbags and in-between the kidney and adrenal. 9. Begin to release the diaphragm but do not exhale everything at once. Simply stick your chin out slightly and create a gentle position of the throat that helps it lead you into slow exhalation. 10.

Now inhale, touch the two bags of lungs and diaphragm,

while resting the palate, chin, sinuses, and tongue above the spinal stack, along with your third bag - the bag of the spinal cord and brain.

11.

Slowly exhale while feeling your lungs filled and floating

upwards. Visualize developing wings with every exhalation, and imagine the wing rising above the lungs to keep you going. 12.

Inhale and make contact with the pleural chest bag to the

bag of abdomen and pelvis. Exhale slowly and allow the third (spinal, or dural) bag to rise above the top of your nose. 13.

Start breathing again and let your dural bag expand just

under the inner realms of the top of the dome inside your head. Allow the spinal cord bag to rise from the spine and backbones. Start your hunt for the hidden pathway into the central energy channel. 14.

Find an energy vibration at the tip of your spine. While

keeping your eyes closed, chant “Vuum, Vuum, Vuum, Vuum.” This will help you access better ability and mobility. The base of your spine will feel more agile and mobile. Feel this vibration gradually move up the bones of your spine while chanting “Vuum.” 15.

Think of yourself as a musical instrument as you continue

chanting. You are an instrument that spreads joy. You are receiving love, compassion, and kindness from every direction. 16.

Chant “Shum shumshumshum.” You will experience the

vibration of this chant throughout the sacrum bone. Tune in to the craniosacral wave beginning to rise from the spine. Experience the third bag filled with fluid surging up and later settling down again. Allow your brain to slowly sink into the water there. Let it float gradually.

17.

Visualize a balloon that is as big in size as the abdomen

and pelvis airbag. Release air from the balloon slowly, holding the mouth of the balloon and gradually stretching it. This will let you point the tiny jet of air wherever you desire. 18.

Lift your pelvic area slightly and squeeze your anal

sphincters enough to experience or imagine a ring. These are muscles that manage the nozzle and stream of air as you breathe out. Allow the two airbags to come into contact with each other through soft inhalation. Feel the kidneys juxtaposed between the two bags and allow the chin to rest over the air. 19.

Now, draw the third brain bag forward slightly while

lifting your spinal cord gradually. Raise your pelvic floor, engage your spinal base sphincter rings and begin to exhale gradually. 20.

Now, blow the abdominal balloon jet backward from the

frontal hollow of your upper sacrum along the lower spine. Look for the hidden passage to the central energy channel. Look for it all the way to the insides of your belly button and lower back. Place both your palms on your belly and feel a tingle. 21.

Push in and perform a complete exhalation cloud within

the central energy channel. If you think you’ve activated a hidden latch, or if there’s any uncertainty, move your head upwards while keeping your eyes firmly shut. Push through the wall if you come against one. If you spot a road, drive through it. Keep looking up. Inhale and then rest your bags.

22.

Engage your pelvic muscles. This time, exhale from the

left side in the direction of your midline located just under the navel. Repeat it a few times. Chant “Bum Ba’Hum Mum Yum Rum Lum.” These are sounds connected to six petals of the Svadhisthana lotus chakra. Move from the right lower abdomen to your appendix to your right kidney and then to the left kidney, left colon, and finally, the left ovary. 23.

Chant “Lum LumLumLum,” which asks for the grace of

the universal forces or almighty. Inhale and from the left end, exhale towards the central focal line. Inhale while allowing the three bags to rest. 24.

Bring down your awareness through the spine. Visualize

the sound of “H” while exhaling, allow your lower abdominal region to move quickly. Visualize doing something like flipping a bread or pancake. Exhale forward up and allow it to loop around with the small jet blowing before the abdomen wall. It goes through the wall and the way to the frontal area of the spinal column. If you feel itchy, exhale all over again, very slowly, moving towards your final goal of equilibrium.

Chapter 4.

Kundalini Meditation

Here’s how to balance and activate each of the seven chakras or energy centers. Since breathing is integral to the process of energy activation and balance, pranayama or breathing techniques can be practiced before beginning this meditation. While we’ll discuss meditation for the first two chakras, it can be adapted for each of your body’s seven chakras. Root Chakra It is important to sit in a comfortable position with an upright back. 1. Close your eyes and start breathing deeply from the belly. When you inhale, the belly fills first before your chest. Breathe deeply through your nose, without a pause between inhaling and exhaling. 2. Feel yourself completely relaxing. Gain awareness of your entire body as you breathe. Focus on your breath as you inhale and exhale. Let the breathing get deeper, intense, and more rhythmic. You feel calmer and more relaxed with every breath. 3. Draw attention to the first chakra of the body at the base of your spine. Visualize inhaling and exhaling through the first chakra within the human body. The air circulates all the way to the spinal base on every inhalation and all the way up your spine and out through the nose with each exhalation. There is no distinction between the breaths. With every exhalation, imagine the energy in your first chakra growing stronger. Imagine the chakra as a flaming ball becoming more powerful and brighter with every exhalation. Allow your consciousness to move into the ball of energy at the base of your spine. You are the energy ball. Imagine yourself being pulled to the earth. 4. Pay attention to the feelings you experience on a physical, mental, and emotional level. Gain awareness of your experiences. By meditating on this particular chakra, you will feel a sense of connection with the earth and nature and may visualize imagery involving nature. 5. Feel yourself reaching a relaxed state where you use your mind more creatively and are more aware of the energy blocks that have kept you locked for so long. Now that you are aware of the energy blocks, you are on the path to healing yourself. Let go of the energy ball and the vivid imagery. At this point, you should feel refreshed, calm, and relaxed as you get back from the meditation. Open your eyes.

Second Chakra or Sexual Center Follow the initial step from the first meditation if you are practicing only a single chakra and not practicing it in succession for all seven chakras. 1. Put all your attention on the second or sacral chakra. The air is transferring all the way to your sexual organs on breathing in, and all the way out via the nose on breathing out. There is no distinction between the two. With every inhalation and exhalation, the second chakra energy becomes more powerful. Imagine the chakra as a growing ball of bright orange energy. Become the energy ball and feel yourself radiating outward from your center, through the physical body and external environment. Experience the feeling of magic and amazement that originates from the second chakra during meditation. 2. Focus on your physical, mental, and emotional experiences. Increase awareness of your experiences. The experiences will be unique for every practitioner. Some practitioners may witness a sudden energy burst running through their spine or body. Enjoy these energy bursts. Still others will feel a warm, comforting energy, or vibration currents moving through the body. These sensations indicate a heightened flow of energy circulating within the body. Be mindful of the changes you experience. Simply observe instead of trying to influence these sensations and experiences. By meditating on the second chakra, the practitioner will touch base with various aspects of his/her sexuality in addition to their inherent creative process. 3. Then, let go of the energy ball and imagery. Experience a feeling of being refreshed, calm, and relaxed. Slowly open your eyes and get back to your daily routine. The same pattern can be followed for all seven chakras where your focus of attention changes according to the chakra you are concentrating on. In step 2, you simply focus on the chakra or energy center than you are meditating upon, all of which are described in the next exercise. While breathing, you imagine air transferring to the specific energy center that you are attempting to balance or heal.

Seven Chakra Healing Guided Meditation While in the above meditation technique we focus on one chakra during each session, here’s a guided meditation script where you can meditate for healing all seven chakras in a single session. 1. Close your eyes and sit in a comfortable position. Feel your body softening while your mind completely relaxes. Unclench your back, shoulders, and belly. Focus on the breath. 2. Feel the earth’s support under you. Connect with it closely and feel an integral part of it. Allow it to hold your weight and carry you. Gain awareness of the sensory experiences around you, especially sounds. Let them go on while you tune in to them. 3. Notice both the bright light and cool shade that touch the surface of your body. Feel the sky above you, its horizons encircling you with the earth beneath supporting you. 4. Empty your mind of what isn’t needed any longer. Remove everything that you don’t require. Allow it to go. Let it be released from your mind in a flow. Allow the body to eliminate what you don’t need to hold on to any longer. Let it flow out and go away. 5. Bring yourself back to the present moment. Focus your energy back to the center of your being. Feel rooted in the here and now. 6. Start sensing and experiencing the space surrounding you. Breathe and feel one with the space. Gain awareness of your rising and falling breath. It is entering and leaving all sensations, temperature, feelings, and sounds. 7. Breathe down to the space where the weight of your body is held, just below the base of your spine (the root chakra). Breathe into the root. Allow it to gently soften down. Expand your breath, bringing in all the nourishment and life energy. 8. Let your root connect down to the earth and ground below, deeply penetrating into the planet. Welcome the color red: the color that represents life and earth. Let your root be bathed in a smattering of red. Let the bright red shade empower, embody,

and root you in the present moment. Remember you are in the present moment being supported by the earth. 9. When you feel ready, let your awareness move to the belly, just under the navel. This is the harachakra or the chakra that controls your decision-making, movement, creativity, pleasure, and emotional intelligence. 10. Breathe into the hara while gently softening and expanding your breath. Take in the nourishment, energy, and life force. Welcome the flaming orange or color of sunset. Let your hara be bathed in a smattering of orange light that encourages and empowers you. Remember, you are honoring your needs and letting yourself be nourished. 11. Once you feel ready, move your focus to the area below the breast, the solar plexus. This is the chakra of personal potential or power. 12. Breathe into the here and now while letting your solar plexus soften and grow on the breath. Welcome the dazzling yellow color as it completely envelops your solar plexus area with sunshine to restore, nurture, rejuvenate, and replenish it. Allow your solar plexus chakra to carry what it needs. Know that you are complete and enough within yourself. You value yourself immensely. 13. When you feel ready, draw awareness to the middle of your chest or the heart chakra. This chakra rules love and personal development. Slowly and gently breathe into the heart. Allow it to soften, relax, and expand with your breath. Welcome the green or color of life and spring. Let it take over the center of your heart with a sense of renewal, replenishment,

healing, and nurturing. Allow your heart to pick what it requires. Remember, you are deeply and unconditionally loved. Allow yourself to love and be loved unconditionally and freely. You are nurtured and nourished through the force of love, which is the most powerful force in the universe. 14. Slowly, move above the neck to the throat chakra which is connected with expression and self-will. Let the center of your throat soften, grow, and relax. Welcome blue, the hue of the sky into your being. Breathe the blue into the center of your throat. Clear the need to control while unleashing self-expression, imagination, and creativity. Allow your throat to carry what it requires. Know that you speak, feel, and hear your truth. You are capable of expressing yourself freely. You let yourself go with life’s flow as it carries you in a gentle and nurturing manner. 15. When you are ready, draw focus to the forehead, just between the eyebrows to the powerful and all lifeencompassing, the third eye. This chakra is closely associated with intuition, psychic abilities, and wisdom. Slowly allow it to soften, grow, and breathe. Welcome the color of indigo or the night sky to envelope the third eye completely. Bathe your third eye chakra in a hue of deep indigo while experiencing balance, insight, vision, understanding, and clarity. Allow your third eye chakra to take what it needs. Experience everything unraveling around you in order. 16. Slowly and gently move up to your final chakra. Take

your time as you reach the crown of your head. This crown chakra represents oneness. Let your crown chakra breathe. 17. Welcome a bright violet light into the crown while allowing the incandescent ray of light to balance, harmonize, soothe, and restore. Allow your crown to accept what it requires. Experience a feeling of being whole and one with the universe. You are complete within yourself as an entity of the universe. 18. Come back to the flow of your breath and the center of your being. Breathe to the core of your existence. Understand that you are perfect and whole just as you are. Allow this feeling to bathe your entire body, mind, feelings, and spirit. Take everything you need from this experience. Gain awareness of the breeze gently touching your body. Pay attention to the sensations and sounds surrounding you. 19. Close the open chakras a bit. Simply having purpose and intention is fine. Gain awareness of the ground supporting you —the earth beneath you that is holding you! Notice your feelings. Hold and support yourself with compassion for the unique and lovely creation of nature that you are. 20. Once you feel completely ready, open your eyes, and end the session.

Chapter 5. Avoid

Meditation, Common Mistake To

Typical Meditation Mistakes You Can Avoid Now 1. Otherworldly Bypassing Otherworldly bypassing is the point at which we use otherworldliness to divert us from feeling we will need to return to. This makes our training less viable and eases back our otherworldly development. However, it can feel great for the time being. How might we forestall bypassing? Be sure that you are grounded and focused on your body when you practice. In case you're having a lot of an 'up and out' of body understanding, you may not be grounded enough and are inconceivable detour an area, partner to your feelings, and permit your training to incorporate them, not stay away from them. To peruse increasingly about profound bypassing, visit Flint Sparks' great article and Ingrid Mathieu's piece in Psychology today. 2. Alternate ways Contemplation can remember time for the vehicle, washing dishes, and planting, time spent in formal practice is fundamental to work up different occasions you practice. It is regularly during these progressively formal sitting occasions that the training extends the most. Never surge your work on during these occasions to get the full extending impact, put aside at any rate one hour to sit in contemplation without interruptions. You can set a check before you to dishearten shortening the training. The proper practice, similar to a dream journey, extends in stages after some time. You need sufficient opportunity to shed your considerations and travel through feelings into the quintessence of what your identity is and the hecticness of the world. You may see a move at every 15-minute addition of your training, which can supply the additional inspiration to continue onward. 3. Not Starting

Reflection works better on the off chance that you do it. The best practice is the one you do. We may have the best goals to saved time for our training; however, how frequently do we find a workable pace? There's a stunt for 'getting in the vessel,' as it were, which will at that point feel so great you'll need to continue onward. Reveal to yourself; you're just going to sit for two minutes and afterward find a workable pace, minutes will feel better, regardless of whether you do find an achievable speed. Be that as it may, what will in general happen is once you're practically speaking, your sensory system feels its impacts, and you need to proceed. Reflection is frequently more unwinding and serene than rest. Exploit this stunt to remain associated with your training day by day. 4. Gimmicky Versions There are numerous cutting edge minor departures from customary reflection. A considerable lot of them can weaken the technique. I'm not saying just outdated thinking works. However, that is somewhat what I'm stating. Numerous cutting edge gimmicky frameworks are created by instructors who don't have top to bottom otherworldly preparing and think their re-innovation of the wheel is superior to anything that's out there. Remember that conventional schools of activity have a vast number, if not a considerable amount of long stretches of experience, encouraging contemplation and watching understudies develop through the training. Two hundred years of present-day science has a great deal to contribute, yet profound development is an old interest. Gimmicky forms are once in a while amicable to catch our consideration and take our concentration back to the significance of preparing the brain, however as a genuine specialist, be careful with these advanced minor departures from antiquated science. 5. Being Your Teacher A few people are touchy to this one. Alright, fine, be your instructor. While you're busy, show yourself material science, propelled math, how to move Salsa and a master level game. We as a whole profit by incredible instructors in the zones we need to exceed expectations in. Otherworldliness is the same. A reflection teacher can smooth out any harsh regions in your training, make it all the more remarkable and powerful, and assist you with keeping away from basic mistakes. After some time, as you and your training change, a great instructor can help adjust the training to accommodate your present

phase of development best, much the same as a decent golf educator utilizes somewhat various strategies at different focuses in a player's advancement. Obviously, keep an eye out for people taking on the appearance of educators who are progressively intrigued by advantages to themselves. Be that as it may, don't let con artists prevent you from looking for a certified and commendable educator. It can have a significant effect. 6. Day versus Night Ruminating during the day is acceptable. Contemplating in the early morning and night times can be better. Pondering in the night can be ideal. There's an explanation such a large number of priests wake up in the night to rehearse. It's calm. Nothing is going on. There's nothing else to do. You can dive deep without interruptions. Contemplating at 3 am has an unexpected vibe in comparison to working on during the day. You'll see how your framework gets the vitality of the world and action around you. Early morning and before-sleep times are calmer and can encourage going more inside and out than thinking in the day. The dead of night, be that as it may, is an especially enchanted time to rehearse. 7. Utilizing Too Many Props A few props can assist experts with concentrating; however, be careful with depending on them to an extreme. The purpose of reflection is to get settled with yourself, to get happy with your own inner experience of life. Toward that end, it very well may be useful to sit with yourself and need to confront yourself similarly as you are as you came into this world with nothing. Such a large number of props can divert from the experience of your center nature. For instance, a few people have their cushion, their dabs, their sacrosanct water, their particular raised area, a flame, lighting correctly, someone else, and so on. At that point, practice gets convoluted on the off chance that they don't have those things. Two or three jobs to assist you with remaining wakeful or centered might be secure of your training, yet if you needn't bother with them, think about downplaying props. Have a go at thinking in obscurity, without any extras, no music, just you. It's an advantageous examination. 8. Depending On Guided Meditations

Guided reflections can assist some with connecting with their internal identities and access the tranquil space inside. Yet, you might not have any desire to depend on them each time you practice. Reflection encourages you to connect with yourself. If we rely on another person to walk us through the experience excessively, it can turn into a brace. There's an opportunity to have an accomplished co-pilot giving you the general tour, a chance to have that individual there with you. At the same time, you attempt the controls, and an opportunity to fly the plane all alone. A blend of guided and solo reflections can offer the best of the two universes. 9. Not Expanding Your Practice In the significance of full-length formal preparation. Accepting that that is business as usual, widening contemplation to incorporate different pieces of the day is necessary. Consideration is an all-climate work on, which means it is structured as a whenever/anyplace occasion. The purpose of reflection is to, in the long run, live the contemplation to eradicate the line among training and non-practice. Take a stab at rehearsing eyes open on occasion, while in the discussion, or while working. It's a slip-up to keep your otherworldly association just for the events you plunk down practically speaking.

Chapter 6.

Kundalini Yoga

The powerful effects of Kundalini Yoga are achieved through the interactive dynamics of the following aspects and techniques, which will subsequently be described in more detail. Postures and Angles Rhythmic Movement Stretching without Straining Pranayama — Conscious Breathing Bhandas/Locks Mantras Deep Relaxation Personal and Group Practice Postures and Angles Kundalini Yoga is the yoga of angles. Each angle produces a specific effect. If the arms are to be held at 60°, they must be held at 60° (not at some other point from 45° to 90°) to activate the full effect of the exercise. Each posture creates a stimulation, cleansing, and strengthening of our many body systems. The angles and movements of the postures put pressure on different centers and systems of the body, causing blood to saturate these areas. Within a matter of minutes, the revitalized blood circulates into the areas that are under the contracting or expanding pressure brought about by these active postures. Rhythmic Movement

Many Kundalini Yoga exercises are active and use rhythmic movement to create the effects, including a sense of dynamic flow. In some exercises, like Cat-Cow, you may wish to begin slowly in order to fully engage the moving parts of the body and spine and to find your personal rhythm. Going slow initially also allows you to be aware of the movement of prana and the building and strengthening of your electromagnetic field. Stretching It is important to s–t–r–e–t–c–h as you establish a posture. For example, when the arms are held up at 60°, stretch the fingers, shoulders, and arms to open the armpits. By stretching, you will discover that the exercise becomes easier and achieves its full physiological effect. The stretching and breathing greatly facilitate holding a position for a longer time. Instead of your body parts feeling like dead weights, you vitalize each area and your whole system. Stretch but Do NOT Overextend, Overexert, or Strain Care should be taken to never overexert or strain. Stretching or extending only part way within your comfort zone will enable you to do more with time. You will find that what you can do at first, for only a few seconds or for a minute, will progressively become easier, and you will gradually be able to do the exercises for longer periods of time. Avoid Tension Keep the parts of your body not involved in the exercise as relaxed as appropriate. To allow the energy generated by the exercise to flow directly into the areas being stimulated, they must not be stressed. Tension prevents the body from fully absorbing the energy being generated. Pranayama Various kinds of powerful breathing techniques in Kundalini Yoga super charge and vitalize our blood, nerves, and other body systems. Focused and powerful breathing is often combined with various postures, mudras, and mantras. Paying attention to our breath and how it is breathing in our body is an effective way to build body/mind/energy consciousness. Coordinating the breath and the movement, with attention to what is being stimulated, increases the activation and the experience after the exercise.

The Locks (Bhandas) Bhandas, or locks, which are part of most Kundalini Yoga exercises, consist of delicate alignments of the muscles and the position of the body and spine, with the intent to facilitate the flow of energy. Adjusting one’s posture and lightly squeezing the muscles around the spine create alignment and pressure so that the Kundalini can move freely up and then down the spine. The locks are applied after the completion of the active portion of a Kundalini Yoga exercise. Lighter versions of the locks are sometimes used during the exercises and pranayama. Learning the bhandas properly when beginning your practice is critical. Mantras Mantras are sounds that are encoded with the qualities and essence of divine frequencies. The silent and vocalized repetition of mantras or sacred sounds is an integral part of our Kundalini Yoga practice. The most basic instruction for the breathing, or pranayama, during an exercise is to mentally listen to the sound of SAT on the inhale and integrate the sound of NAM on the exhale. The recitation of other specific mantras are part of certain exercises, the result of which enhances the effect of the kriya. In faster breathing like Breath of Fire, we may choose to mentally chant SA TA NA MA. Mentally listening to and reciting mantras clear the subconscious and train the mind to be attentive. After preparing the body with physical exercises, the sounds of the mantras resonate more easily throughout the entire body. In addition, the combination of silently reciting mantras and doing an exercise amplifies the voltage in our body, which helps the body resonate at higher frequencies. Deep Relaxation After a kriya, we allow the body to go into a deep relaxation. This gives time for all the energies in the body to adjust, release, align, and integrate the effects of the kriya. A new level of increased vitality is reached, and we become aware of a deeper and lighter inner and outer radiance. The deep relaxation after a kriya is at least 5 minutes and often 10 to 15 minutes.

Group and Personal Practice Kundalini Yoga consists of both personal and group practice. Our personal practice gives us the space to design a sadhana to work with our own issues and energy. Group practice synergizes the group energy. Our collective alignment adds another dynamic, which facilitates moving from individual to group to Universal Consciousness. In both situations, alone and with a group, we learn to focus on our self and cultivate awareness skills. Active and Passive Aspects of Kundalini Yoga How we practice Kundalini Yoga helps us become more aware and facilitates letting go of past conditioning. To maximize the benefits of our practice, it is critical to understand that each Kundalini Yoga exercise has both an active part and a passive part. The active part is the actual performance of the posture, movement, breath, locks, and recitation of the mantras. The passive part is the relaxed space between exercises and at the end of a set. The integration of the effects of each exercise takes some time to complete. Therefore, the passive aspect must be experienced for the exercise to achieve its full benefit! During the passive space between exercises, or a series of exercises, and at the end of the kriya, we simply let go and allow our body to relax and integrate the effects of the exercise. If the exercise is done sitting, we usually stay in the sitting position after the exercise. If the exercise is done on our back or stomach, we relax in these positions. During the deep relaxation, we are on our back. “Doing nothing” releases resistance and allows relaxation and letting go. We stay present to the sensations in our body. We may be aware of an “electric/magnetic radiance,” which grows, expands, and deepens with each subsequent exercise that makes up a kriya. The passive time gives the body the space to integrate the localized effects of the exercise throughout the whole body bring all our body systems into balance and harmony allow the increased electrical/magnetic charge to strengthen our nervous system and consolidate our aura or electromagnetic field

We take advantage of the passive moments to cultivate awareness, and to enjoy the results and benefits of the work we have done. Duration of Passive Period The amount of time for the passive period depends upon the duration and intensity of the exercise, but usually a minimum of 30 seconds to one minute is required. Early on, Yogi Bhajan taught that the passive part of a Kundalini Yoga exercise should be as long as the active part. To determine the appropriate time for the passive part, we can pay attention to the time it takes for our body and breath to come back to a normal rhythm. The normalization of the breath is a good indicator of how long the body takes to circulate the secreted chemicals and to integrate the effects of the exercises. It is also interesting to note that it takes about one to two minutes for our blood to make a complete circuit through the body. We can also pay attention to the sensation of aliveness and radiance circulating through and around the body. A stable, grounded, in-the-body sensation can indicate that the balancing and integration is complete.

Chapter 7.

Kundalini And Prana

When you learn about spirituality, especially when it is related to the awakening of the kundalini and psychic powers, you will definitely encounter the term, prana. Prana or energy, also known as life force or vital force, is inside you and all around you. Even modern-day scientists have already discovered that everything is made of energy. For years, it was believed that everything was just made of atoms and molecules. However, after looking deep into these molecules, there were atoms, and looking deep into atoms, the surprising fact was discovered: atoms are made of energy. Hence, everything is made of prana. Without prana, no can be no life. Hence, it is important for you to understand it, as well as how you can use it to your advantage. When a person meditates, his whole system gets charged with prana. This has been experimented using Kirlian photography, a kind of photography that allows you to see a person’s aura and energy body. This is why meditation is very important. This is not really something new. Even the great scientist, Nikola Tesla, said that to understand the universe, you should think in terms of energy. Be reminded that this is no longer limited to the formula given by Albert Einstein about gross material energy, but this also involves something that is spiritual. The prana that is inside you is called personal prana/energy, while the prana that is outside of you is called universal prana. You can tap and use both sources if you want. Many advise that you should not always use your personal prana since it can be tiring once you have exhausted your storage of personal prana. Therefore, if you know that you will be using lots of energy, it is good to get it from the universe. Now, to better understand what prana is, it is best that you learn how to use and control it. This way, you can also feel it. With enough training with clairvoyance, you can even see this prana. Let us now move on with some practical exercises on prana so you can experience it firsthand. How to Control Prana One thing that you should understand is that prana or energy follows thought. Hence, a very effective way to direct and control prana is by using your mind. But, how exactly should you use your mind for this purpose? Well, the secret is to use the power of visualization. When people think of the word,

visualization, they often think about the sense of sight. Although this is also true, you should know that to increase the power of your visualization, you should use as many senses as possible. Hence, if you visualize an elephant, for example, do not just see it, but also hear, smell, and feel it. When you work with prana, another sense that is very important is the sense of feeling. You should feel the energy as it flows and accumulates. In fact, you can control prana just by the use of feeling alone. This is called tactile visualization. Still, the best way is to use as many senses as possible. Okay, so how exactly do you control prana? Well, here is an excellent exercise that you can do: Relax and focus on your hand. Now, see and feel your personal energy or prana flowing inside you. Visualize that this prana flows and gathers in your hand. See and feel as the energy accumulates. Yes, this is all a visualization exercise, but this is also how you can effectively control prana. With enough practice, you will feel the energy as it gathers in your hand. Remember to also put emphasis on your sense of feeling as you practice visualization. This is actually easier than it may seem. Now, remember to focus on what you are doing. Do not think and say, “Oh, this is just my mind playing tricks on me.” The time for you to do that will be after the exercise. Practice this regularly, and you will be able to control prana. Here is another exercise that you can try: Rub your hands together. Now, position them in front of you as if you were holding a small ball. Visualize drawing prana from the universe and gather it into a ball between your hands. Prana can take any form so you can visualize it in any way you want. For beginners, it is recommended to just see this prana as white light. See and feel as it flows and gathers into a ball between your hands. Do you feel it? Focus on it and let your visualization take reign. Feel and be open to sensations. Relax and let the energy flow. Once you learn these 2 basic exercises, you will realize just how easy it is to control and direct prana. You will learn meditation techniques that will teach you how to use this skill to your benefit. For now, focus on the theories and the basics. The Nature of Prana Let us now talk about the nature. Prana is infinite, and it cannot be destroyed.

Yes, prana does not die. Instead, it can only be altered from state to state. This is why it can be said that everything is eternal. Prana is also not limited to space and time. It is boundless and endless. Hence, there are people who think of prana as God. Prana is everywhere, and those who know how to control it can harness its great power. However, to successfully control prana, you need to have a well-trained mind. This is another reason why you need to practice meditation since it trains you on how you can use the power if your mind effectively. This is because prana is too sensitive. If you lose your focus, then it can quickly dissipate and go somewhere else. Therefore, you have to control your mind. Once you can control your mind, then you can also control prana.

Chapter 8. Kundalini And New Age Over the previous decade, Paramahamsa Nithyananda has been working intimately with a group of researchers and analysts to illuminate the otherworldly sciences rooted in the Vedic custom and arrive at the benefits of these sciences to individuals over the world. The focal point of late studies has been the enactment of 'arousing' of the Kundalini Shakti, the inward potential energy that lies inactive in each person. While Kundalini is notable in Eastern yogic science, it is just barely starting to pick up acknowledgment as a logical reality in Western medicinal circles. When stirred, Kundalini realizes exceptional transformation in the body-mind arrangement of the individual, remembering a colossal flood for energy levels, the healing of incessant maladies, and upgraded mental capacities. Past this, a large group of different changes has been watched yet had, at this point, to be methodically examined or measured.

Studies On Inner Awakening Participants - 2011 Aside from day by day yoga, pranayama, and other strong practices, members of the 21-day INNER AWAKENING program were exposed to an aggregate of 21 individual commencement sessions from Paramahamsa Nithyananda. The study depended on a comparable study led by Jeffery A. Dusck at Harvard Medical School and distributed in the Public Library of Science in July 2008. Accounts were taken on Day 0 and Day 18 of the program. The parameters contemplated included: • Cellular energy levels • Physical health and resistance levels • Psychological and passionate health • Neurological changes in the mind • Genetic transformation, assuming any • Expression of any remarkable capacities Discoveries 1.

Cellular energy levels surveyed through mitochondrial tests:

Mitochondria are the energy powerhouses of the human cell. Mitochondrial action in the cell is an exact pointer of the person's digestion rate and energy levels. Right now, tests from a gathering of Inner Awakening members matured over 50 years were exposed to a notable convention called MTT Assay for evaluation of cell energy levels. 100% of the members right now recorded an uncommon increment in energy levels, averaging 967%. Studies have demonstrated that such an expansion is obviously inconceivable through some other referred to implies, for example, exercise, yoga or wellness preparing, which can impact a limit of 40% expansion in cell energy.

Healing Of Physical Ailments Fast recuperation from a scope of physical ailments was watched, likewise demonstrating improved resistance levels: • 100% of members recorded critical weight reduction • 100% of members recorded recuperation from dietary problems • 100% of members recorded recuperation from interminable exhaustion • 92% of members demonstrated checked recuperation from rheumatoid joint pain • 78% of members indicated checked recuperation from osteo-joint inflammation • 79% of members indicated stamped recuperation from asthma • 71% of members demonstrated stamped recuperation from ceaseless cerebral pains Members likewise recorded bringing down fasting glucose, diminished BMI, and improvement in psychosomatic ailments and auto-invulnerable ailments. • Healing of mental issue Diminished reliance taking drugs and upgraded feeling of prosperity • 97% of members detailed recuperation from depression • 89% of members detailed freedom from fears • 82% of members announced freedom from outrage and

dissatisfaction • 88% of members indicated checked recuperation from sleep deprivation • 76 % of members revealed recuperation from alarm assaults • 76% of members detailed freedom from frailty • •

73 % of members revealed an expansion in mental core interest 71% of members revealed freedom from disposition swings

Neurological Changes Through QEEG Studies A progression of QEEG studies was likewise led on members who had Kundalini arousing to study the impacts of Kundalini Awakening on electrical movement in the cerebrum. Similar studies were additionally directed on a benchmark group. These included: • Short term impacts saw right now of inception by Paramahamsa Nithyananda • Long term impacts estimated through post-initiation evaluation of different mental and subjective capacities Discoveries: • At the snapshot of inception, certain quick changes were recorded in all members who had dynamic Kundalini arousing, including: a. more honed centering capacities b. higher readiness levels c. very quick multi-handling d. better momentary memory Altogether, the cerebrum floods of subjects during the enactment demonstrated a high frequency of delta waves, showing that they were in a condition of profound unwinding tantamount to sleep. In Vedic science, this condition of extreme restful mindfulness is known as Samadhi. Post-enactment evaluation decisively appeared: QEEG studies of members demonstrating the high occurrence of delta waves, characteristic of profound unwinding Better critical thinking capacities

• • •

More compelling choice making= Enhanced relational relations Warm and constructive character patterns

What Is Kundalini? Doctors And Scientists Explain The Nature Of Kundalini While kundalini is frequently connected with the snake, the term itself in Sanskrit means "what is curled." So kundalini doesn't imply a snake, however "that which is looped." Individuals customize it and state it's a snake. In conventional Hindu folklore, kundalini is sometimes alluded to as a "goddess." Furious and amazing energy that works as indicated by her own feeling of timing and the transformative needs of the circumstance. Her development through the body can be deafening, devastating whatever enthusiastic connection is deterring her free-stream. So this energy, when it emerges, devastates all pollutions. To be sure, I didn't know any individual who occupied with such obscure interests. As a college educator of English and Women's studies, I had lived basically in my mind with practically no attention to the inward energies and the life of the soul they locked in. This college teacher had nothing to do with Hinduism, yet kundalini stirred in her. Individuals who had no association with Hinduism experienced kundalini arousing when they had NDEs, labor, sometimes when they were experiencing some basic ailment. Some stirred this general force when they spiritually developed, despite the fact that they may have never known about yoga, meditation, or other Eastern spiritual practices. Bio-Electrical Energy Those generally informed regarding the matter hold kundalini to be the bioelectrical energy of the physical body and the innovative energy of the universe all in all. That is the manner by which I see it be also. It's just the energy of the body. It's not some outside energy. It is consistently inside you; however, when you develop enough, then it stirs. For the vast majority, this energy ordinarily works independently from

anyone else well underneath the edge of awareness. A portion of that energy continues life and makes organs work; however, in the individuals who are stirred, that energy begins working full-force. Keen Force Of Nature It's the natural life force, what props us up for whatever length of time that we are alive. It is believed that agony results when there are blockages, that is, the tightening influences in mind, body, emotions, or mind. Individuals with major uncertain mental issues just as those with genuine physical difficulties might be particularly in danger. As the kundalini works through the framework, it flushes out these concealed blockages and proceeds until they're cleared. This energy continues working in you until it clears all the blockages in your framework. It is as though the kundalini has its very own intelligence (It does have its very own intelligence!), as it presses forward. Its promptings might be solid or frail at different times; however, it, for the most part, proceeds until the undertaking is finished. Which brings about a complete transformation of the body, mind, and soul. You have conceived again in an exacting sense. Preparation Is A Must In antiquated India, yogis arranged for years for a definitive encounter of edification. New-age misleads us into thinking that this procedure is simple and that you can force it to occur with no negative results. We ought to get ready considerably more than people of yore accomplished for the excitement of this force since our conditions have changed to the more awful (dirtied condition, poisons in our bodies, dangerous individuals around us). Yogis took a very long time to get ready for this transformation; this implies we should set aside a long effort to get ready for the conceived again understanding in the event that we need it to go easily. On the off chance that this energy is stimulated in a normal city-inhabitant whose diet is fastnourishment, the outcomes will be unfortunate. They followed severe plain educates, ate a painstakingly controlled diet, performed darken ceremonies of purging and decontamination, and aced

extraordinary yogic techniques to have the option to withstand the stirred energy. Anybody starting an excursion should initially have a craving for such an endeavor. The Sufis called this inception state "longing." Spiritual longing is to be sure the indication of the genuine understudy, one who recognizes that something is deficient in her or his life and wishes to find what this might be. The craving may not be pointed straightforwardly toward kundalini excitement. All things considered, by the by it is a significant step in the general procedure of kundalini if kundalini is to be in excess of a substantial transitory sensation. The craving for spiritual advancement is required to stir kundalini normally. We're in a strict sense renewed when kundalini stirs; made new, and we rise up out of our experience wearing new pieces of clothing in which to welcome the world. Finally, our being is finished. At last, we know what our identity is. In any case, this doesn't occur in a split second, as new-agers put it. It may take a very long time after the crown-chakra opens for that transformation to occur. Purging Sessions Many have noted that when the enduring turns out to be excessively exceptional, right when they think that they can hold up under no further pressure, the kundalini-begotten weights will pull back and permit a time of rest before the following test shows up. It is as though the kundalini is aware of our points of confinement and realizes when to step back and when to continue. At the point when purging beginnings, numerous individuals portray what's befalling them as "sessions" of cleansing, and I totally concur with that. You're experiencing cleaning, and you may begin swinging or moving in some other cadenced way. Sometimes developments are fast and enthusiastic, and this can be debilitating. Be that as it may, when you're getting depleted, kundalini as if realizes that you're worn out, and its parts of the bargains, proceed with it the following day until all the blockages are broken up. During this phase of enlivening, you may get mindful of your wrongdoings; thus, this is brought into your mindfulness with the goal that you apologize

and never again take such actions. Arousing Will Prompt Lifestyle Changes Likewise, numerous currently understand that the diet needs adjustment, that unsafe propensities for an overabundance of different sorts, for example, addictions, uncertain clashes, and other damaging examples of conduct, all should be stood up to. A tiny bit at a time, you will be demonstrated what adjustments you have to make in your life, with the goal that you never again misuse yourself. For the inert, issues will come up and request to be managed, and emotions may run solid. It has frequently been noted that meditation itself can bring into awareness difficult past issues despite everything anticipating consideration, a lot to the amazement of those hoping to enter solid happiness in the new state. Moreover, kundalini goes about as an instructor to the soul, bringing up in unquestionable ways those territories waiting be healed. The New-agers think that when you open the crown chakra, you will be illuminated. This is erroneous. Indeed, the opening is a significant step forward, yet substantially more transformation needs yet to occur. You should manage all the staying negative parts of your character and everything that you're hindering that is available in your life. Dull Night Of The Soul In spite of the fact that the underlying arousing may have been gone before by a time of sadness and hopelessness, Underhill declares that the most difficult dull night of the soul comes at a later stage. Indeed, even the enlivening can be truly terrifying; however, later, it is asserted that the genuine dim night of the soul will come. After the ecstasy, after the numerous convolutions and returns, there is abruptly an appearing withdrawal of perfect kindness, in light of the fact that when kundalini is stirred, you feel ensured, and you realize that you're not the only one. I believe this to be the Kingdom inside. You generally feel that inclination of delight and joy. It's consistently there, and sometimes you might be removed from that if something awful occurs in your life. However, you generally know it's there, and you can just focus yourself back, and you're again in the Kingdom of Heaven inside. … Ecstasy, which may have become a customary element of one's life, unexpectedly leaves, and one is left to consider what has turned out badly.

For the Christian pupil, the inclination is frequently one of significant misery, as though God has just dismissed His face from a disgraceful subject. Also, for those on the kundalini way, the impact is a lot of the equivalent. The Christian holy person tossed into the chasm of misery must cause the last give up, to recognize and apologize for all transgressions and shortcomings, and permit herself to be guided by the Divine authority into favor again. The lesson is a lot of the equivalent for the kundalini amateur. We find again that the excursion isn't heavily influenced by us, that it is coordinated by some still, strange force, apparently both inside and outside the self. We should discharge all endeavors to guide or force the arrival to the earlier state and basically stop and sit tight intolerance and modesty for the restoration of association. This likewise applies to the cleaning procedure. You cannot control it, and you have to truly confide in this energy of the universe, thoroughly give up, and afterward, you will experience the sanitization procedure a lot faster.

Chapter 9.

Consciousness

Energy is an animated and palpable life force- one that all of us can understand in the context of our daily life. We usually attribute our low energy days to either bad food, lack of sleep or even the weather. However, the more significant issue is more complicated than it seems. Our energetic systems might be impacted by emotional, physical and even cognitive blocks that we have picked up from far back into our childhood and which we do not even realize. Energy & Consciousness The word is often manipulated into defining it in scientific or even in mystical terms and in the process of wanting to define it, we take out the value or deeper understanding of energy. All every one of us understands about energy is to stay quiet and rest in ourselves and feel our surroundings. For instance, when we feel present, our energy is rooted, or when we feel repulsion or attraction, we feel energetically charged. When we feel like laughing or crying, we feel energy leaving us. Certain situations and yes, people can deplete our energy or even places. On the flip side, we also cling on to people, situations, and places that fuel our source of energy especially when we feel we are not enough. Energy can neither be created nor destroyed, but it can be altered. We can speed up or slow down energy, and it can exist in closed systems where this energy can help, or it can even exist in an open system where the energy flows. The energy that is uncontained can cause a fragmented or frenetic system. Likewise, the energy that has depleted can also cause a system to collapse. Energy, despite its power, is a neutral force. It is basically a consciousness that directs its movement. If we see energy like we see consciousness, then we become more direct with our energy moving towards connection and creation as well as evolution. The less conscious you are, the more energy separates from us. Blocked Energy Our mind is open and flexible, and our breath is rhythmic and deep and makes us feel spacious in our body. When we are in our Kundalini flow, we enable ourselves to get into a healthy balance that is between contraction and

expansion as well as activation and receptivity. We allow our reasoning, emotions and will to work in partnership with each other and in the process, we create faith in ourselves and often times find ourselves undefended- this is called energy integrity. Energy integrity is usually short-lived, and many people will often describe this energy as stagnant or blocked or even stuck. This is a very narrow-minded thinking all because their breathing, and even their posture is not corrected. Helpful Tips in Getting to Know Your Energy System: 1. Our thoughts are also forms of energy, so it is vital that we become aware of our thinking. One of the first few things that you can do is to begin your day by thinking of your first thought of the day and then, move on from there. You can even make a list. Just notice the choices of words you use, and it makes you feel. 2. Throughout your day, try to give yourself some respite by stopping whatever it is that you are doing, close your eyes and just go inward and feel where you are. Do you feel present? What does your breathing feel like? Are you holding it in? How do you feel in your body- relaxed? Restricted? Tired? Alive? 3. Observe your energy even when you are moving. Move your body, move different parts at a time and observe how you feel when you move. Do you notice any kinds of thoughts or feelings that arise? Are there certain parts of your body that are energized when you move? Did something stir up in you? Do you feel like you need to contain your energy? 4. Try making sounds either by yourself or with others. The point here is to let your voice come out. How do you feel? Do you feel energized? Notice how you feel when you say YES or when you say NO- which one of this is easier to voice out? Are you willing to make that noise or sound again? Notice all these points without any judgment. 5. Notice what happens to your energy when you are in the presence of others and take note of how your body feels

around them as well as your breathing-- does it expand or contract? 6. Do not be afraid to play with your boundaries. You can find a friend to join you in this exploration of energetic boundaries. Just stand a distance from each other and as you step towards each other simultaneously, explore how you feel their energy. Take mental notes to see what happens to you as another person’s energy enters your own energy field. Do you feel more or less grounded? Do you feel in control or like you are losing yourself? Do you feel like you can speak up? 7. Make notes of your different feelings- what is your relationships with these feelings and what are the images you think of or even the beliefs that you have whenever these feelings come up? How and where do you tend to these feelings? 8. What and where are you most comfortable meeting the world? Plenty of us say at our homes but just think about situations and places that you have been in, and you are at ease with yourself? How do you lead with emotions, reason and will? If you do lead with one, how do you feel about the other? What parts of the body do you use to meet this world with? Do you only use your head, or your heart or just your hands or do you use a combination of all of these? 9. Seek someone else’s experience with your energy and see how they relate with this- how do you feel in their presence and how do they feel in your presence? Are you invited and do you feel comfortable or are you uninvited and kept at bay? Is there a distance? Do you feel like they are holding back or holding in? Do you feel like collapsing? This list may seem like a lot, but the truth is, we feel all sort of emotions when we are surrounded with situations, items or people and the questions above just helps us become more aware and pointed to what we can look out for and put a pin to our feelings and try to understand them. It helps us study how we act and react and makes us better at sensing our energy as well as the energies of the people around us.

Sensing Energy Of all things you can first try to do, sensing energy is difficult to accomplish straight away. This is not very common. However, there are techniques that you can do to sense and manipulate energy: 1- Like everything else, close your eyes and start by visualizing your body with all its veins 2- Visualize the veins you see but instead of picturing it red with blood, picture it carrying energy and this can be in any color you relate to. See the energy circling through your body touching each and every nerve. 3- Next, try sensing the vibrations that come while this energy circulates throughout. 4- Focus on a specific body part, such as the arms and tell the energy in your body to course specifically to that area. If you feel or notice any tingling sensation, it is probably successful energy manipulation. Try again on your other arm and then move on to your legs. 5- Once you are done moving the energy around your body, allow the energy to flow back naturally again throughout your body. Do not be disappointed if you did not get any feeling the first time or even a few times after that. Energy manipulation is not easy, so it takes practice, patience and time. Programming The main component of energy manipulation is programming. There are plenty of ways to program, and for different people, different programs work better for them. Programming and energy Energy Manipulation and Chakras Chakras may or may not be useful or even necessary in energy manipulation however the logic here is that energy passes through chakras to it is always important to check your chakra balance and make sure they are not clogged. Energy manipulation may not be successful if you have blocked chakras. Absorbing Energy There are plenty of ways to absorb energy. It could be from other people, it can also be from within us. We can also absorb chakras from situations, places, and experiences,

If you want to absorb energy, here is what you can do: 1- Pick a target from which you want to absorb your energy from. It is good to take energy from an inanimate object such as a tree or a flower. This source of energy must not affect the energy that you are receiving from. 2- Concentrate on said object and then try to establish a link between yourself and the object. You can make this a little easier by visualizing a wire connecting you and this object together. 3- Visualize the energy that is flowing from the object towards you. Take only what you need and not anymore. If you are planning on taking energy from a person, you must always ask for their permission first before attempting to take it. Not asking for permission might result in negative consequences as the energy was obtained unknowingly or without consent which is why it is encouraged to take energy from inanimate objects. You can also absorb energy from the situation around you. This is called ambient energy and to retrieve this you simply visualize a link to the energy from where you are standing or sitting in the environment. Releasing energy is often done only when you feel like you have taken too much of it. All you need to do is do the reverse of the steps described above.

Chapter 10.

Kundalini And Tantra

Tantra is another great practice to use to awaken Kundalini energy. If you have never heard of or used tantra before, you may be fascinated to learn more about it. Tantra is largely based on sexual life-giving energy and its ability to infuse the body with awakened energies. To truly understand the magic of tantra and how it can help you with your Kundalini awakening, we are going to explore it further in depth. In case you do not yet know what tantra truly is or if you feel unfamiliar with the entirety of how it serves, we will begin by exploring a bit about tantra itself first. Tantra is an ancient, powerful and secret spiritual technique from India. The word tantra has emerged from an Indian language “Sanskrit” which consists of two root words: “Tan” which means Body, “Tra” which means a Process to Expand. In Tantra, body is used as a means for spiritual enlightenment. Unlike other spiritual techniques which considers body as filthy, tantra considers body as a temple of divine. Tantra uses sex as a tool for enhancing awareness and consciousness. Tantra merges yoga and sex together, to reach a new dimension. This new dimension is very-2 deep and subtle that a human mind could ever imagine. In tantra the practitioner performs a number of experiments within the human body. Experience, observations and outcome of these systematic experiments reveals the truth about existence. This truth, when known to ignorant mind results in attainment of liberation. Tanta is a way to merge body, mind and energy together to reach a higher level of consciousness. Sex is an important instrument that is used in Tantra. This instrument when used with full awareness leads to awakening. Tantra is a deep meditation that eliminates all the boundaries of body and mind. It removes all the inner blockages. It relaxes the body, opens the heart and brings mind into focus. Tantra is not a casual ordinary technique which you want to do for sexual needs and bodily fulfillments. It is a spiritual practice where you awaken your core and merge your entire being in it. Tantra is a journey of human energy from base to infinite. About Tantra Tantra is a ritualistic spiritual practice that is rooted in Hinduism and Buddhism. This mystical text dates back as far as the 6th to 13th centuries. Many people hear the word tantra and immediately believe it is about sex. While it does incorporate sexual energies, it is done in a very intentional and ritualistic way so as to have a specific set of benefits for those using the

practice. Tantra, however, has been highly sexualized by the Western culture since its introduction in the 19th century. Though tantra does incorporate sexual energy, it is actually a process of using the body as a tool to awaken spiritual energies. This happens through a complex series of rituals, chanting, and transcending. How Tantra Affects Kundalini Despite being harmless in nature, the Western society has often regarded Kundalini as a highly sexual energy. In fact, some people even believe it is rooted in sexual practices and that it may be taboo or bad. This is, however, a cultural bias granted by North Americans who approached the subject with a non-liberal perspective of sexual pleasure. Kundalini yoga is actually considered to be a tantric practice itself. Through the chanting of specific sacred words, hand mudras, and intentional yoga poses, it awakens tantric energy to encourage the awakening of Kundalini energy as well. Kundalini incorporates tantra as a way of using the body as a tool to achieve liberation. The idea is that, when they are not awakened, our bodies can be tense and tight, often restricting the flow of Kundalini energy. When we awaken, however, our bodies are liberated and tend to experience a greater sense of relaxation, pure energy flow, and peace. The practice of Tantra for Kundalini Awakening When done properly, tantra in Kundalini awakening is actually something that should only be practiced with a guru who is extremely powerful and who has mastered the inner state of the teacher. These tantric gurus practice specific yoga practices with you in sequences that require two people to fulfill the yoga pose. This is highly responsible for awakening the Kundalini energies. Tantric yoga practices for Kundalini awakening are not that different from traditional Kundalini yoga. The primary difference is that they incorporate another being. Because both beings become so energetically charged and awakened during the process, it is extremely powerful. Traditionally and ideally, this practice is accomplished between a man and a woman. This allowed for a balanced introduction of masculine and feminine energies, which ultimately creates the entire outcome. That being said, tantric Kundalini yoga cannot be practiced on your own and

should not be practiced without a guru. The power of the energetic awakening can be extremely intense and can result in nearly crippling experiences for many. This does not mean Kundalini energy is negative or bad, but it does mean that the experiences you can have as a result of the powerful energy can be difficult.

Chapter 11.

Types Of Psychic Abilities

Different Types Of Psychic Abilities We will cover the spectrum of higher senses that go beyond the five physical senses. Consider that our five senses of touch, smell, sight, hearing and taste are senses of the body. They work with the brain, which is also an organ of the body, to collate information in the world external to our physical realities in order to decipher reality. But we are more than our bodies. We are also spirit, emotion and intellect and it’s through these human faculties that we’re able to approach higher levels of consciousness. These three recognized levels of consciousness are the conscious mind (awareness in everyday living), the subconscious mind (thoughts, feelings, knowledge and perceptions that lie behind our conscious, waking mind), and the unconscious mind (cognitive disconnection from the body, most commonly occurring in the deepest stages of sleep). These functions work in concert with one another, even though we’re not aware of them. We breathe without thinking, feel hunger when our bodies require food, are biologically urged to attend the bathroom or even feel the need for sexual union. Our awareness is prompted by these natural functions, as we move through our days, performing the tasks required of us in order to reproduce daily life. The subconscious records all we do and stores it. It registers our emotions and prompts our responses. It is the subtext of daily life of which we’re aware only peripherally. But we can gain a much better understanding of ourselves by being aware of the operation of our subconscious mind. Imagine the power that unleashes and you will see the significance immediately. The conscious mind tends to be logical, analytical, perceptive and structured. However, the perception of the conscious mind is based on personal experience and adopted belief systems, and can be distorted by emotional interference. In other words, emotions and the limitations of the conscious mind can compel us to make faulty observations and judgments, no matter how intelligent we may be. This is a reflection of the difference between knowledge and wisdom. Our conscious minds often tell us things that are not true. In order to expand our awareness to encompass the fullness of reality, we need to bring our awareness into conversation with the subconscious mind. That conversation represents an access point which offers us an expanded and more highly evolved consciousness, capable of much more

than our conscious mind is, on its own. The subconscious mind is a much richer place than the conscious mind. It is colorful, creative, imaginative and symbolic. The subconscious relates to dreaming, and helps us to make sense of our emotions and memories. It is where potential, understanding, awareness and our natural capabilities (psychic and otherwise) can expand infinitely. Great business leaders and innovators either possess an inherent knack for working from the subconscious mind, or are have trained themselves to do so. This is because it frees them from the rigid, regimented approach of the conscious mind in marketing, design, team management and other areas and promotes an alternative, inspired intellectual approach which is both imaginative and harmonious. Artists of all fields work from the subconscious mind and its creative promptings. The unconscious mind may seem like it is a relatively inactive, as though nothing happens there. At least from physical standpoint, it’s difficult to conceptualize what it’s doing, as our conscious minds are unable to detect its function. All the body’s vital functions (like breathing and heartbeat) are running on autopilot, yet any form of cognizance inherent to these processes is absent. The unconscious lies even deeper than the subconscious, and is perhaps the spark from which imagination originates. To conceive of something greater than ourselves, it is this function of the mind that’s called on. From here, we can connect with a vastly orchestrated and intimately conjoined living presence, (the collective unconscious, in Jungian terms) of which we are all a part. Through the subconscious mind, the unconscious is a gateway to this collective unconscious we all share. Have you ever had a great idea that gave you the potential to put a plan in action, but you haven’t taken advantage of it? Maybe some time goes by and you see your idea actualized by someone else? This reflects the notion that we are all connected through a universal unconscious network from which we may derive ideas and process them into the physical world, and that these ideas are out there for us to discover. If the idea comes to you and you don’t take advantage of it, someone else will do so and bring it to fruition. 100th monkey theory This theory purports to have originated in Japan, as the result of a study conducted on Macaque monkeys in 1952. In 1975, Lyall Watson published a foreword to the book Rhythms of Vision, by Lawrence Blair, which

described the study and its findings. In essence, it was discovered that learned behaviors reach a “tipping point”, at which these behaviors or skills spread among an identified group and peripheral groups exponentially, thus normalizing them. In the case of the monkeys observed, that behavior was washing sweet potatoes. The monkeys were observed to transmit the skills generationally and then, socially, to neighboring groups. It was in the book by Ken Keyes Jr., entitled “The 100th Monkey,” that the theory was popularized. The theory is based on the hypothesis that once an idea, behavior or skill which is desirable reaches a certain level of popular saturation (the 100th monkey), its dissemination will be accelerated, until it is normative. While it doesn’t follow the theoretical pattern of the 100th monkey, what it suggests is very similar – that ideas and behaviors reach levels at which it’s unavoidable that they will be adopted globally. The same conceptual framework can be applied to the diffusion of higher consciousness as an attainable and desirable goal for all human beings. While the scientific community continues to litigate against this effect, it’s clear that the diffusion of ideas routinely reaches certain levels of communal consciousness which cause them to flow out in all directions and become globally accepted. This is observably true. In fact, the book The Tipping Point: How Little Things Can Make a Big Difference, by Malcolm Gladwell, is essentially a re-visioning of the 100th monkey theory, in which it’s applied to the effect seen in the diffusion of trends and products. It’s undeniable that the theory has considerable validity. Further, it’s clear that the same theory can be applied to the diffusion of higher consciousness and the human understanding of our collective intimacy in the web of the collective unconscious. Did you ever wonder how advertisement affects the way that you perceive things? You may not be aware of it but your subconscious mind is being fed information at all times of the day and these may be changing the way that you think. What you need to be able to do is to recognize that your level of consciousness – or your awareness – is always going to be affected by stimuli around you. We may be reaching that tipping point, with the support of new technologies, like the Internet. What this represents is a profound, evolutionary shift in human development. Intuition is much more powerful than you may imagine

and once you are able to harness its power, you will find that you are also able to read people a lot more accurately – not letting preconceived ideas get in the way of accurate perception. The power of intuition is indeed a subject that has been studied by scholars for centuries and even used to stop criminal behavior. There is a very interesting study of this that you may wish to read which shows clearly that there is a pattern behind what happens to a human being based upon their behavior and their reaction to others. We learn to react in a collective way and that’s not always the best way to react. Just as the 100th Monkey theory can be applied in a positive way to get results, it can also be seen to result in a catastrophic way, if we put instinct to one side and ignore it. The signs and signals are there all of the time and yet we choose to ignore them. Gavin De Becker used our lack of intuitive response to explain in his book “The Gift of Fear” how human beings are actually ignoring their own intuition and put themselves into situations that are not only unpredictable but dangerous. The psychic, however, is able to pick up on the messages given to them by their intuition and is not afraid of what those signals are saying. It makes amazing reading and may actually explain to readers why intuition is so important to follow. Psychics who are worth their salt will indeed know that the inner knowledge that can be stifled by modern dogma is there all of the time if you can peel away all of the taught refusal to follow that inner knowledge. Advertisements on the TV may give people preconceived ideas about right and wrong when in fact, the intuitive nature of the psychic will look beyond this. Dreams and the unconscious An example of bringing information from the subconscious into consciousness is simply the act of remembering dreams. Dreams occur as the fruit of our unconscious minds. There are many theories as to the purpose of dreams, and while each has its place, a great number of dream researchers who’ve based their thinking on the work of famous psychologist, Carl Jung, believe that dreams are a safe place to symbolically play out emotions and scenarios of concern from our waking life. Following this theory, dreams assist us in resolving the emotional outfall and anxiety that can result from stress and the more negative aspects of life, without unnecessary trauma. From the perspective of the brain, the deepest sleep stage places us in the realm of the unconscious. The only brainwave activity detectable in this state

is the delta wave, which is very slow, and one of the four understood to exist in our various levels of consciousness. Subconscious brainwaves are recognized as being primarily theta (the next slowest type, after delta), which have been recorded in Yogis and Buddhist monks after entering deep states of meditation, as well as alpha waves, which are prominent during dream states. Beta waves are the fastest brainwaves and are predominant during waking consciousness. These are the waves which help us organize, prioritize, and manage tasks in the course of daily life, as well as those tasks requiring fine motor or intellectual skill. A wave’s length determines the nature of the matter and the radiation it emits, which is inversely related to its frequency. Are you beginning to notice a pattern here? EQ These letters stand for “emotional quotient”, which describes our ability to pick up on the emotional states of ourselves, others, and the overall emotional state of a room filled with people. Folks who have a high EQ are also known as “empaths”, and tend to be very emotionally sensitive with good reason. We, as people, experience the influence of emotions constantly, and how we choose to deal with those emotions helps to determine our overall physical and mental health. Emotions are unavoidable, and while influenced by our surroundings, relationships, circumstances and settings, they are entirely within our control. Those with high EQs are abler than most to sense the mental status of others. Further, they’re keenly aware of factors like subtext (both in terms of what’s not being said with words and the emotional setting of the words themselves). This ability is the stuff of which diplomats and mindful medicine are made, and also those in all healing professions. It’s what teachers, politicians and savvy leaders of all kinds call on to pursue the vocations they were born to employ their gifts in living out. High EQ people, instead of applying the complex of experiences, prejudices and social assumptions most people generally apply to their interactions with others, are able to look more deeply into the truth about those interactions, discerning their true substance. People with a level of emotional intelligence are able to perceive the real issue by hearing beyond mere words and seeing beyond the surface of things. They know there’s always more under the hood and don’t hesitate to apply that knowledge to finding solutions that honor the people involved. They know that one size never fits all. They also know that

reticence is sometimes an invitation to ask questions, or to understand that there’s more to know. Even if someone appears to be unemotional, it is sometimes the case that they have developed the habit of repressing their emotions, in order to conceal them. But emotions do not go away. They are stored in the body, and without a proper release, they will remain there, building up like air pressure in a tight container. Repressed emotions can begin to create blockages in the energetic pathways of our beings. When these blockages form, our physical and mental health begins to diminish, because everything inside us is not flowing as it should be. Therefore, it is important to find healthy outlets to release our emotions, especially for empaths. Have you ever walked into a room where two people have just had an argument and you could feel the tension in the air without anything being said? If so, you were picking up on the emotional vibrations that were emitted into the room because of the argument. This is a type of psychic response. No one has to say anything to you. They don’t have to show you through their actions, but you can pick up on the emotional state they’re in. It’s because your higher senses are sensing the emotional vibrations being transmitted by the emotional state of other people, which has a residual effect on the atmosphere. It can be difficult for empaths to fluidly function throughout their lives without being able to understand what is actually going on, and learning how to protect themselves from being pulled one way or another every time they run into an emotional vibrational field. Every emotion carries its own frequency. The negative emotions are of a lower frequency or, while the positive emotions are of a higher frequency. Often, empaths can feel emotional and not even know why, believing these emotions are being generated by them and trying to figure out why it is they feel a certain. It can be very disorienting, but the ability of the empath to sense the emotional states of other people, when consciously understood, can also be a gift. understanding. Telepathy Telepathy is the ability to sense what other people are thinking (also described as minding reading). Twins, close friends, and intimately connected lovers are examples of people who are able to know what the other

is thinking, often completing each other’s sentences without so much as batting an eye. So does this mean that they are psychic, or do they just know each other so well they can tell where their train of thought goes in any situation? The phrase “being on the same page” comes to mind in this discussion, which could be tailored with your budding knowledge of how the universe works to “being on the same frequency level.” There are different forms of this ability. While some may appear telepathic, they are actually not. Some people are just good at reading others, and there are training classes around the world to teach people how to accomplish this. It’s a matter of reading body language and understanding what posture and body positions imply about people’s emotional and psychological state. We pick up on a variety of signals sent by people’s body language and speech patterns and react to them, without even realizing it. It’s a matter of one subconscious interacting with the other. Another skill that heightens your awareness is listening. Developing listening skills so you are not just hearing what a person is saying, and you are not assuming anything, but are able to detect what they actually mean from their words. This is the interpretation of the “subtext” (meaning under the meaning) of what is being said with words. This is a very important skill, which allows you to read between the lines in order to understand what people are not saying. True telepathy involves having such a clear mind that you’re void of thought and open to receiving information through the opening of the third eye. It may feel silly and nonsensical at first and requires that you trust in the process. This ability allows you to receive what may appear to be random messages, with no significance to you. With time and practice, though, you’ll find that messages and information received through an open third eye are applicable to those around you. By increasing your intuitive powers, you’ll soon be able to find meaning in them.

Chapter 12.

Activate Transcendence

Think of yourself as a channel for energy to flow into and fill your body. As a receiver for energy, you must put aside your worries, ego, and thoughts. Think of yourself as a mere hollow capsule. You are an open doorway, a place for the energy in the universe to flow through. You will have an easier time achieving a relaxing, peaceful state if you start each meditation with these beliefs. Leave thoughts of earthly concerns behind when you enter your holy place. You are no longer on Earth. You are traveling to a higher plane of consciousness. You should do this whether you are practicing by yourself or doing a reading for someone else. You will learn to practice advanced psychic techniques that will allow you to accomplish any goal you may have in mind. Whether it is reading one’s emotions, viewing another place on Earth or this universe, receiving messages from another world or time, or locating a lost object, you must always begin with a centering meditation.

Psychometry Psychometry was first discovered in 1842 and has been used for several centuries. It is the ability to read an object by touch. The object has a history that an individual who is centered and open to energy can read. The psychic will center themselves and open a doorway to allow energy to flow into them. The psychic will either place the object in front of them or hold it in their hands. They are feeling for certain emotions or images to reveal themselves. They can sometimes sense what the person was like, what types of things they did, and possibly how they died. It is up to the psychic to tell the individual what they want them to know, being careful to state only what they know to be the truth. No matter how skilled the psychic is, they may not be able to read all objects all the time. These abilities—holding an object or being in the same room as someone— may seem simple. However, the amount of mental energy and concentration required is never simple. Remembering to keep still and empty is something you must always do. If your mind begins to wander, you might have to close the door and start over. Hold the meditation as long as you need to feel ready to receive energy.

Automatic Writing

Center yourself as long as you need to. Have a pen and paper ready or use a computer, whatever you are comfortable with. Write whatever thoughts appear in your mind. Soon your conscious thoughts will fade into the background and subconscious thoughts will flow out of your fingertips. Keep writing for as long as you choose or for as long as your thoughts continue. Many psychics who use this method don’t know what they have written until they read it later. Doodling is another form of automatic writing since it is generally not consciously focused. One of the most common doodles is the spiral, which is associated with sacred geometry. It’s suggested that if you suffer from emotional problems, you shouldn’t attempt to automatic write. Because your frequency is lower due to emotional problems, you are likely to attract a lower-frequency entity. Similarly, if you seem to have constant drama in your life, you shouldn’t try to channel. To help you write, it’s important to divert your focus, shifting the brain from left brain logical to right brain intuitive. Act as if you are getting ready to write; place pen to paper, then turn your attention to something else. Most people will write something coherent. Messages may be written in a different language or in a writing style unrecognized by the writer, and signed by somebody else. If you feel comfortable, you will probably find out who is writing through you. If you start to feel the least bit uncomfortable with either the information you are receiving or the entity writing through you, stop. If it feels as though more than one entity is trying to write through you, ask them nicely to be patient and let you get to them one at a time. Be sure to get a name.

Channeling Channeling is simply receiving images, sounds, or feelings from another plane. Clairaudience is the ability to hear messages from a higher being or plane. The psychic can hear different kinds of voices: whispers or a clear, loud voice, yet no one else is in the room. Clairsentience or psychic empath is the ability to read others’ emotions. Those with this ability can pick up on others’ feelings, intense emotions, anger, hatred, or signs of stress. They can expertly read body language. Wherever the empath goes to work, the grocery store, or a party, or simply remains at home, they can read the environment. They can read the feelings throughout the room and know what others are feeling.

Finally, clairvoyance, known as clear seeing, is the ability to see images from other planes. Such people can see the future, past, and present. The third eye is responsible for this ability. Focusing on this chakra will help enhance the images. The images might be sharp and in focus or blurry and cloudy.

Dowsing Dowsing is searching for knowledge or something hidden from view with the aid of hand-held tools. Dowsing began as a means of finding underground water, which isn’t surprising because water is a necessity man needs. What many people don’t realize is that it can also be used to find metals or ores, gemstones, oil, gravesites, and sometimes missing persons. Anyone is capable of dowsing with the right training and tools. As with many psychic abilities, children tend to demonstrate a natural flair for dowsing. The tools used are basically an extension of a person’s natural ability, allowing them to detect things they couldn’t otherwise. Here are some tools used for dowsing: V Rod: These were once made from forked twigs; now a V rod can be made from any springy material, such as wood, cane, plastic, or metal. The V rod will twitch upward when it detects something. Angel Rods: Angel rods consist of two L-shaped rods; the dowser holds the rod by the short arm with the long section parallel to the ground. When the dowser finds something underground, the longer sections will cross. Wand: This is a long rod that is held in the hand and that moves in circular or oscillating movements when it detects something. Pendulum: A pendulum is usually a crystal attached with twine to a rod where it can swing freely. It can react in various movements and is usually used with charts or maps for distant dowsing.

Extra Sensory Perception ESP is another form of intuition. The psychic can see the energy bouncing off the cosmos at all times. This ability feels natural, just like breathing. There are different degrees of intuition. An intuitive is a person who can offer advice based on the ability to read the energy in the environment. A medical intuitive is a psychic who can read bodies, whether theirs or someone else’s, to determine pain, sickness, or damage. They tune into health problems and heal by using therapeutic massage, reiki, acupressure, or acupuncture. A psychic detective is one who can read energy at crime scenes. ESP is an

umbrella term for psychic powers that include telepathy, clairvoyance, precognition, and clairaudience. ESP was first investigated by J.B. Rhine and his wife, Louisa E. Rhine, at Duke University in the 1930s. Louise worked mainly at collecting accounts of ESP, while J.B. worked in the lab, defining the term ESP and finding ways to test it. He developed Zener cards, which contain the following symbols: circle, square, wavy lines, cross, and star. Five cards containing each symbol were in a deck of 25 cards. J.B. would test a person’s ability for clairvoyance by hiding the cards while the psychic tried to guess the order.

Medium A medium is a psychic who can open their mind and body and communicate with spirits. When a human body dies, the energy within must go somewhere. Many believe that’s where spirits come from. These psychics can speak with beings that have passed over and that have a message for loved ones. Most who practice in this field are born with this ability and sense the power from a young age. Voices and feelings come to them effortlessly. Mediums typically channel only people who have recently passed as opposed to people who have been gone for several decades. The Ouija board is a famous form of mediumship that anybody can access. Mediums will sometimes use knocking, rapping, or bell ringing to talk to the deceased. Mediums will also perform séances by going into a trance, and will sometimes channel spirits.

Readers Psychic readers are people who use tools for readings. They can use any combination of leaves, runes, tarot cards, astrology charts, or numerology charts. Cartomancy, tarot or divination cards, are used by readers to tell others of possible blockages that could keep them from reaching their full potential. Readers often perform palm readings. They use the lines, wrinkles, shapes, and curves of the palm to tell someone’s future. This type of reading requires psychic ability.

Scrying The psychic uses water or shiny surfaces in which to see images. They can also use mirrors or two-way mirrors. The images provide information that the psychic can use to help the individual employing their services. Scrying is not a clearly defined psychic ability. The way it is performed is based on the

psychic’s own preference. Nostradamus, a French apothecary and psychic, practiced scrying by staring into a bowl of water to see the future.

Telepathy This is much like a psychic empath. It is not about reading one’s emotions. The psychic can read minds and get information from others without speaking. Many psychics who possess this skill can read every person they meet. Very rarely are they not able to break into the minds of people. Here is a fun way to test whether you are telepathic. Ask a friend (one you can trust not to make fun of you) to sit in a different room with playing cards. Have them turn each card over, one at a time, and strike a bell as they do so. Your friend must mentally tell you what the card is. Whenever you hear the bell, write down what you think the card is. After you have gone through the deck, compare your list with the actual order of the cards. If you get fewer than 20 right, your telepathic gift is limited. If you score between 20 and 30, you have average telepathic ability. If you score over 30, you are completely telepathic.

Trance Channel This is the epitome of using yourself as an instrument for psychic power. This ability requires the psychic to leave their body and allow someone else to enter it. The psychic will be in an altered state and will typically speak in a different voice. They will be speaking as the person who entered their body. This type of psychic ability is very advanced. It takes intense concentration and practice. Psychics either channel spirit guides or entities. Most are entities because they do not have a physical body. Channels can channel highly evolved beings, meaning they can access people who have been gone for centuries. There are many ways to use your abilities, all of which require starting with meditation to center your mind. Meditation is extremely important. Without mastering meditation, it will be virtually impossible to practice advanced abilities.

Chapter 13.

Ascension

In the ascension of the mind is the ascension of humanity to a higher level of intellectual power in which the connection we all share through the collective unconscious is more fully realized. All good must begin in you and this is the fundamental thought to keep in mind while pursuing a meditative practice. It’s not just about you, friend. It’s about all of us. It just flows from you, first, as it must flow first from each individual. A butterfly on the other side of the world moves it wings and the vibration of that movement is felt everywhere. Your thoughts and your ability to master them is the beginning of a process of universal consciousness which has a profound effect on the integrity of that consciousness, by improving its quality. Imagine if we were all to practice this. Imagine if we were all to move our wings at once and be felt in our great numbers and limitless power. You will know you are receiving messages from the subconscious mind because they feel right. You will have no doubt about this, as they will come to you with conviction. You may not completely understand everything presented to you, but you will, with time. Once you master the ability to calm your conscious mind into stillness, you can practice developing your psychic abilities by holding a question in your mind in the quiet space you’ve made, asking the question, then releasing it and returning to the quiet. An answer will come back to you; a message from your subconscious or from the universal unconscious, depending on the question. Try different questions and even try some you might discover the answer to later, with confirmed results. You may want to ask who the next President will be, or when the cure for cancer will finally be arrived at. Seek questions with verifiable responses. This is a reliable way to ensure you’re not fooling yourself and that you’re actually succeeding, by arriving at an ability to bring forth the riches of your subconscious and what lays beyond it – the collective unconscious. This is not an exact science, which may be why it is not empirically proven, so the answers you get at first may be muffled, unclear, or otherwise inaccurate, relative to how the answers actually play out in life. Some questions we are not meant to know the answers to. Sometimes we have to have a life experience in order to understand the outcome more fully. But be aware that the more you practice, the clearer and more accurate your skills will become.

Ultimately the practice of meditation is a gift to both yourself and to the world and those around you. In being more fully centered in the reality of who are and what your place in the world is, you can become a source of peace for others. The peace and tranquility you seek out in meditative practice has a ripple effect, just like that distant butterfly. It flows outward, in concentric circles that touch those in their influential sphere. As these circles widen, their ability to draw others into their influence is magnified. The quiet center you’ve found is shared reality. It’s not just there to make you feel good, or powerful, or “better”. It’s there to move the mountains of despair that fill the horizon of the people’s lives everywhere, hemming them in with the futility of a life unfulfilled, lived in a twilight of diminished human potential. Your intuitive and psychic potential can open doors for you, but those doors are to the common ground of the human psyche. In that common ground are the semiotics of the mundane. Those commonly held semiotics are the key to a greater reality which lies beneath the surface of the seemingly banal. Nothing in this world is what it seems to be. There is a submerged whole which is greater than the tip which breaks the deep waters of reality. The symbolic power of our commonly held icons (the “mother”, for example) is the fullness of the collective, universal mind, in which the truth of our interconnected reality is revealed. In your meditative practice, being grounded in humility and knowing that you are part of a much greater whole, is a fundamental to accessing the fullness of your power to heal you and those around you. See yourself as small. You’re a seed about to be planted in fertile ground. At the root of you is the chakra of base survival, but as you grow up; pushing your green shoot through the soil of your conscious mind and into the ethers of higher consciousness, you will become not only new life, but a sturdy eco-system. Your personal ecosystem, rooted in your expanded consciousness and growing tall and verdant, is part of the complex eco-system of the universal consciousness. The taller you grow it and the greener its branches, the more profound the impact will be. To the crown chakra you will reach and as you ascend, you will begin to feel that the leaves on your tree are full, in each and every vein and stem, of the vibrancy of your human potential. Those leaves, and the roots, trunk and branches they grow from, are abundantly alive. Abundant life is higher consciousness. The oxygen trees

provide us with to breathe is what you may provide as a human being who does more than exist on the conscious level. Eating. Drinking. Working. Sleeping. These are the root chakra’s domain. Above that level of surviving and striving, though, is something much richer. That something is nourishment for your soul, certainly. More importantly, though, it’s nourishment for all that is; sustenance which feeds more than you. In generating that spiritual oxygen by keeping the leaves on your branches verdant and green, you are sustaining the collective unconscious through your own spiritual self-care. This is why meditation is so deeply important. It feeds more than you. This is the core of the practice of humility which makes meditation a conduit to a world of love and compassion you’ve never imagined. Compassion is to feel the passions of others, as though feeling them yourself. But compassion is much more than a feeling. Empathy is “feeling with”. That is an emotional world in which compassion is born and compassion is born to act. Compassion is identification with what another is experiencing and then acting on that shared emotional knowledge, in order to bring about positive change. Whether the change is to conditions of poverty, pain, cruelty, or any manner of wrongdoing, compassion represents a “praxis”. In compassion is the thought that something must be done to mitigate the experience as observed by the person who has felt compassion. This is where emotion and thought meet and lead to an active solution. That’s what the word praxis means. It means emotion/thought/action, in a chain of inevitability. They go together. The grounding of your meditative practice in humility is the birthplace of compassion, but in humility, you learn to detach from the self and its judgmental perceptions (which are culturally mandated) and to adhere to a vision of the self as part of something. You are not alone. You are not an island, or universe unto yourself. You are part of a whole and your presence in that whole and its quality matter. The ego’s message is that human beings are self-reliant little islands, existing in a vacuum. The ego is wrong about this and our individualism is at the base of all the suffering in the world. When you realize how intimate your connection is with the world you perceive, everything changes. Most importantly, you change. It’s only in the ascension of the self to higher consciousness that a change of this nature; so fundamental, is possible. But personal change is the root of all change.

By detaching from the self and re-attaching to the universal consciousness, we are reaching out to all that is in total humility and in conscious admission that we need that connection. We already have it, so more properly stated – we reach out in conscious admission that we need to consciously re-connect. In re-connecting and coming to an awareness of the integral communality of humanity, we ignite our compassion. As part of it all, we can’t ignore the whole. We not only feel with it, via our empathic natures (also enhanced in meditative practice), we reflect on that emotional response, intellectually and then move beyond feeling to action. Meditation itself, is an action. As I told you earlier, the tree you are growing into through meditation is life-giving on a universal level. Eventually, though, your meditative practice will lead to other action. You will feel compelled to take it, because you are now part of something greater than yourself. Meditation can be an end in itself for those who choose it as a way of life and spirituality. For most of us, though, it’s only part of something. It’s the way we discover the true meaning of being human and in that discovery, find our vocation and live it out in concrete ways. Compassion is our gift to the world, but it’s not enough to feel it. Feeling the suffering and challenges of others is not the end of compassion. Acting to mitigate that suffering and those challenges is compassion’s ultimate end. And you won’t be able to help yourself. Once you have re-connected with the totality of yourself and with the universal consciousness, there is no stopping the compassion from flowing out of you. It will fill your elevated mind. It will move your hands and feet and heart and you will act, because you need to. This is not a matter of obligation. This is an organicallyexperienced generation of praxis which flows from the meditative act. Compassion is, in fact, a psychic gift. It’s the gift of seeing clearly what needs to be done to alleviate the suffering in the world and doing it. Part of that alleviation is meditative practice. But meditative practice, like boot camp, is not an end in itself. Your spiritual boot camp makes of you a warrior of compassion and warriors go out onto the field of battle, ready to collect the wounded and bandage them up, feed them and love them. Compassion is the true work that flows from meditative practice and it is joy realized in the action which flows from the opened mind and heart. It will become like breathing, just as the messages that rise from your subconscious become as concrete as your conscious thought.

Chapter 14.

Allowing And Releasing

Releasing is a powerful practice that can assist you in awakening your Kundalini energy even more as it prevents you from constricting your energy and closing the space where Kundalini energy wants to flow. We are going to explore how you can release even more so that you can further allow your Kundalini energy to flow.

Acceptance Equals Flow As a part of our human conditioning, allowing things to simply happen without immediately jumping into a fear-based need to control everything can be a challenge. We tend to like things done a certain way, and frequently believe that if they don’t happen the “right” way, that we are in some way doomed. Many individuals may even experience a sensation similar to that of a fear of death when things do not go according to plan. Consistently living in this state of fear and this need to control everything around you is an extremely painful place to live. Not only does it stimulate stress and create a challenging environment for true joy to survive, but it also restricts your ability to allow Kundalini energy (or any energy outside of fear) to flow naturally. It is important that you understand that when it comes to life and life-force energy, acceptance directly equals flow energy. Using flow energy to support your awakening will not only equate to a greater awakening experience, but it will also translate into less fear. Many people have a tendency to attempt to resist as a result of fear, and in turn, they directly make their awakening painful. This is because they are struggling to allow things to simply flow and instead feel as though they must control everything. When you feel as though your awakening is painful, it is likely because you are resisting the flow of the energy. Imagine holding a bottle of soda and shaking it. The amount of pressure (energy) inside of the bottle would rapidly rise. Unless you removed the lid, it would have nowhere to go. As such, it would likely result in the bottle feeling very bloated and hard to the touch. Imagine this being yourself. When you choose to awaken Kundalini energy and then restrict the flow through refusing to accept things, you become overwhelmed with energy inside. The bloated and hard feeling that the soda bottle would have felt like would, for you, feel like pain and intense energy. You might feel like a volcano, even!

When you accept things as they are, it becomes a lot easier for you to release the need to be in control and allow things to happen naturally. Then, you can have a more positive experience with Kundalini energy, as opposed to feeling as though you are being ploughed down by intense energy buildup.

Releasing Fear The first step to allowing things to flow is releasing fear. Fear is the energy that causes us to restrict. When we feel afraid of something, we may tense up, try to reduce the amount of space we take up, and even start shaking. Our bodies become very closed and our energy even more closed. If you live chronically in this state, or if you immediately turn into this state as a result of your awakening symptoms, you can end up feeling very overwhelmed by everything. Releasing fear may seem challenging, but it is easier than you think. A great way to release fear is to simply lay in your bed at least once or twice a day and allow energy to move through you. Invite the energy to clear away anything that does not belong within you, and that is not serving you in your experience. This will help fear energy move out of you and a more positive form of awakened Kundalini energy flow through you. Any time you feel fear arising, simply take a moment to invite your energies to clear themselves out. Take some time to notice what is going on within you. You may even use this as an opportunity to take some time to use a breathing meditation to help release any energy within you and relax more. Anything that allows you to release fear and choose love and acceptance will help immensely with your awakening process.

Releasing Daily Expectations Many of us rise with expectations on how our day is going to play out. Then, when our expectations are not met or something does not go to plan, we end up feeling very upset and stressed out. This is an unnecessary form of stress that can easily be avoided by releasing daily expectations. When you wake in the morning, take stock of what “needs” to happen. For example, perhaps you need to go to work or to a doctor’s appointment. Then, release expectations on everything else. Release expectation on how those activities will play out. Release expectations on what traffic will be like, on whether or not you will remember to bring everything with you, and on what will happen in between. Instead, allow yourself to hope for the best and do

your best, but release expectations that everything will happen perfectly every time. That way, when you inevitably experience daily “annoyances” that everyone experiences, such as forgetting your keys in the house and having to run back for them, getting stuck in traffic, or arriving at the wrong office for your appointment, you do not feel a significant amount of stress rise in your body. You allow yourself to feel more opened and relaxed when things unexpectedly happen, as they always do, which results in you feeling a lot better. Then, because you are not operating in a nearly chronic state of stress, it is easier for you to enjoy your day. As well, Kundalini energy has a much more fluid ability to flow through you because you are no longer moving back and forth between stressed and relaxed so rapidly.

Releasing People That Bring You Pain One of the parts of awakening that many people find to be quite challenging is releasing people from your life. It is likely that you have been holding on to many people in your life that do not actually fit well. Many of the people we tend to keep in our lives when we are not operating from an awakened state have a tendency to be toxic toward us. Even though we may love them or feel obligated to keep them in our lives, this does not mean that they have a right to our relationship. You must remember that you do not owe anyone anything. If the person in question is someone you cannot avoid, say a coworker or a boss, and there is absolutely nothing you can do about it in the immediate moment, you need to minimize contact as much as possible. Allowing people to take up space in your life in a way that brings you pain will result in you adding to the chronic state of stress that most people live in. Then, you end up restricting your awakening. You bring unnecessary suffering into your life, which ultimately only results in you suffering even more. The better solution is to allow relationships to naturally end as they need to. Even though it may be challenging and you may find yourself moving through a grieving process, it can be significantly better for you in the long run. Realize that protecting yourself, your energy, and your space in this way is not an act of selfishness. It is an act of self-love and in the end it will only bring peace and positivity into your life. Furthermore, realize that we live in a state of flow. If you are upset because

you do not want to release toxic family from your life, realize that it may not be permanent. It is simply you operating out of the best act of self-care in the immediate present moment. If, at some point in the future, these people are no longer toxic or there is room for the relationship to heal, you can always welcome them back in your life. Remember, release expectations. Simply flow.

Releasing Places That Bring You Pain In addition to people that can bring you pain, you may also find that you have a tendency to continue frequenting places that bring you pain. These may not be obvious pains, but if they bring you discomfort or displeasure, then you can guarantee that they are bringing some degree of suffering or pain. The most common places people frequent that may bring pain into their lives include places like: Excessively busy grocery stores, or grocery stores that consistently sell poor quality foods Your place of work A family member or friend’s house (often due to feelings of obligation) The mall, or other places to “hang out” that bring you discomfort A doctor or therapist’s office where you do not feel supported by the doctor or therapist There are many other places that you may be able to think of on your own as well. These places all share one thing in common: they bring discomfort or displeasure. Often, however, we have a tendency to feel like we are obligated to continue going to these places for one reason or another. While you may have to go to places similar, this does not mean you have to go to the exact locations that bring you discomfort or displeasure just because you have always done that. You can find a new grocery store that is enjoyable, and that sells higher quality food. You can find a new place of work, or hire a new doctor or therapist, rather than frequenting places that do not bring peace and contentment into your life. You do not have to hang out in places that keep you uncomfortable. Ultimately, we tend to spend a lot of time in these places because human conditioning leads us to believe that this is what we are supposed to do. Then, we end up finding ourselves frustrated and stressed out because these places

do not actually bring us pleasure. However, we rarely get into the root cause of the problem and find new practices! Take some time to consider any place in your life that causes any level of suffering, and eliminate those places or trade them out for places that bring joy and contentment into your life.

Releasing Old Cycles That Restrict Your Awakening Humans are creatures of habit. Nearly everything we do is done in a circular motion, or in cycles. Being able to become aware of these cycles and eliminating them is a powerful way to remove ourselves from toxic cycles that are no longer serving our wellbeing. When we take a moment to address these cycles and choose differently, we empower ourselves to act differently. This means we can begin taking on new cycles that are more aligned with our wellbeing. Some common cycles we tend to experience but not recognize are those that become habitual. For example, say someone says something to you that triggers what a bully from your childhood once said. So, you immediately begin feeling sad about yourself and who you are. Then, you begin feeling disempowered. You might turn to a comforting practice, such as eating, smoking, drinking, lying in bed, or virtually anything else as a means to try and comfort yourself from the pain. Then, after you comfort yourself, you resume your daily life. When the trigger is pulled again at a later date, you start the cycle all over again. These cycles can consume us. As well, they rarely serve us in any way. In many cases, the cycles themselves are related to stuff that happened long ago. Sometimes, we have already healed from the trigger, but the cycle is so habitual to us that we continue to use it and never take the time to release it and replace it with a new cycle. Anywhere that you notice habits like this taking place, take the time to consider why these habits actually exist and how you can go about reducing or eliminating them. Releasing unhealthy cycles that bring unnecessary suffering can have an extremely positive impact on your healing, as well as on supporting your Kundalini awakening.

Chapter 15.

The Obstacles To Enlightenment

Some of the basic reasons that people who are on a spiritual path may miss the opportunity for an awakened or enlightened life include: The Need for Understanding When people lack understanding about what it is they are seeking it is easy for them to become sidetracked by some of the phenomena of the spiritual journey. This is especially true when you live in a culture that admires individuality and material gain. These same goals get applied to the spiritual search, so a person is actually seeking what is not to be found in awakening. Another misunderstanding happens because many spiritual systems have elevated their founders to such a high degree that they seem to be supernatural heroes and saviors of mankind, saintly beyond all human inclination. By comparison, the rest of us feel so inadequate that we may not even seek the experience of realization, believing we do not deserve it, or could not possibly accomplish it. We see it as some supernatural grace that has been given as a reward to a good person, bestowing magical powers, eternal life and psychic insight into the nature of all things. We look for powerful mystical experiences and unnatural changes in our capacity or powers and consider this to be the nature of freedom. It is an extraordinary gift to meet someone who is awakened and living an ordinary life, because here is a model we can follow and understand, out of our own ordinariness. Awakening can happen to anyone, because it is linked to the consciousness that flows through everyone. It is a shift of orientation, in which the final outcome is peace, compassion, love, appreciation, and the end of conflict with life. Out of this comes the freedom to express in whatever way the person is drawn to express, without being self-conscious, without inhibition, without being caught in the patterns of personal conditioning. The advantage in having an awakened teacher is the modeling he or she may provide. It is not that you should live your life in the same way, but that you can see that if this person could break through to freedom so can you. Stopping too Soon When you experience a dramatic spiritual or energetic experience and believe that is the end of the journey, you can be led quickly into a spiritual cul-desac.

In my own experience, I had many mystical and energy experiences for nearly 25 years, but still questioned if this was all there was. Adyashanti once said that after profound awakening experiences, he spent five years with an inner voice that continually told him, “This is not the end…keep going,” and he returned to his meditation practice again and again. The fulfillment of the journey to enlightenment is not about a continual overpowering mystical experience, nor is it falling permanently out of the body into some other-worldly state. It is the settling of all division, the peace that comes with knowing all is well, exactly as it is. Awakening ends the drive to have more, be more, or do better, and brings the deepest relaxation imaginable. It is as if every movement of the personal me has burned itself out, and one is no longer tempted to rehash the past or accomplish the future, and has the inclination to settle in this very moment. Clarity, wisdom and compassion arise in this settling, and the direction of life becomes more natural. Movement flows more like a river or a breeze, and there is no attachment to the results. If you stop short of this condition of beingness, you may become a spiritualized personality, knowing how to acquire mystical experiences, but still feeling unfinished and unsettled. You may become caught in the, “I had it and now I’ve lost it” syndrome, or you may spend most of your life withdrawing into meditation and avoiding the living of your experiences. Don’t stop until you are free of yourself. On the other hand, once you know that you know the Truth, don’t drag every last personal piece of conditioning into the light of day. Relax the struggle and let the process bring forth what is needed, and simply meet it wherever you are. Enchantment With Ecstasy Enchantment with some of the by-products of the spiritual search – new abilities, capacities, devotion, bliss, altered states, or self-aggrandizing can also block the completion of a spiritual awakening process. It is beautiful to enjoy the gifts that come along, and explore their depth and expression, but remember that what is essential is to know who is having the experiences. When this is known with full clarity, then all experiences are acceptable, even the ones that are not blissful, powerful and spacious. You become just the being, the experiencing, and the One who has no tendency of grasping or rejecting any element of life. So instead of becoming addicted to one aspect of life experience and being enchanted by that, you find appreciation and

pleasure in many experiences, and acceptance in the areas that are not comfortable. One way that you can be undermined by your own experiences is allowing yourself to feel special. It is a simple movement of ego that allows the arrogance to arise following a profound spiritual opening. If the mind is extremely creative it may briefly lead one down the path of “saving the world”, or seeking out followers, in the innocent belief that you have seen the truth and are ready to lead the masses. It may allow you to silently feel better than others, and negate the understanding that you are no different than them as a human, completely conditioned and vulnerable to misinterpretations. It is usually not possible to overcome these thoughts by crushing them. Instead we have to accept our vulnerability to arrogance, specialness and whatever other movements of the old self arise, and choose not to act upon them. It is through compassionate acceptance of our shadow characteristics that we gain the freedom from being manipulated by them unconsciously, and we gather insight into the limitations of being human. Doubts Doubts may arise about the possibility of becoming free or even the existence of freedom. Our culture does not encourage inner work or support the dissolution of personal egoic tendencies. All around us we see those who are fascinated with wealth, fame, power, sexuality, and even violence. To live a life that simply goes with the flow of things and is not concerned with personal acquisition seems unnatural to us. When we start to realize the cost of knowing the Truth is the releasing of our conceptual frameworks, personal drives, and old patterns, we may feel this is completely unrealistic, not worth the effort, not likely to gain us anything. And we do not even know if when we let go of our attachments there will be anything valuable to take their place. Freedom may lose its appeal when it no longer seems to be about having everything your own way, but is seen to be more about responding in line with some vague intuitive and unknown Truth. If we do not let doubt drive us away from the process, we can find this arising of doubt to be useful. It can trigger great questions and challenges that open us to a deeper understanding of who we are. When our behavior falters, or we find ourselves in an old unsettling pattern, we may begin to doubt our own worthiness. This is an opportunity to uncover hidden and unawake patterns of identity that need to be brought into consciousness, questioned and

released. Are these thoughts actually true, or are they simply old assumptions based on conditioning? Discouragement Discouragement often comes as a by-product of the spiritual search – the feeling you no longer fit in, you can’t function the way you used to, or you are facing difficult or shattering physical or emotional experiences. Depression, anxiety, rage, sorrow, and all the other emotions might arise for some time after an awakening, and a few people will be carried into such despair that they give up the journey. During these dark night experiences there can be a sense of failure, inadequacy, disillusionment and resistance, and you may lose the spirit for the interior work that is being asked of you for completion. This is an important time not to give up hope and to find new depths within your self. It is shocking to discover this aspect of the spiritual process as it is so foreign to expectations. Sometimes it seems the heart is forced to break, and often there is a sense of carrying the load of the world. We grieve all the wars. We feel all the rage of those displaced. We feel the neediness of the world. But when we can let this move through us, and release it from our energy field, we will find stillness underneath, and the ability to move on in our spiritual journey.. I have seen this discouragement especially when a student has been disillusioned by the behavior of a spiritual teacher or leader, possibly one they trusted and served for many years. Many spiritual seekers become attached to an ashram or monastery or a teacher, and give up their lives in service to what they naively perceive as the perfection of that individual or system. In doing so they may ignore obvious signs of inauthenticity, distortions of truth and even abuse. When a person becomes disillusioned and leaves a spiritual community it may feel as if their entire world has collapsed and all they ever believed was false. It can take years to recover. But if one can see this collapse as an essential part of the personal spiritual process, grieve the losses, create a personal version of a balanced life, and develop trust in his or her own heart wisdom this trauma can actually become a portal to freedom. One does not need to lose the wisdom and joy once known in spiritual practice, but simply strip it from the projections on the teacher and community. This is not an easy path, but it can break apart the spiritual identity and open the heart to know freedom. True awakening

happens within us, and no one else can give it or carry it for someone else. Worshipping or serving another person’s drives and desires does not earn it. Distractions Many people become distracted and fall out of their intention for awakening or freedom, drawn by love affairs, exciting new work, family problems and issues, illness, the need to make money, and many other events that arise in an ordinary life. This is why it was often a requirement to give up the world and live in a monastery, retreat setting or ashram while pursuing spiritual practices. In some traditions people still retreat for up to three years, unable even to leave the setting when there is a family crisis, in order to give undistracted attention to spiritual practice. Discipline and established habits in practice are a foundation in most serious spiritual systems. But I consider many of these distractions to be just the unraveling of old samscaras (inherent conditions) that still need to be played out in a lifetime. When longing for truth is sincere, it will return and redirect us toward further development when the timing is right. Distraction followed by a return to spiritual focus years later was my personal experience. I responded to an initial awakening in my late 20’s by going back to school and throwing myself into professional work while I raised my family. I had felt an opening in meditation that was so overwhelmingly joyful that I felt I would never do anything with my life if I stayed so happy just washing dishes. The mind quickly made other plans. I was given a great gift, and then locked it away while I was pulled in the direction of earning college degrees and building a career. Yet the longing for Truth and enlightenment returned powerfully a few years later, making spiritual practice and energy work an integral part of both my personal and professional life, and now I don’t see that any time was really wasted. Rather everything was unfolding in a very beautiful way, outside of my understanding of it. Fear of the Empty Mind Eckhart Tolle was a houseguest of ours once, during the time he was first promoting his book “The Power of Now”. His presence was warm and quiet, and I found sitting with him was a bit like sitting by a toasty fire, watching the flames flicker, and falling into trance. My husband tried to start conversations with him about the news, or sports, or other general topics. Finally Eckhart smiled and said, “You know Bill, sometimes I go for hours without a thought.” This is the myth and a source of anxiety about

awakening for many, the delusion “I will no longer be able to think.” Eckhart could hardly be said to be incapable of thought. He had just published a brilliant bestseller and another would soon be on its way. He did not imply he could not think, only that thoughts did not arise at random, or that thinking arose from something other than the random firings of mind. He is a man who lives comfortably with an empty mind. Eckhart and I sat on a bench by the ocean for a while, silently entering the space of ocean, the rhythmic eternal movement of stillness before us. I realized with Eckhart that now and the awakened state are one and the same, and being in the moment without thought is being awake. Awakening is Being. Emptiness is Being. Our lives are graced with many possibilities for entering realization. It is, after all, only our own Truth, the place within us that is as eternal and whole and full as the ocean. The non-dual sages would say that enlightenment is like being a drop of water and merging into the ocean, recognizing “I am this”. But our mental image of this Oneness is that it means the dissolution of “me”, a loss of boundaries, a dangerous regression to the mindlessness of infancy or dementia. This is our western image of living without thought, thus our fear of feeling empty. Every night we willingly surrender thought for sleep, fearless about letting go of ourselves and even aggravated when sleep eludes us. We recognize we need this emptiness in order to function the next day. The stillness of mind and freedom from thought that characterizes some awakened people is like the restfulness of sleep, enhanced by the clarity of presence. It is “knowing” without knowing you know, responding from stillness, appreciating each moment. It is being undivided, being One, freedom from creating a cloud of words to define oneself or connect with others. Not everyone who wakes up lives in the quiet the way Eckhart does, and he is clearly a person who has always inclined toward introversion. The sage Ramana Maharshi was another man who lived in stillness, even more so than Eckhart, and it appears that he rarely had anything to say. But one who is awake sometimes emanates the radiant stillness of no thought, and spiritual seekers often resonate with this, feeling it as love or bliss when in its presence, even falling into samadhi states. Another silent yogi I have known is Baba Hari Das at Mt. Madonna Center in

California. He is over 90 now, but he took a vow of silence as a young man and through more than 50 years has been the heart of a community, stimulating and inspiring a group of yogis who have created a beautiful and peaceful retreat center, built and operate elementary through high schools on their land, founded an orphanage in India, established a community center in Santa Cruz, and provided Ayurveda training and many other programs for those who value the path of Ashtanga yoga. He often directed work crews who built beautiful sacred temples, walkways and gardens on the site, as well as impressive buildings to house students and activities there. His love of children is a joy to witness, and his wisdom related to scripture is beautifully conveyed through simple phrases written on a chalkboard. Silence is not passive! It is rich with possibility and creativity. Adyashanti, who wrote a book of poetry called My Secret is Silence, is not always a silent man. An introvert plunged unexpectedly into a teaching role for thousands, he has told students that someday he may just sit without speaking, and in the meditation hall his presence in stillness will gradually bring a deep stillness to hundreds at a time. One night in the early days of his teaching I sat with him in a Tibetan meditation hall during a silent retreat and looked into his opened eyes. I saw only a boundless space like the sky and it felt as if my consciousness dissolved within it. This was not something Adya did deliberately, and apparently he did not even know he did it. Such moments are rare gifts of a moment that can help us understand and value the world of no-thought. If our intention is to live an awakened life we need to embrace emptiness, to fall into it with abandon, and realize its full potential.

Chapter 16.

Astral Travel

Astral travel is something that most people find a mystery, but it is something that has grown in popularity. While a lot of people still find it odd, it’s important to know that you and everybody else do astral travel every time you sleep. Very few people are able to remember what happens when they travel. Astral travel, for those who don’t know, is where your astral body leaves your physical body and travels to some other area. This is an interesting thing and is a skill that will allow you to travel anywhere in the world without having to pay. You can see the Great Wall, the Taj Mahal, Ireland, Australia, and any other place you could imagine. You can even visit other magical planes of existence and celestial spheres. This is the main reason why so many people want to learn how to astral travel. When the subject of astral travel comes up, something a lot of people will ask is how safe it is. This is a fair question. Astral travel is the separation of the physical and astral body, but death is really nothing more than a permanent separation of the two bodies, so that means it must be dangerous, right? Not exactly. Astral travel is actually very safe. You don’t have to be afraid of it because you have already been doing it for years. The only difference is that you weren’t aware of it. Learning to astral travel will allow you to do so and remember your trips. Fear is very common when it comes to learning about astral travel. I can tell you a million times that it is safe, but it’s not easy to believe what I say. How can it not be scary when you notice that you are no longer a part of your physical body? Practice is what will help you to work through this fear. Fear is one of the main reasons why astral travel doesn’t work for some people. Fear will cause you to pull your astral body back into your physical body. This is why it’s important that you learn how to conquer this fear. You have to understand that this is completely safe. As soon as you feel afraid, even if just the slightest bit, you will be yanked back into your physical body. Returning to your physical body is extremely easy to do. All you have to do is will yourself back. Simply thinking, “I want to be back in my body,” is enough to take you to it. This is why you need to have good control over your thoughts. The important thing is that you cultivate a positive mindset and try not to be afraid. Furthermore, a negative

mindset while astral traveling will cause you to attract negative entities. Again, you don’t need to worry about these things because you will be brought back to your physical body before you face any actual danger. While astral traveling, some people experience the silver cord. This silver cord is like an umbilical cord that connects your astral and physical body. This shows you that your two bodies are never really separated. Not everybody witnesses this silver cord. If you don’t see one, that is not a big deal. If you do see one, don’t worry about it; continue on with your journey. When you travel, you may see your physical body and possibly your astral form, but you could also appear as nothing but consciousness. You might see the things around you or you could just hear. The more you practice this skill, the better you will become. You may even encounter other entities or beings in the astral plane. When you are first starting out, it is best that you try not to communicate with anyone or anything in the astral world. As long as you ignore them, they won’t bother you. Again, there is no need to be afraid. If you start to sense danger, you can head back to your physical body. If something bad starts to happen, your astral body will automatically be pulled back into your body. Not only will you be able to travel to amazing places with this, but will also help you to deal with any fears you have concerning death. Death is only the permanent separation of your physical and astral body. With astral travel, it’s only temporarily. This will serve as proof that there is life after your physical body perishes. Most people want to learn astral travel because of its wonderful benefits. The great thing is that everybody has the ability to learn how. Like with any other ability or skill, you have to practice. Luckily, you sleep every night, so practice is easy. With astral travel, the body sleeps, but your consciousness stays awake. We’re going to go through some different methods of travel.

Travel Methods Mental Travel: This isn’t technically astral traveling, but it is a good place for people to start. Once you have become skilled in this, it will help you to get into real astral traveling. This will only need you to use your mind. Your astral and physical bodies will start together. Depending on how powerful your visualization skills are, this could become an astral journey for you. Follow these steps.

Get into a comfortable position, laying down. Allow yourself to relax. Take a deep breath in and out and relax as if you are going to sleep. Make sure that you stay awake mentally and that your spine remains straight. Visualize the room that you are in. Use your mental eyes to see through your closed eyes. Do your best to look all around your room and pay close attention to the small details and the objects you have in your room. Visualize yourself stepping out of this room and into the next room of your house. Visualize this room clearly, like you did the first. Continue to move through the rooms of your house as if you were walking to your front door. Step outside of your house and then roam about your neighborhood and travel wherever you want. Once you are finished with your travels, all you need to do is to visualize the room that you are in and think about your physical body. Slowly start to wiggle your toes and fingers and then open your eyes. This may be nothing but a visualization exercise; it is also helpful to get your mind ready. When you do this, make sure that you visualize these places as clearly as you can. This isn’t astral traveling because you won’t have to visualize when you travel, but this is still a great step in the right direction. Roll-Out Method: In this method of astral traveling, you separate your two bodies by rolling onto your side. Lay down and get ready to go to sleep. Your body is going to fall asleep, but your consciousness will be awake. Lay there and allow your body to relax, rest, and sleep. As you do this, feel and think that you are just an astral being. Keep this mindset for a few minutes. When you feel that you have become connected with your astral body, believing that you are your astral body and not a physical one, you should notice that the physical being is asleep, but your astral body remains conscious. After you have reached this, you will roll out to the side and leave your astral body. If everything goes well, you will notice that you are no longer a part of your physical body and that you are your astral body. Make sure that you don’t allow fear to creep in. It can be startling to see your physical body sleeping there in front of you, but if you allow yourself to become afraid, you will be pulled back into your physical body.

You should only roll over onto your side once you no longer feel connected with your physical body. This may have to be tried several times so that you can learn the right sensation or signal for the rolling motion. You can roll to either side that you want; the important thing is to do this with your astral body. Floating: This one will have you float out of your physical body. As always, lay down and become relaxed. Your spine needs to be straight. Take a deep breath in and out and allow yourself to relax, but don’t fall asleep. Your physical body should be the only thing that falls asleep. Feel yourself in your astral body and not your physical body. Look around your room with just your astral eyes. Let the physical body to continue to relax and fall asleep. Notice that when you inhale, your astral being will become lighter. As you feel lighter, you will begin to float. You will first float above your physical body, and then you will float higher. At this point, stop thinking about your breath. Focus on the feel of your astral body. Identify with only your astral body and continue to float higher. Move so that you above your house and floating in the clouds. What kinds of things do you see? You have now made it into the astral. Now, all you have to do is think of a place you want to travel to. Think about that place and you will instantly be transported there. If you don’t have a particular place in mind, you can simply roam around your neighborhood. Once you want to return home, think about your bedroom. When you are back in your room, watch your physical body sleep. Move closer and enter it. Wiggle your toes and fingers and slowly open your eyes. Third Eye: With this technique, you will need an open third eye. Through your third eye, you will separate your two bodies. Lay down and relax. As your physical body falls asleep, your mind remains awake. Your spine should be straight so that your energy flow is not interrupted. Once you are feeling relaxed, start to focus on being only your astral body. Notice how you feel trapped inside of your physical body. Picture the glowing indigo light of your third eye and see it as a gateway. This is going to lead you into the astral.

Focus on your chakra and view it as a way to enter the astral realm. Move your astral body and leave your physical body through your third eye chakra. Make sure you don’t allow yourself to become afraid of seeing your physical body laying there. The third eye chakra is the chakra that is the closest to the spirit world, so it is a great doorway into the astral realm. All of these techniques can be used for astral travel. Pick the one that you find the easiest to do. There is no need to know how to use all of the techniques perfectly because you only need to use one each time. You can also adjust these techniques as well. There aren’t any specific rules that you have to follow for astral travel. Most of the time, astral traveling will happen unintentionally where you become conscious of it once you have left your physical body. These techniques are helpful because you can intentionally travel and choose exactly where you want to go.

Helpful Hints There are a few different things you can do to help make you more successful when you try to astral travel. Relax You won’t be able to astral travel when you aren’t relaxed. The less relaxed you are, the more attached you are to your physical body. It’s important that you make sure your body is so relaxed that it is asleep and that your mind stays focused. When you start out, don’t try to think of it as astral traveling. Try to focus on getting your body relaxed like you were just going to sleep. Have an empty stomach It is best to astral travel when you have an empty stomach. If you are full, your energy will be divided because your body needs the energy to digest your food, so make sure you don’t try this right after you have eaten. Make sure it has been at least two hours since you ate before you try astral traveling. A light snack is fine, but not a large meal. You need your energy for your travels. Practice regularly Just like with anything, it’s important that you practice regularly. It’s a good idea to practice this every night before you go to sleep. If you tend to always fall asleep and lose consciousness, then you may want to try this early each morning. Your body will already be rested and you will be less likely to fall

asleep. Don’t expect anything Expectations tend to ruin astral travel. Release your expectations. You shouldn’t even expect to be successful. Expecting something will take away the energy that you need for your travels. It can also end up adding pressure, which isn’t going to help you. Instead, try to really relax. While you may know what to expect when you do this, it is a better idea to forget all of this when you start your induction. Focus on what you need to do and forget everything else. Psychic protection This is not a requirement, but it’s good to help alleviate any fear you may have and to add some extra protection. The following are some good ways to protect yourself. Remove negative thoughts when traveling. Sprinkle some saltwater on yourself before you start your travels. This will protect you from negative energies. Place a circle of salt around your bed. Picture a white ball of light around your body. This is shielding you of negative energies. Say a quick prayer before your travel, asking for protection. Put a cup of salt water next to your body or on a table nearby. Saltwater cleanses and repels negative energies.

Chapter 17.

The Basis Of All Things

We are going to talk about the four elements. These four elements are the basis of everything. We aren’t talking about just the material substance of these things, but also the spiritual characteristics that they have. These qualities will provide you with the ability to take advantage of these elements to benefit yourself. Fire The first element is the element of Fire. Everybody has probably been told not to play with Fire, but chances are, the first person to say that wasn’t a protective parent, but instead a Shaman. The Shaman likely knew the fury and beauty of the Fire. It is connected with determination, war, bravery, courage, pleasure, sex, lust, and willpower, among others. The fire also has its physical presence as well, which can help you to remember its qualities. If you start to feel afraid or you start losing hope, you can gain strength through Fire. Other things that are associated with Fire are clairvoyance, firedrakes, Hestia, noon, masculine, cactus, rosemary, South, and salamanders. When it comes to developing your third eye, working with Fire can help because it will bring in light so that nothing is hidden. Fire is an amazing power to forge your determination and will. It is the inner light that guides you and is the Divine Fire that is alive in every single soul. Like all other elements, Fire comes with its own Earth Plane form as well as a form in all other spiritual realms. It is an energy source that will require moderation and control or you will end up getting burned, or more specifically, burned out. You have to make sure that you create boundaries for your Fire so that you can tend to it and feed it. The nature of Fire is unbridled and combustive, especially when it is paired with Air energy. This is why, when you first start to work with elements, you should start with Earth because it is your grounding cornerstone. While Fire may consume, it also gives back warmth and light. It shines bright and sparkles in the darkness. Greek philosophy views Fire as one of the four elements that are connected to power and passion. Fire, in Greek tradition, was so powerful that it took Prometheus to steal it from the sun so that humans were able to live, which is

something the Gods punished him for. Heraclitus, a Greek philosopher, offered a peek at Fire and how it connected with the human soul. He believed that the soul contained Fire and Water. The eternal soul wants to become only Fire, which is often considered enlightenment. This wasn’t the only observation that he made. He also had the idea that the Universe is always changing as well as the theory referred to as the unity of opposites, which is basically the same as the Wiccan saying of “As above, so below.” Plato was the one that gave Fire the sacred geometrical form of the tetrahedron. His explanation was that Fire does not need a lot of sides in order to manifest its effect. Think about the intensity of a small clump of hot coals. The far Eastern philosophies view Fire as primal and forceful. The physical manifestation of Fire is seen as our metabolism. Mentally, it translates into desire, personal drive, and intention. The Hindu tradition has a Deity known as Agni who is the sun as well as lightning and fire. Agni acts as a messenger between Earth and the heavens, stays young, and accepts offerings. This mythology views Fire as a symbol of immortality and communication. Water The next element is Water. It is closely related to emotions, cleansing, beauty, relaxation, and healing, among others. It is associated with the direction of the West. When it comes to beautifying yourself or healing, try to do some work with the Water element. Other qualities that are connected with the Water element are silver, mirror, cauldron and cup, nymphs, undines, sense of taste, inverted triangle, blue, and Aphrodite. The animals most closely associated with Water are crabs, swans, water snakes, dragons, and fish. Any cleansing work that is done has to be done with the element of Water. Water is one of the simpler elements to work with. When you feel stressed, washing your hands can cleanse your energies. When you make your water warm, you are adding in the element of Fire. When we cry, our tears are salt water and convey spiritual intention. Ritual items can be marked with tears and they can be used in potions or used to anoint things. The important thing to remember, though, is whatever emotion you felt when you released those

tears will become a part of what you are working on. Humans are made up of mostly water, so our entire being resonates with the element of Water. All you have to do is to recognize this connection more intimately. Water is able to soak up love, and anything done from a place of love is amazingly powerful. People who want to use water in divination practice can try water scrying. This is where you use the surface of the water as a mirror. This is best done on a night where the moon is low because the moon controls the water’s ebb and flow. When you allow your eyes to unfocus, the shimmer of the water will turn into a picture. This is best done when you already have a question in your mind so that the symbols will make sense to you. A bowl of water will work as well if you don’t have a lake or ocean nearby. Air Next up is the element of Air. The element of Air is associated with the East direction. Its other associations are sword, wand, spring, wisdom and knowledge, hearing, smell, dawn, gossips, intellect, and communication. The animals associated with the Air are eagles, spiders, and ravens. Its color is yellow—a masculine energy. Working with Air will help you to free your spirit and work on your intellect. Air symbolizes the vital breath that we all need to survive. Air comes to us from the winds that created the Universe to the first cries a baby makes. Earth is fixed, but Air is a mover. In Greek philosophy, they split Air into two parts—the atmosphere that we live in and the higher area above the clouds. In Greek philosophy, Aer was the lower atmosphere, while Aether was the higher area. Aristotle even considered Aether as something that had made the celestial sphere. Octahedron is the symbol for Air in sacred geometry, which places Air between fire and water alchemically. Now, the way in which the Greeks referred to the elements come off complicated, but they loved to make everything sound lofty. In simpler words, all this means is that Air energy enjoys working with Water and Fire, and it can be used to create a bridge between the two. Vata is the Hindu word for Wind, which means to blow. Prana also means the breath of life. Prana is considered a Father God, and his breath is considered to be one of the five sacred elements in Hindu traditions. Air doesn’t appear

in Chinese systems. Chinese traditions talk about Qi, which is a spiritual flow and breath. Air is there to remind us that there is a lot more to the world than we are able to see, and it teaches us that we need to change and grow as the world does. Earth Lastly, we have the element of Earth. This is the one that has the closest relationship to humanity. No matter where you are and what you do, you will always be connected with Earth because you are always in the energy of Earth. The Earth is closely related to foundations, stability, fortune, materialization, prosperity, centering, and grounding. It is a feminine energy and is connected with the direction North. It is closely related to the Gods and Goddesses: Dionysus, Pan, Arawn, Mah, Rhea, Gaea, Adonis, Athos, and Ceres. The beings associated with Earth are trolls and gnomes. Brown and green are the colors you will find associated with Earth. Since we all live on Earth, it is important that you connect yourself with the element. The majority of stories that involve the element of Earth include spirits that live in plants or in a dimensional area just beside your own. These beings will often take care of plants, flowers, and trees. There are some that live underground and enjoy the Earth without interference from humans and some will interact with wanderers. Stories that involve elves will often portray them as magical. There are some that help kind-hearted people while others have their own agenda. So, when you deal with Earth beings, you have to stay aware that they tend to be capricious and aren’t nearly as dependable as Mother Earth. There are several different aspects of Earth that are helpful when it comes to spirituality. For example, Ley lines, which are lines of power, are part of elemental vibrations. They are all over the Earth, and where they cross, very often you will find a sacred place. Some of these crosses are the Callanish in Scotland where there are myths that talk about ancient dragons residing there to protect the stone circles in the world. Unlike the elusive Air element, Earth is substantive. When you meditate on Earth, you can focus on the beauty of healing stones and crystals, the soil that is used to grow your food, the animals and plants it sustains, and you view it from space as a reminder of your celestial Island. Earth energies are able to

aid in all manner of manifestation by creating strong roots where your dreams can become reality. This isn’t to say that Earth is all positive. It has the ability to be fierce. Think about the damage that an earthquake can cause or the destruction of an erupting volcano. This power is why it is important that you respect Mother Nature. Using the Elements Understanding the qualities and attributes of the elements is just part of the equation. Being able to use the elements is the other. There aren’t any strict rules about the best or correct qualities or attributes of each of the elements as they can sometimes be different for each person. For example, a person who is more connected with Fire will likely find it more relaxing than Water. That’s why you need to work with the elements and get to know them so that you can figure out which one works best for you. Still, it’s best to remember their general attributes, symbols, and meanings, which will be things that you can rely on. How can you properly use these elements? Once you have figured out how each of these elements affects you, you can start using them to help you in different situations. For example, if Water helps you to feel calm, when you start to feel stressed or anxious you can use Water to help remove these feelings. A great way of doing this, if you can’t easily access a natural Water source, is to soak in a tub of water. You can even add some salt to your bath water to help in the cleansing process as well. If you are looking to strengthen your willpower, then you will want to work with Fire. This can be done simply by laying out in the sun. While you are doing so, visualize the rays of the sun empowering you. Make sure that you put on sunscreen first. It won’t affect the power of the sun and it will protect your skin. If you are feeling unstable or ungrounded, you need to become more connected with the Earth. A lot of people will walk outside barefooted so that they can feel the Earth beneath their feet. Feel the power of the Earth grounding you and giving you stability. If you notice that you are struggling to move on from something, you need to connect more with Air. Spending time outside will help you to connect with Air. Feel the wind blow away your struggles and problems.

When it comes down to it, it really isn’t all that hard to connect with the elements and to apply them to your everyday life. The main thing is to know them on a more personal level and know how each one of them affects you. This will ensure that you use them in the best way possible. There are many different applications and variations of this. You don’t have to try to learn every single one because you will spend more time learning than doing. It also helps to try to make your own discoveries. Mastery of the elements will do wonders for your life and will definitely make things better.

Chapter 18.

The Aura

You may have heard the word aura, but do you know what it means? An aura is a radiance or emanation. It is a part of your energy body. Every single thing in the Universe has an aura. Inanimate objects, plants, trees, animals, and people have auras. Auras can reveal someone’s emotions, health, and state of mind. A type of photography called Kirlian has been developed to show a person’s aura. It has been used by doctors to diagnose patients. Before any diseases or illnesses manifest in the body, they will reveal themselves in a person’s aura. Kirlian photography will take a picture of your aura. There are other ways to know what is in a person’s aura. It is very helpful to be able to read auras. In order to do this, you have to be able to see or feel them. There are different layers to an aura. The etheric aura is the one that is closest to a person’s body. The other auras are the spiritual, emotional, and mental auras along with others. Noticing the Aura Before you can see an aura, you have to be able to feel them first. There is a technique that will sensitize the hands. It was taught by Grandmaster Choa Kok Sui who created Pranic Healing. Do these steps: Take your hands and rub them together. Put your hands out in front of you like you are holding a small ball between them. Your palms need to face one another. Breathe in and move your hands apart slowly. Breathe out and move your hands closer to each other, don’t allow them to touch. Continue breathing in and out slowly. You should begin feeling a slight tingling sensation or pressure between the hands. This shows your hands have been sensitized and you should now be able to sense an aura. You can try to feel your aura by holding your hand out. You could also try to feel other auras by keeping your palms outward and walking toward another person or living object. You should soon feel a pressure or a repelling force. This is the object or person’s aura. The more you sensitize your hands, the easier for you the feel auras. Try feeling auras of different objects and people; you will be amazed at how

different they will all feel. Let’s move on to how to see an aura. It isn’t hard to see auras. You need to have a neutral background along with dim lighting. Here are the steps: Hold your hands in front of you with your palms facing out. Spread your fingers wide. Place your hands against a neutral background. Now apply soft focus. This is basically looking at something without completely focusing on anything. You are going to use your peripheral vision to see a wider view. Relax and continue to stare. You will soon see a glow forming around your hands. It might begin as a white light but with practice, you will see other colors like blue, yellow, and others. Here is a different way to see a person’s aura: Stare at a person and concentrate on their third eye chakra. Allow your peripheral vision to see the person’s entire body. While using soft focus, you will soon see the person’s aura. It might begin as white, but you will be able to see other colors the more you practice. The main idea is to stop looking forward and learning to use your peripheral vision. There isn’t magic involved at all. It is natural to see a person’s aura. The modern world has taught us to think that this ability is strange when it is actually common and very simple for humans. Aura Colors Now let’s learn how to interpret the aura colors. Many years ago, clairvoyants were asked to look at the same person and interpret the auras they saw. They were disappointed at first. Each clairvoyant saw different colors. Some stated the person’s aura was orange, others saw it as yellow, etc. It seemed that they were all lying or just imposters. They soon realized that an auric sight is subjective. Colors that were seen depended on what a specific color means to you. This is the reason clairvoyants will see an auras color differently. They all had the same reading when comparing a person’s emotions, state of mind, and health. When interpreting auras, you have to pay attention to what a certain color means to you.

The Power Of The Mind In spite of all the technology advancements, the human mind is still a mystery. There is just too much about it that is still unknown, especially if you think about all its potential. To quote the Kybalion: “The All is mind, the Universe is mental.” If you are able to master your mind, you will able to master anything you want to. The bad news is it isn’t easy to master your mind. This can be proven when you try to meditate for the first time. It is hard to keep your mind undisturbed and still for only a few minutes when just beginning. With practice, you can tame your mind and keep it in control. During your spiritual development, it’s imperative that you learn to control your mind since it is the key to your hidden potentials and powers. The complete power of the mind is still unexplored and its power is still unknown. This is due to the fact that there aren’t any limits to the mind’s powers except what you impose on it. Our minds are extremely powerful. You need to master it. Expanding Your Power How can you expand your mind’s power? Unfortunately, there aren’t any shortcuts to do this. The only way you can do this is through constant practice. Without our minds, energy, and chakras, nothing will make sense. You probably know some practices that you already use to expand your mind’s power. You just have to continue practicing. It’s important to realize that the mind’s power doesn’t lie in just visualization. It can depend on faith. You should have faith in everything you do. Don’t just view them as techniques. You need to feel and see your energy and chakras. You need to realize that you have the ability to control energy. These aren’t just some imaginary techniques that will help you reveal your mind’s true power, especially if you can harness it while doing these techniques. Don’t think that you will be able to learn these techniques fast. Our minds need time to get adjusted to new things. Don’t be surprised if you can’t to a specific technique even though you understand the instructions. As already stated, you have to practice, practice, and practice. Being able to effectively execute is not the same thing as knowledge. I can’t stress this enough that if you really want to change your mind’s power, then choosing to do meditation will never be a wrong choice. There is nothing better for training the mind than regularly practicing meditation. The

great news is every meditation you do is great for your mind so you have free will of what techniques you would like to use. When you decide on a technique that fits you best, you will just need to engage in the actual technique and constantly practice. Healing with the Mind Healing by using your mind or as some call it mind-healing is an interesting subject. When you have learned how to heal yourself, then you can learn how to heal others. Your mind’s power is as strong as you choose to make it. Truthfully, it doesn’t have any limits or boundaries. Only you can put limitations on what it is able to do. Pranic, Reiki, and other methods of healing depend on the mind’s power. Your mind can be both an enemy and a friend. If you can’t control it, then it could create chaos within you. You have to learn how to still your mind and be in total control of thoughts. To quote an old saying: “The quality of your life depends upon the quality of your thoughts.”

Conclusion Awakening the Kundalini is a special opportunity that not everyone can do in his/her lifetime. Although it may be difficult, consider even the hardships as gifts that will make you a better person at many levels. Always remember that there are other people like you who have undergone the activation and have managed to overcome it – seek them and ask for help if you need to. It is said that the Spirit has its own reasons for doing things, and we humans are simply complying with its wishes. It communicates with us through many ways: synchronicities (meaningful coincidences), events, dreams, sudden insights, and much more. The more aligned we are with the Spirit, the more blessed we become. So, try your best to become more spiritual and listen to what the divine is trying to tell you. Do not be troubled when you think you have “sinned” or that you are becoming less spiritual. It is possible that the Spirit has allowed you to move away from it to teach you valuable lessons. If you find the need to return, just do so without overly chastising yourself. Even if you are an enlightened individual, it never means that you must never commit mistakes. The activated Kundalini represents our connection with the Divine. We can still be human if we want to, but we also gain the advantage of being Divine while still in our flesh. This is not really an obligation but more of an experience for us to learn from and enjoy. So, take it easy, and do more of what you want if you truly desire it. You will be able to do more now.

REIKI CRYSTAL AND HEALING STONES STEP BY STEP GUIDE FOR BEGINNERS: MEDITATION TECHNIQUES TO REDUCE STRESS AND SPIRITUAL WELNESS ACHIEVE HIGHER CONSCIOUSNESS INCREASE VITALITY IMPROVE EMPATHIC ABILITIES

REIKI HEALING STEP BY STEP GUIDE FOR BEGINNERS, INCLUDING MEDITATION TECHNIQUES TO REDUCE STRESS. ACHIEVE PHISICAL AND SPIRITUAL WELLNESS. INCREASE VITALITY, IMPROVE EMPATHIC ABILITIES

Introduction Reiki is a form of energy healing. It is based on the understanding of the energy system present within one's body. Rei means soul or spirit, whereas ki means important energy. Apart from this, it is also believed that rei is the higher intelligence that guides everyone and everything in the universe. Ki is the constant energy that keeps flowing through every living as well as nonliving creature present. Therefore, the word Reiki often refers to spiritual energy. In Japanese culture, Reiki is often used for describing any form of a healing technique that incorporates spirit will energy. In the Western world, it refers to a specific system of holistic healing developed by Mikao Usui. Reiki is a natural technique to heal physically, psychologically, and spiritually. Dr. Mikao Usui was a Japanese Buddhist, and he's credited with the development of the initial concept and techniques of Reiki. Reiki has certainly evolved a lot, and it has spread across the globe, but the premise of the healing system formed by him stays the same. It is a holistic approach towards healing that can bring about balance, harmony, and also heal an individual's physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual health. Reiki uses spiritual energy to treat any ailments, and it is undoubtedly nonintrusive and gentle. Unlike other physical therapies, there is no external pressure, massage, or manipulation of muscles involved in this technique. It merely concentrates on the flow of energy. This energy therapy helps encourage your personality while promoting your spiritual growth and awareness. Reiki has been certainly gaining a lot of popularity these days, but not a lot of people know what it truly means. The healing techniques used in Reiki are based on the simple concept of channeling the life force or the energy that's present in the universe. Reiki is a technique that can be used for anyone. Regardless of whether you're trying to heal your physical body or connect with your spiritual side, Reiki has something to offer for everyone. For some people, it might give them the energy they require to stop feeling tired and exhausted. For others, it might provide stress relief. Reiki is quite harmless, and all it can do is add some good to your life. This is often used as an alternative system of healing, and even if you're not fully aware of what it entails, you have nothing to worry about. This book will guide you through the different concepts of Reiki, how to practice Reiki, and so on. This is a natural form of healing and doesn't require any complicated equipment of tools to practice Reiki. The aim of Reiki is to enable your body to heal itself at the highest level possible. A lot of people usually use Reiki to attain a deep state of relaxation. This does sound quite wonderful. Well, we all live in an extremely hectic world and lead fast-paced lives that leave us with little or no time for ourselves. Leading such lives can make us feel extremely drained out and tired. If you ever feel extremely tired and fatigued, then this can be quite helpful. Even while you're trying to understand what Reiki is about, you must understand what it is not about. Keep in mind that Reiki is not a religion and it's nondenominational. You don't have to change your religious beliefs while practicing Reiki. The original system of Reiki developed by Usui was influenced by Shintoism and Buddhism. However, Reiki is not associated with any religion in particular. Therefore, your faith or belief will not have any effect on Reiki healing. Reiki is not a new age practice or fad therapy. This essentially involves healing using energy and is quite different from massages or even reflexology. A lot of people fail to make this distinction. Reiki is certainly not religious, but it is deeply spiritual. You must understand the difference between religion and spirituality before you learn more about Reiki. Though people tend to use the concepts of spirituality and religion interchangeably, they are quite different. Your spirituality mainly stems from your belief in any higher power that commands the universe. It could refer to your faith in God, the stars, spirits, or even the cosmos. Spirituality essentially helps you connect with this higher power that you firmly believe in. On the other hand, religion is often a tool used to guide others towards spiritual development. Religions often tell followers about the image of a specific God and how the followers of a religion can worship them. It isn't necessary that your religion must be the same as your spirituality, and even if it isn't, it is all right. You don't have to worry about any conflict of interest between these two while practicing Reiki. A lot of people usually follow a religion but don't necessarily experience a spiritual connection with the divine force in the universe. The opposite of this stands true, as well. Reiki can certainly help you with all this, and it is a means to attain spiritual growth and development. Regardless of your fundamental

faith, you can use Reiki to improve your spirituality. Meditation and prayer are perhaps the simplest ways in which you can connect with this higher power. This connection you form will be the source of energy or the life energy that you use during Reiki sessions. Once you start learning more about Reiki, you will realize that the energy that's transferred from the Reiki practitioner to the recipient doesn't come from the practitioner's personal energy. Instead, it is the energy that's present in the universe.

Chapter 1.

History of Reiki Healing

The history of Reiki dates to ancient times, though the exact era or time period is unknown. In more recent history, between the mid-1800s and early 20th century, the practice of Reiki was rediscovered and developed for modern use, as it is applied today. Dr. Usai, a Buddhist monk from Japan, studied the ancient practice, discovering its benefits and developing Reiki further to enhance the benefits on a spiritual, mental and physical level. In just over a century, Reiki is performed all over the world, from its roots in Japan to many countries across the globe, including western countries. While many people may use Western-based medicine and treatments for a variety of illnesses and chronic conditions, many people also look towards Reiki and other forms of healing to strengthen their mind, body, and spirituality through this practice. How does Reiki develop? Reiki is developed through training sessions or classes, and a series of attunements. There is a total of three levels of study in Reiki, which provides the foundation for understanding its healing energy and how it is applied as a therapy for yourself and others. Each level contains at least one session of attunement, which is a rite or process by with the Reiki master or instructor transfers energy to the students to enhance their healing power. The power of Reiki develops over time, as it helps to clear and heal the mind, allowing a stronger flow of positive energy to transfer from one place or person to another. For each level of Reiki, the student develops a deeper understanding and connection with universal energy. With each attunement, there is a stronger enhancement of that connection, and while just one attunement can last for an indefinite length of time, some students choose to remain longer for each level, to deepen their experience and energy, either through more practice, additional attunements, or both. Some people new to the practice, with little or no Reiki knowledge, may choose to take the first level only, for their own benefit or self-practice. For others, the practice of Reiki is much more, and progressing to the third or master level is done with a great deal of passion and commitment.

Different Forms of Reiki As Reiki developed over centuries, and within recent times, several forms of the practice became popular, and are known by their specific style or name. While all forms of Reiki are essentially the same in principle, the style and methods in which it is practiced and treatment options used vary depending on the specific type. The following types are most commonly known as the following: Jikiden Reiki This is the most traditional and original form of Reiki practiced today. It’s also known as Eastern Reiki, as it is closely related to the way it was initially used when first developed. This form has changed has not changed from its initial form and aims to closely follow the original model or techniques used in ancient times. People who practice Jikiden Reiki are most interested in remaining with the traditional methods. Jikiden is known as the purest form of Reiki, as it has changed the least in comparison to other forms.

There are some distinct principles related to the traditional form of Reiki, known as Jikiden, including the following: ● It promotes the quick or accelerated healing process of surgical procedures and related medical techniques ● The healing process is spiritual, though it does not aim to change nor conflict with the different beliefs of other people. In other words, it works regardless of your religion or faith. The focus is primarily on the level of energy that is channeled, which is universal and available to everyone. ● It aims to promote and heal the psychological side of addiction and related issues that stem from both psychological and physical foundations. This may include the alleviation of depression, anxiety, and forms of stress, which can be a recurring condition on their own or related to other conditions, which can also be treated in the same way. ● Another attribute of the goal of Jikiden Reiki is the ability to soothe and comfort without feeling invasive or uncomfortable, and this is also common in all forms of Reiki. Hands are often placed over each area to be treated, or lightly touching the area for the same effect. ● This form of Reiki also aims to correct negative habits that are self-destructive, including compulsivity and addiction or repetitive behaviors that cause grief in our lives. For example, people prone to substance abuse and gambling would benefit from this form of Reiki Usui Reiki Also known as the Western method, this style of Reiki remains close to Master Miao Usui’s developments, though it has been revised and changed for common versions of the practice in Western countries. Usui worked with the original form of Reiki, making some changes to enhance its ability, which has gone through further changes since. Both forms (Jikiden and Usui), as with all Reiki styles, are referred to as a form of spiritual healing through physical means, where the light or energy is transferred or channeled through the hands from one person to the other, for the benefit of healing and other positive effects. The Usui form of Reiki focuses on a specific set of principles and benefits as follows: ● There is a great deal of focus on accepting yourself as is and being able to practice and enjoy the benefits of Reiki anywhere at any time. While the practice itself involves the transference of universal energy, there is a great deal of importance placed on the individual and their ability to benefit from this process. ● Like Jikiden Reiki, there is a focus on practicing in such a way that the experience is comfortable and brings a soothing sense to your mind and body. ● Usui is used as a way to help those who have passed away to transition or move from the current (or previous) physical existence to an afterlife or spiritual existence. ● There is a goal to reduce stress, including the tension and pressure that we accumulate daily, often without noticing. Once this stress is lifted or calmed, the results are significant, and we feel lighter, and life becomes manageable and easier to face. Other benefits with the reduction of stress include less anxiety and a sense of fear. ● Also, like the Jikiden method, there is no conflict with other people’s faiths or beliefs. The idea is to heal and comfort everyone, and this is a goal for all forms of Reiki. ● We all hide how we feel at some point, and some of us habitually hide our feelings and emotions like a regular way of dealing with them.

In Reiki, some of these emotions may rise to the surface, creating an experience that is liberating, though may cause some people to feel vulnerable. It’s important to note that this is a natural effect of Reiki’s strength in healing not only the physical but the emotional side as well. ● Usui Reiki aims to help people who have sustained injury and/or surgical procedures to heal quickly and effectively. It also gives them the strength to endure the healing process and coping with life following the event. ●

Sleep becomes easier and more qualitative after Reiki treatment.

Some people report the ability to fall asleep quicker than previously and experience a deeper, more satisfying rest than before. ● This form of Reiki is suitable for all ages and people, which is also the case with other forms of this practice. Karuna Reiki This is a form of Reiki that focuses on developing a deep sense of love and spreading it to others through the practice. While the first two forms of Reiki focus on the physical healing process, along with the spiritual, Karuna Reiki aims to use more spiritual healing as a way to treat or improve others mentally and psychologically. Some people who practice both Usui or Jikiden Reiki and Karuna, find that Karuna is overall stronger and has the potential for healing on a deeper level. It builds upon the knowledge and sense of wisdom we already have, which helps us heal and improve faster on all levels (mentally, psychologically, physically, and spiritually). The main idea is the extension of love and care to yourself and the people around you. In doing this, the energy transfer is of a higher level and can promote healing more effectively as a result. Many of the goals associated with this form of Reiki focus on emotional healing, and other conditions or issues associated with it: ● Karuna Reiki works to clear the mind of mental clutter and allow for better learning and a stronger understanding of knowledge. This can help develop wisdom and promote a clearer understanding of our own thoughts and emotions. ●

It provides a sense of relief and comfort for people suffering from loss or grief.

It allows them to cope while navigating through the stages of grief and processing the various emotions they will experience along this journey. There is also some relief from the emotional pain that is experienced from a loss, and through other challenges in life as well. ● There is a focus on fostering a sense of self-acceptance and love and learning to accept the characteristics of ourselves that we find less appealing and ideal. Some people are caught up in the negative aspects of what we don’t like about our bodies and personalities, that we forget or lose sight of the positive. Karuna aims to help us accept that we are valuable despite our imperfections (or perceived imperfections), which helps boost self-esteem and a sense of worth. ● Personal goals are a focus of Karuna Reiki, and this works well with the sense of deep healing and emotional strength that is fostered through this practice. In accepting who we are and improving our own self-love, we become more capable of achieving our own personal goals, as well as work and professional milestones. Other benefits of Karuna Reiki include further development of self-reliance and less codependency.

The overall focus on this form of Reiki is to alleviate and treat a lot of emotional disorders and inconsistencies that we all face from time to time. For some people, this can be more challenging to treat than others, though over time, there is a great deal of improvement and confidence as a result. Couples looking to improve their relationship and communication skills with one another, as well as with others in their lives, can benefit significantly from Karuna Reiki. This practice works well with both Western forms of therapy (therapy and Western medicine) as well as other alternative forms for medicine or wellness. Sekehem Reiki (also known as Sichim Reiki) This form of Reiki is based in Egypt and is considered the extension of healing and well being from the Egyptian Goddess Sekhmet. The form of energy used or channeled is considered vibrational and full of light, which rejects all forms of negativity and pain that are associated with it. The main principle of this form of Reiki is to promote positivity and build a stronger sense of spirituality through the opening of chakras and delivering a strong light or healing power. There is a renewed sense of balance and contentment with this treatment, which begins gradually, and increases to an intense level. The effects are powerful, and many people report the effects of just one session lasting for more than several days. Sekehem or Sichim Reiki is often used with essential oils. The treatment focuses on healing, emotionally and mentally, from situations that cause grieving or other stressful scenarios, including marital breakdown, loss of employment and other difficult experiences in life. One of the main effects noticed by people who receive this form of Reiki as a treatment is the draining of energy from the negative, and a sense of relief or peace that follows. The feelings can be intense, though favorable, and soothing at once. The main benefits of this Reiki are as follows: ● A deeper sense of awareness and focus in life. A sense of purpose is stronger, and this fosters a better sense of confidence as well. ● Promoting connections between other people in our lives and our relationships with them. Treatment can provide an opportunity to deepen these ties and help us appreciate the positive connections we have with the closest people to us. ● The deep sense of enlightenment and spirituality, including a stronger sense of inner peace and acceptance. ●

Stronger and faster healing of the emotional, spiritual, and physical within ourselves.

Karuna Reiki is a powerful way to connect with nature and the universe on a spiritual level while improving our own state of well being in the process. The growing intensity and long-lasting effects of this practice create a long-lasting effect that can be transferred to others as it benefits us, either as a practitioner, a client, or a student. Lightarian Reiki This form of Reiki both combines and expands the purpose of Usui and Karuna forms, focusing on a deep sense of loving energy with strong self-building goals and healing properties. Reiki Masters practice Lightarian Reiki to improve their spiritual level and increase their level beyond, to promote stronger healing abilities by channeling more vibrational forms of energy.

There are different bands or levels of energy in Reiki, eight in total, which create a path to higher awareness and spirituality. The Usui and Karuna forms of Reiki are concentrated with the first two bands, while the remaining six are reached through Lightarian Reiki, to connect with Ascended Masters or a higher sense of being. During this process of moving through the different bands of energy, there is a growing sense of empowerment within, which helps create stronger sources of energy during practice on others as well as for yourself personally. What are the main properties and benefits of Lightarian Reiki? The following advantages can be gained through the process of Reiki meditation and self-practice, which is detailed further in this book: ● As you progress through the higher forms of energy, this will benefit clients in your practice. You’ll be giving or channeling a higher form of energy for faster and stronger healing ability. ●

Along with helping others, you’ll notice a higher sense of personal peace and healing within.

●

Growing sensitivity and awareness for further spiritual development.

All forms of Reiki are powerful and create strong channels of energy for healing and self-betterment in many ways. The most popular form of Reiki practiced today is Usui, as his methods are easy to follow and readily practiced throughout North America. This form of practice remains mostly traditional, with aspects of Master Usui’s enhancements, which were implemented around one hundred years ago. If you are interested in exploring other forms of Reiki in practice, a Master or instructor may be able to refer additional resources or materials to study different forms, or depending on their own experience and training; they may be able to offer helpful advice as well.

Chapter 2.

Principles of Reiki

We could all do with a little balance and perspective in our lives. To do this, you can use the five basic principles of reiki. You don't have to abide by these principles strictly. Instead, you can think of them as the broad guidelines to get rid of any unnecessary stress from your life. Think of these principles as a means to improve your outlook towards life in general. If you want, you can start following these principles one at a time. There is no pressure, and you don't have to start following them all at once. After all, making a change is never easy, and if you want to stick to it in the long run, then change must be gradual. These principles are quite simple, and by being mindful of your thoughts and actions, you can improve the quality of your life. The key to a better life lies in your hands.

Principle #1 The first principle is all about letting go of your worries. Don't think about your worries, just for today. It might not be easy to let go of your fears, but it is quintessential for your mental peace. The more you worry about something, the greater is the stress you experience. Letting go of unnecessary stress and anxiety can make you feel lighter and better. An imbalance in your body, mind, and spirit is often caused because of stress and anxiety. People usually end up getting anxious or stressed whenever you face obstacles challenges of life. Well, the thing with life is that it seldom unfolds the way you want it to. Obstacles are a common part of life, and learning to deal with them is crucial to be successful. When you are faced with obstacles, you either allow it to overwhelm you, or you can calmly think about how you can overcome it. For the sake of your mental peace, it is a good idea to approach any obstacle or challenge you come across as a learning opportunity. Once you take control of your emotions, you will be in a better situation to think of solutions. Try approaching all situations in your life with a positive attitude. After all, positivity breeds positivity.

Principle #2 The second principle is related to regulating your anger. Forget about everything that has happened in the past; let go of your anger. All you have is the present moment and learn to live it to the fullest. Don't allow your anger to take away any happiness from your life. Let go of your anger, just for today. To use this Reiki principle, you must understand about anger and its triggers. Anger is an extremely powerful emotion, and if you are not careful, it could effectively guide all the decisions you make in life. So, spend some time and learn about your anger triggers and how you can regain control of your emotions. Whenever you get angry, keep in mind that you are essentially giving away control to someone else or even a situation. Never let others control your actions. There is always a choice, as long as you're aware of it. Once you respond to any situation positively, no one or nothing will ever take your power away from you. Every situation or even a person must be approached with some compassion. Understand what might be happening and what happened to prompt the other person to act the way they did. There's always more to life than what meets the eye. Learn to see things from other's perspectives. Don't allow any negative thoughts to get a hold of you. A simple way to improve your quotient of positivity is to surround yourself with positive people.

Principle #3 The third principle is associated with honesty. Concentrate on the work you do, and promise yourself that you will work honestly- just for today. Every little task you perform in your life is essential. It might not seem significant at the moment, but everything does matter a lot. Therefore, start concentrating on the work you do. Forget about the consequences and try to do your best. Do you work to the best of your abilities and stop worrying about the things that can go wrong. If you know you have any beneficial talents or certain skills, start sharing these with others. Don't hold yourself back, and don't allow others to hold you back. Trust your abilities, and do the best you possibly can. By allowing others to keep you back, you are essentially cheating yourself on the gifts you have been blessed with.

Principle #4 The fourth principle is about gratitude. Today, make a list of things you are genuinely thankful for. Start counting your blessings instead of worrying about things you don't have. Most of us are often

unsatisfied with what we have and are always trying to acquire more things. Well, it is time to start expressing gratitude for all that you been blessed with. The thing with wants is that they are unlimited, and there is no end to them. Once you satisfy one of your wants, you will want something else. This is a never-ending process. So, take a moment and appreciate everything you have in life. From the people, you love to anything else that you appreciate. If you take a couple of minutes and introspect your life, you will realize that you have plenty to be thankful for. At a point of time, you probably desired something that you have now. So, why don't you take a moment and be grateful for the same? Don't allow the hectic schedule of your daily life to overwhelm you. Instead, stop once in a while and smell the roses too. There is plenty to be grateful for. Don't just be thankful for your worldly possessions, but be grateful for those aspects of your life that money cannot buy. It could be companionship or even a good friend.

Principle #5 The fifth and final principle is about kindness. Start by being kind to your neighbors and all living beings around you. Newton's third law of motion suggests that every action has an equal and opposite reaction. In philosophy, the karmic law states that we tend to receive what we give. So, be mindful of the energy you give off. When you start thinking positive thoughts, you attract more positivity in your life. Likewise, the more negativity there is within you, the more negativity will you attract too. By keeping this simple principle in mind, you can start becoming more conscious of your actions as well as the language you use. Not just towards yourself, but others around you. The law of attraction states that positivity attracts more positivity. Practice these principles daily. The "just for today" thinking will prevent you from feeling overwhelmed. It is always easier to tackle life one day at a time. Don't be in a hurry and stop worrying about your past or the future. You cannot change your past, and you cannot control the future. However, you can change the course of your present life. If you opt for one principle, then ensure that you practice it daily. It requires consistency and some mindful effort. After a while, it will come to you naturally. Until then, become mindful of the way you think and act. Learn to live in the moment and savor every second of your life.

Chapter 3.

What Is Reiki Healing?

Reiki energy healing is a profoundly powerful tool when healing yourself and also when healing others. It might seem easier to seek out a Reiki practitioner, however, there are different benefits to performing Reiki sessions on yourself. That being said, there are also benefits to receiving Reiki sessions from practitioners as well. Depending on what your goals are, what your intentions are, and what you have been feeling or going through, is going to be a factor when looking at what method is going to work best for you. When all said and done, generally utilizing a combination of the ways you can receive and apply Reiki is going to be of the greatest benefit. Of course, the best and most powerful healing comes from within, so implementing daily self-treatment Reiki sessions is always going to be encouraged and recommended. Depending on where you live, you might find it difficult to find a Reiki practitioner. That isn’t necessarily a bad thing. Many Reiki practitioners offer distance and online services and sessions. A distance Reiki session is just as powerful as an in-person session and can yield the same results. Some people find distance sessions to be preferred as they tend to have a little more flexibility around busy or strict schedules. There are some basic and overall benefits of Reiki healing. The most profound and common benefits that you can receive from Reiki treatments include:

Promoting harmony and balance Promotes deep relaxation, allowing the body to release stress and tension Aligns energy imbalances and promotes a balance between body, mind, and spirit Cleanses the body and organs of toxins and boosts the immune system Clears the mind and improves focus Grounds and centers Assists with sleep Improves the body’s ability to heal itself Relieves pain and supports healing of the physical body Guides in spiritual growth and emotional cleansing Compliments medical treatments and therapies for other conditions Along with well documented benefits of Reiki energy healing, there are also some disease and conditions that have been known to be benefited when treated with Reiki alongside their medical treatments. Some common medical diagnoses that have shown improvement or been benefited with Reiki include:

Cancer Heart Disease Anxiety Depression

Chronic Pain Infertility Neurodegenerative Diseases Autism Crohn’s Disease Fatigue Syndromes The uses for Reiki healing are innumerable. Even when just seeking to improve your awareness, personal power, and raising your energetic vibration, Reiki becomes such an asset in every day life. There are thousands of reasons to use Reiki energy to heal yourself and very few reasons not to. Overtime, you will learn to follow your intuition and the wisdom of Reiki to follow the path that is best for you. Having the correct knowledge and information on different types of Reiki healing sessions is going to help you on that path.

Self- Treatment Sessions A self-treatment session with Reiki energy can be performed after you receive your Reiki Level I attunement ceremony. The hand positions for a self-treatment session will be covered, but you can always adapt and change the hand positions to whatever feels right or comfortable. When performing a Reiki self-treatment, you’ll want to make sure that you are in a quiet, relaxed space where you can be undisturbed for around forty-five minutes. This is one benefit to self-treatment sessions, you have more control over how long the session will last. You will also be able to fit them in on your own schedule rather than trying to coordinate with a practitioner and their schedule. While you can be sitting up or lying down for a Reiki self-treatment, if you are prone to falling asleep when lying down and relaxing, you might want to perform self-treatments while sitting up. One of the beauties of Reiki energy is that when you perform a session on yourself, or even on someone else, you are drawing Reiki energy from the universe. You are not expending any of your personal energy, so after a session you should not feel physically depleted or exhausted. If you were tired before performing a self-treatment session, you may in fact feel more awake and alert when the session is complete. That is another benefit of self-treatment sessions, if you need a boost after work to get through your evening activities, doing a self-treatment session can provide you with that energetic pick-me up you might need. As has been touched on a few times, the best healing comes from within. This means that you are the most instrumental source of your own healing. Self-treatment sessions give you the power to pursue that internal healing process. Even when you get Reiki healing sessions from another practitioner, you are still going to have to look within for the sources of imbalances and for the proper way to shift your energy and prevent future imbalances. When performing self-treatment sessions with Reiki your intuition is going to be much more aligned with what is happening inside your own body. Therefore, you can get to the root of your imbalance faster and discover what will work for you in fixing it. The body has such an amazing ability to heal itself. Unfortunately, modern societies impose limitations, jobs, and other restrictions that tend to work against the body’s natural ability to heal itself. By aligning your personal energy flow and changing your energetic vibration, you are giving your body the means to heal itself. This healing happens on a physical, emotional, and spiritual level. Reiki is a holistic healing energy. That means it heals all, it heals and balances on all levels of all the components of the body. Treating yourself with Reiki energy every day is going to keep your body in that alignment, so that you can focus more on your desires and goals in life and not sicken yourself with worry, stress, or be bogged down by physical pain.

Self-treatment sessions are great because of the flexibility in time and schedule that they offer you. Self-treatment sessions give you more control over hand positions and what is done in a session, or what Reiki symbols are used, if you’ve been attuned to Reiki symbols. Self-treatment sessions allow you to heal yourself from within, which is the most profound way to heal yourself.

Healing Crisis Sometimes when going through the process of self-healing and shifting your own vibration, you can encounter what is called a Healing Crisis. A healing crisis occurs when you begin a new course of study, or treatment, or pursue a new field of education, such as Reiki, and things don’t seem to go as ‘planned.’ An example could be that you experience chronic inflammation. This inflammation starts due to a single stressor to the body which results in a defensive response i.e. inflammation. This stressor can be physical, emotional, external, or internal. If the stressor is not identified and you continue to use the substance, practice the action, or follow the belief that triggered the inflammation, then the problem is just going to get worse. Your defense reaction will happen again and again, building on that inflammation until it becomes chronic. Let’s say that before you were dealing with the inflammation your body, mind, and spirit were operating at a level of 7 or 8 on a scale of 1 to 10, on most days. Now that the inflammation has become chronic, perhaps you are functioning more at a 4 or a 5 on a scale of 1 to 10 every day. You begin to adjust and learn to live with that chronic condition because it just becomes a part of you. Suddenly, change can take place. It has been recommended that you try a new vitamin, that you talk to a new therapist, or that you look into a new course of study. You decide to give it a go. Initially, you might not feel any change and you could assume that it just didn’t work. In some cases, you might find that you feel worse and you attribute the worsening feelings to the new method you tried. This type of healing crisis is a common problem. What happens is, as the body, mind, and spirit are exploring something new or learning something new, it causes you to take a step back. The intention of the step back is to adjust your perception or perspective. This can sometimes happen when going through Reiki sessions and treatments. It is important to remember that Reiki is not a heal all, nor it is an instant cure or fix. Reiki energy takes time to work. Additionally, it takes time to understand what needs to be shifted and changed to work towards a healthier lifestyle. Often times, if something doesn’t work right away, people give up on it. That is why Reiki self-treatment sessions become so important! Through treating yourself you can help your mind shift perspectives so that you truly get what you need from the path you are on. Self-treatments on a daily basis can result in more noticeable changes in your day to day life. This is why it is recommended that you document shifts and changes, no matter how subtle. When you embark on a journey to heal yourself and strive towards a successful, fulfilled existence, a lot can happen. Emotions and traumas can be released, the work can seem slow and fruitless, but truly making a change in yourself isn’t going to be easy or quick. Some things to remember if you feel that you are experiencing a healing crisis are to:

Be Gentle with Yourself Meditate Hydrate Breathe Surrender Perform Self-Treatments

Receiving Reiki from another Practitioner There are many reasons to receive a Reiki session from an experienced practitioner. One of the major reasons to see a practitioner is because you feel blocked. This doesn’t mean that you have an energy block, it means that you physically feel blocked in whatever you are experiencing and you are completely unable to help yourself. Even with all the tools of Reiki self-treatments, crystal healing, and healing the chakras, you might encounter some traumas that cannot be resolved without a little help. If this happens, seeing a Reiki practitioner for sessions is a great way to help you move past that block enough so that you can start healing yourself. In this case, having a Reiki practitioner work on you is going to jump start your ability to work on yourself. You may need to go for several sessions, or find that you want to continue seeing your Reiki practitioner as you work on yourself as well. Other reasons to see another Reiki practitioner can be about experience and technique. You can learn a lot about Reiki by receiving sessions from another practitioner. You can learn new techniques and also discover new methods of applying Reiki. Everyone has differing experience levels and a lot of Reiki practitioners learn multiple energetic disciplines that you might find interesting. Another reason to have a Reiki practitioner is for a sense of community. There are a lot of Reiki communities in local settings now. Joining a Reiki community is a great way to meet like minded people, share techniques and knowledge, and some Reiki communities trade free sessions when they meet. This is just the beginning, you are going to keep learning and growing, so having other Reiki practitioners that can offer guidance and wisdom is such an asset. Even if you become a Reiki Master, it is still recommended that you get Reiki sessions from other Reiki practitioners. The frequency of this is going to be a personal choice, however you shouldn’t replace your self-treatment sessions with sessions from another practitioner. It isn’t uncommon for practitioners to have multiple other practitioners that they see for sessions. If you recall, after the 1980s, it was encouraged for Reiki students to study under different masters and receive Reiki sessions from different practitioners. Not only you can learn from them, but they can learn from you as well. It becomes an exchange of knowledge and growth for the both of you. When looking for Reiki practitioners in your area, you’ll want to find ones that you feel a connection to, that you resonate with. You might decide that you want to have some in-person practitioners, but then also have a Reiki practitioner that performs distance healing sessions. This continues to expand your Reiki network and your healing opportunities. Sometimes your intuition will guide you to a practitioner for a specific reason, but lead you to a different practitioner for another reason. Many Reiki practitioners refine themselves to a specialty or a niche. For example, some practitioners will work only with clients who experience chronic pain. Others will work with clients specifically on healing past life and generational traumas. Other practitioners might focus on clients with mental illness such as depression or anxiety disorders. There are many different reasons to get a healing session from someone else, and one of the most important reasons is because it feels good and is very beneficial.

Performing Reiki Sessions on Other People When you perform a Reiki session on someone else, two things happen. The first is that you provide a widely beneficial healing service to a recipient who is in need. The second thing that happens is when you channel the Reiki energy through yourself you retain Reiki benefits for yourself, even if your focus is on your client. Definitely a win-win situation. When performing Reiki on others, it is important to get their permission. That may sound obvious, but if you get attuned to Reiki Level II and have the ability to perform distance sessions, you won’t need a client on your table to provide healing services. That being said, you always want permission from a

recipient before performing a session. Without permission, you could unintentionally push someone into processing emotions they aren’t ready to process which can have negative results. Performing Reiki sessions on someone else has benefits for you that go beyond just channeling Reiki energy through yourself. Since Reiki is channeled energy through you, performing Reiki sessions on others won’t drain you of energy. You shouldn’t be putting your personal energy into a Reiki session, it should all come from the channeling of universal energy. When you act as the conduit for Reiki energy, you are a one-way conduit. That means as energy shifts and releases from your client, it can’t travel back through the conduit into your body. Many other energy healing methods don’t have that built in safety feature, so practitioners can inadvertently pickup energies that are released from the recipients. Reiki has not such risk. Another benefit to performing Reiki sessions on other people is in the learning. By working on others, your intuition can lead you to different hand positions and techniques that you might not discover while working on yourself only. Additionally, since clients and recipients will have different reasons for healing than you, your knowledge and understanding of energy and root causes of imbalances is going to expand and grow. Having that wisdom will only help you as you progress on your own healing path. The point of selfhealing isn’t just to improve your physical, emotional, and spiritual health, but to allow you to grow and change with the knowledge and wisdom that you gain. Performing Reiki sessions on other people gives you the opportunity for literal hands on learning experiences. Sometimes it takes working on another person to experience visions and sensations related to energetic shifts in the body. While working on yourself you can often feel the shifts occurring in your body, if you feel them in someone else, it takes your understanding of Reiki to a much deeper level. Most practitioners who decide to provide Reiki healing services professionally to clients will rise up to at least Reiki Level II. It isn’t necessary; however, it is recommended. If you don’t want to offer professional services, you can still use the knowledge from Reiki Level I to offer complimentary healing services to friends and family or in a Reiki community.

Chapter 4.

Reiki Symbolism

Usui Reiki symbols are very sacred and are usually only used by those who have been attuned to the Reiki Second or Third degree. They are also to be kept confidential. These symbols are known to be very powerful which makes them important and a huge part of a Reiki practice. They focus the energy of Reiki on a specific point, for example, if sending healing through a distance, the Distance Symbol is used to enhance the focus and power for it to be more efficient. In the Usui Reiki system, there are a total of four main symbols in which three are given during Reiki II and one is given in Reiki III. There are also other symbols than many practitioners and Master’s use but they are not part of the Usui system but will still be discussed below. These symbols have emerged from a Japanese kanji, which is actually just words from the Japanese language. Although the symbol names can be translated from Japanese to English dictionary, the symbols themselves are a mix of Japanese and Sanskrit kanji. This practice originated from Japanese Buddhists' who, many times, combined the Japanese kanji with the ancient Sanskrit within their sacred symbols and writings. The symbols in the Usui system and those symbols that are outside of the system may have been influenced by this ancient practice. Only the Power and the Mental/Emotional symbols are a mix of Sanskrit and Japanese kanji while the Master and Distance symbols are fully Japanese kanji. Both their characters and their names can be found within an English/Japanese dictionary. In the past, the Reiki symbols have been kept a secret in order to honor their sacredness. But there is a reason behind that when keeping the power of the Reiki symbols a secret; one is maintaining its sacred connection. Many teachers and Masters of Reiki reveal the symbols only after the attunement process and after teaching them about the new degree of Reiki in order for them to not feel misguided and give them the correct knowledge of Reiki. Most of the Reiki symbols have some effect on the practitioner's subconscious mind, creating a somewhat of a change inside the practitioner's internal state, however because of this, the Reiki symbols can access the source from where Reiki is located within the practitioner's body and signal that change in terms of how the Reiki energy works free from the practitioner's internal state. These symbols can be activated in many ways, such as by calling out their names, visualizing them, or drawing them with your hand either in the air, on your palm, or on a piece of paper. Many practitioners like to combine all of the above by drawing the symbol, visualizing it, and saying its name three times in order to activate it. Just thinking of the symbol during the Reiki process can activate it. The link of the symbols comes from the attunement process; you will not be able to use the Reiki symbols without it. There are many other symbols that are used by different practitioners in different treatments, but these are the most common and ancient ones that have been passed down generations.

The Power symbol The first Reiki symbol is the Power symbol, which is only available after the completion of Reiki II attunement. This symbol, known as Choku Rei (Cho-Koo-Ray), translates to 'Place the power of the universe here.' Just like it's general meaning, this symbol can be used to increase the energy and power of Reiki during a healing practice. It works like a light switch, turn it on and your ability and power of channeling Reiki energy immediately boosts. Additionally, it can be used to protect oneself. Many practitioners also believe that one has already received the power symbol during the Reiki I attunement, and there are some practitioners who can use the Power symbol during their first degree in Reiki. If you do decide to use the Choku Rei symbol, first make sure that you have practiced the Reiki treatment on yourself a couple of times in order to not be overwhelmed by the energy that the Power symbol gives. This Reiki symbol works as an enhancement of the power and ability of the Reiki healing energy; you can use this to your advantage. If you have something specific that you want the Reiki energy to do, you can use the Power symbol and combine it with your intention or a clear declaration of what you want the symbol to do, and it will do it. Some practitioners used the power symbol to increase the energy of the following:

●

Healing power abilities by visualizing or drawing the Power symbol on the hands.

● Spiritual cleansing from any negative energy or turn it into a sacred space by visualizing or drawing the symbol on all of the walls, the floor, and the ceiling, it can also be used to energize the room before a Reiki session. ● Cleansing crystals from negative energies by drawing the power symbol in the air above the crystal to cleanse it, then hold it with both of your hands and give some Reiki healing to the crystal, it can also be done on different objects. ●

Healing injuries, pains, or aches by drawing the symbol above the area.

●

Increasing the power of other symbols by drawing the Power symbol before other symbols.

● Heal a specific point of the body, focusing that energy at that point by drawing the symbol above that part of your body. ● Sealing the healing session in order to stop the energies from disappearing from one's body by drawing the symbol above the body in the air with the correct intention. ● Protection from negative energies such as people or entities, simply draw the symbol in the air in front of you with the intention of protection from negativity, it can also be drawn on other people, houses, animals, and children in order to protect them. ● Healing relationships, direct the Power symbol on the person who you wish to heal the relationship with, they don't have to be physically present with you. ● There are many other uses in which the Power symbol holds; you can also use your own imagination and intuition to use the Power symbol for other things.

How to use Choku Rei When using this symbol, your visualization and intention skills are important. Many practitioners use this symbol at the beginning of a Reiki session; it is important you are able to focus and put your intention through it. Simply by calling out the symbols name, visualizing it or drawing it in front of you is all it takes to activate the Power symbol. Although the symbol can be used any time during the practice, activating it before you begin the Reiki treatment is more beneficial to empower the Reiki energy throughout the session. It can also be used at the end of the treatment, in order to seal away the Reiki energies and close off the session. Sometimes one would need to draw the symbol directly over the area in the body in which will require healing instead of saying it out loud to enhance the power of Reiki. The horizontal line is associated with the Reiki source within your body while the vertical line represents the energy flow. The spiral symbolizes the seven chakras as it touches the middle line seven times. To draw it, first, draw the horizontal line, then the vertical line, and then the spirals. The Choku Rei spiral is supposed to be drawn from left to right, anticlockwise but many people prefer drawing it clockwise. Follow your intuition and figure out which works better for you.

The Mental/Emotional symbol The Mental/Emotional symbol is the second symbol, which is mainly used in Reiki II and Reiki III. This symbol is called Sei He Ki (Say-Hay-Key) and it means 'God and Man become one.' Just like its general meaning, this symbol brings together the body and the mind, uniting them and making them one. Since the mind is such a powerful being itself and can even control the body in a good and bad way, it is often associated with the Higher Self, or also known as God. The body represents the Man and together, they unite and become one. This symbol helps to bring those two together as well as releasing any emotional or mental causes of the practitioner's problems. As known by many people, doctors, and science itself, the mental state of one person causes problems from within the body. The imbalance found within the emotional and mental state can cause harm to the human body since the mind controls it. If the mind is polluted, then the body will not function properly. This symbol can help harmonize and focus the subconscious mind with the physical part of

oneself. This symbol is used to help with mental and emotional healing, illnesses within the mind, such as depression, anxiety, stress, and many others. It helps the mind by balancing the right and the left side of the brain in order to bring harmony and peace to the body. Many times this symbol has been used to cure relationship problems and on diverse problems such as nervousness, anger, and fear. Some practitioners used the mental/emotional symbol to increase the energy of the following: ● It can also be used to lose weight, simply by drawing the symbol in front of one's body or saying them out loud with the correct intentions in mind. ● When studying, use Sei He Ki to improve your memory by drawing the symbol on the page that you are trying to memorize or learn for a test. It will help you remember the important parts. ● Healing addiction has to do with alcohol, drugs, or smoking by setting an intention and drawing the symbol in front of one's head, where the mind is. ● This symbol can aid in finding misplaced things by drawing it in front of you and asking for help to find whatever you are missing, let go of looking for the object, and trying to find it. It will turn up when you least expect it. ● When performing a healing treatment, this symbol can help improve the rate of the healing process since many physical problems come from the mind.

How to use Sei He Ki Simply activating it before a session is how you improve the healing treatment, especially when it's distance related. The intention is also quite important to this symbol since it relates to the balance of the mind, just like the Yin and Yang. The left part of the symbol is associated with the left side of our brain, the Yang, which represents the structure, clear thinking, and logic. The right side of the symbol is associated with the right side of the brain, the Yin, which represents intuition, feelings, and fantasy. When drawing this symbol on yourself, simply begin with the left side, making your way down and then proceed to the line on the right, and finishing with the two semicircles. When drawing this symbol on another person and you are facing them face-to-face, the left side symbol ends up on the receiver's right side while the right side ends up on the left.

The Distance Symbol The third symbol is the Distance healing symbol, which is only used by practitioners on Reiki II and Reiki III. This symbol is called Hon Sha Ze ShoNen (Hon-Sha-Zee-Show-Nen) and it means 'No past, no present, no future,' and it also has the meaning of 'The Buddha in me contacts the Buddha in you.' The Distance symbol is mainly used to help sent healing and energy over a distance to someone who is not physically present with you. Distance and time is not a problem for the Universe, especially when it comes to using this Reiki symbol. The Hon Sha Ze ShoNen is known to be a very powerful and useful symbol out of all for its ability to even access the 'Akashic Records,' which are the life records of each soul. This can be used to one's advantage when it comes to karmic healing. Experiences or traumas from either this life, past life, or a parallel life are what affects peoples' behaviors in this current moment. The Hon Sha Ze ShoNen symbol can help heal that and so many more things. There is always a root experience to anxiety which has occurred in the past, sending Reiki to that event can help you move on and heal from anxiety. When doing distance healing, don't focus on a specific problem of that person but instead send the Reiki energy to heal anything and everything, let the Universe guide the energy where its best needed. This symbol can be used on those who do not know that Reiki healing is being sent to them; this is useful for those who are in critical conditions or in hospitals. If the person is well and either aware or not that Reiki healing is being sent to them, then it is most likely that the person will be able to feel its energy when it is happening. If that person has an open mind, they will be able to tell exactly when and what you have done.

The distance symbol sends the energy to the receiver's body and works with the aura and the chakras, but not that much when it comes to the physical level. This also means that it will take some time for the receiver to feel an ease with the pain or for the healing to 'kick in.' Distance healing requires a few minutes to successfully send it but it doesn't take as long as a common hands-on treatment. It is even possible to set Reiki distance healing to automatic repeat, meaning it will send the Reiki healing energy every day but it is important to set a preferred time limit and renew and empower the healing energy every other day in order for it to be efficient. Follow your intuition and let it guide you. Some practitioners used the distance symbol to help with the following: ● Sending Reiki healing energy to the future in order to help with a specific event or task or provide comfort and support by drawing the symbol in the air or on a specific object that will relate to the future. ● Sending Reiki healing energy to people in different places all around the world by drawing a symbol in front of their picture. ● Sending Reiki healing energy to the past in order to be free from traumas and move on by drawing or calling out the symbol’s name.

How to use Hon Sha Ze ShoNen Every time the Distance symbol is used, it is important for you to give clear intentions and direct the Reiki to a specific receiving source, either a physical person or event. Visualization also plays an important role in this symbol, instead of using a picture of the one you want to heal, you can simply visualize the person in your head. Imagine the person you want to heal and then proceed by sending the energy to them. Using a picture can help you focus more and its best for those who do not have great visualization skills. Many times Masters send Reiki through the Distance symbol to a person that only provided their name and the city in which they reside, it is not the information that matters but the intention of sending the healing energy to this unknown person. This is the most complex Reiki symbol but it is easy to use once one has understood how. The power of intention is important in all symbols, but this one holds more importance. Intentions are like directions sent for the Reiki energy to follow; without it, the Reiki energy will not know where to go. This is a powerful symbol and has to be used correctly in order for it to work. It is recommended that one practices how to draw the symbol properly before jumping into performing any treatments. The symbol symbolizes the human body combining the five elements and the chakras together. In order for this symbol to provide efficient energy, one must call it on a day-to-day basis in order to encourage the future and past healing within the body.

The Master Symbol The fourth and the last main Reiki symbol is the Master symbol, which can only be used by practitioners who have been attuned to the Reiki III degree. This symbol is called Dai Ko Myo (DyeKo-My-O) and it means 'bright shining light' and 'great enlightenment.' This symbol has the highest vibrations which is why it is used at the highest Reiki level to ensure that those who call on the symbol will be able to handle its overwhelming energy and power because the energy is sent to the upper chakras and the subtle layer of one's aura. This symbol can help enhance the healing within one's soul on a very high spiritual level; once the soul is healed, both the physical and the mental states get healed immediately. The Master symbol can also help heal karma; it is known for its 'all-purpose healing' and represents all Reiki, love, and empowerment. Although practitioners at all degrees have already received the master symbol, it is suggested for it to only be used once one reaches the Reiki III. The Dai Ko Myo is the most sacred symbol out of all; it is enlightening and nourishing and many of those who received a treatment involving the Master symbol report feeling as if one just met their Higher Self or God after the treatment has been performed. This symbol brings the practitioners closer to God and faith. The Master symbol encourages self-purification and self-cleansing at a spiritual level; it can also create a balance and harmony within one's life. This symbol is responsible for making you see the brighter

things in life as if bringing 'light' into your life. The Dai Ko Myo symbol can help eliminate blockages within the emotional, physical, mental, or spiritual level in your past, present, or future. This symbol can be used for the following: ● Healing the seven chakras, any diseases within the mind, the aura, and many others that are associated with the subconscious mind. ● Increase in psychic abilities and intuition by drawing the symbol in front of the practitioner or receiver with the correct intention. ● Increase in the strength within one's spiritual development, personal growth, intuition, and selfawareness. ●

Healing or eliminating past traumas.

●

Strengthening your relationship with yourself, such as self-love or self-respect.

● Strengthening, clearing blockages, and improving the immune system by activating this symbol's energy to flow through the entire body. ● Enhancing the healing properties found within homeopathic remedies such as essential oils or homemade ointments. ●

Helping Reiki Masters by opening the channels in the receiver during a Reiki attunement.

● Cleansing or charging crystals by simply drawing the symbol above the crystal and meditating with it in both your hands.

How to use Dai Ko Myo In order to call on this powerful and sacred symbol, one must draw the symbol and visualize it or draw it using your third eye. Mediations with this symbol can also help receive its power and will help you access it more efficiently in the future. The 'Dai' means big or great, like the energy received while 'Ko' means glossy or smooth. The word 'Myo' means bright light which signifies the light coming into one's life. This symbol is also an 'empowerment' symbol. It also represents enlightenment, truth, and inner knowledge.

The Completion Symbol The completion symbol is not part of the Usui Reiki system, but it is used by many practitioners to this day. The Japanese name for the completion symbol is Raku (Ra-Koo) which means 'fire serpent.' It is used for grounding after a Reiki treatment has been performed. This symbol allows the practitioner to receive all the benefits of Reiki once it is drawn from the head and to the ground. This symbol is also used to clear any negative energy from the person that the practitioner was performing Reiki on. Mainly used at the end of a Reiki practice, this symbol can be used on the practitioner as a protection from negative energy and on the receiver to ensure all the healing energy has been transferred and stored within the receiver's body. This symbol is drawn like a lightning bolt, starting from the top and making the way to the bottom. Many of the Reiki symbols have very strong properties, which can help enhance the power of a Reiki healing treatment, but many of those symbols can also be used multiple times throughout the session. These Reiki symbols do not have to be used alone; in fact, they should be accompanied by other symbols to ensure absolute success. Many times, practitioners use multiple symbols to help treat and heal a sick child using Reiki. For example, visualizing the Power symbol, the Mental/Emotional symbol, the Distance symbol, and the Power symbol one by one, three times each. Hold the picture of the sick child with repeating their name three times to help you focus, is also used to center the energy and concentration through the session. That is just one example out of many when more than one symbol can be used. There is no time plane when it comes to Reiki. For example, if you are worried and nervous about an event and you believe that it may bring bad news or disappointment in the future, simply use Reiki to help you seek a positive outcome out of what is about to happen. Saying the following names Cho Ku Rei, Sei He Ki, Hon Sha

Ze ShoNen, and Cho Ku Rei about three times each, or visualizing their corresponding symbols while setting an intention to bring a calming and peaceful outcome for that day. This will surely bring you positive and peaceful vibrations when the event comes. You will feel more relaxed and mentally stable which are the requirements for dealing with a situation in a positive manner. Don't be afraid to experiment with different symbol combinations and follow your intuition. Everyone is different and holds a different Reiki energy capacity which all depends on one's vibrational state. Follow your intuition and remember that the more you practice Reiki, the easier and more efficiently you will be able to channel the energy.

Chapter 5.

Learning Reiki Healing

Benefits of Reiki Healing Reiki healing is one of the most efficient and flexible healing systems because it can be incorporated with traditional and modern medical treatments. It is able to heal not only on a physical level, but also on the mental, emotional, and spiritual levels. This is because Reiki healing works through the transfer of the subtle energy, which provides balance in the body, mind, and spirit. There are a number of holistic therapies today; however, the Reiki system of healing remains to be the most efficient given that it focuses solely on the energy of the body. It makes use of the universal life force that flows freely and abundantly, which provides the body, mind, emotion, and spirit the needed balance. Primary Benefits of Reiki Healing There are five primary benefits that Reiki healing can provide an individual. These include 1) offering cure or relief for various physical ailments; 2) preventing future illnesses or ailments; 3) providing balance and tranquility in the body, mind, spirit, and emotions; 4) aligning the chakras; and 5) being relevant to individuals of all ages.

Offering Cure or Relief to Various Physical Ailments The Reiki system of natural healing can provide a cure or relief to different types of physical illnesses, complaints, or ailments. It increases the life force energy of an individual that flows freely throughout the body. The life force energy provides balance to an individual's organ system and improves the immune system to promote healing rather than merely addressing the symptoms. Some of the physical health conditions that can be healed through a typical Reiki healing session include asthma, insomnia, migraine, arthritis, sciatica, chronic fatigue, and even menopausal symptoms. Furthermore, Reiki healing can help in promoting faster recovery, specifically for an individual who have gone through a surgery. When it comes to physical ailments, the Reiki system of healing can be incorporated with other medical practices without causing adverse effects on an individual.

Preventing Future Illnesses or Ailments One of the best things about Reiki healing is that it not only cures or treats current and past ailments; but it can also prevent future ailments from occurring. Regardless if the ailment is physical, emotional, mental, or spiritual, Reiki healing does its job of curing an individual. On the other hand, Reiki healing cannot provide immortality to an individual. It only prevents potential ailments in various states.

Providing Balance And Tranquility In The Body, Mind, Spirit, And Emotions Nowadays, most people face different responsibilities that are often burdensome. As such, people become stressed, causing their life force energy to get drained. While the body is tired and the mind is confused and unfocused due to different taxing circumstances, the tendency of an individual is to dwell on negative thoughts and feelings, which often result in mood swings. Consequently, an individual also finds it difficult to interact appropriately with other people. Reiki healing can bring back the body, mind, and emotions into a state of balance. When an individual goes through regular Reiki healing sessions, his life force energy can be revitalized and the dispelled energies are likewise unified. Reiki healing provides an individual the opportunity to improve memory, obtain clarity of mind, and release negative emotions. These can result in stress and fatigue reduction, which in turn, provide an individual clarity of mind and allows him to make better decisions in terms of goal fulfillment. Through regular Reiki healing sessions, an individual can obtain

happiness and inner peace. In addition, the immune system can also be improved given that stress is reduced or eliminated.

Aligning the Chakras Chakras are energy centers, which are found within and all around entities. Although they could not be viewed physically, chakras are said to have tremendous effect on the body's system. For instance, if a chakra is blocked, the energy flow in an individual is obstructed. Accordingly, this may also result in physical, emotional, and mental disturbance. On the other hand, Reiki healing can open up chakras, tear down the blockages, and restore the chakras into a state of balance. Being Relevant to Individuals of All Ages Reiki healing is applicable to individuals of any age with physical, mental, emotional, or even spiritual problems. Even babies, toddlers, and the elderly can be treated using Reiki healing without the risk of complications or side effects. Young children, teenagers and adults are likewise entitled to the benefits of Reiki healing. Secondary Benefits of Reiki Healing There are benefits that Reiki healing can provide an individual. They may be secondary yet they are still significant in one's well-being through providing extraordinary outcomes. These benefits that help in healing any physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual problems include the following:

Physical/Mental Reiki healing improves the body's natural healing abilities; reduces stress and encourages relaxation; ameliorates overall health; aids in having better sleep and rest; reduces levels of blood pressure; helps with chronic and acute problems such as asthma, injuries, eczema, and headaches among others; aids in cleaning the body from toxins; relieves symptoms and physical pain due to arthritis, migraine, and sciatica among others; removes blockages in the endocrine system; reduces side effects of medical procedures and medication; provides mental balance for memory, learning, and mental clarity; speeds up the process of recovery from surgery or long-term illness; brings balance and harmony among parts of the body; slows down the process of aging; increases vitality; increases the vibrational frequency of the body; and supports the immune system.

Emotional/Spiritual Reiki healing provides balance in the mind and emotions; encourages harmony, peace, and spiritual growth; heals and strengthens personal relationships; provides relief for emotional distress/sorrow; provides a more peaceful state of being; improves capacity for empathy; and enhances one's ability to love. Once Reiki healing takes effect, an individual is able to restore his natural healing ability. This is because Reiki healing provides the feeling of relaxation and frees an individual from stress and tension. Furthermore, participating in a whole-body Reiki healing session allows an individual to restore the general condition of his body. Reiki healing allows the body to deal and cope with anxiety, stress, and depression through opening the channels of energy. In addition, Reiki healing aids the body in addressing toxin buildup. Individuals who are in good health can take advantage of Reiki healing as it can increase the innate defenses of the body. Consequently, an individual is able to demonstrate confidence and outward harmony in the daily circumstances in life. As such, an individual will have a better outlook in life. Reiki healing also provides additional energy that is needed if an individual is recovering from a surgery or certain illness. A typical Reiki healing session can provide an individual with an extremely comfortable state of being that can manifest positive changes. The effects or benefits of Reiki healing can be reinforced by using it with other natural healing methods or therapies including meditation, aromatherapy, homeopathy,

crystals, and Bach Flower remedies among others. Reiki healing can also be used as a complementary treatment with most medical procedures and practices. For women, Reiki healing can be used even if they are pregnant as it can reduce pregnancy symptoms, which are often irritating and uncomfortable. On the other hand, men, children, and even plants and animals can take advantage of the benefits of Reiki healing for the improvement of their state of being. The healing energy of Reiki can be used for discerning pain relief and releasing stress. It can also provide quick energy regardless of time and place. Other Benefits of Reiki Healing Apart from healing human beings, Reiki can also be used for treating animals. A number of Reiki practitioners have asserted that animals are able to respond well to Reiki. One reason for this is that animals do not have a pre-conceived ideas of the Reiki energy. In addition, treating animals can provide a boost to a Reiki practitioner. More often than not, animals require lesser time for Reiki treatment as compared to people. A reiki practitioner may experience that after several minutes, animals may walk away naturally as they have already received the sufficient Reiki energy they need. When treating animals, a Reiki practitioner places one of his/her hands on the head of the animal while the other hand on the chest area. This allows the animal to settle or become steady. Then, the Reiki practitioner allows the Reiki to flow while maintaining the same position. The energy will surely find its way to the area where it is most needed. Some animals may manifest happiness as they receive Reiki for long periods. Most, on the other hand, will be happy even with just a 5-minute Reiki treatment. A Reiki practitioner who intends to treat an animal that is not tame sits near it while holding out his/her hands. The practitioner intends for the Reiki to flow from his/her hands to the animal. The same procedure is done for a bird that is not tame. The practitioner simply sits as close as possible to the animal while holding out his/her hands and with the intention that the animal receives the Reiki energy. Reiki healing can also be used for grounding. Once an individual completes his/her healing, he/she should be able to ground himself/herself. This is done by clasping one's hands together and saying, “I am grounded.” There is also another technique, which can be used for grounding one's self. It is recommended that the technique be practiced each day on one's self. To begin, one should sit in a chair with his/her feet laid firmly on the floor. With eyes closed, the individual should be able to picture tree roots coming out of his/her feet's soles and going down in the earth's center. The individual should also be able to picture a white light that comes in through the top of his/her head, going down through each chakra, and coming out through the roots into the earth. This cycle should transpire for as long as the individual feels necessary. After which, the individual can already open his/her eyes.

How Reiki Healing Works In general, the concept of the Reiki system of natural healing is transferring the life force energy from a Reiki master or practitioner to another person. The hands of the Reiki master or practitioner become the passage of the life force energy to be directed to specific points of an individual to facilitate healing or recovery. There are some instances when Reiki healing is practiced or applied at a distance. This means that the recipient of the healing is not physically present with the Reiki master or practitioner. On the other hand, people who are interested in the Reiki system of natural healing should keep in mind that it is not a psychic surgery, religious cult, medical technique, form of mind control, Shamanism, imagination, diagnosis method, massage technique, or psychotherapy. Given that the Reiki may be difficult to understand in terms of how it truly works, an individual should not force himself/herself. In reality, nobody veritably knows who the Reiki system works; however, it would still work whether or not an individual understands it. The important thing is that the individual's life will be changed in the most positive way.

In addition, it would greatly help to understand how the Reiki works if he/she continuously practices it. How Reiki Healing Works: The Theory Reiki healing works through transferring the subtle energy or the life force energy that is infinite and present within and all around entities. The subtle energy is formed into energy systems and fields within individuals and between the environment and entities. The energy systems allow the subtle energy to be transferred or channeled from one individual to another. The subtle energy is transferred or channeled from a Reiki master or practitioner to another individual in order to activate and ameliorate natural healing abilities. The subtle energy can also be transferred or channeled to other entities aside from human beings. Even plants and animals can receive the subtle energy in Reiki healing. The subtle energy or the life force energy that Reiki healing provides an individual can offer a balance between the body and the mind. This is what makes Reiki healing a holistic healing method. However, some researchers who have studied the concept of the Reiki healing claim that the subtle energy does not exist and that Reiki healing only emphasizes on the effects of the subtle energy instead of its existence. When it comes to the Reiki system of healing, the term “illness” does not necessarily mean a health disorder or issue. Illness in the Reiki system is a blockage in an individual's energy field. Reiki healing brings balance back, which results in health improvement in a physical level. Reiki masters or practitioners undergo an extensive training in order to learn how to open and determine the availability of the subtle energy. Reiki masters or practitioners do not need a conscious effort in order to activate the healing effects of the Reiki system. As such, it becomes a fact that Reiki healing does not come from the Reiki master or practitioner as the system itself facilitates the process of opening the self-healing abilities of an individual. In addition, Reiki healing does not necessitate any anatomical or physiological background on the part of a Reiki master or practitioner. It does not call for a previous knowledge in manipulation or massage techniques. The only requirement when practicing Reiki healing is the intention to heal. How Reiki Healing is Done: The Healing Session Based on Usui's original Reiki system of natural healing, the practice involves 12 hand positions, which address the main chakras of the head and trunk. Reiki healing also involves the use of an approach that addresses an individual from head to toe. Accordingly, Reiki healing makes use of a designated set of hand positions, which covers different parts of the body while the recipient is lying down, standing, or sitting and fully clothed. Reiki healing can also be practiced even if the recipient is not physically present with the Reiki master or practitioner during a session. At the beginning of the Reiki healing session, the hands of the Reiki master remain in each appointed position for at least five minutes. In general, a Reiki master follows his intuition as to where his hands will be placed in order for the subtle energy to flow at a specific position. When treating others, a Reiki master positions himself/herself just above the head of a table or bed and begins the designated hand positions for the head. The Reiki master then moves his hands gently down the individual's body and returns to the affected area after some time. For the entire duration of a Reiki healing session, a Reiki master may use ten to twenty hand positions depending on the needs of the recipient. Some advanced Reiki practitioners change the order of the hand positions to allow the spontaneity of the subtle energy flow in the individual's body. In general, a Reiki session lasts for one and a half to two hours. In order to become a Reiki master or practitioner, one should first complete the three levels of attunement. During the training or attunement, the only requirement is the individual's desire to learn, heal, and offer commitment in using the Reiki system of healing according to its original form. Reiki can be learned, practiced, and access by everyone; however, an individual may be hindered from connecting with the subtle energy due to a history of physical, mental, or emotional distress. This is the reason why each level of the Reiki attunement involves a set of training methods for opening up

blocked energy fields as well as enhancing the energy channels of an individual who wish to be a Reiki master or practitioner. Originally, the Reiki system of natural healing was taught verbally, which means that it can be learned through an individual's intuition and guidance from a Reiki master. During Usui's time, there were no textbooks or any tangible material to guide those who want to learn the Reiki system. This is why the Reiki system had a number of versions through the years. Today, there are several Reiki organizations that have established their own protocols for the three levels of attunement. The protocols are usually facilitated by a Reiki master who has reached and finished the attunement process. How Reiki Healing Changes Lives: The Effect Reiki healing is said to have the ability to change one's life in an intense way due to its overwhelming effects. These effects begin once an individual decides to learn as well as devote himself/herself to using the Reiki system. The Reiki system of natural healing paves the way for new horizons to affect an individual's physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual levels. Reiki healing offers the ability to see people, things, and circumstances positively no matter what the situation is. For example, once an individual experiences the art of Reiki healing, he can perceive an insignificant grievance just the way it is rather than dwelling on it, affecting his emotions. Reiki healing can unblock and relieve the mind of an individual from tension and stress, allowing him to look at life's bigger picture. In other words, Reiki healing is able to change one's life simply by setting an individual free from negativity in physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual levels. Reiki healing is said to be a powerful method that arouses the perspective of an individual in terms of his ultimate purpose in life. It allows an individual to have clear thoughts, actions, and emotions, affirming his natural ability to heal as well as be healed. Reiki healing is also said to change one's life when he realizes his spiritual self. Reiki healing does this through the life force energy. In addition, Reiki healing allows an individual to be free from any inhibition. It also allows an individual to develop clarity in both the mind and emotions. When an individual regularly practices or receives Reiki healing, he will experience significant changes in his life. At first, these changes may be irrelevant; however, they will eventually affect an individual's entire state of being positively in the long run. The Significance of an Energy Exchange Dr. Mikao Usui learned about the significance of an energy exchange after his experience in the Beggar's Quarters in Kyoto. When is was empowered to carry out miracle healings, which he sought for a long time, he thought to move to the Beggar's Quarters and be of service to the poor. Dr. Usui had the intention to help heal the poor in order for them to become responsible citizens. He also wanted to help the poor in enabling themselves to have a job for supporting themselves. During his stay in the Beggar's Quarters, he discovered that many of the poor returned after experiencing the life outside. They decided that it was not for them to be responsible in caring for themselves. As such, Dr. Usui impressed the beggar pattern in most of the poor through providing healings. Dr. Usui asserted that to fully appreciate what people are given, they need to give back whatever they receive. Consequently, he discovered two significant factors. One, an individual should initiate on receiving a healing. This translates that a healer does not have the job to try or help an individual who is not willing to receive healing. Two, Usui discovered that an energy exchange is necessary for the healer's time. This translates that it is not proper for a healer to make an individual feel indebted for the services given to him/her; as such, the receiver frees himself/herself of being obligated through sharing various forms of energy and has an investment in the outcome. The energy exchange is not necessarily limited to being in the form of money. Usui prefers that an exchange of energy should be a trade. For instance, if an individual is a family member, an energy exchange transpires all the time; thus, there should not be a request for a certain compensation.

In Reiki classes, an exchange of energy should transpire. For instance, a Reiki Master should not waste energy and time sharing invaluable information or sharing information to those who are not prepared or interested to receive one. The concept of tithing is another aspect of an energy exchange. Tithing refers to a sharing of what one has with others. It is sort of giving back and expressing gratitude to the Universe for what one has received. Tithing should be done with a deep sense of Love rather than out of obligation. When an individual does tithing because he/she is obligated, it would not have a profound effect.

Chapter 6. Healing

Mental, Emotion and Spiritual

People sometimes wonder, what should be cured first, body or soul? Let’s look at it this way: the body is the garment of the soul. The soul is the master. So, what should we do first, take a shower or do laundry? The soul has its own ‘dirt’, and the body has its own. Because the body is constantly being ‘updated’, its cells die and are born again. Clothes get dirty on both sides. The inside part of the clothing is stained by the secretions of the pores of sweat, and the outer part collects the dirt from external sources. If we imagine that the body is the clothing of our souls, then its internal part is a reflection of the state of our souls, and depression or joy are reflected in the health of our body. The outer part reflects what we eat, how we perceive the world around us, in what natural conditions we live, with whom and with what we are in contact. The body is no different from our shirt, as the shirt is contaminated on both sides, so is the body. Therefore, if we want our clothes to be clean, then the body must also be clean. If a person has a pure soul, then the body can easily be brought in order. If a person’s soul is not pure, not sincere, if a person does not have emotional balance, then aggression will constantly be born in the soul, and it will constantly destroy the body from the inside. External influences will also affect the state of the body. If we treat only the body, and we don’t touch the soul, then the body will be constantly ‘dirty’, it will always be sick because the root of everything is inside. If you heal the soul and maintain its harmonious state, then the body will always be in comfort. A healthy soul will not ‘pollute’ the body from the inside, the body will always be healthy. We have two information ‘hard drives’. One ‘disk’ is our soul, which has all the information about all reincarnations, and the second is the memory of experiments in this life, from the moment of birth. Psychologists work with this part of the memory. You can also dive into the depths of your soul yourself with the help of a spiritual teacher and spiritual practice. Healing the soul heals the body at the same time. If the soul has no strength, then it cannot cure the body. Therefore, our appeal to Reiki begins with the fact that we thank ourselves, i.e. that part of the soul that is immortal. Then we thank Reiki, and at this time the Holy Spirit, i.e. Reiki combined with the soul. After we thank the person calling out his name, Reiki begins to heal the body with that name. In fact, the soul never hurts. The soul has three layers: mind, consciousness, and subconscious. Some people train their soul so that it is strong, and then the mind, consciousness, and subconscious adjust to the soul. If the mind is stronger, then it begins to crush the soul, and the suppressed soul will be depressed. The soul must be allowed to manifest its qualities; it has Divine power. It does not require treatment. It just asks to calm the mind, calm the subconscious, the fears, and then the soul itself will take care of the body. The soul is wise, it knows everything and it can treat everyone. As long as it is given it the opportunity. The problem is that the soul of most people is suppressed, they don’t want to open their soul. People want to satisfy their souls not with prayer, but with alcohol, cigarettes, porn films, aggression, envy. People feel heartache, and they turn to drugs. The soul cries under this pressure. In fact, the soul simply requires joy, courage to open up, to acknowledge itself. It is necessary to do something for the soul. The soul requires someone to care for, to show kindness. Therefore, before treating a person, it is necessary to change his consciousness. People today need to free their consciousness from fear. Then they begin to think positively about the Divine. The soul manifests itself through various divine practices. It doesn’t even matter what kind of faith a person turns to. When the soul develops, the mind will calm down and the body will automatically come to harmony. Such a body is easier to heal, only several sessions and the body is restored, which means that the soul has come to its normal vibrations. Any person we treat takes the energy at the soul level because Reiki is divine energy. The soul gains strength and begins to heal when we give a Reiki session. The soul gains strength, and the person heals himself. That’s why Reiki is called the Natural Healing System. Reiki activates the natural potential, it is in the soul, body, and energy of the body. Reiki heals the body, soul, and energy. People often ask, if a person does not believe in God, and Reiki is the Holy Spirit, is healing possible with Reiki? And what kind of faith should be a person practicing Reiki?

In Reiki, knowledge is given in such a way that both believers and non-believers accept this practice. An atheist can practice Reiki and get good results, but he also has all the chances of eventually becoming a believer, because his consciousness changes. If a person does not believe in God, his soul hurts. After some time, when a person practices Reiki, his soul recovers. Reiki practitioners do not change their faith. Usually, practitioners experience that before Reiki their relationship with the church and prayers was different. After the Reiki Initiation, it changes. If you are willing to practice Reiki, you will grow spiritually. Spiritual growth comes automatically to those become stronger in life with the five principles of Reiki.

Barriers to Spiritual Growth The path of spiritual growth is not a direct one. As on any road, along this path you will find crossroads, where you need to decide which direction to take next. You may also find yourself at a dead end, from which you have to get out, wasting time and energy, you will also fall and be disappointed, where you have to rise again and get yourself together in order to move on. Within the healing environment of Reiki settings, you begin to receive vital energies with a high frequency of vibration. And this means that your usual vibration environment will begin to change, that is, relations with people around you, your perception of the world and yourself in the world, hidden, which used to be told to ‘pretend they’re not there’, and it may seem that for a while you will lose your balance and emotional comfort. And if a person does not realize what kind of process this is, he might think that Reiki is not a positive practice at all. In this case, you need to realize that your old world needs transformation and the best way to do this is meditation and Reiki. One of the main obstacles to the spiritual growth of a person is ego. The ego is a part of us that always strives to stand out, it needs recognition, honor, applause. It is the part of us that shouts out: “People! Here I am! Look at me! See what I can do!”, and which is at the same time vulnerable to outside pressure, such as criticism, envy, and other attacks. The ego is the voice of our Lower Self, drowning the voice of our intuition, which is our Higher Self. An understated ego can also serve as an obstacle, for instance, when a person does not love or value himself. Another obstacle to spiritual growth is materialism. It manifests itself in our preferences of material things over spiritual values. Spiritual growth cannot happen if you refuse to take responsibility for your life. When people don’t take responsibility for what happens to them in their lives, they also don’t look for causes of their failures within themselves, and therefore they can’t deal with those causes. Not everyone is ready to take responsibility for everything that happens to him. Indeed, such responsibility implies action, and due to natural laziness, fears, and complexes, it is much more convenient for many people to shift responsibility to others. For example, a person complains that he does not have money, because the state pays little and everything is expensive, but if you ask him what he has done in order to have more money, it turns out that he has actually done nothing. He has not tried to improve his qualifications, or to master a new profession, nor has he tried to find additional sources of income, because for this you need to make an effort.

What Should Be Learned to Successfully Overcome Obstacles? The first thing to learn is to listen to your intuition. The voice of your heart will always tell you which choice to make and which direction to go. Your intuition is the voice of the Spirit in you, it is your personal connection with your Higher Self, with the very God that you really are when you are not in embodiment. Therefore, you can ask the master for advice, but remember that for yourself you are the best master. Following the path of spiritual growth, it is necessary to remember that it is you who are going this way and not someone else instead of you! This means that it depends only on you where you will end up. And this is already a question of responsibility for everything that happens to you. You should learn to take full responsibility for who you are and what your life is. One must always remember that the path of spiritual growth is not walking somewhere with your feet.

It is a journey inside yourself. You should develop your inner world, get rid of negative character traits, and develop positive ones. It is well known that the ancient sages taught that the generation of the elements is made as follows: each element dominates the other, stopping its development within a cycle that in turn generates the child element. This son begets the grandson. Thus each element is the mother of the one who follows it and the son of the one who precedes it.

They are called elementals: Water - is associated with the Great Mother, birth and fertility. It is used in magical rituals to attract love, friendship, good luck, stability and healing. Air - is associated with breathing, providing us with inspiration, thinking, speaking, singing, reading, praying. Earth - is the element that generates life and then asks for it back. It is linked to progressivity, organization, responsibility and perseverance. It is physical reality, the altar of the Magician. Fire - is the element that promotes transformation, passion, anger, strength, power, courage and purification. It is related to the realm of energy and power. The cycle repeats itself in this order: Wood generates Fire; the fire the earth; the earth, the metal; the metal, the water; the water, the wood. This is the chain.

Meditation Meditation is a spiritual practice. It leads to self-discovery, spiritual renewal, inner peace and balance between the various levels of the human being. This practice should be used systematically for preventive purposes. When we meditate, we are offering rest to our inner self. Physical rest is necessary, but the rest of our soul is paramount. We should practice meditation not only to cure some state generated by an imbalance, but also to prevent it from forming by cultivating the general harmony of our body and soul. With your usual practice we will see significant changes in our intellectual performance, behavior, decreased anxiety, increased self-esteem, spontaneity, self-respect, ability for interpersonal contact, self- achievement, perception capacity, academic performance and a shorter recovery time from any stress (fatigue). People who meditate habitually are clearer about deciding on serene behaviors and making themselves available to a better quality life through exercise, natural diet, cultivation of leisure, and better division and employment of their time. These effects are just the opposite of what stress causes. The sense of inner peace and self-satisfaction brought about by meditation changes the biochemistry of the organism. If we practice patiently in this way, gradually the distracting thoughts will cease and we will experience a sense of inner peace and relaxation. Much of our stress and tension comes from our own minds and many of the problems we face, including health, are caused or aggravated by this stress. If we do a simple breathing meditation for ten or fifteen minutes a day, we can reduce it. Meditation leads us to experience a calm and spacious mind and many of our ordinary problems will disappear. This makes us better cope with difficult situations and, of course, we will feel warmer and more positive with others, thus improving our relationships. We begin by calming our minds with breathing meditation and then move on to analytical and positioned meditations. Practicing in meditation will enable us to meditate regardless of what is happening around us.

Chakras The word chakra comes from the Sanskrit language and means wheel or circle. They are the collection centers, stores and distributors of vital energy (prana) for our body. There are thousands of these force

centers distributed throughout our body, interconnected by energy channels called nadis. In Sanskrit nadi means tube or vessel. The nadis form an energetic mesh that carries prana to all points of the body, which enables the performance of our vital functions which support our organism. The chakras act as receivers, transformers and distributors of the various prana frequencies. They absorb vital energies from the cosmos and from the basic sources of every manifestation of life, transforming them into frequencies necessary for the maintenance and development of all human bodies, from the physical to the subtlest. The chakras capture the vital energy, and the nadis distribute it. There is also the opposite movement, that is, our chakras radiate energy to the environment. The chakras can suffer injuries such as obstructions and fissures, and can become misaligned, totally unbalancing a person. Reiki energy aligns and restores the balance of the chakras, bringing them into harmony with the cosmos and nature, thus enabling us to receive the vital energy we need.

7 Umbanda Lines The spirit is recognized by seven rays, seven spiritual spheres, seven colors of the rainbow, and mainly by the seven main chakras. The Creator manifests Himself sevenfold to us, from the foundation of creation to the seven senses of life. The seven senses and elements on which the seven lines of Umbanda rest are: 1. Coronary chakra - sense of faith 2. Front chakra - sense of knowledge 3. Laryngeal Chakra - sense of order / law 4. Heart chakra - sense of love 5. Splenic Chakra - sense of evolution 6. Umbilical chakra - sense of justice 7. Basic chakra - sense of generation Each of them arises from the individuation of the Creator's seven maximal qualities in the creation of seven maximal deities. These are the seven largest chakras and their natural vibration. As we ecarnate to learn and evolve, in each incarnation comes a new combination of Orixás in relation to the chakras. The ancestral Orixás along with the recessive are the only ones who do not change from incarnation to incarnation being present in our coronal chakra.

AURA The aura is an energy field that surrounds the physical body, protecting it as a sheath of light. This wrap can range from a few meters to something that cannot be measured, specifically in enlightened beings. As a disciple you can measure the aura by visualizing it, by beings who have this ability, or through a physical process called Kirlian Photography. Although it bears this name, it is not a picture of the aura, but a holographic record recorded in an ordinary movie. In addition to the extension, the aura also has color. These two properties define the state of physical and emotional health of a person. In the process of spiritual harassment, the aura and chakras are the targets. Just as it acts on the chakras, Reiki also acts on the aura, restoring, strengthening, clearing and protecting. Reiki is a part of each of us. It is part of our genetic heritage. One day was universal and should never have been lost. At the beginning of the planet's civilization, the children of civilization today known as Mu received training in Reiki I at the beginning of elementary school, in Reiki II during the age that

corresponds to the second grade of regular education. Reiki III, the Master / Instructor, was required of educators and was available to anyone who wanted to receive it. When the people of the root culture left the land of Mu to colonize what today is Tibet and India, Reiki continued with them. The catastrophes that occurred on the planet, first destroying Mu and later Atlantis, produced various cultural conflicts, forcing the hand healing technique to be known to only a few. When, in the nineteenth century, Mikao Usui, Director of Doshisha University, Kyoto, Japan, Christian pastor, sought the origin of the healing method of Jesus and Buddha, he found it among the ancient remains of Shiva culture in the esoteric teachings of India. .

The Tuning The learning Reiki healing technique is done in three levels, with a particular tuning in each of them. Reiki I - The energy channels are opened and the disciple learns the basic positions of treatment in the physical body. It allows you to apply energy to yourself and others. Receives the first symbol. This symbol means the descent of Light, Power, and Energy. Pronounced it "chokurei ". It applies to blocked chakras, transmuting negative emotions, and filtering out the energies that pass through. It is used whenever the healer feels the need, mentalizing or drawing it by hand. One way or another, it must be “placed” three times by repeating the mantra (symbol name) It can also be projected large on the patient, and visualize him entering his physical and spiritual bodies. Reiki II - In this attunement the disciple learns two other healing symbols. The pronunciation is "sei re qui “. It is used to cure mental / emotional habits. Release conditionings, desires and feelings. The distance healing symbol enables us to send healing energy to others at a distance. This symbol is also used for karmic release as it works the mental body. We get used to recognizing time linearly, with beginning, middle and end. We must understand that from an energetic point of view time is composed of several layers that are interconnected, existing simultaneously. Thus a blockage generated in the past life gets stuck in our energy field until it is transmuted and turned into learning. This is the main function of Hon Sha Ze Sho Nen symbol. Reiki III - This is the masters level. Both symbols are used in Master / Facilitator initiations. In Traditional Reiki one receives the symbols through specific attunement. It may be in a preparationcoated ceremony, an appropriate place, which makes this moment very special, but it can also be quickly, without any apparatus. Before starting Reiki healing treatment, anchoring is required and at its end, the disconnect.

Anchorage Whatever kind of energy work we are going to do, we need to be solidly rooted with the earth. This is also true of Reiki. The simplest way to ground ourselves is physical work. Any kind of work, no matter what. Some types of sport, such as walking for example, as long as it makes us sweat, is a form of anchoring. Others, such as swimming, cycling, but it can also be sweeping the house, taking care of the plants. Physical exercise brings us back to the body, to the earth. Finding our balance between heaven and earth is a wonderful experience. A simple way to anchor is to lie on your back, completely stretched out on the dirt, sand or lawn ground. Imagine a kind of root, coming out of your hara, and penetrating deep into the earth. Try to feel the energy and nurturing force that emanates from the earth and enters you. Seek anchoring in trees. These are concentrated energies that easily transfer to us. Many sit under their crowns and let themselves be charged with their energy without even knowingly knowing what they are doing. Having opportunity, hug a tree and ask her to give you the energy you need. You will immediately feel the strength it will give you. Don't forget to thank.

Meditate and anchor. Whenever it's going to be the Reiki Energy channel, empty your mind, anchor it, and start your work. A quick form of anchoring we suggest now: standing, or sitting in a chair, with feet parallel, body relaxed. Put your hands on your hara (energy point three fingers below your belly button) and leave them there for at least ten minutes. Inhale and exhale deeply from your belly. Feel connected to your inner center and notice the energy of the earth rising within you until you reach your hara.

Disconnecting After application blow or wash your hands. Use one of the four main elements of nature. Thank you for being a channel of Divine Light and only then the patient can say what he felt, if he wants. It is not, therefore, a physical entity, and has its headquarters in the higher spiritual spheres. Performs functions of high relevance to the life of the planet and can be considered as the “internal government of the world “. It has many departments, such as Government (which oversees the executives of nations), Cultural, Scientific, Educational and Religious. The destinies of the planet, therefore, are entrusted to this grand organization of Beings of Light who work, with greater love and dedication, for the good of our earth and its inhabitants. " In the studies offered to us, I point out to the awakening of your interest, The Seven Rays and their Directors First Ray - Blue Flame MASTER ASSOCIATED - EL MORYA Characteristics of people in tune with the First Ray: Great action ability, unlimited energy, leadership. Second Ray - Golden Flame MASTER ASSOCIATED - CONFUSION Characteristics of people in tune with the Second Ray: Preachers, common sense, kindness, teaching with understanding. Third Ray - Pink Flame MASTER ASSOCIATED - ROWENA Characteristics of people in tune with the Third Ray: Fraternity with kindness and adoration, love of beauty. Fourth Ray - White Flame MASTER ASSOCIATED - SERAPHIS BEY Characteristics of people in tune with the Fourth Ray: Artists in general, perseverance, aesthetes. Fifth Ray - Green Flame MASTER ASSOCIATED - HILARION Characteristics of people in tune with the Fifth Ray: Doctors, nurses, scientists, healers, blessers, researchers. Sixth Ray - Golden Ruby Flame MASTER ASCENTED NOTHING Characteristics of people in tune with the Sixth Ray: People of great piety, priests, ministers, pastors. Seventh Ray - Violet Flame

MASTER ASSOCIATED - SAINT GERMAIN Characteristics of people in tune with the Seventh Ray: great love and work for personal, community and planetary freedom. Say Good Morning, Friend The best way there is to start one day is to give a sincere GOOD MORNING, FRIEND, aimed at the great friend we all have up there. He is so friendly, but so friendly, that he accepts to be called by a lot of names. They call him God, Alah, Ogun, Buddha, in short, every belief of the many in the world calls him a name. Calculate that even from Mbote Mondele I have heard him called him (that is, in Lingala, Good White. How? Where is Lingala spoken? Why ... in Congo-Africa. The important thing is never to forget Him, for He never Forget about us. Sometimes we think that He is bad. That's when things don't go well for us, when we lose someone dear. But ... do you know the history of footprints in the sand? Yeah ... on those occasions when we thought we were abandoned, because there were only footprint marks ... It's because we were being carried ... not abandoned ... Think about it ... It's very simple to blame Him for our own mistakes ... or even things that happen to us through the mistakes of others. Take a good look and see. The fact that we are complaining is already a sign that we have the strength for something ... So, how about taking advantage of that strength that we have left to at least try to reverse the situation. Well, talking about the names with which we address Him ... I usually talk to Him, treating him by Buddy, or even Chefinho. Since our friendship dates back many years (and puts years into it!), I can have that intimacy. Well, children, for a change we hope that everyone, united, together at the same time holding hands and together in unison, will always have our well-directed thinking.

Things Of Ingratitude When we suffer from an act of ingratitude, we are sometimes devastated, because we could never assume that someone who has always deserved our friendship and consideration could do so. But if something can be a consolation, usually the "victor ", if that's what we can call someone who makes such a scam, ends up suffering more than their "victim ". Yes, when that person who could not understand us, realize the degree of bullshit committed, it will be late ... then, then, give value to those who had on your side. Now that partner who defrauded us, who robbed us of what we had most importantly ... despite succeeding ... despite making a fortune ... is he at peace with his conscience? Does he sink its head into the pillow and sleep in peace? Maybe, but one day, the house goes down. Have no doubt, and I'm not talking about the "punishment of God,” no. And I'm saying that someday this person will inevitably look back, and see that his whole success has simply begun ingloriously ... and that feeling is not very pleasant ... this idea that "I have no merit in this " already drove people to despair. Finally, let us not be tragic, or wish evil on anyone, but only that people become aware that dignity is too great a good to despise and think better before trying to rise, over the one who has always dedicated their friendship to them. .

Some Difficult Moments It would be very nice and enjoyable if we had only moments in our life that were delightfully lived, whether in good company or even alone, provided they were lived with peace and tranquility. I believe that is the desire of any living being. Peace, health and tranquility. However, we will always have to go through times when we will encounter some difficulty, or even many difficulties. It's inevitable. They even say it is the "spice of life ." These will be the times when we must make some decisions that will define our future, or even affect others' lives. Precisely for this reason we have to go carefully. Generally, such important decisions should be well thought out in times of solitary meditation, for this is how we can best develop our thinking, but we should not hesitate to seek a second opinion if it is really complicated, especially with other lives on the agenda. A reflection always imposes itself.

Important decisions should never be made on impulse, as it will be a lot to play with luck, with the imponderable. One has to think, rethink, eventually listen, and then decide. Sometimes the decision has to be immediate, we have to decide within minutes. It is always complicated to have to define a life in a short time. It can be a sudden trip. It can be a change of job, or life. But perhaps we will not always be balanced, clear enough to define a situation that could turn doubt into certainty. If the dream will only continue to be dreamed, or will come true, in a delicious reality. If we will have moments of joy or sadness. It is always better to take a moment to think. Especially if our love life is at stake. Whether to start or end a relationship, it is very dangerous to do so in the heat of a passion, or an argument. Before making a commitment, one has to see if there really is anything more than an ephemeral attraction, for a relationship could be for life. In the same way to end it, one has to weigh the pros and cons very well, to feel that there really is nothing else that justifies reconciliation. It is always necessary to meditate, so that one does not stay after only regretting to have decided in a flash. When we can stop being loved, to be hated or vice versa. It all depends on the balance of our decision. Making decisions in times of strong emotion can always be misleading. How many promises we make in our moments of passion? We are able to promise the world, to better live that moment, when we are living the madness of a love. Promises we may not always keep, but that may affect our future, and the lives of those with us. These will be moments whose memories will be eternalized, and their consequences may haunt us for the rest of our lives. On the other hand, how many loves end just because we couldn't measure the words in the light of a discussion. At a time when we send our love away. Then there may be regret. Maybe too late. For he took another way. One of the things we complain about most is the misunderstanding of others. That no one understands us. We are always attentive, affectionate, etc. but we are not understood. We complain that the person we care about doesn't understand us, no matter how hard we try to have a dialogue ... they can't understand us. Now comes the fateful question. Is she not understanding us, or are we not being able to explain ourselves properly? We often hope that the people we address will have a perfect understanding of what we mean, but for one reason or another, we cannot make ourselves understood. And we are hurt by the "misunderstanding” of others. But the communication failure is ours. The most important point is to understand ourselves. Love each other. Get to know each other. Understand each other. This will enable us to be loved, known and understood. How can we be loved, loved, understood if even we can do it ourselves? The exercise of self-esteem is one of the most important things that exists. One of the best of these exercises is to look in the mirror and learn to like the person in front of you. The face may not be exactly within what is meant by physical beauty, but it is OUR face, this is the one we have, and we will bear it for the rest of our lives (of course there is always the appeal of a plastic ... but that's another detail). And if we have to live with him, how about a peaceful coexistence? Find him handsome. Frankestein found himself. Why can't we find each other either? The same about the body. If we don't like it, we can have a diet, or eat some more if we need to earn something else... The important thing is to accept ourselves as we are, to like each other as we are. This will make it easier for us to begin to understand and love other people around us, and automatically we will be more

easily understood and loved. Love attracts love. Understanding attracts understanding. Good fluids attract good fluids. Positive energy attracts positive energy. Before someone argues that they love each other but find no boyfriend. It's all a matter of opportunity. You are on the right track. All that remains is to cross the fateful other half ... But keep loving yourself, that things can happen more easily. Insist, never give up. Know how to use your inner energy.

Chapter 7.

Reiki Hand Position

Reiki is given to the recipient by a practitioner via hand positions. According to the Reiki scripture, there are 12 basic hand positions you must learn.

Hand Positions to Treat Others Head The two chakras present in this region are the third eye chakra and the crown chakra. Since there are two chakras present in close quarters, there are several energy meridians present too. Therefore, the head is believed to be amongst the most critical areas during a Reiki session. Position #1 Place your hands together so that your thumbs touching the base of the client's nose. Ensure that you don't touch the client's eyes since it often makes people uncomfortable. If your hands tend to get moist, then always place a paper tissue or a cloth over the client's eyes. This is often used to treat any imbalances in the third eye chakra. Position #2 Place your hands over the client's head so that the wrists touch one another while your fingers are placed directly over the client's temples. This is often used to treat symptoms like stress, headaches, or any other problems associated with the brain. Apart from this, any mental or emotional problems, along with concentration issues, can also be rectified with this hand placement. Position #3 Place your hands on either side of the client's head and slightly cupped the years. This is used for treating any issues associated with the ears, nose, and throat problems. Since there are different acupuncture points present in the ears, it has a direct effect on a variety of issues. Position #4 Bring your hands together and slowly slide them under the client's head. In this position, you are essentially forming a bowl with your hands, and the client's head will rest in this bowl. It is used to treat headaches, stress, and anxiety. Any problems associated with the brain, neck, and spinal nerves can be treated with this hand position. Body The positions discussed in this section cover the front portion of the client's torso. All the other five chakras can be treated using the positions discussed here. Position #1 Place your hands such that your fingers form a tent-like structure right above the client's throat. Ensure that you don't touch the client throw directly because it can feel a little uncomfortable. This is often used to treat any emotional issues such as anxiety and an inability to express oneself or communicate effectively. Apart from this, the physical symptoms associated with an imbalance in the throat chakra can also be treated. Position #2 Place your hands such that one hand of yours is directly over the collarbone and the breastbone of your client. Any emotional troubles such as the inability to accept things the way they are can be effectively cured with this hand position. Apart from this, any issues associated with the throat and the lung region can also be solved. Position #3 You can place your hands either above or below the breasts. Always explain this position to the client before you perform it! This hand positioning helps treat any issues associated with the heart chakraboth physical and emotional manifestations of any imbalances.

Position #4 You must place your hands directly above the solar plexus region, which is located under the breasts and over the lower ribs. As the name suggests, this helps deal with any imbalances in the solar plexus chakra. Position #5 Place your hands directly in the middle of the stomach region around the navel. This positioning is used to treat any imbalances associated with the sacral chakra. Therefore, issues such as depression, inability to experience happiness, digestive troubles, and any problems with the gallbladder can be treated. Position #6 Disclaimer - always explain this position to your client before you perform it. Since you will be placing your hands directly above the pelvic bone, seek permission beforehand. If the client isn't comfortable, then skip this one. You must place your hands directly above the pubic bone and slightly angled so that it follows the line of the growing. This is used to treat any imbalances present in the sacral chakra and the root chakra. Sexual troubles, emotional rock blooms, and any other physical ailments associated with the reproductive system are often treated with this hand placement. Back The positions discussed in this section cover all chakras except the third-eye chakra and the crown chakra. Position #1 Place your hands directly behind the client's neck. It is often used to treat any energy blockage in the area surrounding the neck and shoulders. Apart from this, stress and headache can also be effectively treated with this. The emotional problem associated with this hand positioning is often associated with taking up responsibilities. Position #2 Place your hands over the client's shoulder blades. Any issues associated with one's protective instinct, inability to express feelings clearly, and depression can be treated with this positioning. Apart from this, any health troubles related to the heart and lungs can also be addressed. Position #3 You must place your hands in the middle of the client's back, directly above the kidneys. This hand placement is used to treat relationship issues, allergies, and stress. Any other health issues associated with the heart, lungs, adrenaline glands, lymph, diaphragm, and the kidneys can also be treated. Position #4 This is used to treat any imbalances in the root chakra. Any health troubles associated with the pelvic region, the digestive system, and the reproductive system can also be addressed. Apart from this, it helps treat any emotional problems and relationship troubles through Reiki. Position #5 Place one hand covering the tailbone while the other hand is at the client's neck. This position helps treat all the chakras except the third eye chakra and the Crown chakra. It helps remove any blockages of energy and restore balance to all these chakras. Legs and feet Usually, legs and feet are often excluded from Reiki treatments. However, several Reiki Masters offer Reiki treatment for these areas too. The hand positions described in this section, most of the reflexology zones present in the body. Position #1

Place your hands such that one hand rests directly above the client's kneecap while the other rests below the knee. You are required to treat each knee separately. It helps remove any energy blockage present in the lower body of the client. Apart from this, it helps treat stiffness in the neck, knee injuries, and headaches too. Position #2 This position helps treat any energy blockages present in the ankles. You're free to hold you handle any way you feel comfortable as long as both your hands touch the client's ankle. Any problems associated with the pelvic area can also be treated using this hand position. Position #3 You are required to treat each foot separately. One hand must cover the entire soul of the clients what while the other rests directly above it. Or else you're free to hold the fort in any way you feel comfortable. As long as the client is comfortable and doesn't complain, it is all-good. There are different reflexology zones present in the feet, and this positioning helps to rate all these zones. Apart from this, it is believed to have grounding and calming effects on the person receiving this treatment.

Hand Positions for Self-Treatment Most of the positions are quite similar, barring a few. Head All the positions discussed in this section help heal any imbalances in your third eye chakra, the Crown chakra. Position #1 Put your hands together so that your hands are covering your eyes. Position #2 Place your hands on either side of your head so that your wrists are right above your ears and your fingers touch your temples. Position #3 Position your hands on either side of your head while cupping your ears. Position #4 Hold your hands together so that they resemble a bowl and use this to cover the back of your head. Body All the positions discussed in this section will help heal your root chakra, sacral chakra, solar plexus chakra, heart chakra, and the throat chakra. Position #1 Hold your hands such that your press touch one another, and your fingers are splayed on either side of your neck. Form a tent-like structure with your fingers. Position #2 Hold your hands such that they cover your collarbone along with the breastbone. Position #3 Position your hands directly about your chest. This helps heal your heart chakra. Position #4 Place your hands directly under your breasts and right over the lower ribs. This helps heal your solar plexus chakra. Position #5

Place your hands over your navel. This helps heal yourself and chakra. Position #6 Place your hands directly about the pubic bone. You will mainly be covering your groin region using this positioning. It helps heal any imbalances in the root chakra. Back For the two positions discussed here, it is advisable that you stand straight. Position #1 Place your hands such that your fingers rest on your spinal column right in the middle of your back. Your hands will be placed precisely over the region where your kidneys are situated. Position #2 Hold your hands at your lower back, right below the waist. Legs and feet Position #1 Make sure that you comfortably seated. Place one hand above any and one directly under it. Repeat this for both knees. Position #2 Hold your hands such that your hands encircle your ankle. Repeat this for both the ankles. Position #3 Place one hand directly above your foot while the other rests under it. Your palms must be touching your foot. Make sure that you treat each foot separately. Use all the hand positions discussed in this section to reform Reiki healing on yourself.

Chapter 8. Anxiety

Technique to Reduce Stress and

Byosen Reikan Ho This technique specifically scans your body to look for any problems attributable to blockages of energy in your body. It is also essential when detecting spiritual problems in your body and possible ways of dealing with the energy anomalies, so you stay healthy. Once detected, you should go through the normal Reiki healing sessions to have them removed completely from your body. A full healing session or sessions conducted consistently over time can help you heal faster and get back to a healthy lifestyle. Whether you are practicing self-Reiki or to other patients, it is good that after every Boysen session, you stake sometime to recall the things that you sensed during the scanning. What did you find, or what did you feel during the process? Note them down, so you can assign the best sessions or Reiki healing technique. That is the best way to understand Reiki further, and refine your approach, so you achieve the best/enjoy the benefits of a well-crafted Reiki session. Byosen is best performed before a Reiki session since it is more of a search or a scan that strives to identify any problems that you have and would like to use Reiki to fix them. To perform Byosen Ho, lie on the bed and do the following: ● Clear your mind of any thoughts and stay relaxed. You can enhance this practice perfecting the art of meditation. ● If you are offering it, place your hand over the patient's body but if you are doing it on yourself place your hands over your body and let it hover for a couple of minutes ● Scan yourself or the patient by gently moving the hand over the whole body ● Note any energy anomalies and focus on them when you start your Reiki session For effective scanning, it is good to use a hand that you feel is more sensitive than the other since that is the one that can easily identify anomalies. If you are not sure which one is more sensitive than the other, you can use both, and with time, you will certainly identify the best. For a first scanning session, spend a few minutes testing your hands till you identify the right hand to use for the job. Once you are through with the scanning, get into your Reiki session and do it knowing the anomalies identified. Focus on how you can have energy focused on those areas for healing.

Chapter 9. Wellness

Techniques to Improve Spiritual

Kenyoku Ho Koku Ho is a spiritual cleansing technique that cleanses the upper body meridians. It also supports a faster healing process through increasing the flow of energy, especially when you are aware of or suspect that you might be having some unpleasant energy that needs to be drained away from your body, and only the positive ones are given a chance to influence your daily life. As a spiritual practice, Kenyoku Ho does more than just cleaning. It targets those areas that are often affected with you interact with someone who might be having negative energy. The upper part of the body, commonly called in the aura in Reiki language, carries a lot of nasty energy since it is the part that interacts with other people's aura. This is because the arms, hands, and torso in this part of the body are the ones that interact with another person's aura when you meet or interact with them. This part, therefore, acts like the part of furniture that gathers dust and hence needs to be cleaned as regularly as possible. Through Reiki cleaning, you not only get rid of unwanted nasty energy in this part of the body, but you also protect it so that it does not easily collect or exchange negative energy. You simply need to practice Kenyoku Ho or spiritual cleansing, and you'll be okay. How to Carry Out Kenyoku Ho 1. Prepare your hands to collect any negative energy from your aura 2. Collect energy from your aura by stroking your right hand from your left shoulder to the right hip area. Cast the collected energy to the floor or a burning candle if there is one in your Reiki room 3. Exactly repeat step 2 in, but this time around using your left hand but stroke on the right shoulder to the left hip area. Again, cast the collected energy to the floor or a candle 4. Repeat steps two and three or simply do it twice 5. Stroke your left wrist using your right hand to the fingertips of your left hand, collect the energy and just as you did in 2 casts it into the floor 6. Repeat step but using the left hand to collect and cast the energy on the right hand 7. Repeat step five and six 8. In the end, break the energetic cord between you and the floor or the candle since you've channeled all the unwanted energy. You need to remember that the Kenyoku Ho technique should be done after your usual Reiki session either in the morning, evening, or any other time as you deem fit. After completing Reiki and this cleansing method, take some time to figure out what has happened and how you feel after the process of draining away the negative or nasty energy in the aura area of your body.

Reiji Ho Reiji is a popular traditional Reiki technique due to its ability to develop intuition or the inner voice of guidance. It is often performed before starting a Reiki treatment session to help identify where your hands should be placed to enhance the effectiveness of your treatment. With this technique, you'll be able to listen to the inner self through dreams, vision, and also from the feelings of your heart. From there, you will have an easy time targeting your feelings when you start Reiki healing session. Here are Reiji Ho steps ● Create a meditative mood by closing your eyes while sitting or in a relaxed position ● Place your hands just in front of your heart to open yourself to free flow of Reiki ● Move your hands from the heart to the forehead

● Relax to observe and understand the feeling After following the above steps, your intuitive guidance activated by Reiji Ho will work in different ways to provide the inner guidance that you want by listing to your body's inner voice of direction. You may, for instance, get guidance through the following ways: ● Your mind can tell you the name of the body part or organ that needs healing. If you, for instance, hear an inner voice saying head, lungs, or stomach, please listen to it. ● A body part may pop up in your head or thinking as the part that needs healing or attention during Reiki healing. ● Your eyes might see the organ or an image of an object that represents or suggests a particular part of your body. One precaution worth noting during Reiji Ho is that whenever you get any sign, whether it is a vision, voice, or an image of a body part, do not waste time thinking about it. The process is to help you identify so you take action instead of just wasting time trying to analyze what could be the issue with the part or organ. That it is the work of Reiki, and it will heal it well once you take action and start the session. Unlike the other techniques, Reiji Ho or intuition, as is popularly known, is very vital as it boosts your spiritual development. With well-developed intuition ability, you have a powerful spiritual force that will always help you identify issues and fix them early, so you do not just seek general treatment. Reiki healing is highly effective when targeted to specific parts of areas where energy is needed to bring the desired healing. With the Reiji Ho technique, you can identify any body part that needs immediate healing, and your Reiki sessions will always be fruitful. Having learned the three most popular traditional techniques and how you can incorporate them into your Reiki sessions, the only thing you need to do is to perfect them. If you are not sure of how to effectively use them, always seek the help of a Reiki master or a practitioner who understands what it takes to use them for faster healing successfully.

Chapter 10.

Advanced Reiki Techniques

So, now that you know more about the hand positions and the basics of Reiki, it’s time to look at some more techniques to enhance your healing abilities. It’s best to practice your new ability as much as possible to develop your skills as far as you can. The more you do, the more you can do. Read on to find ten ways you can do this.

Intention When you are Level 1 or 2, it’s important to practice on yourself every day to hone your skills and learn more about your new magic. This will assist you in understanding your own intuition, which will guide you during your journey. The power of intention is very important when it comes to Reiki. Your mind is like a magnet, so the quality of your thoughts will enhance the quality of your Reiki. You need to decide what you want to do with clarity, determination, and your full commitment, and make sure that your thoughts are positive before you begin. Decide what you want to do and go for it. Even if self-doubt creeps up while you’re performing your Reiki, just know that it’s normal and not something to worry about. Don’t let it derail you at all. Try vocalizing your intention before you begin, to make sure it’s at the forefront of your mind when you begin. For example: “I intend that Reiki has charged me with enthusiasm to study well and perform well at work today.” Just remember that the intention you begin with might not always be the result of your Reiki. Reiki works for your greater good, whatever that might be. It may not be obvious right away, but you’ll soon see how you’ve been helped.

Mindfulness Mindfulness is a method of taking a step away from the busyness of life and being in the present moment for a period of time. That might sound simple and unnecessary, but until you start doing it, you won’t realize how much time you spend worrying about the future or pondering on the past, allowing the present moment to slide past you. Checking in with the present moment allows you to assess your mood, your body, and what’s going on around you. Mindfulness, like Reiki, is great for our well-being. Here is a list of just some of the main benefits as:

Help with depression and anxiety Better sleep More energy Easier concentration No more headaches Higher brain function Better functioning immune system Healthier bodies To attempt mindfulness, to see if it can help you, here is a step-by-step guide to a breathing exercise to get you started:

Put yourself in a comfortable (either sitting or lying down) position and close your eyes. Take an exaggerated breath through your nostrils, about three seconds long. Exhale through your mouth, about four seconds long. Then breathe normally, observing the feel of your breath in your nose, your mouth, the rise and fall of your chest, the way your stomach moves. Focus on this for a while, but don’t worry if your mind wanders. That’s normal. Every time you notice it, bring your thoughts back to your breath. Eventually, bring your attention back into the room, and have a moment of calm with your eyes open, before you re-engage with your day. This mindfulness exercise will assist you in applying the Five Reiki Principles to your life. It’s much easier to not worry or be angry when you are concentrating on the present moment. By applying the mindfulness techniques to your everyday life and your Reiki, your actions will be more meaningful and purposeful

Positivity As stated before, your mind plays a massive part in your Reiki. A positive mental attitude will allow you to expand your mind and grow your talents better. Allow your mind to anticipate happiness, joy, health, and success, and the magnet of your brain will lead you in the right direction for that. Here are some tips to help you think more positively:

Recognize negative thoughts and stop them before they take root. Walk in nature, dance to music, play with your children – do anything that makes you happy. Spend time with positive people. Negativity can easily drag you down, so do your best not to get sucked up in negative, toxic relationships. Take care of your body. If you’re healthy on the inside, you’ll look good on the outside, and you’ll feel much better. Tidy up. The clutter in your house isn’t helping your mood. Get rid of it. Volunteer. Helping others is a good way to make you feel better. Get rid of stress. This might not be the easiest thing in the world. But do what you can to reduce it as much as possible. Your life will feel much better without it.

There are also some affirmations that can help you to get into the right mind-set. You might feel a bit silly saying them aloud at first, but that’s the best way to get the full effect from them. Just think of it as you taking control of your thoughts and mind:

I can feel amazing, just by deciding to. I don’t need a reason to feel good. Knowing is not enough; we must apply. Willing is not enough; we must do. This too shall pass. In order to earn more, I must learn more. I control how I feel. I always focus on and find the good in everything. Life doesn’t happen to me, it happens for me. Everything happens for a reason and a purpose, and it serves me. Strength doesn’t come from physical capacity, it comes from an indomitable will. At any moment, I need to be willing to sacrifice what I am, for who I could become. I would rather have a mind opened by wonder than one closed by belief. This new positive thinking of yours can assist you and your Reiki into attracting the things that you really want. Whether that’s a positive life-force energy, a reenergized body and mind, or even healthier relationships, you can attract it with the power of your mind.

Unblock Our past does not have to define us, but it can still be there in the back of our mind, sometimes buried deep in our subconscious, affecting us in ways that we don’t even realize. When you begin to experience and study Reiki, you may notice that your chakras are blocked, which may well have more to do with traumas or situations from our past that we think we’ve forgotten about. These emotional blockages need to be eliminated. Reiki can help clear these blocks in a gentle way, allowing your energy to flow a little more freely. It might take some time, but practicing every day will restore your balance and bring a sense of peace and harmony, helping you to live your life better. Here are some techniques to help you discover and overcome your emotional blockage: Identifying

Start with a mindfulness breathing exercise to clear your mind. Think back over your life and any trauma that comes up. This might take a while; it may even take a few mindfulness sessions, but keep at it. Write it down; if more than one thing comes up, write them all

down. Releasing

Take one memory at a time and send Reiki healing to that period in your life, that memory. Do this again until you feel like the memory is healed and released. Don’t worry if this takes time, the effects of the trauma might be very ingrained. Replacing

Once you have released the memory, it’s time to start thinking to the future. Visualize how you would like your life to go now that this blockage is gone. Send Reiki to this visualization for at least ten minutes every day.

Compassion Being compassionate towards yourself and others is a simple concept that will bring you an abundance of positive results. Forgiveness, acceptance, and releasing of negativity allows everything within the body to flow more freely, in particular energy. That’s why we need to create empowering habits to ensure a happier, more fulfilled life. Treating someone, even yourself, with Reiki is a special gift. You are given a closeness and an intimacy, which requires you to be there in the moment, fully present and with compassion. Feel deeply and understand what might be going on with the other person. You may find that the Reiju method helps you with this:

Raise hands to connect to the source of Reiki. Feel the energy flowing into your hands. Slowly lower your hands with the intention of feeling pure energy. Clear your mind and focus only on this energy. Don’t move until you feel an intimate connection with the source.

Self-Treatment You can treat yourself with Reiki every single day, to enhance your skills and to keep your body balanced at all times. There is a simple way to do this: Lie down in a comfortable position so you can move your hands along your body in the following order:

Crown of your head Your face Your throat

Back of your head Your upper chest Your lower ribs Your belly button Your lower abdomen Be mindful of the present moment throughout this process, breathe steadily, and focus on the flow of Reiki. You may do it in the morning, just before opening your eyes. This is just one example of how to practice Reiki every day. You will soon work out what works best for you as you hone your skills.

Using Your Mind Your mind is very important in Reiki. As stated before, the intention in which you perform the Reiki makes all the difference. This can be difficult at first, and takes a lot of self-control. This is why it’s good to practice on yourself every day, to hone this before you heal other people. Here is a great practical exercise to help you improve your concentration and focus, which will help when healing in the future:

Define concentration – Take your mind off multiple ideas (things) and apply it to one idea (or thing) at a time. Choose what you concentrate on. Often, you can take on the characteristics of what you concentrate on. For instance, some people who have been married for several years can start to resemble their spouse, and other people might start to look like their cars, pets, work projects, or hobbies. Observe other people while they concentrate. Go see an exciting movie, horror, action, or drama. Take a moment during the film to look at the people sitting around you. How are they acting? Typically, they sit very still, eyes will barely blink, and their breathing has slowed. Only a major distraction could interrupt this stream of attention. Make note of these physical signs to guide yourself with ways to enhance how you concentrate. Apply your full concentration on what you are doing and avoid multi-tasking, or attempting to perform more than one activity at a time. Avoiding distractions by working in a quiet place helps, as well. Filter out constant noise and visual stimulation (for example, TV and devices), which always make concentrating more difficult. Learn to remain calm. Calm, focused energy can result in deep concentration by directing or increasing your life force. The more conscious, cosmic energy you control, the better. When your

energy is scattered, it isn’t functional. Use techniques to control and increase your energy. Energization Exercises from Paramahansa Yogananda, for example, can help you take that important first step in controlling your energy and concentrating deeply. Make time for breaks in your schedule. On these breaks, you could go outside to take a brisk walk or just breathe deeply. Do this frequently, and you can feel recharged and ready to focus with more creativity on your project. Meditate; this is the most powerful technique to enhance concentration. Practice a couple simple techniques for at least five minutes per day. Observe your breathing as you meditate. Don’t try to control it. This can help you learn how to focus on one thing at a time. As you observe, your breathing will slow down. Then, your mind will follow along, which has been well-documented scientifically. This moves you into a peaceful, yet dynamic, state. This makes you feel recharged and your mind receptive to creativity. The more you do this, the more centered you will become. This will not only help with Reiki, but calming the mind all the time, stopping your brain from being so busy, and focusing only on the present moment.

Healing Relationships Relationships can get fractured through life. Sometimes, through our own fault; sometimes, through the faults of others; sometimes, it just happens. This can leave sadness and empty holes in our lives that we wish to repair. Whether this relates to romantic relationships, family bonds, or friendships, Reiki can help you. The first step is to recognize that relationships are a living organism with their own energy. Once you see it like this, it’s easier to detach a little, to focus your healing energy. It’s also easier to see why this might have gone wrong, where the imbalance has come from, so it becomes easier to repair. Reiki always works for the greater good, so it can assist in healing negativity, improving communication, better understanding – but if it doesn’t work, it might be worth working out why. Perhaps the relationship cannot be healed for a good reason and it’s time to leave it alone. This comes with Level 2 of Attunement, once you can start healing other people. That’s when you can try out some practical exercises, such as this one:

Recognize – who is the relationship with? Why has it fallen apart? Writing this down might be helpful. Intent – why is this relationship worth saving? What does it mean to you? How will your life improve if you take them back? Concentrate – focus on your intention. Make sure you aren’t being

selfish. Work out what comes next. Use this in the following exercise: 1. Use a picture of the person you shared the broken relationship with. 2. Calmly breathe in and out to invoke Universal Energy, which will pass through your palms as you hold the picture. 3. As you exhale, visualize the energy in your breath coursing through your bloodstream to your fingers. 4. The person might appear to be imbued with red, yellow, blue, or green light. 5. Speak your acknowledgement of this relationship, its importance, aloud in order to invoke this energy. 6. Speak that acknowledgement about 3 to 6 times to establish the energy. 7. Speak your intentions aloud about 3 to 6 times to infuse them with energy. 8. Slowly inhale, then exhale completely, as you prepare to heal this relationship by sending out this energy. 9. Aim your hands and direct the energy toward the picture. 10. Be thankful for Universal Energy and that person as you complete this exercise.

Reenergizing It’s so easy to get bogged down in the race of life. Everything seems to move at breakneck speed, and it’s hard to keep your energy levels high. Reiki is wonderful for removing the negative energy from your body and replacing it with positive, which will help uplift you. It is also wonderful for resting your mind, calming the busy thoughts that will have a negative effect on your body, and leaving you rested. This will, of course, bring your energy levels up. Here is a great exercise to help reenergize your body and mind, to recharge and leave you feeling more like yourself:

Inhale deeply through your mouth, then exhale slowly through your nose. Visualize a ball, golden and glowing, floating above your head. Visualize it floating down, then joining the violet head chakra. The violet, gold rays are spreading to your body’s systems, which will energize the eyes and nervous system. Repeat, “I am at peace and divinely guided and protected,” to

yourself. Next, visualize the glowing ball separating gently from the violet chakra so it can move down and merge with the third eye chakra. Picture it blending with the third eye’s indigo wheel. Now these indigo, gold rays can energize the eyes and ears, nose, pituitary gland, and hypothalamus. While you imagine this, repeat, “I follow my instincts and am open to new people, situations, and ideas,” to yourself. Watch the glowing ball slowly separate from the third eye chakra and descend into the throat chakra’s blue wheel. Visualize the blue, gold rays as they energize the bronchial, throat, upper lungs, upper stomach, and digestive tract areas. Repeat, “I trust, respect, and love my creativity and feel safe in expressing my feelings,” to yourself. Next, see the glowing ball separate from the throat chakra and float down to the heart chakra’s green wheel. Watch the green, gold rays energize the arms, heart and blood, thymus, upper liver, and lower lungs. Say, “Love is everywhere and is my life’s purpose,” to yourself. From there, watch the glowing ball separate from the heart chakra and blend with the yellow wheel of the solar plexus chakra. These yellow, gold rays will spread to the spleen, liver, pancreas, intestines and digestive system, and gall bladder. Say, “I am worthy to receive the best of life and trust that worthiness,” to yourself. Next, visualize the glowing ball separating from the solar plexus chakra to join with the orange wheel of the sacral chakra. Picture the orange, gold rays energizing your whole reproductive system. Repeat, “What I have and what do is enough,” to yourself. Then, imagine the glowing ball separating from the sacral chakra and joining with the red wheel of the base chakra. Watch as the red, gold rays spread throughout the excretory system and energize the lower limbs, kidneys and bladder, and spine. Say, “I love my legs, how they support me. I love my feet, how they guide me. I am always secure and safe,” to yourself. Keep inhaling through your mouth, exhaling through your nose. Feel all your disruptive emotions flying away; feel the abundance

of love flowing. You are totally at peace, calm. Feel fully relaxed and grounded. Visualize only light surrounding you. Your aura is expanding, protected by white light. You are now protected, where no negative energy can reach you. Reiki has now fully energized you. Picture you standing in front of yourself, then pass yourself Reiki. You are healing yourself, family; forgiving yourself, family. Use Reiki to energize the 5 elements. Visualize each of the elements in your hands to thank, energize, and bless them with Reiki. Imagine that you are holding earth, water, fire, air, then space/cosmos in your hands, then watch the Reiki energy flow through each element. This is the end of your meditation. Progress out of the meditation slowly, stretching your arms and legs and returning from your head, ears, torso, then your legs from the very tips of your toes. Open your eyes slowly to regain awareness of your environment. Now you are fully charged and ready to face your environment.

Attracting Abundance Attracting success and other things in abundance, whether that be success, money, or something else, Reiki can help you with it. Sometimes, the thing holding you back could be an emotional blockage that you don’t even realize is there, stopping you from getting where you want to be. Reiki has some techniques to help with this:

Use Reiki to create a list of things that could enhance your quality of life, supporting the highest good. With each of the items on that list, you will want to make a heartmind connection by invoking Reiki’s distant and mental/emotional symbols. Consider your feelings as you think of them. What energetic essence does each item hold, and how will they add to your quality of life? Consider entering a 21-day Reiki process to draw the listed items into your life. Employ the distant, power, and mental/emotional symbols each day by invoking their names, drawing them, or visualizing them. After you call the energy of the symbols, hold that list in your hands to pass Reiki energy directly into it. Now, verbally express

gratitude for the good things in your life. Allow Reiki energy to flow until it feels complete, stops, or merely slows. Be sure to close this session with prayer.

Chapter 11.

Healing Ailments

There are some wonderful reference books on illnesses and ailments where you can look up possible emotional causes or spiritual misalignments that may be the root cause of the physical problem. Some knowledge of this is invaluable and you will often find that as you pick up on such ailments in a Reiki session, they are related to an emotional or spiritual blockage in the person’s life. Without going into great detail, here are some issues that I find repeat quite often.

The Right Side of the Body The right side of the body is the more emotional/spiritual side. Ailments on the right side tend to have an emotional/spiritual root cause. For example, a pain in the right leg might indicate a reluctance to move forward, either in a spiritual manner or they are afraid to move forward on an emotional issue. The person might feel spiritually blocked or confused, like they’ve veered off their spiritual path or are having trouble connecting. Or it might be that they are not moving out of a difficult emotional situation that they know they need to resolve. For example, not addressing a relationship or situation that keeps them emotionally stuck, such as not leaving a bad relationship or allowing emotional abuse from someone.

The Left Side of the Body The left side of the body is the more physical/practical side. Ailments on the left tend to have to do with physical or material issues. For example, a pain in the left leg might indicate a reluctance to move forward physically, such as changing jobs or moving homes.

Chakra Imbalances I often find that if a chakra is out of balance, it represents certain emotional or spiritual misalignments that the person may be experiencing. If it has been left for too long, it could have manifested into a physical issue in that area. Vice versa, if someone complains of a specific condition, I often find that the chakra associated with that symptom may be blocked or slowed. Placing your hand over the chakra and sending Reiki will often clear up the physical symptom as well as the underlying emotional/spiritual issue that is causing the physical illness. 7th Chakra - Crown Chakra Physical imbalance symptoms – Headaches, confusion, dementia, depression, loneliness, insomnia. Organ potentially affected – Pineal gland Possible underlying causes – Fear of being alone, worry, loss of connection with spirituality, lack of trust (especially in God or a Higher Source). Addressing the issues – Send Reiki to the area and meditate, asking your Reiki guides to help you receive a stronger connection. 6th Chakra - Third Eye Physical imbalance symptoms – Headaches, sinus problems, eyesight issues, feeling blocked psychically, can’t concentrate, insomnia, nightmares, feeling dizzy or spacey. Organ potentially affected – Pituitary gland Possible underlying causes – Don’t want to look at something, turning a blind eye, avoiding a situation, being cynical. Addressing the issues – Send Reiki to the area and face your problems by looking at the situations. Do not ignore the signs. 5th Chakra - Throat Chakra Physical imbalance symptoms – Issues with the throat, neck, lungs, mouth, nose, or ears. Examples include sore throat, stuffy nose, thyroid issues, anorexia, bronchitis, earaches, mouth ulcers, speech

issues, stiff neck, pinched nerve. Organ potentially affected – Thyroid Possible underlying causes – Not talking about something. Not feeling heard. Avoiding confrontation. Not speaking one’s truth. Often couldn’t speak up to parents or a spouse. Said something you regret. Telling lies that hurt someone. Addressing the issues – Send Reiki to the area. Stand up for yourself and be heard. If you can’t talk to someone write them a letter. If you feel hurt by someone, send them love and forgiveness. Make sure you speak the truth. Don’t talk negatively, only talk positively. 4th Chakra - Heart Chakra Physical imbalance symptoms – Heart issues, breast issues, immune system, circulation issues, allergies, sadness, depression. Organs potentially affected – Heart, thymus Possible underlying causes – Unresolved hurtful situations from romantic break-ups or family quarrels. Jealousy. Victim of insensitivity. Experienced lack of love. Addressing the issues – Send Reiki to your heart. Try to love yourself and allow yourself to experience unconditional love from God. Send white light and forgiveness to those who have hurt you. 3rd Chakra - Solar Plexus Physical imbalance symptoms – Issues with the liver, spleen, small intestine, stomach issues, ulcers, diabetes, gallstones. Feeling misunderstood by others. Blocks in career (the way others see you), stress and anxiety, shyness, irrational, feeling powerless, lacks confidence. Organ potentially affected – Pancreas Possible underlying causes – Unresolved guilt or anger, hate. Possible abuse of power by parents or teachers. Addressing the issues – Send Reiki to the area. Send white light and forgiveness to those who have hurt you. 2nd Chakra - Sacral Chakra Physical imbalance symptoms – Issues with the uterus, fibroids, menstrual cycle, PMS, prostate, large intestine, bladder. Organ potentially affected – Ovaries or testicles Possible underlying causes – Possessiveness, jealousy, relationship/romantic issues, holding resentment, victim of sexual abuse. Addressing the issues – Send Reiki to the area. Send white light and forgiveness to those who have hurt you. Never use words like, “he is a pain in the neck,” which can manifest neck pain. 2nd Chakra - Sacral Chakra - Back Physical imbalance symptoms – Lower back issues Possible underlying causes – Worrying about finances, mistrust of the universal supply. Feeling like you are burdened with financially supporting others. Addressing the issues – Send Reiki to the area. Believe in God as your never-ending supply of all that you need and desire. 1st Chakra - Base Chakra Physical imbalance symptoms – Issues with bladder, kidneys, lower intestines, constipation, IBS, hemorrhoids, cold fingers and toes, spinal column, sciatic nerves, feeling unbalanced. Organ potentially affected – Adrenals

Possible underlying causes – Fear, lack of stability, feeling weak, issues with family support, feeling like you can’t find your life’s purpose. Often unresolved early childhood issues. Addressing the issues – Send Reiki to the area. Send white light and forgiveness to those who have hurt you. Meditate on painful childhood memories and ask your guides to help you release these.

Physical Manifestations – Area specific Knees

Physical symptoms – Physical issues with knees, ankles and legs. Possible underlying causes – Being stubborn, need to be more flexible. Addressing the issues – Send Reiki to the area. Look at areas in your life where you need to be more flexible. Legs and Hips

Physical symptoms – Physical issues with legs and hips. Possible underlying causes – Being reluctant to move forward (left side - a physical/material world move, right side - an emotional move). Addressing the issues – Send Reiki to the area. Look at areas in your life where you feel stuck or scared to move on even though you know it is the right thing. Take a leap of faith. Back

See Sacral Chakra above Shoulders

Physical Symptoms – Tension in the shoulders and upper back. Possible underlying causes – Feeling like you are the emotional support for many people. Family emotional issues. Addressing the issues – Send Reiki to the area. Make sure you allow your loved ones to support themselves. Love and nurture yourself more. Skin Issues

Physical symptoms – Allergies, skin rashes, dry skin. Possible underlying causes – Feeling like you are uncomfortable in your own skin. Severe lack of confidence, feeling not worthy. Addressing the issues – Meditate and ask your Reiki guides to put

a layer of Reiki over your body. Charge your creams and oils with Reiki before you apply them. Meditate with your Reiki guides on your purpose in life. Send love to those who have hurt you.

Chapter 12.

Reiki and Meditation

How to Create the Best Self-Reiki Practice Now that you have learned the various levels of Reiki healing, it is time to get into the swing of things. You will find it easier to run the life the way it needs to be run, and you will be able to enjoy your tasks each day. However, you need to come up with the right schedule so that you can incorporate Reiki into your daily routine. The good thing is that all you need to enjoy Reiki self-healing is yourself – nothing else. Here are a few tips to get you running:

Start Small For you to enjoy the benefits of Reiki, it is advisable that you start off small. You might choose to do 30 minutes a day after the first meeting with the practitioner, but you will definitely find this to be hard. Our busy lives don't allow us to do this. Make sure you set a time duration that you can stick to. If you choose to do 10 minutes a day, then be it. If you feel you can only handle 5 minutes, then go for it. Just make sure you start small then build upon what you have started. Gradually build up the time, and soon, you will be able to do more.

Make it a Daily Routine The more consistent you are to self-healing practices, the easier it will be for you. Make sure you are consistent in all you do and believe in what you are doing to make sure you achieve your goals. Consistent daily sessions will give you a better result than long term sporadic sessions. Just the way you set a routine for going to the gym, you will find that setting a specific time of day for you to perform the self-practice will work better than if you decide to do things anytime you feel like. You will also find that getting a particular spot in the house of the task will make it ideal for you. Set up the spot in the same space each day so that you remember that you have a task to do. Early in the morning or late in the evening after work are the best times to handle the Reiki.

Know Why you are Into Reiki You need to understand why you took up Reiki in the first place. Was it for relaxation, was it for healing? Was it to recover? Well, all in all, you need to understand the benefits that you stand to gain before you a start doing Reiki. Remember what you felt in the first session before you get into it. Mae sure you relate to the past successes so that you can use them for the present motivations. Imagine what you wish to achieve, then see what Reiki has done for you so far, then use this motivation to see how you will feel later on if you do the same routine. Make sure you connect to your benefits at all times so that you have a goal in mind at all times.

Understand the Limitations When you try to create the perfect self-practice, you might have to remind yourself why you decided to go for Reiki in the first instance. Remind yourself of the various consequences that might happen when you fail to do Reiki. For instance, your worry might grow. Try to know the reasons why you took up Reiki in the first place and what you will lose if you give it up.

Use a Guide You need to have a guided meditation so that you don't get distracted at all. Many times our minds are too busy to focus on the meditation practice, but with guided meditation, you will be able to keep your mind on many things. You can also set a timer so that it goes off in a few minutes so that you can move to the next position. You can also use mantras so that you can focus your mind on a single object.

Lower Expectations What are your expectations when you get into a session? Are you out to improve the existing session or you just want to get something out of it? Either way, you need to come up with goals and make sure

you follow them to the latter. Many people think that they have their goals well set out only to discover later that they don't have anything.

Reiki on the Go You don't have to be in a single position to enjoy Reiki. What you need to know is that you can perform Reiki whenever and wherever you can. People have gone to the extent of performing healing sessions on a plane, or deep in the mountains. Either way, they get the same feeling that they get when they are in a setup position. The aim of self-healing is not to show anything rather be at peace with ourselves.

Believe You Can Anyone can learn the basics of Reiki and use them to make their life easier. Regardless of age, personality, and history, you can still make sense of Reiki. However, many people think that they can't do it, and this is why they never even try to.

Repeat Until You Achieve Your Goals People will fall off the wagon time and again. If you have ever done self Reiki, then you know that you will stop every time and then start again. If you stop and instead of picking yourself up, you end up stopping forever, then you will fail. Stopping is normal, and when you do, the way you regain your speed is what matters a lot. When first starting off Reiki healing practice for the first time, it is important that you get used to the energy that you are harnessing before jumping into healing yourself. Reiki has very powerful energy; if one is not used to this energy, then one can experience negative side effects. Begin by getting comfortable, preferably in an environment that makes you feel safe and has a special place in your heart. Common places such as the bedroom or the living room inside one's house are very beneficial. Keep in mind that whichever place you keep will be filled with your energy. Thus you must constantly meditate in the same place. It is important that your body can find peace and relaxation within that area, and so does your mind. Turn off your phone and lock your doors; this way, you will not be disturbed. If you are able to hear some outside noises, you may want to consider putting some light instrumental music that can also be used to relax the body further. Beforehand, make sure that you wear loose clothing that can benefit you in terms of comfort. Lay down on the place of your choosing and consider placing an extra pillow underneath your head or taking away the one that you already have, it will make it much harder for you to fall asleep if your mind slips away. Remember not to push yourself if you do manage to fall asleep, with practice and consistency; you can overcome that. Take a breath in deeply through your nose, hold it for three seconds before breathing out through your mouth. Repeat the deep breathing for a couple more times, until you begin to feel your eyes wanting to close. Allow for your eyes to shut. As you breathe in, take notice of the way your chest rises and falls as you inhale and exhale. Set an intention for your body to relax, you can even declare it in your head if it's easier for you. As your body falls into a state of relaxation, continue to paying close attention to your body moving as you breathe. Imagine your lungs expanding as you breathe in through your nose and shrinking as you breathe out through your mouth. Begin to breathe like you normally do, and move your attention to your thoughts and your mind. Take a moment to clear away any thoughts that you might have or worries that might be clouding your mind, draining the focus from the sacral practice. Focus on the present, what is happening right now at this very moment and how you are letting go of any negative emotions. Push them aside and forget about them, you can worry about them later. What matters right now is receiving the healing that your body needs. If you mind your mind wandering away to other places the first couple of minutes, then know that it is perfectly normal, that is the true nature of the mind. You will find other thoughts pop out in your head,

but you also have the power to keep them at bay. When you realize that your mind has wandered off, bring your attention back to your breathing. Focus on the movement of your chest or any sensations that you might be experiencing all throughout your body. You will feel your body reach its relaxational state, and you will know when is the right time to proceed. Imagine the Power symbol, Choku Rei, in your mind. It works like a light switch to help you harness and encourage the flow of Reiki within your body more effectively and easier. Take some time to visualize the symbol; focus on one right in front of you. When you start to see it clearly, take the extra step to visualize it once again. As many symbols as you can within your vision. You can even consider visualizing yourself in a white room, with countless power symbols drawn on the walls around you rather than just hanging in the air. Allow yourself to feel the power vibrating through the symbols. Hold the final image in your head for a couple of more seconds before proceeding. Set an intention to harness the Reiki energy. Know that the Reiki energy is always within you; it's the life force energy that has been within your body ever since you got it. Focus on your body as a whole and allow the energy to resurface and flow throughout your body. Stay focused and calm as you will feel tingling sensations in different parts of your body; it is simply your body reacting to the energy. As you let the energy simply flow within your body, you will begin to feel light, as if you are floating right above the place you are lying at. You will feel in touch with the energy within your body as if you are one. Continue by bringing your attention to the bottom of your body, the toes, and the feet. Let the flow of Reiki travel there, hovering around the area, healing it and energizing it. Let the energy rest there for ten seconds, or however, you feel fit before allowing it to travel further up. You will feel tingling sensations or an itch forming there, simply ignore it and remind yourself to not move. Allow the energy to travel upwards, through your legs, hovering over specific areas that you feel need more attention, then allow the energy to travel higher, passing through your reproductive system, your stomach, and making it's way past your chest, your heart, all the way until the top of your head. Allow for the energy to rest there for a while, connecting with your mind and the subconscious before sending it to travel down your body, towards the very bottom where your toes are. This simple practice allows for your body to get used to the energy as well as loosening any tense areas. Continue to focus on that energy traveling to the toes until it reaches there. Let it rest for a couple more seconds before allowing it to go back up to the top of your head. Continue following and encouraging the flow of Reiki through your body at least three times. You will feel your breath slowing down, and your body reaching its maximum relaxation state. Set intentions for your body to get used to channel this energy by imagining the power symbol once again, this time just floating above you. It's energy intervening with the Reiki healing energy, strengthening it, and energizing it. Allow for your body to cleanse from any negativity by setting this intention on the last time you allow the life force to travel up and down your body. This pure energy can extinguish any negativity within your mind or body, and any tensions that you might be suffering from. Visualize letting go of any negativity by imagining breathing in pure energy as you breathe in. Allow for it to travel through your body, collecting all the negative energy and exiting it once you breathe out. Once you are done, allow for the Reiki force energy to equally distributed throughout your body, just the way it was before you let it travel through your body. Visualize that energy hovering over your body, taking the same shape as you before falling into your body and settling in. Your physical body might feel heavier than before, and you will feel as if you are being sucked into the place in which you are lying. Take a couple of minutes to settle in and return yourself back into the present moment. Allow for your mind to acknowledge what is happening right here and now by bringing your awareness to your chest rising and falling as you breathe in and out. Then bring your attention to your body, take notice of any tingling sensations that you might feel before bringing your attention to the way your body feels as it lays against the place of your choosing. Continue breathing for another minute before proceeding by visualizing the Completion symbol, Raku, simply hovering above you. It's the energy of grounding falling onto your body, finalizing the Reiki meditation by sealing in the pure energy within your body, and protecting you from any negativity that might interfere. After visualizing the Completion symbol, take some time to relax and rest for a minute

before allowing for your eyes to simply open. Don't get up yet. Take some time to reflect on the Reiki meditation that you have experienced, take notice of how your body felt before the meditation and how it feels now. Rest for a minute, allowing the energy to settle in further before getting up. You might either feel tired from using so much energy or energized as if that energy is embodied right into your bones. Make sure to drink a cup of water after your meditation, to encourage the flow of energy and bring the body and mind back into its present state.

Chapter 13.

Reiki and Science

In recent decades, Reiki has grown in popularity as a form of therapy and treatment that helps many people with a wide range of health and medical conditions. While it is considered an alternative therapy, it has been used with positive results that complement and improve the effectiveness of conventional Western medicine. There are some studies that indicate a positive effect on cancer patients who receive Reiki treatments, including pain relief, reduced anxiety and less stress overall. Reduced pain and tension, in general, are also benefits that have been reported by people who have experienced the powerful therapeutic effects of Reiki. In the United States, Reiki has grown significantly in the 1990s, evolving from a historical discovery and concept to a new, modern way to heal with universal energy. Due to the positive feedback from people using and practicing Reiki, it has increased in popularity and now widely offered in hospitals across the U.S. and in other countries as well. Reiki provides a gentle, relaxing therapy that gives relief during difficult experiences patients may undergo in hospitals and clinics, such as cancer treatment (radiation, chemotherapy), surgery as well as other procedures (CAT scans, MRIs) and medications. There are other benefits that support the use and practice of Reiki, either in a hospital, clinical setting, or a less formal space: ● Reiki is completely risk-free and does not cause any harm nor side effects to the person receiving treatment. In other words, even people who may be skeptical at first will give it a try, because there is nothing to risk or lose. Most, if not all people, have a pleasant experience during their first treatment. ● There is always a benefit from Reiki, whether it’s relaxation and stress reduction or a reduction in pain. Some people have reported the remission of disease or reduction of certain ailments, as a result of Reiki, though results can vary from one individual to the next. ● Reiki is not used to substitute conventional therapy, but rather, as a support for the body’s natural ability to heal and improve your health overall. This is another reason why it is strongly supported by the medical community and hospital network in the U.S., as it can alleviate the stress and negative symptoms often associated with some treatments. It gives patients something to enjoy and look forward to, after a difficult day of treatment. ● Some people report feeling more energetic and less fatigued after a session of Reiki. Chronic fatigue is a condition that affects a significant number of people, and many will take prescription medication or other forms of therapy to cope. Reiki can also provide additional support and energy while delivering this healing effect with a calm, peacefulness, opening, and increasing the flow of energy without added tension. ●

Reiki can be used on everyone of all ages, backgrounds, and abilities.

Since there is no risk of harm or side effects at all, anyone from a newborn baby, someone who is pregnant, to someone of advanced age can benefit from Reiki. Pets are also great candidates for treatment, as well. Reiki is also beneficial for people who may not have a specific condition or medical issue but would like to experience a general sense of relaxation and peace. Most people experience stress on a regular basis, and this often becomes chronic, even when we are unaware of it.

We may hold onto tension and worry too often, or find it difficult to unwind and relax, even when there is an opportunity to do so. Reading and learning about Reiki is a good start, and speaking with friends, colleagues or acquaintances who may have experienced a Reiki therapy session, or took a class themselves, will give you a better idea of what to expect before you begin.

Conclusion The healing technique of Reiki is all about energy. It enables you to tap into the energy the universe is giving you. It helps revitalize your body, mind, and soul. Start using this energy to recharge yourself. Reiki is a simple technique developed in Japan that enables you to channel the unseen life force present within your body in an unrestricted manner. By using hand symbols and gestures, it helps develop positive vibrations. It can bring about a sense of positivity and relaxation in your life. Reiki is a key to healthy living and holistic healing. All that you need to do is spend some quality time with yourself via meditation. By following the simple techniques and tips given in this book, you can start healing yourself using Reiki. It's not just about your physical health, but you can also improve your mental as well as emotional wellbeing. Once you get the hang of it, you will notice an improvement in your spirituality as well. Thank you and all the best!

CRYSTAL AND HEALING STONES HEAL YOURSELF WITH THE POWER AND CHANGE YOUR LIFE. ACHIEVE HIGHER CONSCIOUSNESS. BEST TECHNIQUES TO INCREASE YOUR SPIRITUAL ENERGY AND USING THE SECRETS FOR EXPANDE YOUR MIND

Introduction The different kinds of special stones, all containing various properties and connotations, have been lumped under the common name of “crystals.” Their colors can range from a pure translucent white to a dark red or blue. Most are crystalline and have multiple sides, are hard, and reflect light, though some look like simple rocks of different shapes and sizes. Size of crystals generally determines the amount of energy it can hold, as well as if there are any smudges or cracks in the crystal. When looking for the size of the preferred crystal, one might first examine what its use will likely be; is it used for helping to sleep, or to help with work? Is it used to help ground yourself, or protect your home from negative energy? If the stone is being used for things that can be done while stationary, it is wise to keep the crystal in a set location. If not, and it is used more often and for more various tasks, keep the crystal close, preferably on a pendant, bracelet, or simply in a pocket. There are hundreds of different types of crystals with varying colors, degrees of hardness, and properties. It would take far too much time to describe all, or even most of the crystals that exist. However, the chief crystals mainly associated with different shades and colors (Aquamarine, Garnet, Amethyst, and Sapphire) are easily catalogued and described. These are a few of the more common stones you can find to get started with.

Chapter 1. Stones

History of Crystal and Healing

Crystal healing has been around for a very long time but crystals themselves might even be as old as time itself. Decades and decades ago, many people and cultures used talismans and amulets to heal themselves physically, mentally, and spiritually. But the earliest use of crystals in our history is still unknown, however, traces of beads that were carved from mammoth ivory had been found in Sungir, Russia giving the world the earliest trace of crystal healing which dated back almost 60,000 years ago during the Upper Paleolithic period. In ancient cultures all over the world, different types of stones and crystals were used to transform, heal, and clear one's energy, as well as stimulating the physical, mental, and spiritual health. Beginning with Ancient Sumerians who lived centuries and centuries ago, they were known to be the first ones who treated crystals not as a 'pretty' piece of rock, but as a healing stone. Their tradition of using crystals have spread to different parts around the world, the Ancient Egyptians begin to use crystals to improve their health, protect them from any negative entities, and even used as makeup! Galena that also goes by the name 'kohl', was quite popular back in the day. It was used as an eye shadow for many women and even men. Many current names for crystals originated from Ancient Greeks that were passed down many generations and spread throughout the world. The name 'crystal' is a Greek word for 'ice'. Many crystals such as Amethyst, whose name means 'not drunken' was used to prevent getting drunk and hangovers. The Clear Quartz was believed to be frozen water that was frozen for so long that it will permanently stay solid. Another crystal by the name of Hematite, which means 'blood' for when it oxidizes, the color changes to red. This stone was deeply associated with the god of war, Ares, and was used for good luck in the battlefield. The Greeks rubbed many stones including Hematite, all over their bodies to ensure that the traces of its magical properties of the stone will remain on their bodies. The Greeks also believed that the stones were a gift from Gods and Goddesses, so they made sure to treasure them safely. During the 11th century in Europe, there were numerous papers that exploited the values of many crystals and stones in terms of healing and treating certain illnesses. These stones were not used alone, but rather with many herbal medicine and remedies. However, during the Renaissance, the use of crystals for healing was started to be questioned and developed into a scientific explanation. In the 16th century, a court physician named Anselmus de Boodt claimed that the stones had a presence of angels, either good or bad angels. The good ones would make one believe in the stones and help them use the stones for their right properties, while the bad angels would corrupt the people's faith in God and his gifts. He claimed that some crystals really did have good and helpful qualities while others not so much. In the late 16th century, another scientist Thomas Nicols released his thoughts to the public, claiming that simple inanimate objects could not possibly possess any magical qualities. Due to his belief gone public, the use of stones began to fall all over Europe. But many people still believed in the properties of crystals and continued to use them. In the early 19th century, there were many experiments conducted that aimed to demonstrate the effects of crystals and stones on subjects who believed to possess unexplainable qualities and spirituality. Some people claimed to feel either emotional or physical changes when touching various stones. Many people to this day claim to feel various vibrations within crystals but it can only be felt if the person has high vibration within their body. We all have this energetic vibration within us which is at a specific frequency and many people have different vibrations in them. Those who are always happy have high energy and vibrations while those who always have negative thoughts and feelings have low vibrations. Different problems within one's life also depend on their vibrations because our bodies act like a magnet, the negative attracts negative and the positive attracts positive. So if one always thinks negatively and has a bad perception of the world then the same vibrational events, people, or problems attract those with the same low vibrations. Have you ever had a bad morning and your entire day just

went downhill? That is because you started off your day full of negativity and low vibrations, for example, if you woke up late and your alarm clock didn't ring, many people would feel angry and frustrated, in a rush to get to work and scared for being late. All these are negative emotions that vibrate on a low level, they have the power to make your day worse. But if you instead react to the situation in a positive manner with high vibrations, then you can attract other good things into your life and you can even arrive on time to work. Around the late 19th century, the use of crystals began to re-emerge due to the many books that reintroduced the use of crystals and gemstones for many aspects in one's life, thanks to authors such as Katrina Rafael around the 1980s and Melody and Michae Gienger around the 1990s. Nowadays, many articles, newspapers, books, videos, and magazines are available to the public to read about different crystals and their properties. Crystals nowadays are also easier to buy although many can be quite expensive. There are many traditions which involve the use of crystals and stones for different properties such as in southwest of England there is a local family with the tradition that every female wears a moonstone necklace on their wedding day, this crystal was passed down generations. This moonstone necklace symbolized fertility. Jet stones were worn for those who were in grief while a garnet stone was worn during the period of war. Many cultures also used crystals for healing, such as the Zuni tribe which originated in New Mexico. They make stone charms and talismans that symbolize different animal spirits. They were 'fed' alongside ground maize and powdered turquoise. Many are still being made to be sold as sculptures and artifacts although their spiritual practice is no longer used. There are many other Native American tribes who have many sacred and precious stones. Maoris and Aborigines tribes carry out traditions that use stones for spiritual and healing practices and many of those stones are shared to the public however there are still some stones with their corresponding knowledge which is kept private within their tribe. There are many religions that have also used crystals and gemstones and believe in their abilities. Crystals and 'magical stones' were mentioned in the Bible, the Koran, and so many other religious texts. In Christianity, the lapis lazuli is associated with the purity of the Virgin Mary. The Koran mentions that the fourth Heaven is made out of rare stones. In Buddhism, there is a text which states that back in the seventh century there was a throne made out of diamonds. It was known to reside near the Tree of Knowledge where Siddhartha meditated. In Jainism, the Kalpa Sutra tells that there were fourteen stones that were taken by the Herinegamesi, the supreme commander of the foot troops, he kept only the finest stones to aid him and his 'power's after cleansing the stones and getting rid of their negativity. While in Hinduism, there are sacred texts which are over 5000 years old that mentioned many stones and crystals with their qualities and healing abilities. The Kalpa Tree, 'Kalpavriksha' located in India was said to be composed of many stones such as coral, emerald, diamond, cat's eye, ruby, topaz, and green zircon as an offering made to the Gods. There is also a divine lapidary text which is called Ratnapariksha of Buddhabhatta. Within those texts, many crystals and stones are ranked according to their price, rank, and qualities. The date in which this text was written is uncertain however, many say it is from the sixth century. In this text, one of the highest-ranked stones was the diamond, written as 'vajra' in the Sanskrit language. It was associated with the goddess Indra and her thunderbolt. This stone was used to protect the physical and mental health of those who carried it. There were many other crystals and stones which were listed along with their background knowledge. Crystals are a piece of a solid substance whose ions, atoms, or molecules are arranged in such a highly ordered microscopic structure that forms crystal lattice that extends in all directions. But how is this rock able to heal the body, mind, and soul? This has something to do with your vibrations, since our bodies vibrations are not very stable, meaning it can drop with every little type of stress that we experience but it also means it is really easily influenced. We are influenced and connected by everything, and including other beings and objects. Everything around you has a certain vibration to it, and anything has the power to interact with our own energy field which influences our mind, body, and spirit. One has the ability to change their reality and heal themselves with just the vibration of frequency that is present within the body. There is scientific proof that 'where thought goes, energy flows'. Our thoughts are so powerful that they can directly influence the actions of certain particles. When one

simply thinks or observes something, giving it attention, the energy is directed to subatomic particles that influence the outcome and velocity of these thoughts. We can create our own reality and perceptions, with just the help of our thoughts. The entire physical universe is made out of vibrations and pure energy, even Einstein was able to determine that energy equals matter in this equation of E=mc2. Energy and matter are one but different forms of matter and energy vibrate at different frequencies and this is where crystals come in. Crystals possess different sizes, thickness, color, and molecular compositions, all of these factors have certain frequencies in them, even color which is the light frequency. Certain colors such as violet and blue have a higher frequency than other colors such as red and orange. In fact, our eyes are quite sensitive to the high frequency that many times we can't see it, for example with the sky being the color violet but since our eyes aren't able to see this frequency, it replaces the violet with blue. Within a crystal, all the molecules, atoms, and ions are arranged in a repeating and fixed geometric pattern. Due to these crystals having a geometrically perfect pattern, their base and original frequencies don't change which gives them the ability to influence surrounding frequencies. However, crystals do and will pick up other vibrations that do not belong to them but they can also be restored to their rightful frequency after cleansing and charging them. Crystals also require support and help by setting intentions to amplify their energy and to know precisely what your goal is because 'reality exists only where we create focus'. When it comes to setting intentions and changing your vibrations, crystals and stones can help you change. They are tools, guides, and crystals whose only goals are to amplify and support your intentions. This is why having clear intentions is important, otherwise, you might be able to shape your future into not exactly what you wanted. Think of the crystals as a wishing stone, hold them tight and tell them exactly what you want, with every little detail if possible. This will amplify the use of crystals and will shape your future into exactly what you want. However, many people lose faith along the way and if you start to doubt yourself and the crystals then ask yourself, 'what can you lose from this experience?' Absolutely nothing! In fact, just by giving your faith which influences your thoughts, you can gain so much from the world around you. You can heal yourself with crystals, manifest anything you want in life, increase your energy, and so many more things! Have a little faith because you will thank yourself later.

Chapter 2.

What are Crystals?

We’ll start our journey by coming to understand what crystals are from a scientific perspective. To the average person, a crystal is nothing more than a pretty rock. Likely that makes you wonder just how an inanimate object like a rock is going to help you heal. This is a normal reaction by most people and is probably one of the main reasons why so many are reluctant to recognize the healing powers hidden inside each one of these precious gems. Yes, it is true that crystals are on the surface just another type of stone, but each one is unique and you won’t find any other stone with the kind of properties it possesses. Every crystal has its own energetic properties that can be channeled in all sorts of directions. These beautiful rock formations can be used in thousands of different ways, many of which go far beyond mere decoration. This is not just some spiritistic hype that only those with blind faith might believe. Few people realize that the world’s first radios were only able to transmit their signals with the aid of crystals. It is a scientific fact that we will discuss throughout the following pages of this book. While people see first their natural beauty and want to put them in the same company as they would diamonds and rubies, looking beyond the surface will reveal so much more.

What are Crystals and Where Do They Come From In scientific terms, crystals are simply a grouping of molecules and atoms. While they are hardened like a stone, each crystal has its own unique characteristics. First, they are formed from a variety of different natural materials on earth. Some are made from salt, and others come from other elements found in the natural world. Gemologists and geologists have a unique definition of a crystal. They describe it as a solid object with atoms that are organized in a repeating lattice pattern. While there are several different crystal patterns, we’re only going to focus on those that can be used for healing. These are sometimes described as gemstones, minerals, or rocks. Minerals: Not all minerals can be classified as crystals, but those that are, have a highly organized structure that is formed by the special way the atoms interlock together. As they grow, the variations of temperature and chemical composition that occurs underneath the crust of the earth throughout the eons of time, it takes for them to form to give them their distinctive properties. Rocks: Rocks are stones that have been formed from several different minerals, but all rocks can be considered as crystals. Gemstones: These are those rocks that have been cut and polished so that they are more attractive to the human eye. There are two classifications of gemstones — precious, such as diamonds or rubies, and semiprecious such as garnets and quartz. They come in all shapes and sizes, each having its own set of unique characteristics. The base material the crystal emerges from determines how it will be formed. For example, crystals made from salt will form cube-like shapes, while snowflakes or ice crystals will form into lattices. The process they go through when forming is referred to as crystallization. They naturally form in nature all around us. When hot liquid (like magma) cools and then hardens, the molecules in the liquid start to bond together in order to create stability. As they do this, they create a uniform pattern that repeats over and over again until they form a crystal. Other types of crystals are formed when water evaporates from a mixture. This is how salt crystals are created. You can actually see this with your own eyes. If you want to try a little experiment, take a teaspoon of table salt and put it into regular tap water and let it sit for 24 hours. When you check it again, you will see how the cube crystals have begun to form. These are created because as the water evaporates, the salt atoms are pulled closer together. As more water evaporates, the atoms will continue to pull together until they create a cluster. Eventually, you’ll be able to see the cluster with the naked eye in the form of salt crystals. You will notice that each crystal has its own distinctive shape, which develops based on the type of molecules and atoms at its base. It doesn’t matter if the crystal is large or small, if it has the same base molecules and atoms, it will have the same shape.

Of course, not all crystals are formed so quickly, but they are all formed in the same way. Some like salt can be formed in a matter of days, but others, like those that are carbon-based, may take thousands of years to develop. Natural crystals that have been formed within the earth’s crust, often take millions of years to develop. However, today there are many crystals that are now being developed in laboratories. This is because a true crystal is extremely rare to find these days, but if you do have the privilege to own one, you will have in your possession an extremely powerful tool with the ability to do wonderful things. Many people will sell you crystals, but they are not naturally formed. Natural crystals will always have some type of imperfection that can be spotted if you examine them closely. Those made in the laboratory will be perfect, absent of any flaws. Natural crystals can be dyed a different color or altered in some other way, but a laboratory made crystal can’t be changed. Another important difference is in the cost and the practicality of it. While a man-made crystal will have some level of energy, it will be far less than those that have been carefully made in the bowels of the earth for thousands of years. So, while they may be less expensive, you won’t get the same results you get with natural crystals when you use them.

The Power Inside the Crystal You’ve probably already experienced the power and vibration in a room without even realizing it. It’s that feeling you get when you’re in a room full of happy people, everyone smiling, laughing, and enjoying themselves. Then without any explanation, another person enters the room and the entire atmosphere changes. There seems to have been a sudden drain of energy, just by that person’s presence. This is called the Law of Vibration and it shows that everything we see, touch, feel, hear, etc. is made up of energy, even our physical bodies. From the scientific perspective, there is a little difference between you and the furniture in your room. Everything is the product of energy. This energy is constantly in motion, the only difference is that all of it runs on different vibrations. Those that share the same energy and vibrations are considered the same. As these energies vibrate, we develop thoughts, feelings, emotions, and are spurred on to take different actions, which can have an effect on the vibrations in some form. When we feel down and depressed, our vibrations are low and sluggish, but when we feel up and happy, our vibrations are faster, run at a higher frequency, and produce more energy. We may not be aware that we emit these types of energies, but as we go about our day, we instinctively respond to those energies that are emanating all around us, and people are also responding to the energy we are putting out. So, if you start your day in a bad mood or on a low vibration, chances are the people around you will respond accordingly. You’ll attract the same type of negative energy to you and it will be difficult to move out of that low frequency if you are not aware of it. The good news is that it doesn’t have to be that way. You do have the ability to change it in much the same way as if you wanted to change what you were wearing that day. It all starts with changing the way you think. Once you change your thought process, you’ll change your energy. This is the basics of the Law of Attraction. As a result of this change, you will be able to attract a different sort of people to you, those with a faster vibration than what you’ve normally been pulling in. It is that energy that exists in all things that has the power to heal whatever it is that ails us. This is not something new or mystic but is at the core of many scientific discoveries. It is the kind of evidence that is used to back up physical theories for more than a century. Albert Einstein’s theory of relativity is based on this very knowledge. It is the basis for nuclear power and will be the foundation of many new discoveries to come. We might be inclined to believe that this energy only exists in living things, but we would be wrong. Even inanimate objects like crystals have their own form of energy and vibrations, and it is when these two connect (humans and crystals) that we begin to see amazing things happen. Once we understand that all things vibrate, everything starts to become clear. While humans may not be able to automatically sense or identify those vibrations, they are there. In humans, the energy may

present itself in three different ways — through chakras, meridians, and auras. Chakras are the primary energy centers in every human body. Each person has seven different chakras that can be found in specific areas. It can be associated with color and a number of other qualities.

The first chakra is found at the base of the tailbone The second chakra or the sacral is found near the belly button The third chakra or the solar plexus sits at the base of the sternum The fourth chakra, the heart, sits right in the center of the chest The fifth chakra or the throat is found right above the Adam’s apple The sixth chakra or the third eye sits directly in the center of the forehead And the seventh chakra or the crown can be found at the very top of the head If you could visualize these chakras, you could draw a line directly from the first chakra at the base of the tailbone and draw it in a straight line all the way up through all of the other six, ending at the seventh chakra at the crown of the head. Meridians are the paths of energy that are running through the body. Auras are the energy fields that are surrounding the body. These auras help us to identify energy in ourselves and in others. They work a little like special cameras for us. Similar to human bodies, crystals also have their own vibrations and auras, and when the two forms of energy connect, crystal energy can have some sort of effect on our own vibrations. They can be used to help to modify or adjust our energy and as a result, bring about a certain element of healing. In other words, they can change how our energy vibrates. Now that people are recognizing this internal energy and its effects on the human body, more people are exploring ways to tap into it. Besides through crystals, you might find other treatments once scoffed at becoming increasingly popular. Reflexology and Reiki are just two examples. In the following pages, we’re going to show you several ways to use crystals to change your energy and vibrations.

Benefits of Using Crystals There are many different ways you can benefit from using crystals. Many have found that they help them mentally, emotionally, spiritually, and physically. Some have found practical use when they are used in conjunction with traditional Western style medicine. If they are having a physical problem, they have found that using the crystals will lessen the discomfort they may be feeling or help to relieve the suffering altogether. But aside from easing physical ailments, there are other ways that crystals can be used to your benefit.

They help you connect to your inner consciousness. They can help you to focus on that inner voice that is constantly running in your head. They can assist you psychologically so you can take more positive action in redirecting your life. They can clear away any emotional blockages that are getting in your way.

They help clear away negative energy and thought patterns. And they can help you to tap into your more creative side. We can understand how this is done by understanding the physics of human beings. While we are all made up of vibrating energy, our vibrations are not constant. When we are happy, our vibrations are usually much faster than when we are depressed. Our vibrations change from one day to the next, and even from one situation to another. We’re kind of all over the place. When we get close to someone with a low vibration, our vibration usually comes down too. The same is true when we are in the same vicinity as those with a high vibration. We feel good and we pick up on their emotions. With crystals, it’s different. These stones do not have emotions and feelings in the same sense that humans do. Therefore, their vibrations are always constant. They never change, and so they can provide us with a stabilizing effect that is hard for us to achieve on our own. There are no set rules for how to use crystals. Some people benefit from their energy just by holding them in their hands. Others will keep them close by, in their office, pockets, handbags, etc. Others sleep with them under their pillow or they lie down and place them directly on one of their chakras. While there are no specific guidelines for how to tap into crystal energy, you do have to have your mind in the right place to gain the most benefit. But when the world is crowding in on you from all sides, it can be difficult to channel your mind in the right direction. Many who use crystals recommend meditation to help you. This is not something that can be done once in a while. To get the best results, one needs to make a daily practice of meditation for at least 10 to 20 minutes. It will help you to focus long enough to decide on the direction you want to go and what steps you want to take. This can be a challenge in the beginning, but those who make a habit of it, usually find that in time, they can learn to push out all of their worries and stresses and eventually tap into that inner voice in their head. One of the easiest forms of meditation today is practicing mindfulness. It doesn’t require any position to take, nor do you have to worry about chanting any expressions or performing any rituals. Through mindfulness, you simply start to observe your thoughts as a neutral person, looking at them without judgment. By doing this, you separate yourself from your thoughts and eventually, you will learn to think more clearly. In time, you will feel as though you are a completely separate entity from your thoughts. Then you will be able to connect to your internal energy and channel crystal energy in the right direction. Other forms of meditation you can adopt are guided imagery, mantra chanting, repetitive movement, and affirmations. Find the type of meditation that works best for you and before long, you’ll be able to tap into your energy field and gain the most benefits out of crystal energy.

Chapter 3.

Different Crystals

Crystals for Happiness Happiness is a state of mind, and it needs to come from within. Different issues, daily stress, or any other worries can mostly suck your happiness away. Learning to stay happy is quintessential to your overall wellbeing. When you allow your worries to weigh heavily on you, it tends to manifest itself in the form of various emotional, mental, and physical ailments. Modern medicine offers plenty of pills you can take to get temporary relief from the symptoms, but it doesn't treat the cause. Instead of relying on prescription drugs, try crystal healing. The purifying and healing energy that is present within the crystals can cleanse your body and your surroundings. Even if the source of your unhappiness is negative thinking, crystals can help fix this problem. Dealing with addictions, stress, anxiety, negative thought patterns, toxic relationships, being around toxic people, and several other factors can drain your life of any happiness. The energy in crystals not only helps manifest joy into your life but also gives you an idea of the areas that adversely affect your happiness. Once you know the cause of your happiness, it becomes easier to deal with it. If you are tired of allowing negative emotions to suck away your happiness, crystal healing is a good idea. Holding onto positive intentions, thoughts, and vibrations help dispel any negativity present within. Usually, the only thing that stands between you and true happiness is your thinking. If you can effectively change it, then you can be sure of happiness in your life. The different crystals you can use to manifest happiness include turquoise, rose quartz, quartz, amethyst, onyx, fluorite, citrine, jade, lapis lazuli, and tiger's eye.

Crystals for Luck Who wouldn't want to get a lucky break? Something that can help them turn their life around? Living in the modern world has become an uphill battle of never-ending struggles. At times, it might also seem like nothing is working out for you regardless of how hard you try. If you have tried doing something and experienced failure, it will demoralize you and take away your internal drive or motivation to work hard. If you keep moving from one thing to another, trying to find something that does work for you and doesn't succeed, life becomes quite frustrating. Since the dawn of civilization, humans have always been fascinated with the concept of luck. Generations of men have tried to find a solution for bad luck, and one of the solutions they came up with was using crystals and gemstones. For hundreds of years, humans have believed in certain natural materials. Crystals possess the power to generate positive energy and good luck. If you feel like you are running low on luck, maybe you can start using certain crystals. The simplest way to obtain the benefits they offer is by carrying the crystals around with you as often as you can. The best crystals you can use to usher good luck into your life are pyrite, amethyst, Peridot, tiger's eye, agate, Labradorite, Sapphire, blue kyanite, carnelian, and aventurine.

Crystals for Better Relationships There is a popular quote by Buddha that goes something like, "If you like a flower, you pluck it; however, when you love the flower, you water it daily." This quote truly embodies the meaning of unconditional love. Love cannot be forced, and it certainly cannot be purchased. It can only be described as defined by the experiences you have in life. Love is not just meant for those, but it is meant for you as well. We all tend to go through our lives, expressing love for ourselves and others through the words we use, the thoughts we think, our actions, and our intentions. Love is not something that only a lucky few who are blessed with. It also comes in various shapes and forms. If you are struggling with your self-worth, then you must start loving yourself. If you are single, you might be looking for a long-term relationship and a committed partner. If you are married, you might wish to strengthen the bond you share with your partner. If you are a parent, you might want to establish a stronger relationship with your child. If you are a friend, you might be looking to heal the relationship you share with others. Regardless of the role you play in life, love is present in every single

relationship. One of the best ways to heal any relationship trouble is by using crystals. The vibrations present within them can make it hard to attract love into your life. Keep in mind that crystal will not solve your problem or guarantee that you will find your soulmate. However, it will certainly open up your heart and enable you to keep an open mind toward all those who come into your life. It serves as a constant reminder to be a better human by giving and receiving love. For instance, don't be under the misconception that wearing rose quartz will help attract your crush to you and make him fall head over heels in love with you. But the gentle and soft energy it emits will certainly make you more receptive to love and encourage positive interactions. A combination of these factors certainly helps increase the chances of making your crush fall in love with you. The energy given out by these crystals opens the heart chakra and encourages feelings of forgiveness, compassion, empathy, and kindness. These positive emotions help remove any stress or negative emotions present in the heart chakra like bitterness, anger, jealousy, trust issues, or hatred. Only if you are open to receiving positive emotions and giving out positive energy are the chances of building true and healthy relationships increased. The best crystals for romance, love, and marriage are quartz, ruby, Garnet, and amazonite. To create and maintain meaningful relationships, you can use turquoise, yellow Jasper, lapis lazuli, and Moonstone. To find new love, or renew any existing love, you can use hematite, green Jade, green aventurine, and morganite. To deal with heartbreak, and attain stability, you can use rhodonite, malachite, blue lace agate, and Mangano calcite. To improve self-confidence and self-love, you can use amethyst, rhodochrosite, kunzite, and citrine.

Crystals for Success Who wouldn't want to be successful in life? Whenever people think about success, they think about excelling in their career or earning more money; however, success is so much more than this. Success doesn't have to be restricted to your financial statements or your professional life. Maybe you want to be more successful in maintaining healthy relationships in life, improving your health, or successfully raising your children. Perhaps success might mean being successful in love or getting a promotion at work. Regardless of the definition of success you use, crystals will certainly give you a little support required to reach your destination. If you want to attract success into your life, then opt for gold crystals. Gold is the color commonly associated with power, success, and a sense of adventure. It is traditionally associated with kings, the Sun, and wealth. It is believed that this color can reach into the deepest recesses of your mind and help discover your true potential. It can make you aware of the different obstacles standing between you and the success you desire. Once you are aware of all the potential opportunities and obstacles, it becomes easier to devise a plan to reach your goals. While looking for success, always opt for crystals in shades of dark gold. Crystals in dark shades of gold are believed to be the ultimate crystals of power. They tend to execute a sense of leadership, influence, authority, control, and success. The gold color of these crystals brings you that power. The power of the mighty Sun combines with the power of clarity. When there is harmony in these two elements, it certainly brings about a sense of success while purifying your body and spirit, and enabling you to stay positive, regardless of the situation you are in. The crystals you can use for success include orbicular jasper, amber, fire opal, citrine, and spinel. The best crystals you can use include aventurine, garnet, citrine, amber, emerald, peridot, jade, pyrite, yellow sapphire, and sunstone.

Crystals to Alleviate Depression and Anxiety Nothing can kill happiness as quickly as negative thinking does. They tend to be our worst critics. If you get easily affected by what others say or think about you and think poorly of yourself, you can never be happy. One of the leading causes of anxiety and depression these days is the modern lifestyle. We are constantly overwhelmed by stress, and usually, it tends to get the better of us. If you start allowing your emotions to regulate your life, you can never attain any of your goals. Learning to

manage your emotions and understanding where they come from is the best way to control how you think and feel. Having said that, it is not wise to ignore any feelings. Your emotions tell you a lot about yourself. Listen to them and then decide whether they are true or not. There are different factors that can cause anxiety and depression. The primary reasons vary from an overwhelming lack of self-confidence to negative beliefs, unfortunate circumstances, and even in conflict. The energy present in crystals helps soothe the mind, heal the solar, and open your heart. From finding relief to healing your emotional self and feeling empowered, crystals will help tackle anxiety and depression. Note: If the feelings of anxiety and depression don't go away and stay with you constantly, then seek medical help immediately. Depression and anxiety are serious health conditions and must not be ignored. Never ignore your mental wellbeing. When left untreated, mental issues can start manifesting themselves as physical ailments. So, for the sake of your overall wellbeing, concentrate on your mental health. Whenever you need any help, don't be afraid to reach out. The best crystals you can use to alleviate anxiety and depression are aquamarine, calcite, amazonite, lepidolite, larimar, ocean jasper, tiger's eye, turquoise, tourmaline, and rhodochrosite.

Crystals for Protection What is the first thing that comes to mind when we think about protection? Maybe you think of a VIP surrounded by his bodyguards or a celebrity with her personal entourage. Well, bodyguards offer protection from physical threats. However, this is the only form of protection. Protection comes in various forms, and it isn't limited to physical protection. On an emotional level, protection might mean being safe and unaffected by the judgments or unpleasant emotions displayed by others. It means protecting yourself from the unprocessed anger that others expressed towards you. Never underestimate the power of the thoughts you have. Regardless of whether they are negative or positive, they help manifest what you think. If your thoughts are negative, then you are manifesting negativity into your life and vice versa. Likewise, if the thoughts that others have about you are negative, they are extending negative energy towards you. Sharing yourself from this kind of energy is quintessential for your wellbeing. Call it superstition or toxicity, but you surely cannot ignore the negative power thoughts can have on your life. By using protective crystals and stones, you give yourself a psychic. Before that prevents you from getting overwhelmed by those around you who might not be emotionally stable, grounded. If you keep allowing your life to be guided by the motion of those, you can never control it. It is especially true for those with high empathic abilities. Empaths are extremely vulnerable to picking on the emotions of those around them. They tend to experience and feel it as if they are their own emotions and not someone else's. When your mind is overrun with what others think, you don't have any space for the originality of your thoughts. You cannot accommodate yourself because of all this. A combination of all these factors will certainly bring you down. Therefore, protecting yourself from negativity is quintessential for your overall wellbeing. The different crystals you can use protection include black tourmaline, amethyst, labradorite, malachite, apache tears, jet, Serpentine, obsidian, smoky quartz, shungite, and sugilite.

Crystals for Confidence Your mind is an incredibly powerful tool. It has the power to shape your reality. Not just this, but it also affects the way you view yourself and the world in general. If you believe that you can do something, then your chances of succeeding will improve. On the other hand, if you don't trust yourself, you can never attain anything. Regardless of whether you think you can or cannot do something, you are right. You cannot go through life if you don't believe in yourself. Confidence affects your personal and professional lives. If you are not confident in your relationship, then he can never form healthy and lasting relationships. If you cannot stand up free yourself, you cannot express yourself. If you don't show confidence in the workplace, then everyone will walk over you, and you will become the doormat. A combination of all these factors will certainly affect your overall wellbeing and reduce your

chances of succeeding. Apart from it, it can severely harm your self-worth and make it difficult to love yourself. There are different factors that can harm your confidence. From rejection, anxiety to low self-esteem or dealing with self-doubt, or past traumas can leave lasting scars on your psyche. Unless you address these issues, you cannot improve your self-confidence. Restoring your optimism and renewing your self-worth will naturally boost your self-confidence. The best crystals for improving your confidence are the tiger's eye, sunstone, moonstone, carnelian, amazonite, ruby, hematite, orange calcite, rose quartz, citrine, and blue chalcedony. Your self-esteem and self-worth are closely connected. If you don't feel good about yourself, you cannot value yourself. If you don't appreciate and accept yourself the way you are, you cannot expect others to respect you or accept you. These factors will certainly prevent you from forming healthy and lasting relationships with others in your life. The best crystals you can use our carnelian, spirit quartz, orange calcite, Sunstone, red Jasper, rose quartz, amazonite, citrine, and tiger's eye.

Crystals for Weight Loss The society we live in has conditioned us to believe that only certain body types are perfect. From size 0 figures to washboard abs, we are constantly bombarded by pictures of celebrities who look perfect. When all this surrounds you, it becomes easier to strive to fit into the mold set by society. If you are trying to lose weight because of all these factors, then think again. Your intentions must be pure. If you want to work with the energy of crystals, keep in mind that you are harnessing the energy of the universe. Unless you know the reasons why you are doing what you wish to do, crystals cannot help you. If you are struggling with losing weight, even after trying new diets, and following a strict exercise routine, then maybe you can look at crystal healing. It is believed that any issues associated with weight loss are because of imbalances in the solar plexus chakra, heart chakra, and the root chakra. So, any crystal that helps open, align, and fix energy issues associated with this chakra is will help in weight loss. You cannot lose weight without putting in the required hard work. It takes plenty of time, commitment, consistency, and energy to attain your ideal weight. Don't think that by using crystals. You will magically be able to lose the excess weight overnight. It just doesn't work like this. Instead, they crystals full-service constant reminders of the goals you wish to achieve. Once your intention is thoroughly embedded within your subconscious, then every action you take regardless of how big or small it will lead you closer to your goals. It is the reason why you must have a clear idea in mind before you start using crystals. The different crystals suggested in this section help remove any negative energy and increase your motivation to work towards its goals. At times, people are so worried about not attaining the goals, the care to take the first step. If you are struggling with the same issue, then using this crystal will give you the confidence you require to get started. The best crystals for weight loss include fluorite, obsidian, Tigers eye, sodalite, seraphinite, green aventurine, and steatite.

Crystals for Spirituality All the higher chakras present in your body are known as the spiritual chakras. It includes your Crown chakra, throat chakra, and the third eye chakra. These chakras are closely associated with spiritual energy is present in the universe, and help you connect with the higher vibrations. They are, in fact, the exact opposite of the energy generated by the lower chakras. The heart chakra, solar plexus chakra, sacral chakra, and the root chakra enable you to stay grounded to the physical realm. Whereas spiritual chakra enables you to connect with the realm of divinity and cosmic energy. It is not just about spiritual awareness, but there are also about unlocking the door to our higher self and spiritual growth. Spiritual balance is as important as emotional and physical wellbeing. If you want to connect with your spirituality, then use crystals. When you think about spirituality, you might picture a yogi or a guru who spends his entire life meditating. Well, that's not what spirituality is about. It is about understanding

your purpose in life and the role you are required to play. The different crystals you can use to enhance a spiritual awareness are lapis lazuli, amethyst, aquamarine, clear quartz, fluorite, blue lace agate, sodalite, moonstone, labradorite, turquoise, and kyanite.

Crystals for Different Life Events Now that you are aware of the different crystals you can use for improving different areas of your life, there us look at certain crystals best suited for major life events. If you wish to take more risks in life and are worried, you are missing out on opportunities because certain fears are holding you back, then use lace agate. The beautiful patterns this stone will certainly bring about inspiration and encouraging you to seek adventure willingly. If you are welcoming a baby into your life, then use selenite. Place a large piece of selenite in the baby's room to create a calm, warm, loving, nurturing environment. Babies tend to respond to the high vibrations of this stone because the energy it emits is pure. If you are moving to a new city, are traveling, or have just moved to a new city, then use the tiger's eye. This crystal helps you stay grounded. Whenever you feel a little unsettled, if you like the feeling of having your feet firmly planted on the ground, then use this crystal. If you wish to make a career change, then opt for a green aventurine. This crystal helps with mental clarity, better focus, and creativity. If you want to be able to see new opportunities and make any changes in your professional life, then the energy given out by this crystal will come in handy. When you can clearly look at all the potential alternatives available, it becomes easier to ignore all the background noise and see things from a fresh perspective. If you are having any health troubles, then opt for shungite. It helps neutralize and balance. Any energy troubles you might be having in the body. If you feel like you are stuck in a rut, especially in your professional life, then opt for an amethyst. It lends a sense of clarity and enables you to understand whether the path you are on is working for you or not. Meditating with amethyst is the best way to improve your self-awareness and understand your purpose in life. Once you have a better understanding of all this, it becomes easier to make the required changes to attain your goals. If you feel like you are always running low on energy, opt for citrine. The hues of sunny yellow trapped within this crystal will re-energize and revitalize your body, mind, and soul. If you are trying to calm your mind and tackle anxiety, then opt for black tourmaline. It is easily available, inexpensive, and is a great absorber of all negative energy. If you are going through a rough patch in any relationship, dealing with a nasty breakup, use rose quartz to heal your heart. Think of it as a Band-Aid to heal any troubles associated with the heart chakra. If you think you are indecisive or are struggling to make a major life decision, use apophyllite. It is a stalactite mineral that enables you to seek the universal power for spiritual guidance. This mineral will certainly give you the courage required to make a hard decision with love and faith while holding onto your rationality and clarity.

Chapter 4.

What are Healing Stones?

Crystals have a long history of healing on many levels Cultures throughout history, including ancient Roman, Greek, Egyptian, and Asian, used crystals for their healing properties. Sacred texts included information about crystal healing, people buried the dead with significant stones, warriors and royalty wore crystals on different parts of their body and made use of talismans and amulets for good luck and protection. Ancient acupuncture needles were tipped with crystals to enhance healing. We find ourselves today utilizing similar techniques involving crystals and healing stones.

History For a long time, gems, minerals, and crystals have been utilized to achieve physical, emotional, and spiritual wellbeing. Nearly every ancient civilization as described above has used crystals in healing. The history of crystals and healing goes far and wide. Since the Stone Age, Jade is one of the first mined stones in China. There is a prehistoric monument built on 3,200 BC in Ireland that makes it even older than the pyramids of Egypt and the Stonehenge which is called Newgrange. There is a tomb where the front entrance was built using white quartz cobblestone. Over thousands of years ago, amber beads were found in Britain. Crystals were a power source in ancient civilizations of Lemuria and Atlantis. The people of Atlantis created patterns with strong energy resources to serve multiple purposes including healing. This is similar to crystal grids we still create and use today. Ancient Egyptians used many different crystals for a multitude of purposes. Quartz crystals or other gems were placed on the dead’s forehead at a funeral. It was believed the energy of the stone would guide the person in the afterlife. Dancers wore crystals, especially carnelian or ruby to appear attractive and support their personal strength. Those of royalty used lapis lazuli which is crushed and placed on the eyes to enhance awareness such as Cleopatra. To promote enlightenment and support the third eye chakra, Pharaohs placed amethysts on their third eye. Clear quartz, carnelian, emerald gems, ruby, turquoise, and lapis lazuli are used for cosmetics and jewelry. For the prevention of wrinkles, Egyptians thought of the use of powdered rose quartz on the face. As for the Priestesses and Priests of Egypt who are also known as healers, they have worn multiple crystals on their bodies. They believed that the gemstones renew their energy and then transmute to those with illness or who needed healing energy. Mayans used green jade for funeral masks, especially among rulers. They would be buried with the masks believing those in the underworld would recognize them as leaders and treat them well and help them in the underworld. Incans had a belief that the blood of their ancestral rulers is in rhodochrosite. Obsidian weapons were created by the Aztec warriors and used for their strength and grounding energy. In ancient Chinese culture, green jade was also of high value. The Chinese believed the energy of this crystal promoted prosperity and love. Small and large statues alike have been and continue to be made to symbolize the power of this ancient stone. It reflects the symbol of status, spirituality, health and clarity, and overall good luck. Greek soldiers would crush hematite that contains iron on them during battle. They thought the energy will give protection as opposed to their opponents. To protect them in battle, as well as to promote health and attraction of good things, Romans wore crystal amulets and talismans. To work against drunkenness, both the Romans and the Greeks used amethyst crystal. This stone was also often used to carve wine goblets. The healing properties of crystal were documented on Vedas, which is a sacred text in Hinduism. The Kalpa tree which is considered in India as a legendary tree is supposed to be made up of precious stones like topaz, diamond, tiger’s eye, ruby, green zircon, coral, emerald, and sapphire. Virgin Mary, mother to Jesus was symbolized by lapis lazuli in Christianity times. A sapphire from the 12th century is used for the cardinal’s ring today. In Renaissance Europe, healing stones, along with herbal remedies, were used to aid in healing the sick. For Australia and its native inhabitants, crystals and gemstones have always been given great

importance. The commonest is the quartz crystal. It is thought to help connect to the spirits of family and friends who have passed on. A cave that is also believed to house a giant rock quartz crystal is found under the Ayers Rock, Uluru. In the 1980s, a New Age dawned, creating a resurgence of crystal use, both practical and continued use for healing. Crystal healing continues to grow in popularity today. People, practitioners, and modern healers look back to the historical uses of crystals, gems, and stones and realize their beneficial powers are still the same today. Crystals, including quartz, are even used in a multitude of technological devices such as watches, radios, appliances, computers, and televisions. Western medicine is opening to the effectiveness of alternative therapies such as crystal healing. Everything is made up of energy. Science has proven all things in the universe have their own frequency and vibration, including crystals. Famous scientists such as Nikola Tesla proved how certain forms of energy can affect the vibrational characteristics of other forms of energy. If you have ever felt the energy sucked right out of you from being around someone who is negative, or felt extremely happy around someone who is upbeat, this is what it feels like to be aligned or entrained by others’ energy fields. This can apply to crystals as well, as they too have energy levels. The vibrational energy within crystals affects the energy fields all around them, including the human energy field. How this helps in healing is that crystals usually have a higher vibrational frequency than subtle human body fields. If we use crystals on or around our energy field, we can then take on that higher vibration of the crystal. We will start to feel lighter, brighter, on a higher frequency than before we began to work with crystals. Crystals do not actually do the healing themselves. They vibrate a certain energy that your body aligns with and you do the healing by taking in that energy. Our bodies then naturally take that higher energy and adjust to that for whatever needs necessary at the moment, instead of any negative or heavier energy that may be causing a blockage or disease. Vibrating at a higher rate is helpful to humans because it helps us advance spiritually and move in more positive directions physically, mentally, and emotionally. We learn to heal from within, naturally. This type of healing occurs gently and noninvasively yet is very self-empowering. Healing must take place on all levels to fully initiate and complete the healing circle. It is not enough to treat any disease or illness only on the physical level as this would only treat the symptoms. This is the common western way of medical treatment. The root of the disease must be found and treated on the soul or spiritual level in order to completely heal with permanent results. Many natural healers believe we are here on earth for soul growth. This occurs through our body’s natural healing abilities and powers. Crystal healing can be viewed as certainly promoting this type of development on the physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual levels. Practitioners of natural healing are re-discovering this ancient healing modality. Crystals are natural elements that come from the earth. They can help us feel grounded. They can also help us connect to our energetic selves, the subtle energy bodies existing outside our physical one. This includes our aura, etheric body or biomagnetic sheath, as well as our higher self and Divinity. This helps us keep balance with spirit and our physical, emotional, and mental wellbeing. Humans exist only with all of these levels. Crystals support this existence in a positive way. When choosing a crystal to work with, let its color, feel, vibration, all come into play. Let it resonate without judgment. Sometimes you will just know when a crystal looks or feels right.

Holistic Healing One way to use crystals in healing on all Physical, Emotional, Mental, Spiritual (PEMS) levels is through meditation. When we meditate, we are focusing on the present very intently. When we introduce the healing work of a crystal into this practice, we enhance the benefits greatly! Meditating allows us to be still, present, repeat a positive affirmation. This intention or mantra connects us to our higher selves and a higher vibration. Since crystals generally have higher vibrations, they are a natural enhancement to meditation practice. When we focus our intentions while gazing at or holding a specific crystal, this increases the power of the energy and intention. You may not feel something right away. Be patient, open-minded, and keep trying. A thoughtfully considered intention is the starting point for healing with crystals. Specific intentions instilled into daily thought patterns also become part of its energy. We always have free will to choose our thoughts as each day brings forth new challenges and wonderful beginnings. Healing crystals help

us focus our intention, quiet our mind, and reconnect to the universally healing vibrations of the Earth. Thoughts create vibrations throughout the universe, which makes setting intentions a powerful way to achieve happiness and wellbeing. Having a clear purpose provides us with insight into our dreams, aspirations, and values. It also helps us to be in the present instead of being caught in negative thought patterns. We can also get stuck in past patterns that have never or no longer serve us in any way positively. Crystals can help alleviate these doubts. Intentions are like magnets by attracting what can make them come true. Creating an intention starts by setting goals that align with your values, aspiration, and purpose. Healing the body Your body is the physical part of you. Crystals can help balance bodily energies and facilitate physical change. This could include relieving headaches, exhaustion, fatigue, joint, or muscle pain. Crystals can even help with such physical ailments as seasonal allergies, sore throats, and fevers. They should, however, never substitute care from a qualified healthcare provider. Healing the mind Your mind is both physical and nonphysical. The physical aspects of your mind include the brain and nervous system. The nonphysical aspects include emotions, thoughts, and dreams. The vibration in crystals can help balance energies of the mind to bring about healing. Conditions that can be eased might include emotional issues, stress, anxiety, insomnia, nightmares, depression, and grief. Healing your spirit Your spirit is purely a nonphysical part of you. Crystals can assist in balancing spiritual energies such as unconditional love, forgiveness, compassion, and belief systems. They can also facilitate communication with your higher self and a higher power. Health benefits When crystals are carried, worn, held, or even just gazed at or placed in a meaningful area, they have an added benefit to our subtle energies surrounding our physical body. Chakras linked the subtle bodies to the physical body or centers that mediate and circulate energy. Using crystals in our daily lives this way can help create balance, stability, peace, and joy. Increase energy Many specific crystals can be used to increase energy. Red and orange ones are excellent for overcoming energy depletion. They not only boost energy but they also help to get positive thoughts flowing again while getting rid of negativity. From long ago to now, it is said to be beneficial to wear a red crystal or amulet to help purify the blood and allow it to flow freely. When blood flows clear and free, our life force or Qi is strong! Vitality is strong and we feel driven, have a purpose. Crystals which are red and orange are commonly known to give motivation and energy. Orange carnelian, red jasper, ruby, and bloodstone are fine examples of crystals that are associated with stimulation while providing balance. Carnelian can be carried for an instant pick me up. Simply holding it for a few minutes can improve your energy levels. Red Jasper can be used longer term, holding a long storage of energy when needed. It can help to place this on any lower chakras when you need a boost of lasting energy or have been exhausted over time. Clear quartz is a master energizer for the aura or biomagnetic sheath. Energizing your aura has an overall beneficial effect on your energy level in general, but it also makes your physical body feel more energetic. Placing a clear quartz crystal over your body, just below your navel for ten to fifteen minutes can help you feel recharged and ready for anything. Clear the Mind Crystals are powerful in stimulating a lethargic mind and promotes calmness as well. Crystal can assist in boosting a person’s creativity, clarity, and concentration. They help raise human vibration thus bringing focus to your mind. Crystals to use for mind calming and clearing are clear quartz, amethyst, sodalite, bloodstone, and carnelian.

Clear quartz placed above or around the head and crown chakra will provide your body with clearing energy and allow it to get back to its most perfect state of balance. Calming amethyst relaxes your mind and improves your memory, creating focus and concentration. Carnelian can be very activating, letting the mind sharply focus, and dismiss mental fogginess. Sodalite also has a strong effect on the mind. It can eliminate mental confusion and encourage intuitive perception and reasonable thought. This opens the mind to see things in a different manner and to receive useful new information. Bloodstone can be an excellent tonic crystal to relieve an overactive mind. It reduces mental confusion while increasing alertness. It helps in adapting to changing or stressful situations, maintaining mental stability. This helps in clear decision-making. It can be beneficial to keep a bloodstone in your pocket during any type of test or exam, to help focus on a solution rather than a problem. Creativity By uniting the right and left hemispheres of your brain, the capacity to solve problems and creativity can be expanded. The right side is more intuitive, creative, and willing to take risks. The left side of the brain is analytical, logical, and fact-based. Crystals can bridge the gap between the two and channel their powers. Crystals are able to assist and help when you feel burned out and your creative paths feel stuck. Red and orange crystals such as carnelian, red or even yellow Jasper are warming and stimulating stones. They can be used to stimulate creativity and boost self-esteem with their vibrant colors. You will be able to reach your goals and confidently move forward as they increase passion and motivation. Carnelian, in particular, is considered a strong action stone. Red or yellow Jasper helps you realize a problem assertively. They combine organization (think compartmentalization) with imagination. Red Jasper, in particular, can bring forth conflict before it becomes too overwhelming. It allows you to investigate new coping strategies and provides useful insight into the most difficult situations. Both red and yellow Jasper increases creativity. Healing sessions Crystal healing therapy has been used for over 5,000 years but still continues today, especially in Ayurvedic Medicine from India and Traditional Chinese Medicine or TCM. Practitioners have studied past uses of the therapy to become knowledgeable about the techniques in order to apply them to modern illnesses and disease. This book will help you collect and work with crystals on your own. However, it is important to know how a healing session with a practitioner may be, or if you would like to emulate your own healing session in the comfort of your own home. Healers who use crystals believe the stones work as conduits to attract positive energy into the body while drawing negative energy away from it. Neither the practitioner nor the crystals are doing the actual healing. It is up to the person receiving it to be open to this natural modality in order to allow the healing to occur within them. This can help keep all levels of energy balanced, from the physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual aspects. Indeed, crystal healing is a gentle yet powerful way to heal! One way a crystal healer may perform a session is to have you first fill out an informational form regarding past and current issues and background. They may have you sit or lie comfortably on a therapy table or even on the floor. Your chakras will be assessed to see where attention is needed. Appropriate crystals will be used to open, cleanse, and balance the major chakras. Usually, a specific crystal layout will be determined for individual needs and placed on and around the body. They will be activated to their fullest healing potential to promote healing and restore balance. There may be soothing music, sound therapy, and essential oils used. The receiver should be deeply relaxed during the session and rejuvenated afterward. Anything that is felt after a session is deemed appropriate as we all react differently to healing. You may feel tired or anxious as you release some no longer needed energy. Overall, you should have a complete feeling of wellbeing. Never does crystal therapy replace medical attention from a traditional medical doctor, nor does it claim to cure any illness. What to Expect When energy healing work is done, the energy will align with your highest and greatest good. Sometimes the change you think you need or want is not what best serves you. Get rid of any expectation of the result and allow what serves you to come forth. When we set expectations and stick to them, we limit ourselves and results. What we imagine is usually smaller than what the universe

makes available to us. Sometimes what serves our greatest good doesn’t appear as we think it should. Try to remove “should” and “could” from your vocabulary and accept what the energy brings. Sometimes changes are subtle and take a while to occur. Sometimes they are immediate and very obvious. Oftentimes, when major healing occurs, a shift in our reality can throw us completely off balance. Understand the need for change but allow yourself to let go of any expectations of how and what change should happen. Set your intention, do the work, remove judgment and expectation, and be open. The energy will always serve your greater good.

Crystals and the Moon A new and a full moon are very sacred times full of energy. The full moon reflects the outcome of both your physical work and your energetic manifestations. To utilize this energetic, sacred time to your advantage, a full or new moon ritual is a powerful way to harness the energy and to magnify it positively to benefit your life and higher self. Whether you choose to celebrate the full or new moon with an elaborate ritual, a brief meditation or any other personal technique, introducing healing crystals into this practice will increase and strengthen your manifestation abilities. Working with crystals in this way strengthens them for that moon cycle, as well as the one immediately following. There are particular crystals that will work most effectively during the full or new moon phase. The ones you pick for use are usually uniquely personal choices based on what you relate to the best. You can very clearly state intentions between the phases of the moon. The new moon is actually a wonderfully magical time to set intentions. By the time the full moon has arrived, it is believed your intentions set will come to fruition. When the full moon does arrive, it is good to reflect on any gifts received and express gratitude. This is often a time for deep introspection. What can you do to better yourself, your life, grow physically, mentally, and spiritually? The energy of the full moon is always positive. It is thought to be feminine, goddess-like. This means it relates to the psychic, mysterious, softer yet cooler aspect of our selves. The moon is feminine yin and dark, to the masculine yang and light of the sun. Using crystals and their unique powers during the phases of the moon can increase what you create to be even more abundant. If you are satisfied with your status quo and ask for that to stay the same, use this energetic time with your crystals to be grateful and expand your gratitude for what you have. Always live in gratitude. With the next moon phase, you can state a new intention including any growth you may have experienced. Let go of whatever you need to let go of and let the powers of the crystals and moon expand the positive aspects of the whole experience. When working with different phases of the moon, your genuine intention and working with that particular moon phase is more relevant than the specific crystals you choose to work with. Even though the moon really represents feminine energy, it does embody both yin and yang, like our own bodies. The moon is balanced in itself. The full moon is thought to be masculine, yang energy, a time for action and completion. The intentions or seeds we plant at the time of the new moon are now in full swing and must be acted upon. The new moon is more introspective, about going within. It is feminine, yin energy, a time to gratefully express desired intentions. New moon energy requires more thoughtful action with our minds and spirit. We can meditate quietly yet be acutely aware of any messages we receive in order to help us set objectives. Selenite Selenite is a beautiful, soft white crystal that can be iridescent and reminiscent of the moon and its glow. This crystal can be beneficial for letting go or for setting forth action. It is a highly protective and amplifying crystal. This makes it quite perfect for setting intentions during phases of the moon. It is very unique and powerful in that it does not need to be cleansed as it does not absorb or store energy. It serves as a clearing stone for other crystals because of this quality. It readily protects against negativity. Selenite also helps with clearing your aura, increasing intuition, and connecting with your higher self and divinity. Selenite is a good crystal to work with when wishing to work with forgiveness and the moon phases. During the full moon, selenite can be receptive of its abundantly available bounty and clear blockages to help you let go of anything that no longer serves you. It will rejuvenate you and recharge your energy field and chakras, to help you step into the next moon phase with your full potential.

Moonstone Any type or color of moonstone is terrific for working with lunar energy at any moon phase. Its basic coloring is a milky grey, peach or white with an opalescent sheen. It is known for its protectiveness, connecting to higher realms, divinity, and intuition. Moonstone is also helpful during water or night time travel. These characteristics make it a perfect crystal to use in working with the phases of the moon. Labradorite Labradorite is another wonderful choice to work with moon energy. It is a protective crystal associated with magic. It can help open your third eye chakra, thus allow you to be receptive to receive from higher realms and your higher self. It is beneficial to increasing intuition. It reduces negativity and dispels illusion. This can help in setting realistic yet mystical intentions during the moon phases. Usage There are a number of different ways to use any of the above crystals during new or full moon phases. You can place the crystal under your pillow during the night of a full or new moon. This can help release the power of the moon in your dreams and cause you to have very vivid dreams with intuitive messages. You can also place a crystal or group of crystals in the full moonlight for charging. Clearly state the intention you wish these stones to amplify. Ask that they carry that energy into the next moon phases. On the day of a full or new moon, carry a crystal of your choice with you. It will serve as a reminder of your intentions, work to be done, letting go, as you are in tune with that powerful moon phase throughout the day. During a new or full moon ritual or meditation, keep a crystal of choice near you or in your hands. This will enhance the moon’s powerful energy of this phase and allow you to go deeper into your practice. Grounding When working with the powerful phases of the moon, it is easy to become overwhelmed or imbalanced. To help with this, it is important to have a grounding crystal readily available. Good grounding stones are smoky quartz, black tourmaline, and hematite.

Chapter 5. Stones

Basics of Crystals and Healing

If you are using crystals for the first time, you may be very fascinated by how they work. Crystals are one of the best ways to build a connection with the energy that is present in the crystals. There are different types of crystals, and each type has a different meaning. Every crystal is unique, and their powers are unique too. You should look at the color of the crystals before you select one. Every color vibrates with a different frequency, and this color, when combined with the power of the crystal, will have a different effect on the body. It is for this reason that you should understand the effect of different colors before you choose the crystal for healing. Since you are only starting to learn about crystals now, it is a good idea to start with understanding the colors of crystals and their significance. You should also remember to trust your intuition when you choose a crystal. Your intuition matters more than the color, shape, and type of crystal that you want to use. If you know what you are looking for, you will be drawn to the crystal, which will work for you. That said, a little awareness would always come in handy. The colors of your chakra also resonate differently with different crystals. These chakras are the energy centers of your body, and they are responsible for your physical, spiritual, and emotional wellbeing. Let us now look at the different colors of crystals. White Colored Crystals White crystals signify peace and purity. Clear or white crystals often emit a lot of energy, and this energy is believed to be purifying and cleansing. For example, clear quartz is often used to amplify the energy of other crystals that are being used for healing, and selenite is used to cleanse any space. In the same way, moonstone is used to remove any negative emotions or tensions from the mind of an individual. White crystals are easy to work with because they can connect easily with human energy, and they promote a sense of serenity and peace. It is good to use white colored crystals when you are working on any energy cleansing process or when you are meditating. Some examples of white-colored crystals are selenite, moonstone, white chalcedony, Apophyllite, and clear quartz. Black colored crystals Black crystals are known to offer protection, and they are extremely powerful. You can use black crystals if you want to remove any negativity from your surroundings or your life. If you want to protect yourself physically or prevent any negative thoughts, you should use black crystals. Black crystals can dispel your fears quickly and also help you develop a sense of safety and security. People have the misconception that their safety and security are both related to physical health. Safety and security are also related to mental and spiritual health too. Black crystals are also called barrier crystals because they protect you. They offer not only protective abilities but also improve the focus of the person wearing these crystals. White stones reflect purifying light, but black crystals absorb light. These crystals are also used to unlock or find any hidden potential or talents in an individual. Black crystals have immense power, and this power is stored deep within the stone. It is for this reason that you will need to be patient to unlock this energy. Some examples of black crystals are shungite, obsidian, black kyanite, and black tourmaline. Red Colored Crystals If you want to use a crystal that will make you feel pumped and more energetic, you should use redcolored crystals. Do you drink red bull or other energy drinks? Do you feel better when you finish that drink? A red crystal will perform the same function. The color red is associated with the life force, the root chakra, and the planet Mars. Our life force is blood, the root chakra is associated with some basic animalistic instincts, and the planet Mars is associated with passion, war, and sex. It is no wonder that the energy emanated by red-colored crystals is intense and raw. Red crystals will give you the motivation and the determination to keep going and meet your goals. If you want to boost your energy or want to be capable of performing any activity, you should choose red colored crystals. Some examples of red-colored crystals are ruby, garnet, rubellite, vanadinite, and red jasper. Orange colored crystals

An orange crystal helps the wearer focus better. These crystals promote a person's artistic abilities and also promote creativity. Orange is associated with the sacral and root chakras, and it is believed that this crystal is associated with both sexuality and creativity. These crystals will provide a source of creativity and also help to inspire that creativity. You can make things interesting for yourself if you use orange crystals. These crystals are also believed to be helpful since they act as supporters or catalysts in major life changes. If you want to make a swift decision or want to start working on a new project, you should use this crystal. Carnelian is one of the most popular orange-colored crystals. This crystal is known to project warmth, and it is for this reason that the pharaohs of ancient Egypt favored these crystals. Some other examples are sunstone, amber, sunset aura quartz, and orange calcite. Pink colored crystals Pink crystals emanate an energy that feels like a warm hug from a friend. It radiates a loving, warm, gentle, and soothing energy, which will make the wearer feel good. A pink crystal helps to promote a feeling of compassion and calm, and it is believed that these crystals bring kindness and love into the life of the individual wearing it. If you have any issues with kindness, forgiveness, love, emotions, selflove, or any other issues along these lines, you should use pink colored crystals. A pink crystal will make it easier for you to open up your heat and also let other people connect with you easily. A pink colored crystal brings in emotions, sensitivity, gentle, and subtle energies into your life. Unexpressed emotions or suppressed emotions will hinder your personal growth, and a pink crystal helps you relinquish these emotions easily. You can unleash all your suppressed energy when you use pink crystals. These stones are also associated with self-love and unconditional love. Some examples of pink-colored crystals are rhodonite, pink opal, rose quartz, pink tourmaline, and rhodochrosite. Yellow-colored crystals The color yellow is associated with the solar plexus chakra. The energy that is radiated by a yellowcolored crystal is the same as the energy emanated by the solar plexus chakra. This color is associated with the color of the sun, and these crystals emanate warm energy, which can fill the wearer with warmth. It is believed that yellow-colored crystals are also associated with your nervous system, immune system, and digestive system. The energy of yellow crystals is optimistic and bright, and they also help you find your true self. If you want to start a new chapter in your life or a new project, you should use yellow crystals. The solar plexus chakra is associated with your sense of self, and these crystals can always inspire self-confidence. If you want to give your confidence a boost or want to feel better, you should use yellow crystals. Some examples of yellow-colored crystals are honey calcite, golden onyx, citrine, sulfur quartz, and yellow jasper. Blue colored crystals Two chakras in your body are associated with the color blue – your throat chakra is associated with the color light blue while your third eye chakra is associated with the color indigo. The throat chakra is associated with all forms of communication, and a light blue colored crystal is also used for the same. The color light blue is associated with the five senses – touch, smell, taste, sight, and the ability to feel. Light blue colored crystals also affect the way you communicate with yourself and how you express your thoughts. Intuition, peace of mine, the ability to understand and perceive are affected by indigo colored crystals. Blue colored crystals have the same effect as the ocean or sky tends to have on your body. Blue crystals can enable you to be your true self and also help to give you a sense of clarity. Some examples of blue-colored crystals are aquamarine, larimar, blue lace agate, azurite, and lapis lazuli. Green colored crystals Green is the color of both money and nature. If you want to grow your spirit or reconnect with the people around you, you should wear green crystals. You can also use these crystals if you want to make a new start in your life. Jade and other green crystals are used to attract money, wealth, and prosperity, and people from different cultures in Asia believe that these stones are sacred. Green crystals are associated with the heart chakra, and it is for this reason that they can be used to establish balance or stabilize any relationship or the emotions in an individual. Green colored crystals represent your serendipity and personal growth. Green crystals also help you get rid of any stress or anxiety that you may feel, and they will help you maintain a joyous attitude towards life. If you want to

get rid of any toxic relationships or harmful patterns in your life, you should use green-colored crystals. They help to bring a sense of wellbeing by managing the energy in the heart chakra. Some examples of green-colored crystals are jade, malachite, moss agate, and green aventurine. Purple or violet colored crystals Violet or purple is the color associated with the crown chakra. A violet crystal will help the individual using these crystals tap into their feelings of inspiration and empathy. They also give the individual a sense of helping the people around them. Violet colored crystals help to bring a balance in the emotions in any situation. You can use these colored crystals whenever you are unsure of the problem you are facing. A purple crystal is known to bring a balance in your spiritual energy. These crystals not only help you find inspiration but will also help you tap into your spirituality. You should use purple or violet crystals if you are trying to find the true purpose in your life. A violet or purple colored stone is often used by individuals when they practice meditation. Some examples of purple colored crystals are charoite, spirit quartz, sugilite, amethyst, and lepidolite.

Different shapes of crystals Crystals come in many shapes. The shape of each type of crystal is a result of their geometric arrangement. Wands Wand shaped crystals have many varieties among them. Some of them are: 1. Acicular - These crystals are needle-like, slender, and taper at one end. 2. Columnar – these crystals are slender, straight prisms, and they are formed parallel to each other. 3. Bladed – these crystals resemble a blade; they are slender and are flattened. 4. Prismatic – these crystals are elongated and are formed as big chunks. They are long, prism-like structures. These rough wand-shaped crystals are commonly used in healing processes involving crystal wands. They are mostly used to cleanse the body and heal it, and they are also used in meditation. Chunks Many crystals without a proper facet count are formed in chunks: 1. Reniform or coliform – these crystals are intersecting kidney-shaped chunks. 2. Stubby – as the name suggests, these crystals are slightly elongated, but they are wide chunks of rock. 3. Globular – these crystals are formed as chunks of hemispherical masses, which are grape-like. Clusters have proven to be excellent at enriching the surrounding environment. Their resonating energy flow will cleanse the atmosphere around them and will bring a sense of calm. These crystals can help bring calmness to a difficult environment in the workplace. Cut crystals As the name suggests, these crystals are not naturally formed but are rather cut and polished natural crystals. The unique geometry of the crystals is the reason behind their resonance. So if these crystals are cut in the right shape, then the resonance from their geometry will amplify their healing abilities even more. Tumble stones When two crystals are repeatedly rubbed or tumbled over each other until the friction created between them causes their surfaces to become smooth and shiny, they are called as tumble stones. These tumble stones create a balance in the energy of the person carrying it, and the person, in turn, maintains the energy of the stone. Point

A standing crystal point, or a crystal tower, is a stone that is cut and polished to look like a crystal point. These crystals can also be formed naturally. A crystal point is used to direct and focus on different types of energy. A crystal point has immense energy, which will help to improve your focus. You can improve or enhance the power of a crystal if you shape it into a point. Crystal points can be used to direct the flow of energy from inside your body to the outside or vice versa by turning the point of the crystal. Crystal points are also used to manifest a person's intentions. Standing crystal points helps you focus and visualize your intentions. These crystal points make it easier for you to send your energy associated with that intention into the universe. It is a good idea to use crystal points when you have just started to use crystals, and these crystals can point to any part of your home. These crystals can also be used as the center of any grid that you want to make. Generators A crystal that is in the form of a generator has six facets that meet at one vertex or point. These facets do not necessarily have to have the same proportions. The energy of these crystals is found at the base and is moved upward towards the point. The tip of the generator channels the energy into the universe, and the base absorb the energy from the universe. This will create a continuous cycle of releasing and absorbing energy. A generator is used to improve the energy of other crystals or the crystal with which this generator is made. You can also use crystal generators to charge other crystals or stones. Worry stone Worry stones were used to help people relieve themselves from worry and stress. Worry stones are small in size, and they help the individual stay calm. Worry stones can be used during meditation to help an individual focus on themselves and their breath. A worry stone is small and has a groove at the top of the stone. When you feel uneasy, you can hold a worry stone in between your palms and rub them to release that uneasy feeling. These stones will also help an individual relieve any anxiety in the same way that a fidget spinner is used. Spheres Crystal spheres are very powerful. Crystal spheres are symmetrical, which enables them to release energy from every angle of the sphere. This will help to improve the quality of any vibrations in the space that you are in. This seamless flow of energy that is radiated by the crystal will help to remove any disturbances in your surroundings and also help to improve your ability to focus. A crystal sphere will improve your overall wellbeing and also improve the energy in your body. Crystal spheres can also be used during a massage, especially during reflexology. You can roll these crystals on any part of your body and ease the tension in muscles. Energy and light can pass through this crystal without any obstructions, and it is for this reason that these crystals are used for scrying. If you want to improve the quality of love energy that you absorb or radiate, you should use a crystal sphere made from rose quartz. You can also use a tourmaline crystal sphere if you want to feel more grounded. These spheres make it easier to optimize the energy that is present in the crystals. Double terminated Crystals that are pointed at both ends are called double-pointed or double-terminated crystals, and they often grow in this shape from a seed which is present at the center of the crystal. A double terminated crystal is formed when a silicon dioxide molecule grows outward from both directions. The energy in this crystal will radiate from both ends at the same time because of the shape. You can use this crystal to exchange energies with the universe or with people around you. A double terminated crystal is often used to improve a person's psychic abilities and also helps you recall dreams. A double terminated crystal can act like a bridge between two ideas or points. You can use these crystals to unblock any energy and also activate the free flow and movement of energy. These crystals also help with breaking any bad habits or overcoming addictions.

Chapter 6.

Connection to the Human Body

All living organisms vibrate at a certain frequency or range of their own. These vibrations are caused by the electromagnetic waves in the living system. These waves have a definite path. In organisms such as migratory birds, these waves resonate with electromagnetic waves of the earth, which helps these find their paths across continents and oceans without getting lost. Humans also vibrate with electromagnetic waves, and it is a complex system for us. The negative flow of energy in our bodies causes diseases; crystals are natural conductors of electromagnetic waves, and they can help conduct these waves in our bodies in a balanced manner. The electromagnetic waves in our bodies are not random; rather, they have certain energy centers where they are concentrated. Crystals can activate these energy centers, and this soothes our body and mind, giving ways to positive energy to flow in our body.

Crystals, chakras, and qi People who practice Yoga and Feng Shui will be familiar with the chakras. Chakras are spinning wheels that align the energy of your physical, spiritual, and mental self. There are seven major chakras in our body and 50 minor ones. Any blockage or disruption in the flow of these energies will affect the individual. These chakras help keep our balance and health. The more energy your chakras absorb, the healthier you will be. Qi or chi is the vortex of the energy flow of our life force within our body that connects our physical and mental self. Your qi is concentrated at your core, and once you learn to tap into your qi and stay in balance with it, you will be much healthier. Crystals help to energize and cleanse your chakras and your qi. You should place the crystals on the focal points of the chakras and one on the focal point of your qi if you want the healing process to work. These chakras are the energy centers in your body that reflect specific parts of your body. When placed so, their resonating energy will balance the flow of energy in your body and cleanse it. Once the energy flowing in your body is clean, your body automatically becomes in harmony with the positive energy and starts healing.

Crystals and Chakras There are seven chakras in the body, and each of these chakras is an energy center in the body. Every chakra in the body is associated with a major organ in the body, and it provides that organ with the required energy for its optimal functioning. Chakras are also known to affect the way a person behaves and how a person develops. The state of your mental and physical health is determined by the flow of energy in the chakras. You need to balance the energy in the chakras to ensure your spiritual, physical, emotional, and mental wellbeing. Let us look at the different chakras in the body and the organs they are associated with. First chakra The first chakra is also termed as the root chakra, and this is located behind the pelvic region at the base of your spine. This chakra is associated with your virality. This chakra also affects the functioning of the adrenaline gland. It is believed that the root chakra is associated with the energy that flows in your body and is also the foundation of life. This chakra helps to balance the energy in the body, and also helps to keep you alive. Since the adrenaline gland is associated with the adrenaline gland, your survival instinct is also affected by the root chakra. If there is any issue with the flow of energy through this chakra, you will be tired easily. The color red is associated with the root chakra. If you want to ease the flow of energy in this chakra, you can use the crystals coral, garnet, Ruby, Jasper, or any other red crystals. The element earth is associated with this chakra. A square also symbolizes it. When this chakra is functioning like it's supposed to, it ensures that your adrenaline glands are functioning well. The second chakra The second chakra is also termed as the sacral chakra, and it is situated close to the navel. This chakra controls the sexual urges of an individual. The energy in this chakra helps you maintain all your relationships. The energy in this chakra must remain balanced since this chakra manages all your

emotions and feelings in a relationship. Any imbalances or blocks in the energy of this chakra can lead to sexual troubles. This chakra is associated with orange and is symbolized by a crescent. Different crystals like orange carnelian, moonstone, or orange calcite can be used to remove any blocks or imbalances in the chakra. When you heal this chakra, you should place the crystals close to the navel. This chakra is associated with the element of water. Since water is associated with two polarities, stability and rapidity, you need to be grounded. It is only when you remain grounded that the energy in your body will begin to flow freely. The third chakra The third chakra is also termed as the solar plexus chakra and is found in the region that is close to your solar plexus and above the navel. It is believed that the solar plexus is the anatomical center of your body and also works closely with your consciousness. The energy in this chakra makes it easier to focus and concentrate. It also helps you stay strong. If the energy in this chakra is balanced, you will feel content and complete as an individual. The energy defines the two polarities in your mind in this chakra. This chakra is associated with the color yellow and is symbolized by an inverted triangle. Crystals like Topaz, calcite, and malachite are often used to remove any imbalances or blocks in the energy in this chakra. This chakra is associated with the element fire. The fourth chakra The fourth chakra is also termed as the heart chakra and is located very close to your heart. This chakra is where your spiritual self meets with your real self. This chakra is the center for unconditional love for others and yourself. It is believed that the root chakra is a bridge between the energies that are present in the lower and the upper chakras in your body. This chakra also helps to make it easier for you to understand the differences between inclusiveness and discernment. The energy present in the heart chakra will make it easier for you to love yourself and accept yourself and the people around you with no fear or judgment. You will only be able to welcome love into your life if the energy in this chakra is balanced. The love being referred to here does not only mean love from other people, but it also refers to self-love. The heart chakra is associated with the color green and is symbolized by two triangles that are intertwined and pointing in opposite directions. The different crystals that can be used to remove any imbalances or blocks in this chakra are emerald, jade, and moss agate. The fifth chakra The last three chakras in the body are closely related to your spiritual and emotional wellbeing. The fifth chakra is also termed as the throat chakra and is found at the base of your throat. This chakra is closely related to your ability to communicate, self-expression, and speech. This chakra is also associated with your inner voice, which keeps talking to you. The throat chakra is closely associated with the throat, legs, thyroid gland, and legs. If there is an imbalance in the energy in this chakra, it can lead to some issues in any of these organs. You may also find it difficult to communicate or maybe afraid, doubt yourself, or lie if there is an imbalance in the energy in this chakra. This chakra is represented by the color light blue and is symbolized with an inverted triangle with a circle present within the center. You can work on balancing the energy in these chakras using the following crystals aquamarine, turquoise, and amazonite. The element that is associated with this chakra is ether. The sixth chakra The sixth chakra is also termed as the third eye chakra and is located in the middle of the forehead and between the eyebrows. This chakra is closely associated with your intuition. It is important to note that your intuition is only triggered when you have both light and dark within you since people believe that one can only find light if there is a void of darkness in them. This chakra is also associated with forgiveness and compassion. If the energy in this chakra is imbalanced, it will lead to indecisiveness. This chakra is closely associated with the lower part of your brain or the medulla oblongata, pituitary gland, and your eyes. If there is an imbalance in the energy in this chakra, it can cause migraines. Indigo is the color associated with this chakra, and it is for this reason that you can use the crystals fluorite, azurite, black obsidian, and amethyst. The seventh chakra The seventh chakra is also termed as the crown chakra, and as the name suggests, this chakra is located at the crown of your head. This chakra is associated with your intelligence and enlightenment. This is

one of the hardest chakras to unblock since it is the center of your spirit. This chakra works on bringing the energy from all the chakras in the body to the center of the body. This chakra is associated with the pineal gland, and the color associated with this crystal is purple or violet. A lotus with thousand patterns on each petal is used to represent the crown chakra. The crystals that can be used to unblock the energy in this chakra are amethyst, clear quartz, diamond, and selenite. Apart from this, you can also use clear crystals or white stones to cleanse your aura. Now that you are aware of the different chakras in your body and also know the different crystals that are associated with each of these chakras, you will find it easier to choose the right crystals to heal these chakras.

Crystals and Health We have looked at the different ways in which crystals are associated with different parts of your life. Let us now look at how crystals can help to improve your health. Insomnia Insomnia is a very difficult issue to deal with. When you do not sleep well, you feel cranky, tired, and irritated throughout the day. So, how do you think it feels when you do not sleep every night? It is a good idea to use crystals to cure insomnia instead of using any medication. You must choose the right crystal, depending on why you have insomnia. You may have insomnia because of many reasons, and you should experiment with different crystals to see which one works best for you. Insomnia is often caused because of stress and tension, but it is also caused if you have any health issues or have negative thoughts. If you want to treat insomnia or want to relieve stress, you should use crystals like citrine, rose quartz, or amethyst. You can either wear these crystals or place them close to your bed. You will see that the quality of your sleep has improved. If you have insomnia because you have negative thoughts, you should use crystals like Labradorite, smoky quartz, or tourmaline. You can either place these crystals under your pillow or at the base of your bed to get a good night's sleep. Lack of energy There are different colored crystals like orange, red, or yellow, which you can use to increase the energy in your body. It is a good idea to use bright colored crystals to maintain the energy in your body. You can use crystals like ruby, topaz, or golden amber if you want to feel more energized. You can also increase your motivation by using dark citrine, jasper, or tiger's eye. You should hold these crystals close to the solar plexus chakra to maintain and increase your energy levels. You can also use these crystals with the crystal quartz to enhance the effect of these crystals. Headache Headaches are often caused because of different reasons. This can be because of lack of sleep, tension, imbalance in energy, negative thoughts, and overthinking. You can use crystals like turquoise, amber, or amethyst if you have a tension headache. You can also use blue colored crystals to relieve any other headaches. If you know that there is an imbalance in the energy in the solar plexus chakra, you should address the issue immediately since this can lead to headaches. Problems with libido The sacral chakra is associated with passion and sex. If there is an imbalance in the energy of this chakra, it can lead to some issues with the libido. The lack of any sexual feelings can also be because of any imbalances in your emotions. If your emotions are making it difficult for you to have any passion or reduce your sexual energy, you should use crystals like red garnet and fluorite. Difficulty in concentrating There are different crystals you can use to improve your focus and your ability to concentrate. Carnelian helps to keep your mind from wandering and keeps any unwanted thoughts out of your mind while quartz helps to bring clarity. You can also improve your concentration and focus by using quartz. Amethyst, lapis lazuli, citrine, and amber are crystals associated with the third eye and throat chakras. It will make it difficult for you to focus if the energy in these chakras is imbalanced. You can improve

your focus and concentration by using the right crystals to remove any blockages in these chakras. You will learn more about how you can heal and balance the energy in the chakras using crystals. Let us now look at the different methods that you can adopt to use crystals to maintain your physical, spiritual, and emotional wellbeing.

Chapter 7.

Choosing Your Crystal

There are many different ways to choose crystals. We’ve already discussed the fact that the crystals are actually the ones making the choice in your partnership, but it is still your responsibility to know when they are calling to you. In order to choose correctly, you need to be very familiar with the condition you are trying to heal. Knowing your intention will help steer you in the right direction and allow the crystal to be able to pick up on your vibes. You can also choose your crystals by the way they appear to you. Crystals usually first draw people in because of their intrinsic natural beauty and striking colors. It is only after this initial pull that you begin to notice the other features of a true crystal. Sometimes crystals find their way to you through no act of your own. You may receive one as a gift or you may discover one someplace near your home. However way the crystal comes into your possession, follow your intuition. It is the best way to know for sure if the crystal is the right fit for your purposes. You may not realize it, but you already are gifted with the natural instinct to make this choice. When you are drawn to a particular crystal, allow it to pull you in. Pick it up and hold it in the palm of your hand. Close your eyes and focus all of your energy on feeling the vibration and allow it to connect with your own inner vibrations. As you hold it, don’t be surprised if you start to see images in your mind’s eye. You may see a splash of color if you are strongly connected to it. If the crystal is not the right crystal for you, you will know it. You’ll have a strong sense that something is not adding up or you won’t be able to connect with its vibrations. There is a unique kind of mystery that surrounds crystals that you have chosen. We recognize their energy, but often do not understand it fully. It is said that crystals will only remain with you as long as you need their energy. Many people usually report that their crystals have suddenly disappeared after they have fulfilled their purpose. It is like they have returned back to the earth from where they have come. So don’t be surprised to find your crystal missing after you’ve used it for a while. This is a good sign that you’ve healed and your purpose is fulfilled, or that you now have a new purpose that another crystal may be better suited for.

Where to Buy Crystals There are three ways to buy your crystals. Many people choose to buy them through online sites as they can be much cheaper than walking into a brick and mortar shop to purchase some rare form brought in from some distant region of the world. However, buying online has its own drawbacks. One of the most important keys to choosing the right crystal is making a physical connection with it. Buying them online prevents you from doing this. In addition, there is no way you can determine the true authenticity of a stone without having the chance to examine it carefully. This does not mean that all online dealers are deceptive. There are many dealers that produce crystals of a very high quality from online shops, and there are many individuals who are extremely intuitive and can choose a perfect crystal match just from looking at an image on their computer screen. In time, you will gain that kind of skill and talent, but for purchasing your first crystal, it is probably best to take a more tactile approach to select one that will work well for you. Another way to purchase crystals is to visit events and shows. In fact, this is an excellent way to find unique crystals that have unusual shapes and patterns. When buying these types of crystals, keep in mind that you will be purchasing something that may have been handled by hundreds or even thousands of people before it finds its way to you. This can affect the kind of energy they emit so you may need to spend a little more time connecting with it before you make a decision. Finally, you can purchase them through a brick and mortar shop. There are many specialty shops that deliver high-quality crystals on a more personal level. These are probably the best option for the beginner as the owners or workers in these shops have specialized knowledge that can help to guide

you in making the right choice. They also allow you to closely inspect the stones and spend more time with it, so you can be sure that you’re choosing the best one for you.

Choosing Crystal Shapes You also want to pay close attention to the shape of the crystal you choose. While the healing properties within the crystal will remain constant regardless of the shape, the experience you have when connecting with it may differ because of it. There are many facets of crystal shapes you should be aware of that will help you to decide exactly which shape will work best for your needs. The Point: Crystal points are those crystals that have intense energy and can channel or amplify it in many ways. You can use a crystal point to focus the energy inward when the point is facing you or outward by focusing it away. Points are one of the best starter crystals because their energy can be easily harnessed and directed to where you want it to go. The Cube: Crystal cubes are often used when working with the root chakra. It is an excellent grounding stone that can bring in a powerful sense of calm to your environment. Cubes can also help you to create a protective grid surrounding your environment by placing one in each corner of your space. The Pyramid: The pyramid is considered to be one of the sacred shapes used throughout many ancient civilizations. When you want to send out a concentrated beam of energy into the universe or make your intentions manifest, you would use the crystal pyramid by setting it on top of the paper you have written them on. The Heart: The heart-shaped crystal is used as a reminder that you need to continue to use the healing properties and keep them close. People work with them as a form of spiritual nourishment that will help them to always give and accept energy sent out to them. The Harmonizer: These cylinder-shaped crystals help you with meditation and make it easier for you to enter a more spiritually stimulated space. They also help with giving you a better sense of mental and physical balance. The Cluster: Crystal clusters are some of the most beautiful creations found in nature. A cluster occurs only when you have many points that develop within the same matrix. Clusters generally vibrate at a higher energy so having one in your sacred space will keep your energy levels high, so you have more power to work with. Tumbled Stones: These stones can be used in a variety of ways. Those that are small with smooth surfaces can be carried in your pocket or purse. They are perfect pieces to make into jewelry and they are ideal of use in a crystal grid. They also make great starter stones because they are easy to use and draw energy from.

What to Look For Knowing exactly what to look for in a crystal is extremely important as it is the one decision that will start you on your journey to balancing your energy and healing yourself. When it comes to buying these little gems, you want to be absolutely sure that you’re getting the kind of quality you need. If you are intuitive enough to pick out a quality piece of crystal, you’ve saved yourself from a whole lot of headaches. You can also look at the color of the crystal. There is no doubt that each color has its own healing properties. For a detailed list of each color and their healing properties, you can refer to a crystal directory. These have a color and an image of each crystal categorized by its healing properties. However, below is a list of the most common colors and what they can do. Black: Power, protection, and mystery. Black obsidian, black tourmaline, hematite, jet, and onyx are the most common black crystals used. Blue: Tranquility and emotional healing. Angelite, aquamarine, apatite, blue lace agate, azurite, blue chalcedony, celestine, and chrysocolla. Brown: Absorb negative energy and harness the healing powers of the earth. Smoky quartz, brown jasper, bronzite, tiger’s eye, and petrified wood.

Yellow/Gold: From the color of the sun, these stones give optimism and joy. Amber, citrine, golden topaz, yellow tiger’s eye, pyrite, and yellow jasper. Green: Activates the heart chakra and provides an emotional balance. Brings good fortune and prosperity. Aventurine, emerald, green fluorite, jade, and malachite. Orange: Arouse passion in the spirit. Captures the spirit and energy from the sun. aragonite, calcite, copper, carnelian, and sunstone. Pink: Love and compassion, heart energizers, and opens up the heart. Pink tourmaline, pink sapphire, rose quartz, and lepidolite. Grey: Reflects the moonlight and the expanse of the universe. Provides protective shield. Hematite and moonstone. Purple: Gives enlightenment and intuition. They keep emotions balanced and provide relaxing and soothing vibes. They can also amplify the energy, especially when used with the heart chakra. Amethyst and charoite. Red: Infuses passion and has a grounding energy that supports the root chakra. Garnet, ruby, and red tiger’s eye. White: Represents purity and transformation. Excellent healing tools when used with other healing grids. Clear quartz and selenite. You can also look for stones based on the chakra you want to heal. Crown Chakra: Selenite and clear quartz The Third Eye: Lapis lazuli, sodalite, and fluorite The Throat Chakra: Aquamarine, angelite, blue apatite, sodalite The Heart Chakra: Aventurine and rhodonite Solar Plexus Chakra: Pyrite, rutilated quartz, citrine, and yellow jasper Sacral Chakra: Carnelian, orange calcite, tiger’s eye, and sunstone. Root Chakra: Black onyx, red garnet, red jasper, hematite, and smoky quartz. There are many ways to look for the right crystal for you. If you’re still not sure, don’t be shy about asking the shopkeeper to assist you. They work with these stones every day and have a highly trained intuitiveness that helps them match you with the right crystal.

What to Avoid Buying crystals can be a little scary at first. You walk into a nice little shop and you may see hundreds of crystals on display. Unlike heading into your local supermarket where all produce is placed together and the deli counter has all the cuts you want, crystal shop owners do not have such a regimented way to display their wares. It is left entirely up to the individual owners so what may work for you in one shop may not be the same at the next shop. This makes it hard to walk into the store and quickly find exactly what you’re looking for. So don’t hesitate to browse and ask questions. Still, while crystal healing is a noble occupation, it doesn’t mean that all the shop owners are equally as noble. There are some major pitfalls you will want to be aware of. Natural or Manmade: Now that modern science has been able to imitate the creation of a crystal in the laboratory, synthetic crystals should cost far less than natural ones. Examine the crystal closely looking for flaws. If it seems too perfect with no flaws, it’s a good chance it is manmade and it won’t bring you the same kind of power that comes from those crystals that have been shaped by millions of years in the earth. Labels: You also want to keep a close eye out for stones with a trademark name or that comes with an excessively high price tag. Any name that is trademarked may be the same quality as one that is not,

but they will cost a great deal more. Check for Alternations: Some crystals may have been altered from their natural state. This may also alter the effectiveness of the crystal. Some shop owners may change the appearance of a crystal so that it looks more like another crystal. They may dye it, heat it, or coat it so that it appears to be another stone with completely different properties. There are many ways you can “fake” a crystal. It may have started out as a partially real crystal but when you coat the exterior or combine it with a synthetic, like what is often done with opals and turquoise, you may find yourself buying mostly glass. Rubies are another crystal that is often altered in some way. To determine if it’s a fake, you can ask the seller, but if it is, he’s not likely going to tell you. However, there are a few other steps you can take to be sure. Check the base for any signs of mounting, glue, or paint. Look for uneven coloring or shades not normally found in nature. Look into the glass for signs of air bubbles Look for flaws. All naturally occurring crystals have flaws. If it looks too perfect, chances are, it is. While there may be many crystals that can be altered in some form, there are some common crystals that you should be watchful of. Since finding authentic turquoise is rare, it can be quite expensive. Sellers will usually make a synthetic stone that is made from dyed resin or ceramic. They may also substitute it with howlite, which has veins that are very similar to turquoise veins. You can identify fake turquoise quite easily. First, its blue color will appear to be unnatural and there will be brown lines running through it. Another crystal to be cautious of is citrine. Most of what you will see in a crystal shop is not authentic citrine, but in fact, amethyst which has been heat-treated until it turns to the desired yellow color. The heat will actually change the properties of the stone, so it is always important to get some sort of authentication before you make a purchase.

Chapter 8. Preparing for Use the Crystal and Healing Stones Crystals have a lot of energy within them. One of the laws of nature is that energy can neither be created nor destroyed. This means that if there is an energy that has been removed, it will need to be replaced. You must always remove any negative energy in a crystal before you use it from your body. You should also remove any negative energy in your surroundings and body before you use a crystal since crystals absorb the energy from the external environment. Since crystals often absorb energy, they will have some negative energy within them, and you will need to cleanse the crystal. If a crystal has a lot of negative energy, it cannot be used to heal. When you cleanse a crystal, you can get rid of all the negative energy that is present within the crystal. Some crystals also crack or break because of the negative energy within them. To prevent this, you should cleanse crystals regularly. When you use a crystal, it will gather the energy from your body. If you give your crystals to another person, it will absorb the energy from that person too. You must always get rid of this energy imprint from your crystal. If you have used the crystal on another person, you should cleanse the crystal immediately to remove any traces of energy from the previous user. You should also clean a crystal whenever it seems like the crystal is losing its shine. Before you start using crystals, you should prepare them. You should remember to cleanse a crystal when you purchase it and after you use it. Since crystals absorb energy from every entity around them, you must cleanse them. Let us look at how you can cleanse crystals and prepare them for use.

Cleansing a Crystal Water You can use every natural element to cleanse a crystal. Water is especially a good way to cleanse different types of crystals. You can also use salt water if required. You should never use water to cleanse a porous crystal since this will damage the crystal. A porous crystal tends to erode if it is exposed to water. Make sure that the crystal you want to cleanse with water is not opposed to water. You can also charge your crystals using saltwater. Fill a bowl with water and salt, and place the crystal in the middle of the bowl. Leave the crystal in the solution for a day. If your crystals have not been cleaned for more than four days, you should leave them in the solution for at least a week. When the crystal is fully cleansed, leave it under running water and remove any excess salt from around the body of the crystal. The saltwater that you have used to clean the crystal should be thrown out since it will have absorbed the negative energy from the crystals. It is never a good idea to leave the water out in the open after you have cleansed the crystal. Another way to cleanse a crystal is to fill up a container with sea salt and bury the crystal inside that container. Let the crystal stay within the container for a night or two. If you do not want only to use sea salt, you can also make a solution of sea salt and water, and dip the crystal in that solution. Once your crystal is cleansed, you should remove it from the salt or the solution and dust it well. Ensure that there are no salt crystals stuck to the crystal. You should follow your intuition to determine the amount of salt you will need to use to cleanse the crystal. You should leave the crystal in the salt anywhere between 1 and 3 days. You should discard the salt once you have cleansed a crystal with it since the salt will absorb the negative energy from the crystal. Some crystals should not be placed in salt. If you still wish to use salt to cleanse the crystal, you should use the noncontact method. Fill up a bowl with salt and place a smaller bowl inside this bowl. Now, place the crystal in the smaller bowl and leave it in the bowl for three days. Let the salt absorb the negative energies from the crystal. You can also use other crystals to cleanse a crystal. It is a good idea to use clear quartz or amethyst to cleanse other crystals. Charging Crystals are electrically charged. This means that you can also cleanse your crystals by charging them. Since crystals can hold different forms of energy within them, you must focus on the type of energy you want to store within the crystal. You can leave the crystal around different forms of energy. Try to

use natural resources to charge your crystals. Clear quartz is one of the best crystals to use to charge another crystal. Smudging One of the most effective methods by which you can cleanse a crystal is called smudging. This is a Native American method, which is also used to cleanse the aura. You cannot only cleanse your aura but can also cleanse the aura of every entity in your surrounding environment. Combine sage and cedar leaves and burn them. Leave the smoke in a container above the burning leaves, and allow the smoke to pass through this crystal. You can use a smudge stick to help you cleanse the crystal. A smudge stick is a combination of different herbs, including sage and cedar. You can also use incense sticks made of sandalwood, cedarwood, sweetgrass or sage to cleanse a crystal. You only need to expose the crystal to these essences for thirty seconds to cleanse the crystal. Moonlight Clearing Moonlight clearing is another simple and efficient way of clearing your healing crystals. Choose a full moon night and place all your healing crystals that need clearing under the direct moonlight. Full moonlight is the best time to clear healing crystals; it helps dispel any negative energy that your crystal might be carrying. The amount of time needed to clear your crystals depends upon the sensitivity of the healer, and the amount of material that needs to be cleared from your crystals depends upon the person who was healed. If you are not able to find a suitable flat surface to lay your crystals under the moonlight, then tie them to threads and hang them on a tree or any support that faces the moonlight. The moonlight is gentle, and it does not have any heat energy of its own. This is why we use moonlight to clear the healing crystals instead of sunlight. If your healing crystals are placed in the sun, they might start fading and losing their color. Also, the intensity of the sun's rays will cause internal fractures in your crystals, and this will cause your crystals to break. Breath Hold your crystal in your dominant or projective hand, or both your hands, depending on the size of the crystal. Now, gather your thoughts and begin to focus only on your breath. Direct your thoughts towards the crystal and focus only on the crystal. Now, command the crystal to remove any negative energy that is stored within it. Only direct positive thoughts towards your crystal, and send positive energy towards the crystal. Now, move the crystal closer to your nose and exhale onto the crystal. Let your breath wash over the crystal and cleanse it. Use your intuition to help you determine if a crystal is cleansed or not. It is a good idea to cleanse your crystal when you are meditating. When the crystal is cleansed, store it in a place free of any negativity. Scrubbing and polishing Polishing and scrubbing are another way of cleansing a crystal. If you want to scrub a crystal, you should ensure that you do not change the shape of the crystal. If you alter the shape of a crystal, you will change the way the energy flows in that crystal. Coat the crystal with eucalyptus oil, and use a cloth to polish the crystal. Make sure that you are gentle. Eucalyptus oil and other essential oils help to maintain the shine of the crystal. Avoid using essential oils to polish porous crystals since they will damage the crystal. Burying This technique of clearing your healing crystals is very simple too. You need to bury the healing crystals that need to be cleared in a cup or jar filled with dried herbs. The most commonly used dried herbs for this technique are rose petals, frankincense, myrrh, sage, and sandalwood. You can find these ingredients quite easily, and they are also cheap. This technique of clearing crystals is very gentle and quite pleasant to do. If you feel that you want a deeper cleansing using this method, bury your required crystals on earth. People who have gardens can use a cozy corner, and people who live in flats and apartments can make use of a good flowerpot. Place the healing crystals that you want to clear in a hole that you have dug in the soil. The hole must not be too big for the crystal. Gently cover the crystal with more soil and leave

it there. The amount of time you leave your crystals buried is totally up to you. Leave a marker at the place you buried your crystals so that it will be easier for you to find them when you want to remove them. If you are unsure of how you should cleanse a crystal, you should try to channel positive thoughts and energy into the crystal. Clear your mind, calm your thoughts, focus only on positive thoughts, and direct those thoughts towards the crystal. One of the best ways to calm your mind is through meditation. When you are directing your thoughts towards the crystal, you should visualize a white light and will that light to cover the crystal. Always stay relaxed and think of happy thoughts. Remember that crystals always soak up your energy, so always focus on positive thoughts. Energizing When you finish cleansing the crystals, you should energize them. When you energize the crystals, you can ensure that they generate the type of energy you need. A crystal is similar to the battery in your cellphone. When you use your phone, it will run out of battery, and you will need to charge it to ensure that you can use it again. A crystal is pretty much the same. You should always energize a crystal after you have used it, and there are different ways in which you can do this. A crystal can be energized using water. Fill a bowl with cold water and place the crystal in the bowl for twenty minutes. Remove the crystal from the bowl, and place the crystal under running water. Discard the water that is present in the bowl. You can use natural light (sunlight or moonlight) to energize crystals. Leave the crystal under the sun or moon for a few hours or days. The natural light will pass through the crystals and energize them. Another simple technique is to energize a crystal through physical contact. Hold a crystal in your projective or dominant hand and place it close to your body. Focus on positive thoughts and direct those thoughts towards the crystal. Re-energizing the crystal is all about channeling the right energy toward the crystal.

Program your Crystals When you have finished buying a new crystal and have cleared it, it is a good idea to program your crystal. You will have some specific needs from your crystal. When you program the crystal for that specific need, it will amplify the effect of the crystal. This means that the energy from the crystal will have a better effect on your body. You should this by focusing your intent on your crystal and visualizing that the energy in the crystal is amplifying. A crystal that has been programmed will be much more powerful and useful as a healing tool. Programming your crystal is a very simple method. When you have programmed your crystal, it will remain the same until you program it again. If you want to succeed in life, you should ensure that you have a sense of direction. You must apply the same rule to crystals too. If you want a crystal to work for you, you must program the crystal. The energy in a crystal is neutral, and if you want the energy to help you, you must give the energy a sense of direction. Let us look at some steps that you will need to follow to program a crystal. ▪ Always cleanse the crystal before you use it. Make sure to use the different methods mentioned above to cleanse it. ▪ Place the crystal in your projective hand and close your eyes. Now take a deep breath and calm your mind. Continue to take deep breaths where you inhale through your nose and exhale through your mouth. ▪ Now, visualize the things that give you happiness. You can also think about any situation that you want to improve in your life. ▪ When you are doing this, ask the crystal in your hand to remove any unwanted energies from within. Command your crystal to let go of any previous programming. ▪ You can repeat the following mantra or a similar mantra when you are re-programming a crystal – "I want to remove the unwanted energies within the crystal, and seek the highest level of energy in the form of love and light. I want to use this energy to connect with myself. I want this crystal to hold my intention." Make sure that you state your intention while saying the mantra.

▪ Now that your crystal is programed, you should end the ritual. Thank the universe for supporting you during this process. State your intention one more time and end the ritual.

Chapter 9.

Using Crystal and Healing Stones

A variety of techniques can be used to heal an individual with crystals. These arrays of techniques are very effective, and they have been practiced for a long time. Keep in mind that each person will feel different towards each technique. And each technique will have different results for different people. For you, you might find that some techniques give you a better result than the others. And you will feel much better after undergoing that treatment than when you use the others. This way, you can choose the technique that helps you the best.

Lemurian Heart Activation This is an extremely interesting technique. The Lemurian crystal is the best stone to use if you want to activate your heart. This crystal layout is known to enhance your creativity and bring out your funny side. This section helps you understand the technique better. This method is always good to perform for a client since it involves a lot of movement. Procedure You will have to find the right position for yourself, which is your safe or sacred place. You will need to place the Lemurian crystal at the base of your feet, your sacral chakra, and near your heart chakra too. You will then have to hold one Lemurian in each hand and understand which way the crystal wants to be pointed in. You can do this if you have connected well with the crystal. You could also use skulls and crystal pyramids in this layout. The Lemurian crystals are often activated with sound or by chanting to the elements since they love nature. You can choose to dance using a drum or by playing certain beats if you wish to activate the Lemurian crystals. If you are performing this healing on yourself, you will need to focus on the music. If you are performing the healing for someone else, you could always dance around them if you want. This is to activate the earth element. You will now have to activate the element of fire. This can be done by lighting candles or by using an incense stick to blow the smoke into the crystals that are in the layout. You can also blow the smoke into an area of the body if you are looking at cleansing the body. It is always good to focus on the heart and the soles of your feet. You will have to welcome the element of water using a rain stick, which is and also focus on the areas of the body, which require the most attention. You will now have to invite the wind element by talking to the Lemurian. You will need to ensure that the words you say encourage the stones to work better. Make sure that the message is a song since that works best on the crystals. You will need to focus on the energy in your heart and move it across your body if you are doing this to yourself. If it is for a client, you will need to lay your hands close to the body and transfer the energy in your heart to the body. You will then need to hold the heat and transfer the final burst of energy. Once this has been done, you will need to remove the crystals and will also have to ensure that the client or you are grounded. Now, close your eyes and take a few deep breaths. You will find that you are happier than when you started the exercise.

Crystal Wand The disruption of energy flow in your body can be caused by tension or stress; crystal wands are used to relieve these tensions and bring back proper flow of energy. Find out the cause for your tension and choose a crystal best suited for that situation. Crystal wands have a round and smooth base, and this rounded base allows the wand to be used on your skin directly without having to fear if it will cut or hurt your skin. Procedure Make sure to pick a calm environment for this technique. Lie down comfortably and have the person who is performing this technique on you stand to your side. This person must now start at your feet. He or she must now start making anti-clockwise motions above your feet, and then they must slowly work

your body upward. The person performing will be more or less in tune with your energy flow, so if he or she finds the need for movement of the crystal wand to be changed, they should go ahead and change, but they must make sure to come back to the initial movement that they started with right after. The person performing this must usually change the movements if they feel that the wand is starting to become heavy in their hands. Once he or she reaches the top of your head, they must reverse the wand so that the wand is now pointing inwards. Then they should start moving downwards by making small circles, and they must remember that movements now need to be in the clockwise direction. When the person doing this for you start moving the wand downwards, they might again feel the need to change the movement of the wand, and if it feels right, they are allowed to change it. When they do change the movement, they have to come back to the original movement once they feel it is no longer required. This method will act as a battery, and it will help to recharge the energy fields of your body.

Crystal Pendulum This method of healing is used to remove any imbalances in your energy flow that is affecting your body. The energy flow in your body is maintained and balanced by your energy system. Quartz or an amethyst crystal is used in this crystal pendulum method of healing. This method can work as an all-purpose healing technique. Quartz and amethyst are mostly used because their spectrum of healing or restoring balance in the energy flow is broad. If you want to concentrate on a particular area of your energy system, then you can use a crystal that is best suited for that area. Procedure Make sure that you pick a calm environment for this technique. Lie down comfortably and have the person who is performing the technique stand to your side. Before starting, make sure that both you and the person performing this technique are comfortable. Now the person performing this for you must be holding the pendulum freely but firmly between their thumb and forefinger. Stay relaxed and make sure the person performing it is also in the same state. The person performing this must now suspend the pendulum a few centimeters above your feet. This person must now align the pendulum to the center axis of the body. Then he or she must start oscillating the pendulum. Once the pendulum starts oscillating initially, it is called its neutral swing. Once the neutral swing of the pendulum is set, the person holding the crystal pendulum must slowly move upward from the feet along the central axis of the body. When the person doing this finds that the pendulum starts oscillating differently at a particular point, he or she must hold the pendulum over that area until it sets back to its neutral swing. When this person oscillates the pendulum along the central axis and reaches a point above the head, he or she must move back and perform this technique again along the sides in a different axis of the body until you feel all the imbalance has changed and has gone out of your system. This way, the entire energy imbalance in your body will be cleared out, and you will feel much better and in one with your energy system.

Figure Eight Looping When your chakras are not aligned, there will be an imbalance in your three states, and they will not be in sync with each other. So at times like these, figure-eight looping is the best technique to make sure your chakras are aligned. For this technique to work, you will have to make a figure of the number eight with the crystals you have, and each crystal will represent one chakra. Procedure The first step is for the healer performing this in identifying your chakras. Lie down comfortably and have the person who is performing this technique on you stand to your side. Once the healer has positioned himself or herself, they must start aligning the crystals to that of your chakras in the form of the number eight. While doing this, you must calm down and soothe your body and mind. Once you lie down and calm yourself, you will start to find a difference in your body, and you will feel

this calm spreading through your entire body. This happens because your chakras are starting to align, and the balance in them is restored.

Crystal Healing Layout In this technique, you must surround yourself with crystals to be healed. Another name for this technique is called the crystal net. You are setting up a very complex electromagnetic field when you resort to this technique. You can set up the crystals such that the electromagnetic field is directed towards your entire body, or if you desire, you can set it up in a way that electromagnetic field focuses on certain parts of your body. This technique will help your body clear out any imbalance in its energy system. This method aligns all the fields that are focused by either drawing out negative energy or adding additional positive energy vibrations to your energy system. Once this technique is done properly, you will find that all your chakras are cleared of negative energy or energy flow blockages and will be in balance. Once this is done, they will be open to healing, and this balance helps prevent illness and diseases that are lurking in your body. Each person will have a different crystal layout. The physical, spiritual, and mental state varies for people, as do their chakras. All of us are different, and the same crystal layout cannot be expected to work for everyone. The healer performing this technique for you will find out how your chakras are aligned, and they will change the crystal layout accordingly.

Tracing the Meridians For this technique to be performed on you, the healer must have a good knowledge of acupressure. The healer well versed in acupressure will know what your meridian lines are. You must remember that this process is very long and very tedious. Both you and the healer performing this must have a lot of patience, as it is extremely tedious. The healer performing this on, you must press the acupressure points in your body for you to find relief. Procedure Lie down comfortably. The healer performing this for you must make sure he or she has a list of all the acupressure points in your body. Once you lie down, the healer must find a comfortable place for him or her to sit by you. The healer must then choose a crystal that he or she thinks is best suited for you. Once the healer selects the crystal, he or she must now start pressing the crystal along the meridian lines of your body and also your acupressure points. Normally the healers use a quartz crystal, but if you are comfortable with another crystal and want to use that, you can ask the healer doing this for you to use that crystal.

Balancing Your Body This crystal healing technique is often used to restore the balance in your body and your mind. Choose a calm environment for this technique. For this, you need seven quartz crystals that are similar in weight and are of the same size. These quartz crystals can be either tumbled or natural. Procedure Lie down comfortably and have the person who is performing the technique stand to your side. The person must now keep a crystal on all of your major seven chakras. The crystal might sometimes move to another position; when that happens, the person performing this for you must move it back to its original position. If the crystal moves from its original position more than three times, the person performing this must leave it in the position it has moved to; this means that your body is shifting the crystal to where it wants it to be. The person performing this must leave this setup for a few minutes, and your body will start finding its balance. Once the crystals are placed at your chakras, you may feel some of the crystals are very heavy, as though they are sinking into your skin while some crystals might feel very light, so weightless that you

might think that they are not even present. You might also have a feeling that some crystals feel cold, while others might feel extremely warm or even electric. Once the effect of these crystals starts to kick in, you may start feeling like you are floating on air; you might also see colors or have inner visions. Once this technique is done, make sure to drink a lot of water because this will have a detoxing effect on your body; and drinking lots of water will help expel these toxins from your body.

Aligning the Chakras One of the most popular crystal healing techniques is the chakra layout. For this method, you will need a red crystal, an orange crystal, a yellow crystal, a green or a pink crystal, a light blue crystal, a dark blue crystal, a white, clear or violet crystal, and a dark crystal. And make sure that all these crystals are approximately the same weight and size. This technique is as same as the last one, except you will be using colored stones instead of plain quartz crystals. I will give some examples of the most popular colored crystals. If you want to use a red crystal, you can use jasper. If you wish to use an orange crystal, you can use a carnelian, and for a yellow crystal, you can either use a yellow jasper or citrine. For a green or a pink crystal, you can use green Aventurine or Rose Quartz, or there is a crystal that is a mix of green and pink called Watermelon Tourmaline. For a light blue crystal, you can use blue lace Agate or Turquoise. For a dark blue crystal, you can use a Lapis Lazuli or Sodalite. For a clear or a violet crystal, you can use Amethyst or Clear Quartz. Procedure Choose a calm place for this technique and lie down comfortably. Have the person who is performing the technique stand to your side. He or she must first place the dark stone at your feet to provide grounding. This person must then place the remaining seven crystals at the chakra centers as per their corresponding color. He or she must place the red crystal on the first or the root chakra center, the orange crystal on the second or the sacral chakra center, the yellow crystal on third chakra center or the solar plexus, the green crystal on the fourth or the heart chakra center, the light blue crystal on the fifth or the throat chakra center, the dark blue crystal on the third chakra or the third eye and the white, clear or violet crystal on the seventh or crown chakra center. After the crystals are placed, calm your body and your mind and lay down until all your chakras are aligned, and there is no blockage of energy flow in all your centers. This crystal healing technique is also called as the laying of stones. It is a very powerful and effective technique. The reason why the stones are laid like that is to help release any emotional, mental, or spiritual blocks that you may have and let your energy flow freely with your body and your mind.

Point Facing This is an excellent technique if you want to relieve all kinds of stress from your body and your mind. For this technique, you will require seven quartz crystal points. This technique is very simple, and you do not require another person or a crystal healer to perform this; you can do it on your own. Procedure Choose a calm environment to perform this technique and lie down comfortably. Place the seven crystal points around in the positions that are described, pointing outside. Place the first crystal above your head; now place the second crystal below your feet. The next two crystal must be placed on either side of your shoulders as symmetrically as possible and place the last two crystals on either side of your knees; again as symmetrically as possible. Do not forget to make sure that the crystals are pointing outwards. After placing the crystals, calm your body and your mind and lie still for three to four minutes. You will slowly feel all the stress being released from your body, and you will feel even calmer and relaxed. Once all the stress from your body is released, point the crystals inwards facing you, without changing their position. Stay calm and lie down again for about three to four minutes. Since all the stress has

been released from your body, your chakra centers will not be blocked, and the crystals pointing inwards will now act as batteries and recharge your chakra energy centers. At the end of this technique, not only will you be relieved of all your stress and be relaxed, but you will also feel rejuvenated and full of positive energy.

Power Hand You need first to identify which is your power hand. It mostly acts as an indicator when your body needs healing. Your power hand will help you find the area of your body with a problem that needs healing. Though 'power hand' seems like a big term, it is very easy to understand. Your right hand is your power hand if you are a right-handed person; likewise, your left hand is your power hand if you are lefthanded. So it is very easy to identify. In rare cases, it can be a problem to identify if the person is ambidextrous. Sometimes you may find it a problem to identify because even if you are left-handed, you may not feel that your left hand is your power hand. Discovering your power hand is a very simple process. This technique is one of the most accurate methods in identifying your power hand. It will not take more than a minute of your time. Procedure Sit down and make sure you are in a comfortable position and place your hand on your lap; make sure they are folded together while keeping your thumbs crossed over each other.

Projective Hand The projective hand is usually the right hand for right-handed people and left for the left-handed people. The energy from your body is sent through this hand. If you are a healer, then you must hold your crystal wand with this hand when you are in the process of healing someone.

Receptive Hand Since you already know what the projective hand is, you know that the receptive hand is just the opposite. The left hand is the receptive hand for a right-handed person, and the right hand is the receptive hand for a left-handed person. The receptive hand receives all the energy that goes into the body. The thumb of the hand that sits naturally on top of your other thumb is your projective hand, i.e., that is your power hand, which automatically makes the other hand your receptive hand.

Chapter 10.

Meditating with Crystal

The term “meditation” has sprung multiple times in the descriptions in these pages, and for good reason. Meditation is the process of calming the mind through causing it to become a blank slate, momentarily. For millennia, it has been a powerful and simple method of thinking clearly and relieving ailments in various different centers of the body, and many different cultures and religions claim meditation to be one of their true tenets. Buddhism, Taoism, and some would even say Catholic Monasticism all practice meditation religiously, though it is not exclusive to them. Meditation is deceptively simple to do, and does not require any specific religious affiliation to work properly. Meditation is able to be linked to the stones in several various ways, both practically and historically. The Hindu people that have claimed to discover the Chakras and some crystals associated with them have used meditation to clear their minds of negative energy before. However, meditation works by opening the mind and making it blank of all thoughts negative or positive, therefore letting the crystals work much easier with the blank canvas. In this way, meditation works a lot like cleansing a crystal, in that it cleanses the mind of conflicting energies to allow it to be filled with positive ones. To begin meditation, it is recommended to be in a seated or lying position, preferably on one's back. Relax the muscles, feeling them relieve themselves of tension, and begin breathing evenly and deeply. Your hands should not be doing anything but resting somewhere, and speaking interrupts both the breathing and thinking states. At the point of relaxing the muscles, begin concentrating only on your breathing. The mind should be focused solely on the inhale and exhale, which should fit a constant, steady, comfortable rhythm. Retain this focus, and try not to think of anything else; this opens the mind to allow the energy of either crystals or another medium to come in. Keep the crystal in close contact with your body, or no more than one foot away for best results. Meditation serves quite a few purposes. It can allow the body to relax itself, even without the use of a crystal. It can allow the mind to think more clearly and evenly by the act of meditation alone. It can allow for the expulsion of negative energies that attack mood and state of mind, and expel feelings of dread, sadness, or anger. With crystals, this process can become faster or more thorough depending on the crystal and the state of energy the crystal has (or doesn't have). Crystals can be used to funnel the negative energy into themselves, a recommended purpose would be for someone who is overwhelmed with stress or sadness. They can also allow for the positive energy to be channeled into the body more immediately than carrying it around, since the body is ready to accept new energy. Crystals can also target a specific area of need, such as obtaining clearer communication, better grounding, or a better sense of understanding. In any case, the use of crystals seemingly amplifies the power that meditation can bring forth, if the crystal has been prepared properly. A few common misconceptions about meditation have been discovered by practitioners to be false. You do not have to keep your hands on your elbows and curl your index finger and thumb into a circle; as long as your hands aren't distracting you, you can keep them wherever you wish. You also do not have to spend hours performing the process; you can be finished in as much as five minutes, if the need isn't dire or you can clear your mind quickly. It is not unknown for people to perform meditation in either of these ways, however, though the person performing is not as limited to these misguided tenets as is traditionally thought. Make sure that you keep the room you’re in free of any distractions or loud noises while you meditate. The point is to lose attention to the distractions that are being thrown your way, and it would be counterproductive to have too many things going on at once. Keep in mind, sometimes mediation has to wait; don’t be afraid to get out of the meditative state if something pressing is happening, or simply don’t go into meditation at all until the obstacle has been dealt with. The knowledge of proper form of meditation will allow for better use of crystals, in almost exponential degree. Crystals act in unison with a mind that is willing to accept the energy they have in them. Be warned: make sure the crystal has been cleansed, cleared, and programmed first, as the adverse effect could happen if it has negative charge.

Chapter 11.

Crystal, Stones and Science

After carrying out countless experiments in 1867, Austrian chemist Carl von Reichenbach unearthed the fact that crystals created an invisible force field around them. It’s hard to believe this but in the course of his experiments, he was able to establish that some individuals can mentally synchronize and engage with crystals. Some even to the extent of changing the intensity and color of their aura! Another amazing discovery: crystals do not just respond to human thoughts, but come to a two-way contact with them! This conclusion was based on the experiments conducted in 1970 by the director of the American Institute for the study of crystals Dale Worker. In his book, “The Origin of Crystal” Simply put, we can communicate with gemstones and semi-precious stones! "The crystals respond to human thoughts and emotions. Interact with their minds, revitalizing their energy of thoughts and strength of their feelings." To the doubting Thomases, the magical properties and attributes of the stones are scientifically indemnified! In essence, this means that these stones can be your right wingman in protecting your overall physically and spiritual wellbeing. In essence, this means that these stones can be your right wingman in protecting your overall physically and spiritual wellbeing. We have to agree in unison and vehemently so. Nature is still far from being destroyed by man; millions of horsepower in the sun's rays falling on the earth are aimlessly scattered every day, the gigantic force of the wind aimlessly disappears from man, and the most intimate depths of the earth are still inaccessible to a man. Man is yet to conquer and restrain the forces of nature. That notwithstanding, a tremendous strain of mind, will, and knowledge is needed to hone on how to transform the forces and substances of nature into useful and cultural gains. If this book ignites and arouses your desire to find out more information about the world of the stones, their use, and how to apply their magical abilities in building your new life, then the book will have found itself a raccoon. And by awakening your interest, it will titillate your will, energy, strive to work and thirst for knowledge.

Chapter 12.

Maintenance of Your Crystals

The needs of keeping energy within crystals clean and the crystal itself productive is expressed profusely throughout the populous that supports it. However, in order for the crystal to work, be it filled with any kind of energy or none at all, it needs to remain physically intact. Below are a few things to note about making sure your crystals are not damaged, defaced, or destroyed. The majority of keeping crystals stored is common sense. Much like glass, any fragile crystals must be kept safe from obstructions, and should preferably be kept in a closed container to deter breaking. Small crystals should be kept in closed containers as well; you don’t want to lose them. Harder or bigger crystals should be kept away from pets and very young children, and from large heights, for fear of choking hazards and pain it may cause falling on somebody. A good method of keeping your crystals stored somewhere, especially if moving, is to keep the crystals in an easily identifiable container that one can access with ease. No matter the circumstance, keeping your crystals close at hand is crucial to their usefulness in different situations. Elaborate boxes are usually not needed, as small fabric bags or a marked box would suffice for keeping them within reach. Keep crystals away from dry areas and exposure to any kind of mildew. When staying in one location, glass cases for holding crystals are excellent ideas, and are perfect for making displays with them as well. Furthermore, keeping your crystals within reach of light fixtures will allow them to be both easily seen and well displayed. Glass cases and small, elaborate metal boxes are great places to store crystals if staying in a stationary location. Physically cleaning crystals can be a bit of a struggle, depending on the crystals. Sometimes, crystals are unable to be cleaned by most conventional methods, as they can be too brittle to work into properly. Harder crystals like Quartz and Diamond are easier to deal with, as a clean cloth and some elbow grease can usually clean out the spots. If the spots are harder to go after, all-purpose cleaner will generally not affect your crystal negatively. The issue with “softer” crystals is that they can break or even fall apart if not given the proper care. Do not use any kinds of rough, scratching surfaces on or around crystals. The best bet is to use a soft cloth dipped in water, and to have the crystal carefully rubbed with delicacy until shining again. Polishing crystals, much like cleaning them with water and a cloth, can also be a bit tricky. Many use a flame polish technique, which involves running a hot flame slowly across a crystal. This should only be used for harder crystals; as softer ones can break apart as they expand with heat. For most kinds of polishing, soak the crystals in vinegar or ammonium cleaner, and apply a soft cloth to wipe away any smudges to allow the crystal to shine. However, keep track of the crystal itself, and read up on it to make sure it won't react harmfully to any of the chemicals. Any crystal with multiple hard sides and edges should be kept away from hot water. If the crystal is put in hot water, it could very easily crack. When cleansing the crystal, keep them out of hot water and run them through cold water instead. If the crystal cracks, it loses aesthetic quality, and often loses some of its power as well. The hardness of crystals, before creation of the famed Mohs Hardness Scale, was a bit of a daunting issue. However, thanks to Mohs, identifying and arranging crystals based on their specific hardness is key to being able to shop them and keep them clean. Again, Quartz, Diamond, and Garnet are considered very hard, whereas Talc, Calcite and Fluorite are considered soft. Most of the time, the hardness of crystals can be deduced quite easily by ourselves; if it’s crystalline and heavy, it’s most likely pretty hard. Likewise, the same can be said for crystals that look shiny and brittle, that they’re likely classified as “soft.” For more detailed examination, or simply just for reassurance that you’re doing the right thing for the crystal, refer to the Hardness Scale.

Effects both Mental and Physical As explained before, crystals have a variety of uses, many attributed to the physical and mental form. Below are some of those uses, and how to properly apply to them. Injury

Towards physical healing, it is a very crucial fact to note that crystals are not engines of which to create miracles. For instance, if a user were to fall down a cliff and have their leg broken, a crystal would not magically repair it. Granted, it may dull the pain a bit and relieve some of the weariness from blood loss, but this indirect support is not to be confused with repairing of physical damage. While crystals are helpful, do not expect them to magically cure you. However, as stated, crystals do have effects towards alleviating physical pain caused by said damage. Some crystals are known to ease pain and to aid blood loss to some degree; quartz is a large example of this, being one of the greatest healing crystals known to man. Opal is useful for many different bonerelated injuries. Black Pyrite is excellent for treating infections caused by these wounds. To be completely clear, this is not advice to skip going to the doctor or the ER if something is wrong. Rubbing crystals on the affected area is a poor substitute for having your shoulder popped into place by a practitioner. However, crystals do serve some use for physical injury. Simply rub the cleansed crystal on or near the injured area, and breathe deeply and evenly to allow the crystal to work. Other Physical Problems This is a bit of an umbrella term; many different uses for crystals fit inside of the body rather than out as is. However, the uses for crystals and the internal ailments they can help to fix are extremely numerous. Generally, crystals can relieve all kinds of problems happening within the body, of course within reason. Be warned, the stone must be cleansed and programmed to treat the ailment, and the stone should be compatible with helping to treat the affliction. Headaches, be they caused by sinuses, pressure, or pure stress of an overworked mind, are easily curable by crystals. Blue Sapphire and Purple Agate work especially well for this task, and are able to relieve pressure from the brain rather well. Simply press the crystal to your forehead, relax the muscles, and breathe deeply. Energy from the crystal should flow into your body rather quickly. Digestion is a crucial (yet entirely too susceptible) part of the human body. The digestive system is one of the most extensive, though there are quite a few stones that can alleviate it. Opal and Amber are very helpful with problems of this matter, and any crystal associated with the Sacral and Solar Chakras also serve some use. Run the crystal along your stomach and lower chest, while lying back to keep the digestive tract flat. The crystal should help the pain within minutes. Back pain, locked joints, bad knees and aching shoulders are usually related to issues in the bones. Several crystals seem almost designed to help with this problem, Black Opal and Green Quartz being two that stand out above the rest. Rub the crystal along the aching area while breathing evenly. The crystal will have a rather underwhelming effect compared to the other illnesses to be healed, considering the amount of sinew between the crystal and the bone, so the effect will be gradual and mitigated; daily application and cleansing is advised. Breathing problems have become a recently rampant problem in human history; smoking becoming a huge issue, smog levels recently spiking, and just how vulnerable the respiratory system is, these are immense factors that hinder breathing. Crystals like Pink Opal and Black Quartz help to heal the lungs and alleviate breathing problems through constant application, as well as stones connected to the throat Chakra. Simply rub from the back and front upwards to the throat to just under the chin, and breathe as deeply as possible. Be advised: this is not a substitute for a blocked airway. If someone is physically unable to breathe because they’re choking from an allergic reaction or otherwise, contact emergency medical personnel immediately. Heart disease and problems related to it are another increasing problem, especially in the United States. Blood pressure and sugar problems are rampant in most developed countries, though there are crystals able to help problems with the heart. Any Heart Chakra-related crystals, Emerald and Peridot are widely useful for helping heart problems. Hold the crystal close to your heart, and run it along visible veins, making sure you are in a relaxed position. Problems like heartburn and hypertension should go down relatively quickly, though helping problems like blood sugar and pressure will take much more exposure. Kidneys are responsible for majority of the excretory system, as they filter blood and other fluids to create urine. As such, they are extremely crucial to keeping the body in optimum condition, and running into problems relating to them can create problems for the entire body. Crystals like Celestite

and Topaz can help to filtrate fluids and with passing of kidney stones. Hold the crystal just under the ribcage, taking shallow and even breaths. Depending on the issue, it could take minutes to hours to see noticeable progress. Some of us have motivation to do things, such as go to the gym or work, but simply lack the energy to keep up. Some stones, like those connected to the Sacral Chakra, and others like Carnelian and Malachite, are monumentally helpful for opening up new reservoirs of energy. Keep one with you during strenuous activity, or keep one at your bedside as you wake up for both better mood and energy for the day. Most of the methods of curing ailments have to do with holding or rubbing the crystal onto the afflicted area. If not, simply meditating with them is a safe method of curing. For physical debilitations, stones have a gradual and somewhat diluted effect compared to mental effects. Mental Effects Crystals have a much stronger association with spiritual energy and mentalities than with the physical body. Granted, the Chakras are linked to different parts of the body, and most crystals are associated with the Chakras, but the connection of the crystals to the body is thus only by extension; crystals are able to affect the mind and moods more directly than they can the body. This does not mean that crystals don’t have considerable effects on the physical form, but that they generally have a faster and stronger connection to the mind. Stress is a natural part of daily life, to many. Stress is a useful catalyst for us to get things done, though it is easily able to overwhelm us with it. Luckily, several stones can be programmed and used for the purpose of dispelling the stress. Albite and Purple Jade are ample healers of stress, and are known to treat it fairly well. Simply relax, and meditate anywhere from a few minutes to an hour and a half, with a cleansed crystal on your person. The energy will begin to work smoothly, so long as your mind is able to be cleared, and the room is free from distractions. Addiction is a troubling and thoroughly daunting mental and physiological problem sweeping the world from the beginning of humans seeking any kind of vice. Addiction is described as being dependent or reliant on a certain substance or feeling to get through the day, and is not limited to narcotics; caffeine and natural adrenaline are some examples of these. However, there are a few stones useful for helping face the problems of addiction, Azurite and Carnelian being two of them. Crystals associated with the Sacral Chakra are also useful for caffeine addiction. Meditate with them close at hand and clear of negative energy, and feelings or pangs of need may become dulled after several minutes. Depression is a psychological and physiological condition that has multitudes of prescription and overthe-counter medication to treat it. However, if you look at the side effects for said medications, it can almost seem to do more harm than good. Several stones are known to help raise spirits from depressive thoughts and actions, Smoky Quartz and Lapis being two common ones. You might also try stones linked to the Root and Heart Chakra. Hold them close and meditate with them, or wear a cleansed stone around your neck or wrist, and much of the negative energy can start to slip away. However, depression is a complex anomaly, and it could be weeks for much progress to show. Grief affects most, if not all people, and is linked to emotional distress and depression. The famous “Five Stages of Grief” can have daunting effects, but there are several stones to help combat those same effects. Rose Quartz and Selenite can help to aid with the passing of a loved one through basic meditation alone. Part of the healing process of grief is dealing with spirituality in a way, especially if the person is religious; stones connected to the Crown Chakra are this helpful to mitigate pain from loss. Inspiration and creativity can be influenced by everything, whether it is from a new art project or a blueprint idea, or if a new way of looking at a problem is needed. Several stones help to boost creativity, namely Carnelian and Citrine. Simply keep the crystal by you while focusing on your project, or meditate with it; either method will help with achieving the spark of inspiration. While stress is a necessary component to life and achieving goals, relaxation is the balance. Relaxation is the water that’s used when tempering the iron, so to speak. Abalone and Turquoise are exceptionally useful stones for helping to manage thoughts and achieve relaxation. Keep one close at hand, meditate with, or sleep with one to receive the effects.

Productivity is what keeps us moving throughout the day, the constant strive to find something to do. Many of us have the ability to work, but aren’t forward-thinking enough to know where to start. Thankfully, there are a couple crystals to help; Azurite and Ruby have properties of both boosting energy and encouraging decisiveness. Meditating with these or keeping them close at hand should help your work ethic extensively. Motivation is both a trait we all require to perform tasks, and an important literary device for finding why someone does something. Finding it is important, though many of us struggle; lack of motivation is also an effect of depression. Stones like Garnet and Tourmaline are extensively useful for helping to find the frame of mind required for performing certain tasks. Sleep with one on your bedside table, or keep one in your pocket to help you. Focus is an important part of keeping thoughts together, and keeping focused on current events and situations. Lack of focus is caused by a blocked Third Eye Chakra, so any stones associated with that will help for the regaining of concentration in cognitive tasks. Some other examples of helpful stones are Fluorite and Hematite. Simply keep one by you and/or hold it or rub it while you’re working to help with achieving the goal. To quote the Bourne Identity books, “sleep is a weapon.” It is a highly underrated tool that is medically required for people to function at peak efficiency (save for a select few), and lack of sleep can affect mood. Moreover, many suffer from insomnia, and are physically unable to sleep. Moonstone and Lepidolite are useful for the ability to detoxify the body of stressful energy keeping you awake, and help to achieve sleep. Keep one by your bed or meditate with one before you go to sleep to achieve the benefits of an easier rest.

Conclusion With new knowledge coming up about crystals every other day, this book makes an excellent primer on knowledge that already exists. However, this is simply a primer; for more extensive knowledge, there are other books and websites perfect for learning of the history and other properties of these fine stones. New information comes to light every so often, so it’s an excellent idea to stay updated on current events when it comes to crystals. Nevertheless, thank you for downloading and reading this book on crystal therapy. You’ll be on the fast track to serenity if you apply the knowledge from this book, and more. Surprisingly, many of the sites that attempt to sell crystals are historically correct. Generally speaking, the salesmen get their facts right when it comes to their properties and attributes, although there are always exceptions. This book is an excellent resource for those just getting into the widespread thesis of crystals, but it is simply an opener. As the author, I encourage you to find out more for yourself, and I don’t mean just facts; search for what you want, and what you want to imprint into the crystals, what methods of cleansing and programming work best for you, and whatever little boxes to keep them in you like best. These crystals can be some of the best things to happen in the lives of many, and serve as a good alternative for many medicines and overcomplicated treatments and therapies. Like almost anything else in the world, you’ll end up shaving off some money for these, but if you keep them maintained and safe, you’ll likely only have to do it once. Quartz and Amethyst are excellent starting crystals, as they are both hard and thus unlikely to break easily, as well as versatile for many different general ailments and conditions you might have. Keep them close, keep them safe, and keep them cleansed, and you’ll have problems with stress or melancholy much less than you had before using them. Once you discover the properties of these amazing stones, you’ll be keeping a piece of Hematite or Aquamarine wherever you go. Thank you so much from the bottom of my heart for downloading the book. I wish you the very best life you can possibly imagine.

ASTRAL PROJECTION

AND THIRD EYE AWAKENING STEP BY STEP GUIDE FOR BEGINNERS WILLFUL OUT OF BODY EXPERIENCE, LUCID DREAMING HYPNOGOGIC STATE PROVING YOUR IMMORTALITY MEDITATION EXPLORING YOUR INNER REALITY

ASTRAL PROJECTION

Introduction Around a fifth of people report having an out of body experience of some kind, the majority of which had no idea how to have an OOBE (out of body experience). For one reason or another they left their bodies and projected themselves on the astral plane. It is thought that this number is actually much higher because many people do not report their OOBE’s or feel it wasn’t real. You could leave your body as a result of a physical (or mental) trauma or even just drift off whilst you are asleep. There are pages and pages of reports of surgery patients who say they watched the surgery from outside of their bodies and could report on facts about the procedure that there was no way they could have known as they were unconscious. Sometimes that feeling of déjà vu you get is not just a weird feeling but the result of you having projected yourself out of your body without realizing it. You need to understand that when you are out of your body time and space lose a lot of their relevance and importance. However, astral projection isn’t just something that happens by accident, it is something that you can learn to do and experience on demand, when you want to. With practice and intent you can leave your body when you desire and travel where you want to go, interacting with the denizens of the astral planes and even other people who are travelling too. Astral travel is a very individual experience and everyone will report their experiences in a different way. You are reading these words because you are curious about astral projection, which is the first step towards making it happen. This book will teach you everything you need to know to make your first journey on the astral planes safely. You will learn about the meditation and relaxation that you need to travel on the astral planes. You need to be in a dim room, not black though, and somewhere with no distractions so unplug the phone, turn your cell phone off and so on. You want loose comfortable clothing and nothing that could potentially distract you, e.g. tight belt, full bladder, etc. You need to be able to focus your mind on the task at hand, i.e. leaving your body, which is why the meditation side is so important. Many people report that they find astral projection easier after having practised meditation daily for some time. If you are trying to focus on astral travel and you find that

your mind is constantly wandering to other subjects, then it is going to be much harder for you to leave your body. You may, or may not, succeed in leaving your body on your first attempt – again, this is an individual experience. Some people find it easy and leave the first time they try it and other people will take several attempts before it works for them. Just keep practising astral travel and meditate regularly outside of this and you will find it much easier to make this work for you. Most importantly, do not pressurize yourself or beat yourself up about it if it doesn’t work immediately. This additional pressure will make it harder for you to astral travel. One thing you do need to be aware of is that when you finally leave your body and look back at your physical form the shock could startle you and make you jump back into your corporeal form. Don’t worry though, this is something that happens to almost everyone and with practise you will overcome it. Astral projection is a skill we all have, yet few use. With the knowledge contained in this book and some practice you will be able to easily travel on the astral planes whenever you want to with ease and in safety.

Chapter 1. History of Astral Projection For some of you, you might still be needing a little bit of convincing and that’s totally fine. There’s a lot that happens in the pseudoscience world that makes people feel uncomfortable or unsure about what it is that they’re exactly entering into and I’m more than willing to tell you what it is you should know before getting involved. So here are a few of the historical accounts of Astral Projection that might help you better understand what it is you’re getting into. After all, isn’t the history of what it is we’re doing so fundamentally important that we want to know the history of all the things we do? The more we know about something’s past, the more that rich heritage actually takes root inside of us and gets us tied together with a significant emotional response within our hearts. So, I want to give you the rich history and the heritage of Astral Projection that will really give you everything you need to really trust and understand what you’re beginning to embark upon. In Ancient Egypt, they believed that the body was inhabited by something very similar to a soul called the Ka. They believed that the Ka could physically leave the body and travel. Through many of the hieroglyphic images in the tombs and ruins of the Ancient Egyptian cities, we see evidence of this ka in motion, travelling from the body and physically moving. This isn’t something that is unique to the Ancient Egyptians however. In India and China there have been numerous examples in holy and spiritual texts dating back to ancient times that detail the existence of an energy body that exists who can travel freely of the body. All of this is brought into being by the idea that there is another reality and that holy men have been given the ability through meditation and proper breathing techniques to access this ability within themselves. These holy scriptures have been preserved and passed down mostly through Buddhist channels that are spread far and wide over the Chino-Tibetan world. This yogic practice has been preserved through their culture, faith, and written system through the transitions of dynasties, wars, and global conflicts. There are also records in Japan about manifestations outside of the body that constitute an ikiryo. The ikiryo are often projections of someone’s hate, but they’re not necessarily malevolent entities and are often able to be project to someone who is distant, sick, or truly missed by the person. The anchor of their soul tends to be someone of immense emotional investment within the

person’s heart. Beyond the eastern world, if you’re looking for some more unique and isolated civilizations that have a history of Astral Projection, look to the Inuit. The Inuit believed that their spiritual leaders were sometimes given the capabilities to travel to distant places where they acquired unique and special information that they could then bring back to the people of their tribe and give them the information that they had learned. They could even report on the strange events of places far away. There are reports that the Native Americans also believed in a sort of trance and far vision that could be given to those who were holy and practiced with strong medicine. This isn’t just limited to North America, but goes even down south to the Amazon where tribes also believed in the transmission of the soul or spirit entity to a far away place to see and understand new things. But maybe you’re looking for a more established order or society to give you your understanding of the history of Astral Projection. Well, take a look at the Bible or the Quran which all have very unique and interesting stories that seem to support the belief that the soul can leave the body and experience the world through different means other than the physical reality. This goes so far as to become one of the main topics throughout the Middle Ages and the Renaissance for theologians and philosophers to discuss. They believed that there was a celestial world, inhabited by demons and angels that the soul could journey through and could experience the world through. This was such a common notion that most Christians and Muslims to this day believe that there is a spiritual world where war is raged by the angels and demons of the heavens and hell. This belief took root in the Middle Ages and has existed ever since because of the many accounts of priests, monks, or other holy people believing that their soul had left their body and journeyed to witness visions of hell and heaven for those back in the physical world to be told about. So, as you can see, there is a huge, rich history in the world where people are constantly talking about the existence of a world beyond this physical one that is accessible to those who have the spiritual power and the belief to transcend beyond their physical form. It is honestly everywhere and the more you look for it, the more you’ll seemingly find. It’s an impressive and interesting heritage that stands behind everyone who practices Astral Projection and if you’re looking to begin a journey into the Astral Projection

world, there are a lot of people behind you who have paved the way.

Chapter 2. What is Astral Projection? There’s a lot to talk about when it comes to Astral Projection, mostly because it’s something that is incredibly steeped in movie and science fiction mythology. Whenever you hear about Astral Projection, it’s usually at the hands of someone who hasn’t done their research. In fact, most of them see the words ‘Astral Projection’ looked up a little bit about it or hear someone else’s bizarre definition, and they immediately let their imagination fill in the rest of it. This is a problem, not just because they’re wrong, but because it’s misinforming tons and tons of other people looking to find out what it is. If you were to do an honest assessment of what Hollywood and presses have printed about Astral Projection, you would have something between a horror movie and a comic book adventure. Both of which, are completely wrong. While Astral Projection is becoming more and more common among the basic knowledge of people, it is not very well understood and it is still a mystery to thousands looking to try and get a better grip on it. So what exactly is Astral Projection? Well, that’s a complicated question, because the truth is a lot more unique and difficult to explain. The honest truth is that there is not explanation that you can give to people that will actually make a whole lot of sense to them. More importantly, there’s nothing about Astral Projection that sounds like it should be something real and not out of a science fiction book. It is said that the most basic form of Astral Projection involves the projector’s ability to experience something akin to an out of body experience. This is the point of the confusion. No one really has an idea what it is that is going on with the science behind Astral Projection and scientists are not keen to looking into the world of the supernatural when funding and grants are so limited right now. However, there are pseudoscientists that are more than eager to study the causes and the reasoning behind Astral Projection. So this is what pseudoscientists know about Astral Projection that I can pass along to you. Astral Projection is the process of removing one’s self from the physical body and transcending to an alternate plane. Here are some of the things that need to be discerned as you continue to go. From everything that pseudoscientists have figured out, the spirit is not bound to the physical body as one might think. While many people believe that the spirit is tethered to the body by a silver umbilical cord of energy, some say that you’re genuinely

detached from your body. Regardless of how your spirit is attached from your body, the same result is found. As your spirit moves, it is fully conscious of what is happening to it. Some say that you can accidentally stumble upon the skill or the ability to Astral Project, but many seek this ability to transcend their body by meditation or lucid dreaming. It’s a desired result that they have achieved through extensive hours of working very hard and very diligently to achieve a certain level of mental clarity. Now, ultimately, the question becomes: what happens when your spirit is detached from the body? This is where a singular schism has really changed the way people see Astral Projection. The two school of thoughts are fairly convincing, but they both have a difference that is distinct in their approach to what Astral Projection really is for their journey. The first school of thought is that reality is not exactly what most people think it is. For many people, reality is nothing more than one of many planes of realities that are out there. For many people, there is a singular plane of interest known as the plane of dreams or spirituality. It is said that this plane is where the mind wanders throughout dreams and throughout meditation while the mind is clear and free from any kind of anxiety, stress, or worries. This plane of clarity and relaxation offers the person the chance to enjoy the world that’s on an entirely different level. The plane of dreams or spiritual plane is up for a lot of debate. A lot of people believe that this plane of reality might simply exist alongside this world while others believe that it is entirely unique with its own locations, features, and rules. Regardless of what people think of the plane of dreams or the spiritual world, the common consensus is that we access it. However, for those that believe in the Phasing Model, they believe that you become a resident in this form of reality where there are different forms of locations, landmarks, and places to visit. In this model the projector transcends their body and enters this plane of existence, seeking answers that they need to find. All of it becomes possible through the intricate and complex world of the plane of dreams. This of course, does not count into the fact that many people claim to have visited real places in the world, which the plane of dreams shouldn’t have. The response is commonly the fact that the spiritual world has the ability to manifest what it is we want to see. In other words, we shape the reality.

The second model believe whole-heartedly in the idea that we’re genuinely detaching from our bodies and entering the world that we currently live in and inhabit. This world is what we seek our answers in and that’s where the hunting for those answers take place. All in all, Astral Projection depends highly on the projector’s ability to project their conscience beyond their physical form in search for answers or exploration. In the end, it’s about developing your body into a seeker mindset and to get out there and find what it is you’re looking for. That’s the basics of what Astral Projection truly is. Now let’s get into it a little deeper.

Chapter 3. Astral Projection Basics Everyone is capable of astral projection but not everyone does experience it. For one, you need to be willing to cross over from the realm of the living where you exist in your physical body, to the realm of spiritual existence. As a beginner, there are three steps that will help you manage this transition. Those three steps include taking off; managing to stay in your lucid state; and being able to remember your experience on the astral plane even when you have resumed your physical state. How to take off This is the very initial stage and it is all about relaxation. You need to be fully at ease; not tension in your body. You also need to be relaxed at a mental level. It is difficult to succeed in making an astral journey when you have endless thoughts disturbing your peace. Only when you are fully relaxed will your astral body – the one that also goes by the term psychosoma – be ready to take off. And your relaxed astral body needs to be accompanied by a relaxed energy body – what also goes by the reference energosoma. When it comes to energy flow, do whatever you can to have your energies well distributed. One great way of achieving this is to address the issue of your chakras – those energy fields, which when blocked deter the smooth flow of energy. The reason your energy arena is important is that your energy body is the link between your physical body and your astral body. So, whereas opening chakras is not often mentioned as a pre-requisite for astral projection, having your chakras open and your energy well balanced helps your attempt at astral projection. You realize you aren’t exactly free as your chest is being suppressed by a feeling of heaviness; as if something with a big weight has been placed on it. Remaining lucid after take off What would you say lucidity is? Well, it is the state of being awake and conscious, even when you have abandoned your physical existence. Saying that you need to be lucid after take-off means that you need to be conscious of what is happening around you in the new sphere that you have entered. Do not confuse that with registering what is going on around your physical body. Lucidity is important for you to be able to see things in the astral sphere and even to be able to interact with other astral bodies. Your lucidity is what will make you have something to bring back in form of memories about your astral travel.

Remembering your astral experience Whatever you see and hear when in your astral body is not registered in your physical brain. Rather, it is recorded by your parabrain, the extra-physical brain that operates in your psychosoma or astral body. Hence, for you to be able to personally analyze your out-of-body experience, or even narrate it to anyone, you need to have those memories transferred from your parabrain to your physical brain. This memory part is important as not all astral travels are for leisure. There are times you can have an experience of astral projection and come back with useful information from some astral bodies or even from some friendly spirits. Luckily, there is a way you can rehearse for your astral travel in advance, so that whatever you experience is not just well recorded but also nicely transferred to your physical brain at the end of your astral journey. Create a phrase or sentence that has useful meaning. Keep the phrase or sentence simple A good example of such a sentence is: I will be lucid when I conclude my astral journey and I will recall everything on return to my physical body. Say it aloud to yourself. Say it with energy. Repeat it a number of times, say, five to ten times. After you have set your body and mind into a state of relaxation, repeat the phrase to yourself again, still aloud. During your out-of-body experience, make a deliberate effort to note the names of people and places that you see and keep affirming to yourself that you are going to remember them later. What happens on returning to your normal state is that the information regarding your astral experience is transferred from your extra-physical brain to your physical brain; and it helps if you manage to make a deliberate transition yourself from the astral realm to the physical world. In short, having your brain jogged back to reality of the physical world by a siren or an alarm can sabotage your memory. So you need to try and deliberately bring yourself back to your physical existence, all the while keeping your focus on the recall process.

Helpful Tips As You Prepare For an Astral Experience Reading material such as this which is contained in this book is a good move because when it is time for you to embark on your astral journey nothing will really shock or scare you. It is also good to slow down and think about your life as it is as well as the experiences you have gone through. That awareness may help you to make sense of some things that you see in the astral world later on. It is important that you appreciate that each person’s astral experience is unique. As such, you need not try and replicate someone else’ experiences or experiences that you have read in books. Those other experiences can only help you to prepare for the journey psychologically. Be open to a personal experience In that regard, do not try and manipulate experiences in the course of your astral journey. You should be calm and relaxed and ready to sail with the tide during your astral travel as long as you are not encountering anything evil. What you see while in the astral world could be very enlightening for you when you return to your physical world still lucid and with vivid memories of that astral experience. You have to have your own astral experience to understand what an astral journey or astral projection really is. It is as simple as when it comes to eating – can you really tell what it’s like to eat meat if you’ve been vegetarian all through your life? Only if you ultimately eat meat will you be able to tell how meat tastes like. And you can then take someone through the digestive experience and even explain how different it is from when you have consumed vegetables alone. Again, only your personal astral experience can help you make conclusions about your life. Identify a suitable technique Just because you know someone who succeeded in astral projection using a certain method is not enough for you to go with that particular method. With the choices provided in this book, you should be able to find your own fit. Among the things you need to take into account is your personality. Consider, for example, how creative you are; how rational you are; and even what your preferences are. You may wish to use a technique that has breathing moves or even meditation while someone else may not like it. So consider the techniques at your disposal and then test the waters and see which technique you can handle without feeling anxious.

Once you have identified the technique that suits you best, practice it beginning from the first part; its middle part; and its final part. As you will notice as you continue learning the different techniques of astral projection, each one of them takes you through a process. None of them is like a switch where you say let me transition to the astral and you got there – no. So, do master all the stages until you can do them without being too conscious that you are doing them. As a beginner, it is best you keep off those techniques that seem complex and somewhat mystical; they can be discouraging. Another important thing you need to do is to go through a period of practice – one month is recommended. During this period, you choose some days in the week when you can practice going for an astral travel using your chosen technique. Whatever day you select, do the astral projection just once. Spread the days of practice as you like, but ensure you have practiced fifteen times in that one month. By the end of that month going for astral travels will no longer feel strange or scary to you. Bear positive emotions Being positive of your impeding journey helps you have a great experience. It also helps in your take off stage so that you do not have to struggle to get started. So as much as possible, let yourself be filled with quality thoughts and balanced emotions. Such emotions include confidence; perseverance; self-motivation; persistence; curiosity; and such. The contrasting emotions that you need to avoid include self doubt; fear; anger; distracting thoughts such as busy thoughts unrelated to your astral journey. Depending on the activities lined up for the day, identify an appropriate time for your astral projection – a time when you feel you can easily relax and guide your thought process accordingly. Choose a suitable environment First of all you need to relax as has already been mentioned before. For that matter, it is important that you choose an appropriate environment for your astral experience. A place with a door, for instance, is great because you can always lock everyone else out to avoid being distracted by in and out movements when you are in the middle of your session. The temperature also needs to be suitable – neither too hot nor too cold – all in a bid to keep you comfortable. 20°C is deemed suitable. And you need to be able to regulate lighting. The ideal place for an

experience in astral projection is one that is dimly lit. This means you can switch off the electric lights and then light a spotlight or light some candles and place them in strategic locations in the room. Do whatever else you need to do to avoid distracting noises. For example, if you have an alarm clock or a mobile phone, they are best switched off or put in silent mode if possible. It may be difficult for you to remember properly what transpired in the astral arena if you are jolted into the real world by an alarm. Generally, a quiet and comfortable place is recommended if you want to succeed in relaxing and remaining calm all through your experience; and if you want to have your memories from the astral world intact when you resume your physical existence. Note the recommended time When you are practicing astral projection, it is good to set aside enough time for it so that you do not feel constrained to go through a technique in a rush. At the same time, it is not good to overstretch the period for an astral experience. So, although you are bound to get the hang of it in due course, as a beginner you need to do some timing. Keep your session to a minimum of half an hour and a maximum of one hour. Although some people speak of setting an alarm, you need to be alive to the fact that you do not want to be sharply jogged back into the real world. So you may wish to try timing yourself with something like a mobile phone where you can choose some form of music for your alarm. Such an alarm is likely to be friendly to the ear and likely not to negatively affect the transfer of your memories from the extra-physical brain to the physical one. Once you have set your alarm to ring after one hour, relax and proceed to do all the steps that your chosen technique avails. Then transition back to the real world carrying back the images and sounds from the astral arena. Sensations that are not physical As you study different techniques for astral projection, you may be warned about what to expect. However, it is good that you know what to generally expect from the time you begin preparing yourself to the time you resume your natural physical existence. Expect to feel sensations that are not physical; some being vibrations, others kind of electric sensations, pressure within your forehead or even at the back of your head, and so on. Do not panic as these sensations are normal before

and during the transition period. In fact, they are just warnings; indicators that you are on the right track to astral projection. The sensations actually manifest as your astral body tries to disengage from your physical one. Whatever you feel, it is good to note it down when you return from your astral travels, together with the things that you saw and the interactions that you made. While recording astral experiences is not mandatory, it is good to have such a record to compare with future experiences. From them, you also get to understand your pattern or patterns of transitioning from your physical world to your spiritual world.

Chapter 4. Meditation and Hypnosis Meditation has a plethora of benefits that can help you with your most complex issues. One that you might be struggling with at the moment is the ability to fall asleep and stay asleep. Benefits of Meditation in Your Daily Life As individuals, the first thing that we all crave in life is – peace. But, peace is a broad term, and one that leads to an endless list of questions. How do we define peace? What gives us peace? And most importantly why do we crave it? All of these questions are pertinent, and all of them have weight. You will begin to realize it is even more as you embark on your personal journey into the human mind, in search of it. As you seek peace however, it is important that you first try to understand how the human mind works and more importantly how meditation has multiple positive effects on the human mind, body and soul. Meditation: A Brief History While we think of mental health and mental development and automatically look to meditation as the perfect solution, it does beg the question - where did meditation come from? How long has it been around? Where did it originate? Interestingly, most of these questions lack a clear definitive answer even today, thousands of years since the practice was first adopted. Some scholars have claimed that meditation, in some form or another, has existed from the beginning of humanity. However, if you are looking for a more definitive answer, India is a good place to start. In this country, most commonly associated with meditation, Vendatism has been around since 1500 BC. In China, Taoist meditation also dates back to the 5th and 6th centuries. Some scholars have dated meditation practices in the region as far back as 5,000 - 6,000 BC. In the west, meditation didn’t quite come about until the 1700s, by way of a multitude of texts on Eastern Philosophy. It wasn’t until Swami Vivekananda, a Hindu monk, presented a speech at the Parliament of Religions in 1893 that this massive wave of interest in meditation brought us

to where we are today. Building Self-Awareness For starters let’s focus on self-awareness. Take a minute and honestly ask yourself how aware you are of how your body reacts to specific situations. How do you react to light? How do you react to fear? How do you react to happy events? Take a minute and identify each of these physical manifestations of your mind and evaluate them – why do you react in this way? Have you always acted in the specific manner? What has changed, if anything? You may notice that as you go through these questions in your mind, other questions and thoughts will enter your mind that you didn’t anticipate. This is actually very typical and natural. Often times even if you think that a specific thought or specific trigger will cause your mind to think or work in a specific manner in reality it doesn’t necessarily process the information in any specific way. This is why reverse psychology works on certain individuals and backfires on others – not all people react to the same form of stimulus in the exact same manner. Meditation allows you to practice introspection and truly identify how your mind reacts to specific triggers. It’s almost as if your mind is doing a mental inventory of how you think, how you process, and most importantly how you react. Try to think of meditation as a form of mental yoga – here the objective is to forge a stronger link between the mind and body. This is to ensure that your mind is more aware of how your body is responding specifically to cues. Meditation helps us understand our own individual sense of awareness. Helping ground us in the present moment allows us to act and think in a way that keeps us in the present. Reducing Stress and Anxiety This is just one benefit –meditation is not intended to simply enhance one’s sense of self. In fact a major reason why so many people get involved in meditation, is because they wish to use the practice to cure themselves of unwanted stress and anxiety that they might be dealing with. Let’s simplify this, shall we? Why do you think you are invested in meditation? What do you feel unsure or nervous about starting your meditation program?

Try answering this instead – in the past week what are five negative things that have impacted the way you act, think and react? Make a short list in a separate journal. Have you listed them for yourself? Good! Now ask yourself how often one of these thoughts has controlled your mind. Let’s say you feel unhappy at work – how often have you thought of quitting? A lot? How often do you think about how badly you want to change jobs? Almost always? Most importantly how often have you done something that would help you change your job, or extract yourself from that toxic work environment? Odds are you just said never very quietly under your breath. Whether or not you feel like you are ready to admit your thoughts to other people, you yourself know exactly how often you are sometimes even obsessing over the negatives in your life. Do you ever wonder why you don’t feel comfortable telling other people how often these negative thoughts come to your mind? Think about it - if you don’t like admitting how you are thinking, odds are that you already know, subconsciously or at some level, that what you are doing isn’t good for you. Always keep in mind that while negative things will continue to happen in your life, how far you allow that negativity to spread into your personal space is a decision that you are making constantly. There is always a more productive way to deal with negative thoughts – if you feel you are stuck in a bad job, instead of obsessing over the negative features of the job entails, train your mind to focus on the way out. Line up new job interviews, consider talking to the human resources department or a supervisor; the point here is to actually actively do something instead of just letting things happen to you. Taking control of the negativity that surrounds you is a key part of ensuring that you lead a healthier and happier life, because this negativity is what breeds stress and causes anxiety to build in your mind. So, if you really want to live a stress free, healthier and most importantly, happier life you are going to want to start by finding a way to reduce your stress levels, and train your mind to focus on productive activities, instead of the anxiety triggers that you have built for yourself. Honing Mental Clarity Another common issue many individuals tend to have to deal with is – the lack of clarity that is predominant in today’s world. For the most part,

research has shown that multiple mental disciplines, such as yoga and meditation, can help control the mind and even improve it. Conditions such as ADHD, which is a form of attention deficiency, have been known to show significant improvement with meditation and meditation based activities. While it is common knowledge that physical exercise can help keep the body in shape, what people tend to forget is that the brain needs the exact same thing. Neuro exercises, or mental training activities can potentially keep our brain in shape, and can also weed out certain undesirable mental characteristics, such as depressive thoughts, or anxiety. One of the fundamental issues currently being studied by scientists is the subject of neuroplasticity. What is neuroplasticity, you may ask? Well, simply put, scientists have begun to discover that, contrary to popular opinion, an individual’s brain is not shaped at the time of their birth – in contrast the brain is actually constantly growing and learning, which is why it is possible to actually change our brains to specific forms of mental training. For example, one can retrain the brain to alter or improve multiple personality quirks, such as how attentive you are, how happy you are, how angry you are etc. Instead of considering emotions such as happiness, or anger, or disappointment individual reactions, think of them as skills. You can train your mind so that you are more skilled at being happy or positive, although odds are you have subconsciously been training your mind to be the exact opposite. Neuroscientist Richard Davison, of the University of Wisconsin, conducted a three-month research program on the impacts of the Vipassana form of Buddhist meditation that deals with increasing mental clarity, and improving sensory awareness. On completion, he found that volunteers who had received Vipassana meditation as a form of mental training, were much faster in their ability to identify and focus on detailed information. In contrast, individuals who had not participated in the training seemed less clear and less stable in their ability to retain information. Because of this, meditation is now being seen as a form of mental exercise that helps individuals take advantage of the plasticity of the human brain, in a quantifiable and scientific manner. Building Focus and Fortitude However, it is not just mental clarity that is affected by meditation. In fact, a large part of meditation deals with building focus. While the science of the

issue has clearly established that meditation can help enhance mental clarity by playing with the neural plasticity of the mind, it also does so on a more chemical level by releasing specific hormones to help counter your stress levels. When you are stressed out, your body releases certain hormones to let your mind know that it is overloaded. Once your mind starts to register that you are stressed out, the body then starts to release adrenaline because it thinks that your body now needs more energy to help get you through these backlogged tasks. The only problem here is that adrenaline can work against you. While theoretically adrenaline should be helping you to get better and to do your tasks quicker and better. Adrenaline serves an important function in our bodies, but unless we learn to control stress, adrenaline works against us. Instead of helping us get through stressful moments, excessive adrenaline instead increases anxiety, and multiplies our stress reaction. Keep in mind the release of adrenaline in your body is a physical reaction to fear or danger, or some sort of immediate desperate need – this is a physical reaction, that has been passed on to us from our ancestors, who at the time needed that extra bit of energy to fend off predators or to stay alive. Now imagine having that level of pressure put on you every single day, because you are unable to distinguish between a life-and-death situation, and a workplace crisis. Your body simply doesn’t know the difference. This of course is where meditation steps in. Meditation gives us a sense of self worth and power, so that when we are faced with a challenge, we are not immediately dropping the ball and going into “danger” mode – instead we are calmly teaching ourselves to cope, which in turn allows our brain to focus and develop better coping strategies. Have you ever given yourself a social media detox? Is your immediate reaction after you wake up to check Facebook? One of the first things you might want to do is slowly detach from your phone or the distractions of social media over the next seven days. Meditation teaches your brain to do the exact same thing in terms of the topics on which you are focusing. By slowly teaching yourself to focus on the factors which you would like, such as positive outcomes, you simultaneously build your mental fortitude. You’re training your brain to not go into panic mode at the slightest thing. At the same time, you are also teaching yourself how to react to those smaller, yet persistent mental problems that you find

yourself facing on a daily basis. Win-win! Emotional Intelligence So, what else does meditation help with? Well, for starters, it is also an extremely important tool in the development of emotional intelligence. As you begin to become more aware of your own self and how you react to specific situations, you will also realize that you are attuned to how people around you react to those same situations. This form of awareness is also commonly known as emotional intelligence, and is currently considered to be of extremely high value. Indeed, some scientists have begun to prefer the evaluation of emotional intelligence over the evaluation of one intelligence quotient to determine a person’s potential. While you probably ask yourselves multiple times whether or not you are good enough or smart enough, odds are you probably don’t ask yourself if you are compassionate enough or if you are a good listener. If you are familiar with the television program, The Big Bang Theory, you’ve probably seen that the protagonist Sheldon Cooper has been portrayed to be an individual with extremely high IQ, but extraordinarily low EQ factor. In later seasons, this impacts his career growth, as well as his personal life. This is actually extremely common - no matter how smart you are, in order to truly succeed in life, you will find that you will require a certain amount of emotional intelligence. Start asking yourself the following questions to gauge what your emotional intelligence levels are: 1. Are you generally a calm person? Are you capable of maintaining this calm in stressful situations? 2. Would you consider yourself to be compassionate? Are you well attuned to the needs of others? 3. In your opinion, do you have a tendency to make good decisions? 4. Are you capable of listening to what other people have to say? Do you take people’s opinion into consideration? 5. Do you believe that you have a positive influence on the people around you? 6. Are you an impulsive person? How impulsive do you consider yourself to be, on a scale of 1 to 10?

7. What is your standard mind-set – happy or sad? Were the answers that you just provided generally negative in nature? If so odds are you have a low EQ, the good news is it doesn’t really matter how low your EQ is, because you can actually build on your EQ levels through meditation. The act of meditation not only helps you detach from negative thoughts, it is also known to help you assess and attune yourself to the emotions of other people. Poker players for instance are known to have extremely high emotional intelligence levels; their advanced emotional intelligence is what allows them to ‘read’ emotions such as fear or hesitation in their opponents, which in turn enables them to make better plays. But, most importantly, your emotional intelligence levels will help you deal with years of emotional baggage that have burdened your inner mind control. Gone are the days that you couldn’t control your temper. With the help of meditation, you can now actively deal with your anxiety, your depression, and your negative thought patterns, replacing them with solid reasoning skills and problem-solving capabilities. Relaxing the Mind And finally, one of the least appreciated and yet possibly one of the most beneficial attributes of meditation – mental relaxation. Think about it...when was the last time you gave your brain a break. Keep in mind that going away on holiday does not count. When was the last time that you sat still for 15 minutes and did absolutely nothing? You didn’t mentally list the tasks that you have to do, you didn’t make decisions about what you’re going to need for dinner. You didn’t worry about ten different things that happened today – you literally did nothing. Let’s be honest, odds are it’s been a while. Lucky for you, meditation is actually known to trigger the relaxation response in the mind, which means that any time you spend meditating is time you are spending allowing your brain to go into a state of absolute relaxation. Why is this important? The more relaxed your brain is the easier it is for you to fall asleep, to manage your stress levels, and to reduce your anxiety. Think of it as your emotional balance, by relaxing your brain you are training it to maintain better emotional equilibrium, which in turn allows you to become a more balanced individual. These are just some of the numerous benefits that are attached to meditation.

Meditation is also known to enhance kindness in societies, and help individuals become more community minded. It also plays a strong role in fighting addictions; studies have shown that recovering alcoholics generally do much better when they receive meditative training. So, with all our doubts put to rest, the only question now is how do we do it, or more accurately how do we prepare for it?

Chapter 5. Prepare Your Mind for The Out of Body Experience Have you clicked by now that there is a difference between the terms astral projection and astral travel or do they come across as synonymous? Of course, the two are closely related but we need to understand them well so that we can get the proper picture in our minds when we are discussing them. After all, they both have everything to do with visualization – mental images as opposed to the physical. Astral projection precedes astral travel in occurrence. This you can understand when we describe astral projection as the skillful act of projecting your entire consciousness away from your physical body and getting it to enter and settle in your astral body. Astral travel, on the other hand, is the art of movement as an astral body. So for your astral body to make astral travels and interact with other astral bodies, you have first to be successful in your astral projection. It is worth pointing out that though the two terms – astral projection and astral travel – may sound kind of mystical, they represent things that anyone is capable of doing. You just need to be sincere about wanting to have an astral experience. The key thing you need to master is concentration. Once you are able to concentrate on whatever step you are taking in the process of astral projection, you can focus on your intended shift from your physical being to astral existence. That is why you need to master the art of meditation. Some Helpful Meditation Tips Using the 4-Fold Breath This is a breathing technique used in meditation, where you undergo four crucial steps. Although this is not the only meditation technique that there is, every other that you find is based on this one. That is why it is so important that you master it. It succeeds in getting you in a stable mood and in a position to concentrate fully on the mission before you. Here is how you prepare for the meditation session: Wear clothes that are loose fitting; clothes you feel comfortable in Take a sitting position that you are comfortable in, and one that is unlikely to draw you to sleep. Often people opt to sit some place flat and with their back upright.

Sit within an area that is free from distraction – whether it is from noise or movements. Here are the four steps to follow in your meditation: Take four seconds to draw air in through your nose – inhalation Take another good four seconds holding that air in – holding your breath Another four seconds breathing out the air through your nose – exhalation Suppress further breathing for four seconds after that exhalation. Your one session is up. Do not fret if you fail to get it right in your first attempt. It gets easier with practice. Remember that in astral projection, relaxation is important; and if you get upset with yourself for not doing your meditation right you will be sabotaging your own efforts. Just try and ignore everything else and focus strictly on your breathing. And if you get distracted, adopt the attitude of better luck next time – and you try again. For how long should you practice this meditation? Well, the period recommended is 5min – 10min long sessions of meditation. And you are advised to take such a session once every day. Then later, as you become comfortable and proficient in the meditation technique, you can prolong your sessions to something like 20min – 30min each. Since you want to succeed fast in mastering this meditation technique, register in your mind the basics – keeping your mind clear of distracting thoughts; ensuring your breathing pattern is regular; and that you are keeping to your set rhythm of breathing. Keep a Record of What Works For You It is important to keep a record of what transpired during each meditation session, especially when you are a beginner, because you want to establish the conditions and circumstances that are best suited for you. For example, you need to note in writing the time when you did your meditation; what the weather was like; the kind of clothes you had on; and even the kind of scents that were around you. One thing you need to know is that there are people who are good at astral projection but they have realized they have trouble meditating in stormy

weather. Others just cannot concentrate at certain times of the day. Still others meditate best in the evening and in full moon. You too need to identify what works for you so that you can time your meditation sessions accordingly. Initial Steps of Astral Projection First of all, you need to master a good breathing technique like the one explained above. Just before you begin your astral projection session, do this meditation for about 10 minutes. Practice energizing your chakras or revitalizing your energy centers. You can consider this another form of meditation. Although there are things that you do without giving much thought to, when you are preparing for an experience in astral projection there are things you need to consciously do to ensure your chakras are well stimulated. Remember you need the energy through your chakras flowing well and in a balanced manner if you are to succeed in astral projection. Ways to stimulate your chakras: Regulate your thoughts Thoughts, just in case you didn’t know, come in form of energy. And it does not matter if the thoughts are emotional or just mental; they are connected to your chakras. So whatever thoughts you have do have influence over the way energy flows through your chakras. If you are churning negative thoughts from your mind, you end up being tense and either with energy levels being low or your energy flow being blocked in some areas. Yet you already know that you need to be relaxed when you are preparing for an astral projection. And you need your mind to be alert. Seek some sunlight Who doesn’t know that the sun gives us energy? And not just us as human beings – every living thing benefits from the sun’s natural energy. For you and me, the seven color spectrum from the sun is what penetrates our bodies to re-energize our different chakras with the respective auras. That is why there is emphasis on you getting some sunshine regularly. And supposing there is no sunshine where you live? That’s no problem. Experts reckon a light bulb emitting the full spectrum of colors is good enough. So connect one to a light source and your chakras will be re-energized.

Eat different colored foods The reason for this suggestion is that each color you find in vegetables; fruits or even flowers is representative of some form of natural energy matching some aura. And you, obviously, need the natural energy in its variety in order that your energies can be balanced. When you have all the necessary energies, there is good balance amongst the different chakras and you are in a good position to project in an astral way. Do some visualization This is not something really new but a form of yoga, where you breathe and meditate as you visualize specific colors. If, for instance, you think a certain chakra is weak or if you are feeling unwell in particular areas that are associated with a particular chakra, visualize the aura color that goes with that chakra and you will revitalize that chakra. Use healing crystals Healing crystals are great for boosting your energy. Different crystals emit different energies depending on their layers of crystallization which are responsible for their specific colors. Just to give you an idea of how helpful crystal are, wearing a moonstone or carrying one with you has been known to heighten your spiritual awareness. And this would be very helpful in a situation where you want to leave your physical existence and traverse the astral arena. Do some color bathing Here what is recommended is the use of color energy bath products. You essentially use these products to change the color of your bath water, and then you lie in the water and let your body sap up the energies from the water. Remember that water is good at conducting energy and so whatever energy the bath product introduces into the water ends up merging with your own energy, giving it a good boost and balance. If you are looking forward to being passionate and enthusiastic about your astral experience, you may choose color red for your water. And if your heart is feeling somewhat faint, then what suits you is a green colored bath product to introduce the green color into your bath water. Then your 4th chakra, which is responsible for your heart’s performance, will be opened better and vibrations enhanced.

Enjoy some aromatherapy This simply means using some genuine essential oils. These are actually made of pure essence extracted from plants and sometimes flowers. You are supposed to mix a little of your chosen essential oil with some carrier oil before you use it. Often, however, people use essential oils in baths. And you are advised not to apply an essential oil directly onto your skin without first diluting it with a carrier oil otherwise you could suffer irritation. Carrier oils, just to refresh your memory in case you need it, are oils extracted from kernels; nuts; or even seeds. They themselves may be therapeutic too but our purpose here, we are more concerned with their role as carriers of the energy boosting essential oils. You can use music and even dance Yes, you can dance your way into relaxation and into enthusiasm and energy. One thing you need to know is that every music note is associated with a certain color, and as you know, different colors correspond to different chakras. There are some music notes you can play and find yourself emotionally stimulated. Other music notes stimulate you mentally; while others stimulate you physically. For instance, just listening to primal music, or dancing to it – like music with drum beats – ends up energizing you physically. Such music is associated with your first chakra; the root chakra. And the root chakra, the one found at the base of your spine, is in charge of your physical energy and your stability. It is also the one that enhances your strong will. Of course you need to be strong willed to succeed in astral projection; otherwise you’ll give up after a few attempts if you don’t succeed right away. Mastering the art of toning sounds Here, think in terms of surrounding yourself with nice cool sounds. Whether these are musical sounds or others, the idea is to overwhelm any distracting sounds that may penetrate your area of meditation; or the place that you have chosen for your astral projection. You can even make vocal sounds of your own that vibrate at a common frequency with particular parts of your body. This is all in a bid to tone those organs so that they can work optimally. And there is surely a lot more you could do to stimulate your chakras including using color filters to tone your body; energizing water with solar energy from direct rays of the sun; use of therapeutic eye glasses; selecting

colored décor for use in your room; choosing clothing that improves your mood and makes you feel energized; and surrounding yourself with colorful art. Get your astral energy flowing At this juncture, you have done your basic meditation and your body is ready to move to the next level; that one of letting go of your astral body. It is now time to go to the next level in meditation, where your consciousness is now on your astral energies; trying to help your astral body take off and venture into the astral realm of existence. Embark on astral projecting This is the stage that marks your ultimate success at astral projection. Here, you let your astral body loose and you move to wherever it takes you. You are now at the point where you can see yourself as a separate being, either laying the way you are on the bed or wherever you may be, or even doing different things as your astral body observes.

Chapter 6. Remote Viewing One of the most interesting applications of astral travel is remote viewing. This is something that takes training, time and practice, but it is something you can get started on fairly easily. Remote viewing is something that is so interesting and has so much potential that during the Cold War, both the US and Russian governments conducted experiments in remote viewing in an attempt to spy on each other. The details of these experiments are closely guarded secrets, but both countries experimented heavily with this technique, which gives you an idea of the importance and power of this. Once you have mastered astral projection and can leave your body whenever you want then you can start experimenting and learning remote viewing. Have a friend select some pictures that have clear lines, shapes or colors, e.g. shapes, animals and so on. Get them to paste these on to a piece of plain white paper and then seal each one individually in to a separate envelope that you can’t physically see through. Each envelope should also be numbered on the outside in large, bold writing from one to the total number of envelopes. Make sure the pictures aren’t too complex but they are interesting enough to stick in someone’s sub-conscious mind. Try to make sure that each picture is as different as possible from each other to help with this process. Initially you may only partly recall the details from the envelope, so clearly, different pictures will help you whilst you are learning to remote view. When you are ready, pick an envelope and place it somewhere that you can astral travel to. Enter the astral plane and go to the location of the envelope and attempt to see what is inside. Once you have done this, return to your body and write down what you saw in the envelope and then either yourself or your friend can check it. An alternative method for this is to pick an envelope and sit down somewhere quiet with a few pieces of paper. Write Target 1 at the top of a piece of paper, put the first envelope in front of you and start to relax deeply. Try to focus on the envelope and perceive what is inside it. Record any impressions you get from the envelope. Remember that you have a lot of mental noise anyway in your mind which is why it is important you learn to quieten your mind. It can be difficult, at least until you get used to it, to separate out the remote viewing information from

the ‘noise’ in your mind. As a rough rule of thumb, any image that is bright, clear or sharp is almost always noise. Yes, it is very counterintuitive, but it is true. Not everything you see while remote viewing will be related to the object you are trying to view. Often this mental noise in your mind is related to what is going on deeper down in your mind and you need to learn to wade through it and find the actual remote viewing information. You will find that the signals from your remote viewing session are more likely going to be fuzzy, indistinct and vague. They come across more as partly remembered memories that tickle at the back of your mind. With practise you will learn to tell the difference between what has come from remote viewing and what is just mental noise. Whilst you are remote viewing, if you are doing it whilst deeply relaxed then attempt to sketch, unconsciously, what you are seeing. Alternatively, you can sketch it once you come away from the astral plane, but don’t concentrate too much on it whilst you do it - let your subconscious mind guide you. Write down everything you can about the remote viewing experience including textures, tastes, smells, sounds, colors and so on. The lines and shapes are important too but these other senses can help you home in on the image that you have seen. You typically won’t get a fully formed image in your mind of the object you are trying to view, but what you put together from your impressions will be accurate enough and make sense. If you are doing this using the seated / relaxation method then just take five or ten minutes and when you have finished, write the word ‘end’ on your piece of paper together with the time you finished the experiment. Do not write anything else on that piece of paper afterwards. Then open the envelope and see what it is you were trying to perceive. Be honest with yourself and acknowledge your successes but be careful you don’t try and stretch what you have drawn to fit the picture, which can distort your results. It’s important that you acknowledge both your successes and where you went wrong so that you can improve your skills and get better at remote viewing. Whilst remote viewing, you need to be ready to try things and even to fail in order to succeed. Follow your intuition, listen to the impressions you receive, don’t judge the information you get and just accept it. It may be that the

feelings you get don’t make sense consciously, but sub-consciously they will and this will help you to understand them. You should also document your remote viewing sessions because it is going to help you to improve your skills. Keep the written records together with the photographs as it will help you to understand how you are progressing, as well as see any patterns in your viewings. Of course, as you improve your remote viewing skills there is nothing to stop you venturing further afield and starting to experiment with viewing objects in someone else’s house (with their permission of course) and really develop your skills. This more complex version of remote viewing is sometimes called a beacon or outbounder experiment. You can attempt to remotely view a location or an object placed in that location. You could use any place that has distinct features as a target. If you prefer you can get a friend to place a sealed envelope in a location for you to view or an object in a location where you can astral travel to. Whilst you can perform this experiment on your own by travelling on the astral plane you can do it with a second person who helps you to home in on the location. You, the viewer, would use a pen and paper to record what you sense during the experiment. When performing this experiment, make sure the viewer does not know anything about the location until afterwards. Also make sure that no one in the room (if anyone is) with the viewer has any information about the location either. The viewer needs to be located in a room where it is possible to relax with no distractions around. In order to remote view a location with someone sending out the signals you need someone, who is the outbounder, to go to a target location. The viewer must know nothing about this location and ideally you don’t want it to be too far away – no more than about thirty minutes maximum. Pick a location that has distinct features, e.g. an amusement park, a children’s park, a bakery and so on. The outbounder settles in at the location and concentrates on the viewer and sends them the image they can see. If the outbounder can take a picture of the location from their viewpoint, then that will help with comparing it when discussing the results with the viewer. At an agreed time, the outbounder settles down and transmits mentally the

viewpoint of where they are to the viewer who is in a deeply relaxed state and attempting to pick up on this. The viewer draws an image of the location which is then compared to the photograph of the location. For a set period of time, such as ten minutes, both people concentrate and then the experiment is stopped and the paper from the viewer put to one side until the outbounder returns. There are a lot of variations on this theme that you can practise either with, or without, people helping you. The more you practise remote viewing, the better you will become at it and the vague images that you were used to seeing will become more clear, though full clarity of vision is not thought to happen. As you develop your remote viewing skills so you can travel to further locations, peek inside libraries, visit ancient monuments and even move beyond the confines of time and travel back to view events in the distant past. There is a lot you can do with remote viewing and you will find it good fun and interesting to do. It will be frustrating to start with because the images are going to be very difficult to pick out, but as you get more used to it so you will find the images become clearer and you get more success from your experiments.

Chapter 7. Lucid Dreaming Lucid dreams can be used as a launching pad into astral projection. If you have trouble astral projecting from the waking state, you can try to astral project from the dream state instead. You actually astral project every night while you are sleeping. However, you usually do not remember it because your subconscious mind is in control. Your physical body needs sleep, but your consciousness does not. While you are sleeping, your consciousness can access higher dimensions. In higher dimensions, you can create any experience you want with your thoughts. This is what you are doing while you are dreaming. You are creating experiences for yourself with your thoughts, but it is your subconscious mind that controls the experience. The subconscious mind is usually concerned with thinks such as processing daily issues and life events, working through soul lessons, or bringing certain things to your attention. Your subconscious has its own agenda and works through these things while you are asleep. Since you are unconscious during your dreams, you usually do not remember them when you wake up. But what if you could become conscious during your dreams? If you can learn how to go lucid from the subconscious state, you can take control of your dreams and have a conscious out-of-body experience. Once you become consciously aware that you are dreaming, you can will the dreamscape to fade away. You will usually find yourself back in your room outside of your physical body. Alternatively, you may become aware of the physical sensations of the vibrational state. This means that you are separated but still in your body. Focus your attention away from your physical body and use one of the separation techniques to exit your body. Here are a few methods you can use to induce lucid dreams: 1. Record Your Dreams One of the easiest ways to induce lucid dreams is to record your dreams in a journal or dream diary right after you wake up. This keeps your awareness focused on your dreams and helps train your conscious mind to start remembering them.

Make sure you record your dreams immediately after you wake up, because dream memories tend to fade away very quickly. When you are done, write the next day's date on the next page of your journal. This is a neat little trick that plants a seed in your subconscious mind to communicate and transfer your dream memories to your conscious mind. The more often you write down your dreams, the better your dream recall will become. This will improve your awareness of the dream state, which ultimately makes it easier to become lucid during a dream. 2. Affirmations Affirmations are another simple and easy way to induce lucid dreams. As you drift off to sleep, mentally repeat or speak aloud an affirmation to encourage yourself to stay aware in your dreams. You can say, “I now have a lucid dream,” or, “I am aware that I am dreaming.” Saying these affirmations in the present tense might seem weird, because you are not dreaming yet. However, it is more powerful to say them in the present tense, as if they were already happening. Also make sure to keep your affirmations positive, avoiding any negative words. Affirmations communicate your intentions to your subconscious mind, training it to trigger your awareness while you are dreaming. The more you program your subconscious mind for dream awareness, the more it will cooperate. 3. Reality Checks One of the ways people commonly enter into a lucid dream is to realize that something is out of the ordinary. Watch out for anything strange that does not make sense. For example, if you find yourself flying in a dream, you might become aware that you cannot actually fly. When something triggers your awareness, say something out loud to confirm your awareness, such as, “I cannot fly, I must be dreaming.” You can also make it a habit to perform reality checks during your waking life, so that habit carries over into your dreams. Choose a trigger that will remind you to perform the reality check every time it happens. You want to choose something that could happen in both the waking and dreaming states. For example, noticing your hands can be a trigger. Whenever you notice your

hands, ask yourself if you are dreaming and perform the reality checks. Once this becomes a habit in your waking life, you will also start doing reality checks in your dreams any time you notice your hands. There are tons of different ways you can do reality checks to figure out whether you are dreaming. Try plugging your nose and see if you can still breathe through it. Look around and see if your vision is normal. Try pushing your hand through a solid surface. Try to jump higher than normal or fly through the air. Another powerful reality check is to ask yourself, “How did I get here?” If your memory is hazy and you cannot remember how you got where you are, you are dreaming!” You can also use an affirmation to reinforce your trigger. For example, you could say, “When I notice my hands in my dream, I become lucid.” Choose an astral projection technique that resonates for you, and stick with it. Practice it every day for at least a week before trying another technique. Many people have success with the visualization techniques, so that is a good starting point if you have never attempted astral projection before. If you are not a visual person, you can try movement techniques or affirmations. You always have the option of asking for assistance as well. If you like using both visualizations and affirmations, you can always combine these two techniques. Be creative and find whatever technique feels right for you. If you have trouble getting relaxed enough to successfully use these techniques, you can take a different approach and use lucid dreaming to enter the conscious out-of-body state. It is important to commit to whatever technique you choose, so stick with it for at least a week. You can switch to a different technique after a week if you want to try something different. These techniques will take practice. Remember that you are not likely to see immediate results and will need to be patient and persistent. As with anything new, it will take some time to get the hang of it. But if you stick with it, you will be amazed at how much progress you will make. Always remember that you are safe and protected during your out-of-body exploration. Approach the process with amusement and remember to have

fun!

Chapter 8. Hypnogogic State This is the state that we enter just before sleep, the very border of consciousness and unconscious perception. It is usually the point at which our brains disconnect our physical responses – the sleep paralysis described above. Learning to control this state is essential and it's a technique that can take some practice, although most people will, with time, learn to master it completely. The hypnagogic state is a conscious, dreamlike state we pass through between wakefulness and sleep. We all experience this state of consciousness every time we fall asleep and awaken. It is common to see mental imagery or patterns of light and color behind your closed eyelids during the hypnagogic state. There is also heightened creativity and intuition in this state. In fact, many artists, writers, scientists, and inventors, such as Thomas Edison, Albert Einstein, Beethoven, and Salvador Dali were known to use the hypnagogic state to enhance creativity and gain insight into problems. If you can maintain your awareness in the hypnagogic state, it can be used as a springboard for astral projection. This state is also sometimes referred to as the withdrawal stage because your body goes on autopilot and you stop being consciously aware of your physical surroundings.

Chapter 9. Time Travel It's possible to visit a myriad of other realities in what is considered to be the present, past, future, and parallel universes including many different heavens and hells. When you do so, you will realize that time, space, form, even the concept of an inside and an outside are all illusions we have created to experience life in an orderly manner. The past and future become the present moment, because there is nothing but the present moment. When we time travel, we are in an astral vehicle so our astral projection will be emotional, sometimes to very rough times. The good old days for most of us were usually not so good. You will find that oftentimes when your astral travel you will be an active participant in these realities, probably a volunteer. You could slip into the consciousness of another and take control for a few moments or longer usually to help an individual deal with an extremely difficult event like a death, sometimes their own or a loved one. Sometimes during an OBE it's a challenge to figure out if we are in the present, future, past or alternate reality because in an astral projection we just get a piece of the picture. From my experience, we seem to have a myriad of existences all going on at once. I believe what we consider to be our present is simply where our focus happens to be. To time and dimension travel we must deal with the free will of our guides, the people visited, and sometimes that of an alternate self. To relate to another physical-appearing reality, usually we need to slip into the being of another. Think about it. When would you welcome someone from another reality entering your consciousness? It would probably be only at moments of intense grief, pain, fear, or death. With very few exceptions, when I have time traveled, it has been to such very painful places. If you choose to travel only to happier times, make the request out loud at the very first stage when practicing any of my techniques.

Chapter 10. Sleeping and Astral Projection The astral body can perform a lot of tasks, for example it can create new events and developments that have yet to manifest in your physical world. You can liken the astral plane to a huge laboratory wherein you can conduct a variety of experiments in your life and in your “creations”. This is a place where you can also view things from a different perspective. Your dream experiences in the astral plane will allow you to see things from a different angle, thus, giving you another point of view. This will be useful when there are decisions that you need to make or there are challenges that you do not know how to face. By seeing things differently, even if they are only “astral dream experiences”, you get the chance to weigh in alternative solutions to the dilemma that you have. Learning Astral Travel through Dreaming Before you can learn to do astral traveling, you need to begin remembering your dreams. You can do this by having a blank piece of paper and a pen on your bedside table. Before sleeping, tell yourself that you will be dreaming and that you will be able to remember your dream when you wake up. In the morning, when you start to stir, continue to lay still and with your eyes closed, try to recall whatever you have dreamt about that night. Write everything down, even the most insignificant details that you can recall. What to take note of? You might have been with some people in your dream or you were in a particular place, or you might have been something. Make sure you indicate the date. Continue to do this every night. Maybe, instead of writing on a piece of paper, you can write them down in your journal or even an ordinary notebook. It does not matter where you write them down. The important thing is that you are able to keep track of your dreams. Do not worry if you cannot remember everything all at once, it takes a lot of practice and patience. It may take you a few weeks to a month before you are able to recall dreams more spontaneously. With constant practice, you will be recalling your dreams easily. Here is a helpful note: If you need to set an alarm to wake up when you need to go to work, do not use a buzzer, and use music instead. A buzzer may be too abrupt and stressful, and will inhibit your ability to remember your dreams. Experts say that everyone does astral travel while dreaming. When you are

having a feeling of De-Ja-vu, it only means that you have been in that particular place or experienced that exact thing in your dreams. If you do not have a dream journal, you would not be able to recall that you have dreamt it. It is important that you maintain a dream journal and leave blank spaces per day so that you can make entries later on about what the dream meant. Some people consult psychics to have their dreams interpreted. If you are going this route, then a dream journal would be most helpful. Astral Traveling When you have learned how to recall dreams, it’s time to learn how to astral travel. Make sure you are dressed comfortably and in a comfortable position, you can either lie down or sit back. Set the room’s lighting to low. Remove a watch or anything metal that you are wearing. You also have to make sure that there will be no sudden noises that could wake you up. If initially you are not confident in doing this alone, then ask someone to be there with you in case you will need to be awakened. That person will just quietly be there with you and look for signs that you need help in coming back. Close your eyes and begin to relax. Concentrate on your toes, then stretch and release. Move to your legs, stretch and release. Do this for the entire body until you reach the crown of your head. By this time, you are beginning to quiet the mind and your breathing has become slower. This will put you in complete relaxation. You have now reached the meditative state and you are ready to concentrate on an image, any image that comes to mind. Allow this image to expand and to flow until it takes on different movements, followed by more images. Soon, you will see images flashing as if you are watching a movie. Keep calm and let the images flash, remember this is just a movie and the images won’t hurt you. You will reach a deeper relaxation state and your mind will become clearer. Observe your surroundings without opening your eyes. Keep looking and soon you’ll see a pattern of lights, but it will disappear and you will only see things through your “third eye”. The images that you will be seeing will be

through your “intuitive eye” only. During this time, you have become unaware of your body. This is the state that you have to be in before you “leave” your body. You will soon be entering a state of vibration, which is an important state because astral travel is all about vibration. You may feel a slight tingling sensation. This means, you are beginning to leave your body. Initially, allow a little separation of yourself to emerge from your crown chakra. It is important that you control your vibrational state. Allow energy to flow out of your crown chakra, then bring it back and send it to your toes. Practice until you are able to control your spiritual body and you will be ready for astral travel. Dissociate from your body through your crown chakra. Imagine that you are getting lighter and lighter once you are in your vibrational state. Imagine flying and floating, feel how wonderful it is to float upward into the sky. During this time, your mind has to stay clear from any kind of thoughts. You are now having an out-of-the-body experience. Since you are doing this for the first time, do not make drastic moves. Just explore something close by, like the room next to yours. Once you have explored a few areas around your house, return to where you left your body and enter back in. Do not attempt to travel for more than five minutes until you have practiced long enough. As a beginner, it is ideal to start with baby steps. It is natural to feel fear for the unknown, but with constant practice, you will be astral traveling without too much of an effort.

Chapter 11. Exploring Your Inner Reality Now that you have successfully separated from your physical body, you are ready to explore the astral realm. It may be a challenge to stay out of your physical body during your first few projections. The physical and astral bodies have a magnetic attraction to each other, so it helps to move away from your physical body as soon as your astral project. In order to stay out of your physical body, it is essential to maintain conscious control. Having a plan and staying focused are very important. Otherwise, you may find yourself slipping out of consciousness into a dreamlike state. You already set your goals in step 2, but make sure you have a plan with specific goals each time you astral project. It could be flying through your roof up into the sky, visiting a particular place, or meeting your spirit guide. It is helpful to have a few goals in case you accomplish the first one and want to keep going. It is important to stay focused on your goal as soon as you exit your physical body. Staying focused will help you maintain conscious control so you can accomplish your goal and remember the experience. Being prepared and knowing what to expect will also help you stay in control. The best way to learn is to experience it firsthand, but knowing what to expect ahead of time can give you a huge head start. This section will go over how to navigate the astral dimensions as well as what kinds of things you can do in the astral realm to further your spiritual growth and personal development. Once you get used to how things work and learn how to stay in control, the possibilities for astral exploration are endless. You are free to create your own adventure and are only limited by your imagination. You can think of it as a movie where you are not only acting out every scene, you are also writing and directing the entire show. You call all the shots in your astral adventures! Navigating The Astral Dimensions Everything you know about navigating the physical world no longer applies when out of body. For example, the physical body is held down by gravity,

but the astral body is free of this limitation. There is a whole new set of rules to learn for exploring the astral dimensions. It may take a few visits to the astral realm to get used to the way things work and abandon your old physical habits. Once you understand how things work, you will be able to move freely and enjoy exploring the multidimensional universe. How To Move In The Astral Dimensions Once you separate from your physical body, you are free to move in any way you want. You can fly, float, walk, or glide. You can even pass through walls if you want to. Have fun experimenting with different methods of movement. Your thoughts control your actions, so all you have to do is will yourself to move. Your body will go wherever your thoughts take you. Do not think about how to do it, just do it! When flying, avoid thinking about height and gravity because it tends to pull you back down. Do not think about flying, just fly. If you want to walk through a wall, just do it without thinking about it. If you think about it too much, your beliefs may start to interfere. If you believe you can walk through a wall, then you will be able to. You can also travel to a destination instantaneously if you wish. All you have to do is visualize where you want to go and you will travel there immediately. If you have difficulty moving or feel heavy when you first separate from your physical body, your awareness may not be completely in your astral body. Focus on bringing your awareness completely into your astral body. Feel your astral body becoming lighter and being able to move freely. Moving farther away from your physical body is also helpful at increasing mobility. Traveling In A Multidimensional Universe There are multiple planes or dimensions that you can visit while you are out of your body. When you first separate from your physical body, you will usually enter a dimension that is parallel to the physical world. This initial astral dimension often appears to be a duplicate of the physical world, but at second glance you will see that it is not exactly identical. Everything you observe in this dimension consists of energy that exists independently of the physical world. This accounts for some of the slight variations you may notice between this dimension and the physical world.

Exploring this outer astral dimension is much like exploring the physical world, except you have a lot more freedom, like flying! You can fly around your neighborhood, check out the pyramids in Egypt, or even fly to the moon! You also have the ability to travel into the higher dimensions where spirits and angels hang out. This is often described as projecting inward further into your own consciousness towards the Source energy. As you travel into these higher dimensions, energy becomes less dense and vibrates at increasingly higher frequencies. These higher-frequency dimensions are also more thought-responsive, so your thoughts will mold your environment. The further you go into the higher-frequency dimensions, the faster your thoughts will manifest into reality. To travel into these dimensions, you only have to focus your intentions on doing so. As soon as you separate from your body, focus your thoughts on raising your vibrational frequency and traveling to a higher dimension. You can also use affirmations. Try mentally declaring, “I now move to a higher dimension.” Another approach is to ask your guide to take you to the next dimension. Traveling into a higher dimension may feel like an inward tunneling motion. It is important to stay calm, as this can be an intense experience. You may need to raise your vibratory frequency after traveling to a higher dimension. When your frequency does not match your new environment, you may experience blinding light or crushing energy that is so overwhelming it sends you back to your physical body. Focus your intentions on raising your vibratory frequency to match your new environment. If you have trouble, you can ask your guide for an adjustment. Spiritual Growth And Personal Development Out-of-body exploration provides many opportunities for spiritual growth and personal development. Breaking free from your physical body allows you to access your higher self and expand your consciousness. The simple realization that our souls exist independent of our physical bodies is often a life-changing event for many people. The knowledge that we are more than just physical beings opens up a whole new world of possibilities. Perhaps you want to reconnect with loved ones who have passed on, discover

your life’s purpose, release fear and anxiety, gain insight into personal relationships, recall past lives, increase personal power and creativity, or heal physical or emotional problems. Astral projection allows you to accelerate your spiritual growth and personal development far beyond what you can accomplish in your body. Communicating With Beings On The Other Side While out of body, it is possible to communicate with your higher self, guides, angels, and passed-on loved ones. Communication in the astral dimensions takes place telepathically. This means that thoughts and images will pop into your mind when communicating with beings in the astral realm. Communicating with passed-on loved ones can be a profoundly healing experience and can help you deal with any unresolved feelings after their passing. To communicate with people you knew in the physical world, you just have to focus your awareness on them. You can picture them in your mind or focus on the love you felt when you were with them. It helps to look at pictures of them before you begin. You can also use affirmations to bring them into your awareness. For example, “I am now out of body and communicating with my mother.” Communicating with your higher self, angels, or guides is a similar process. All you have to do is make the request once you are out of your body. For example, you can repeat an affirmation such as “I now connect with my higher self,” or “I request the assistance of my guides.” Your guides are always on standby to help you in your astral travels. You can think of them as spiritual cheerleaders, assigned to encourage you and help you along in your spiritual journey. If you are ever unsure or confused in your out-of-body travels, call upon your guides and they can help you. They are aware of your progress as a soul and can help direct you to the experiences that will benefit you the most. Connecting with your higher self is a profound experience and highly beneficial to your spiritual growth. Your higher self is your soul consciousness, the part of you that is connected to the Source or whatever higher power you believe in.

Your higher self is always communicating with you. Whether or not you always get the message is a different story. It is that voice in your head, that gut feeling, and that flash of intuition or creativity. Being out of body gives you an amazing opportunity to connect with your higher self on a different level. You will be able to experience your true self as a spirit, and know who you really are beyond your physical body in this lifetime. The Akashic Records The Akashic records, sometimes referred to as the Book of Life, stores the energetic imprint of every thought, word, action, and feeling you have ever experienced as a soul. This includes past and probable future lives. By accessing the Akashic records, you can discover information about who you are as a soul and your purpose in this lifetime. You can also gain insight into challenges you are facing in your life and relationships. One of the most common reasons for accessing the Akashic records is to discover how past-life karma is affecting your current life. Many of the fears, phobias, anxieties, limiting beliefs, and blocks we experience have origins in past lives. Uncovering these origins can help us clear the past-life energy out so we can move on. To view the Akashic records, all you have to do is focus on the intention in your mind. You can mentally repeat an affirmation, such as “I now view the Akashic records.” You can also use visualizations. Many people see the Akashic records housed in a large library that looks like a temple with large marble steps and columns. Once you go inside, there are long hallways filled with books, and you can intuitively find your records or ask your guide to direct you. When you open up your record book, you may see words or images, or even scenes playing out like a movie. Another possibility is to imagine yourself in a room where your Akashic records are projected onto a large screen in front of you. Visualize whatever scenario resonates for you while focusing on the intention of viewing your Akashic records. It is important to focus on a specific question or issue when viewing your records. For example, you could focus on discovering your current life’s purpose, past-life origins of a current

phobia, or past-life karma affecting a current relationship. If you do not have a specific question or issue in mind, you can simply request to be shown whatever is relevant and useful to you right now. Once you begin to look at your records, you can actually move into the scenes you are viewing to experience it firsthand. You may find yourself reliving past-life experiences or playing out probably future life scenarios. It is helpful to request the assistance of your guide during this process. Your guide can help you interpret what you discover, shed new light on the issues, or direct you towards additional information. Creative Visualization Creative visualization is the process of using your thoughts to consciously create the experiences you wish to attract into your life. It is a powerful tool for manifesting your desires into reality. You have probably heard of the law of attraction. Whatever thoughts and energy you put out into the Universe is what you will attract into your life. Whether you are aware of it or not, your thoughts create your reality. Everything you create in your life begins as a thought, and thoughts are made of energy. Since energy is invisible and most of us only pay attention to the material world, we may not believe in the power of our thoughts. Most of us have not truly learned how to harness the power of thought energy. When you astral project, it is a different story. You immediately become aware of the fact that your thoughts create your reality. It happens instantly right before your eyes, so you will know without a doubt that it is true. The astral is the perfect learning ground for creative visualization because you can see your thoughts materialize instantly. You can manifest anything you desire just by thinking it into existence. If you want to fly, you can fly. If you want to visit the Eiffel tower, you can go there in an instant. You can take creative visualization to a new level. If there is something you want to achieve or attract into your life, you can visualize it while out of body and actually experience it as if it were happening. If you want to get a job promotion, visualize it happening. If you want to renovate your house, visualize how it will look. This is a powerful way to manifest what you desire because the energy in the astral realm is a blueprint for the physical world. The energy you create in the

astral makes up the building blocks for your physical reality. Being able to experience creative visualization in a thought-responsive environment is a great way to develop your creativity and personal power. When you see your thoughts manifested into reality right before your eyes, you will truly understand how powerful your thoughts are. You will know without a doubt that your thoughts create your reality and you are the architect of your own life. Physical And Emotional Healing Your physical health is greatly influenced by your emotions, thoughts, and behavior. Your body responds to the energy you hold within yourself, whether it is negative energy such as stress and anxiety, or positive energy such as joy and love. The mind-body connection is very powerful. Stress and anxiety can cause physical ailments such as high blood pressure, stomach ulcers, digestion problems, acne, and headaches. Emotional problems and negative thought patterns can also weaken the immune system, making you more susceptible to illness and disease. Astral projection gives you an amazing opportunity to heal both emotionally and physically. Since your emotional health is strongly tied to your physical health, any emotional healing you can do will also greatly improve your physical health. While you are out of body, you can heal both your astral and physical bodies. You can clear out negativity and replace it with positive vibrations. You can also balance or release karma to heal physical and emotional wounds. The amazing thing about healing in the astral plane is that it can happen very quickly. You can accomplish healing in minutes that could otherwise take years in the physical world. Asking for help from your guides is a great place to start. Tapping into the knowledge of the Akashic records is also very helpful. For example, many of our emotional and physical wounds are related to karma and past lives. Ask your guides to point you to any past lives that play into your current problems. Past life injuries can surface again in our current lives. If you have a persistent physical problem and you do not know what is causing it, ask to

see any past lives that are related to this injury. There may be karma that needs to be balanced or released in order to heal your current injury. For example, you may have pain in your left shoulder. When you look at you past lives, you see a life in which you were shot with an arrow in your left shoulder. The energy of the injury from your past life has carried through into your current life. You could ask your guides for a healing and ask to release the karma from that past life. Fears are also commonly rooted in past life trauma. For example, you may have a crippling fear of heights. When you look at your past lives, you see a life in which you were pushed off a cliff to your death. Simply discovering this past life is often enough to overcome your fear of heights in your current life. Emotional and physical trauma may also be related to your pre-life plans and the lessons you chose to learn in your current life. Before you enter the physical world and come into your physical body, you have a pre-life planning session with your guides. You choose what lessons and karma you want to work through in your upcoming life. For example, you may have chosen to face a specific physical challenge in your upcoming life. Perhaps you wanted to experience life with a physical disability. There are many reasons people may choose to experience physical challenges. One reason might be to focus more on the spiritual side of life. Or, you may have chosen to work through certain emotional trauma in your current life. This is often tied into karma from your past lives. Whatever the case may be, it is very helpful to ask your guides if your current emotional or physical wounds are related to the lessons you chose to learn in your current life. If this is the case, you may be able to heal simply by accepting your current situation. Knowing the purpose behind your physical or emotional trauma can help you to accept it and move on. Or, you may be able to heal these wounds. Your pre-life plans are not set in stone. You can always work with your guides to change course if your current situation is not serving your highest good. If you would like to work on healing a specific problem, you should first try to find out what is behind it. Is it related to an emotional wound from this life or a past life? Is it related to any negative emotions you are holding onto such

as fear or anger? Or is it related to the lessons you chose to learn in this lifetime? Once you have pinpointed the root of the issue, you can focus on clearing it out of your space. While out of body, you can simply request a healing light to come in and balance your energy, removing any blocks or negativity. You can also call upon your guides to heal you and clear out any negative energy. Using visualizations is another way to heal in the astral. Imagine yourself standing under a shower of white light, washing over you and immersing you in healing energy. You can also fill yourself up with specific vibrations of positive energy. Imagine the energy shower is filling up you up with the vibration of joy, peace, love, forgiveness, or compassion. If you have a specific area of concern in your physical body, you can focus your intentions on healing that specific area of your body. You can place your astral hands over your physical body and send it healing energy. Visualize a bright white light passing from your astral hands into your physical body, dissolving the illness and filling it up with healthy energy. Bringing your attention back to your physical body may cause you to snap back into your body. If you do return to your body, just focus on the healing energy and continue to enjoy the experience. There are endless possibilities as to what you can accomplish during out-ofbody exploration. You are only limited by your own creativity. The experiences you have during your out-of-body exploration will be highly influenced by your own personal interpretations and beliefs. Keeping an open mind and remaining neutral is the best mindset for out-of-body travel. If you feel that your own personal opinions or beliefs are clouding your judgement, you can ask your guide for assistance to help you form a more neutral interpretation. It is also important to stay focused on your goal and be open to receiving the results you desire. This will help you maintain conscious control over your experience. If your attention begins to drift away from your goal, simply request clarity by repeating an affirmation such as “I have complete clarity and awareness.” You can also ask your guide to help you stay on track. Whatever your goals are, it is important to approach the experience with a

sense of amusement and fun. This will help you stay neutral and enjoy the experience.

Chapter 12. Enjoy The Journey and Protecting Yourself Your thoughts create your experience in the astral realm. Setting your goals beforehand will help direct your thoughts towards the experience you want to have. It is rare to encounter any negativity in the astral realm, however your intentions and your state of mind will shape your experience. If you are holding onto any fear or anxiety and concentrating on negative thoughts, your experience will reflect your state of mind. Oftentimes, negative experiences in the astral realm stem from misinterpretations. For example, you may feel the presence of a being and become frightened. However, it might just be a friendly spirit guide standing by to help you out in your astral journey. Just remember that you are always in control during out-of-body travel and your interactions with any beings you encounter will be shaped by your own intentions and interpretations. As long as you are focused on positive thoughts and feelings, your experience in the astral dimensions will be positive. Protecting yourself before you begin astral projection is always a good idea and is just another way to set your intentions and ensure that your experience will be positive. Affirmations Saying affirmations is a great way to protect yourself before astral projecting. Intentions are manifested instantly in the astral dimensions, so setting your intentions through affirmations will help manifest a positive experience. You can say a simple protection affirmation, such as “I am safe, protected, and secure as I travel in the astral realm.” Or, you can say an affirmation stating your intentions. For example, “As I travel out of my body, I intend to have experiences and encounters that are positive and benefit my spiritual growth, serving only my highest good.” Visualizations Visualizations are another excellent way to protect yourself before astral projecting. A simple visualization you can do right before practicing your astral projection techniques is to imagine a white light shining down on you, enveloping you in a warm, protective glow. Imagine that this light fills you up with the vibration of peace, love, and

security. You can also extend this light to fill the entire room with these vibrations if you wish. Another visualization you can practice is creating a protective sphere or bubble around your aura. Your aura is the energy field that extends out all around you. Imagine white light shining down and filling in your aura, creating a cloak of protection around you. Any negative energy you might encounter will bounce off of this white light. You can play around with the outer edge of your aura, imagining it as an impenetrable, crystallized surface that is clear so you can still see out. Or maybe you see it as a filter, letting in positive energy and filtering out negative energy. Another visualization you can try is to create a watchdog at the end of your bed, or wherever you are projecting from. Imagine that this dog can detect negative energy and scare it away, just as a real dog would scare off an intruder. Ask For Assistance Always remember that you not alone on your spiritual journey, both in the physical and astral worlds. We all have guides, who are higher energy beings assigned to help us during our lives. You can call upon your guides, angels, or whatever higher power you believe in to protect you during your astral travels. All you need to do is ask your guides to help keep you safe and ensure that your experience will only serve your highest good. You can say an affirmation or protection prayer such as “I ask for the protection of my guides so that whatever happens during this out-of-body experience will benefit my spiritual growth and serve only my highest good.” Affirmations, visualizations, and asking for assistance are all effective methods of protecting yourself before astral projecting. Experiment with different methods and use whatever feels right for you. The purpose of protecting yourself is to set positive intentions to ensure that you have a positive experience in the astral realm. However, it is important to add that you are always safe during your out-ofbody travels. You can immediately return to your physical body at any time

should you feel uncomfortable.

Chapter 13. Astrology Astrology has been practiced in one form or another since at least the 2nd millennium BCE. Early Mesopotamian rulers are known to have used astrologers to define the correct time for various actions – from wars to marriages. In fact, for much of its history, the study and practice of astrology has played a significant social and political role, alongside other scientific disciplines including meteorology and medicine. Only since the 17th and 18th centuries has it declined in popularity and been replaced by astronomy as the scientific expression of the study of the heavens. This is not to say that astrology has been complete discounted by those in high places. In the 1980s Nancy Regan - the US First Lady - hired a secret, but official, White House Astrologer. It's perhaps no surprise that from our earliest days humanity has looked to the heavens for guidance, inspiration and answers. Early humans depended, quite literally, on what the sky threw at them in terms of weather, light and seasons. It was clear that the sun, for example, had a distinct influence on what would grow and when. It was also clear that the sun did not always appear in the same positions in the sky at different times of the year, which in turn affected plants, animals and human activities on earth. It was hardly rocket science (which came much later) for ancient societies to make this connection. More advanced connections were soon made by those nations and civilizations that began to take to the seas; tides and the moon where inextricably linked, that much was clear, but how the actual mechanism worked took longer for scientists to establish. As people began to live in cities for the first time they also began to study the world around them (and above them) more completely. With sophisticated agricultural systems came the chance for part of society to develop new areas of study. It's not a surprise then that one of the priorities for early civilizations in Mesopotamia was to understand the influence that the heavenly bodies had down on earth. The heavens were considered the homes of the gods and with the celestial bodies clearly able to control and manipulate the elements themselves (something largely beyond humanity even today) this study became a crucial part of understanding the world. The influence of the stars, the planets and the sun and moon on the earth were gradually defined and the first astrological systems and zodiacs came into being.

The Modern Zodiac The modern Zodiac familiar in the West is based on the ancient Greek system of astrology. In turn, some elements of that earliest Mesopotamian are believed to be incorporated into the Greek Zodiac. While Eastern astrology seems to have developed along different lines, the early Greek astrological studies seem to have also heavily influenced the subject in India, and Hindu traditions have some similarities to modern Western astrology as a result. Astrological Charts The basic principle that is used to create an astrological chart is complex. The whole zodiac is used to establish the nature of a person's character, their potential and likely future events in their lives. Using the time, date and location of their birth, the position of each planet, and the sun and moon within the Tropical Zodiac and also their positions in relation to each other is used to create a complex 'life-path' and character assessment. This type of chart is not only complex but contains extreme detail and can be very useful for you to understand the path of your life, the challenges you may face and the opportunities that you should take (and when). However, much modern simple astrology is based simply on Sun Sign astrology – looking at the way in which your personality and life is likely to be influenced by position of the sun at your birth. The sun, so influential on the real physical world, is the signifier of your outer personality and potential and, as a starting point, in astrology this is a sensible place to begin. In this book we'll look in detail at each of the sun signs – how they influence personality, the types of career that those with each sun sign will excel in, their impact on relationships and on dealing with life's challenges. You can use this book to understand the sign that you and your closest friends and associates were born with and also, should you choose to have a full horoscope created by a professional astrologer, you'll be able to use this book to understand the way in which different parts of your personality are influenced by each sign of the Zodiac. Zodiac Controversies (the thirteenth sign). In this book we look at the traditional and accepted version of the Zodiac. The constellations described were originally defined several thousand years ago and due to the way in which the planets (and the earth itself) 'drift' over time, there have been some changes to which constellations touch the elliptic

of the Tropics. In fact the constellations have never spent equal amounts of time on this elliptic, with Virgo spending five times longer than Scorpio in the transit of the sun. The original Zodiac was an 'extrapolation' of each sign, used to split the sun signs into twelve equal length periods. The constellation of Ophiuchus, which due to the gradual drift of the earth's position, now enters the elliptic, was always recognized with the cosmology of ancient civilizations but was never considered a Zodiac sign. However, astrologers argue that the “real” positions and timings of the Zodiac have always been an interpretation and, for this reason, discount the arrival of an 'extra' sign in the Zodiac. In this book we have taken the same approach and remained true to the traditional (but fascinating) twelve signs of the Zodiac.

Chapter 14. Astral Projection and Science Astral Projection has been practiced in many different cultures across the world and throughout history. Today it is commonly understood in the context of the “out-of-body-experience” (OOBE). These experiences have been reported by people from all backgrounds and all cultures but current scientific understanding of the phenomenon is limited and science remains skeptical about the truth (or facts) behind either OOBE or Astral Projection. Astral Projection is a complex subject but in simple terms it can be defined as a belief that as humans we have a physical body and an “Astral body”. In most cultures, historically, this has been equated with the spirit or the soul. We are complex beings and science and medicine have made great leaps in understanding how our bodies and brains work in recent decades. However, much is still yet to be understood about the brain, while the spirit, the soul and the mind pose yet greater mysteries. In terms of the Astral body, those who accept the concept argue that this manifestation of our soul or spirit can travel beyond the physical body, independently of it. There is a strong link, in many traditions, between the concepts of Astral Projection and the concepts of an afterlife, or the existence of realms other than the physical realm in which we live our lives. Astral Projection, OOBE's and even the concept of soul or spirit are controversial subjects. In fact, for centuries philosophers have debated the very nature of humanity and the concept that our soul is a separate entity to the real and physical body. While it's accepted that our soul or spirit is what make us “us”, there is no real consensus in where the soul comes from or where it goes after our physical body “wears out”. However, while science lacks much serious research or evidence on the subject there are countless examples of belief systems in which the soul (sometimes called the spirit) is not only acknowledged but is considered a separate and separable form of ourselves. Christianity, Islam, Judaism, Hinduism, Buddhism and many other traditions all accept the existence of the soul. They all, also, accept that this soul exists after our own physical death and many consider it to exist before our births. Both Hindu and Buddhist traditions are good examples in which the soul is seen as existing before our physical body is created and also after it dies. Both differ, in some respects, but both see the soul itself as a greater entity that is on a journey of learning and enlightenment in which the ultimate aim

is to achieve a point where re-birth and re-incarnation is no longer necessary and we become part of a higher entity, existing on a different plane. In nearly every culture that has existed in history this concept of an after-life, or another plane of existence, has existed and can be found in cultures as diverse as Ancient Egyptian right through to the isolated cultures of the Pacific Ocean. Does the universality of this belief mean that it is real? Science and cynics may argue that it doesn't, while supporters of the concept would argue that it is more than enough proof. However, perhaps the truth is yet to be discovered and perhaps it is a truth that in our own brief lifetimes we may not be able to unravel. The concept is, however, so universal that whatever you believe it cannot be purely coincidence that the concept of planes of existence beyond the visible and physical should appear in all cultures throughout history. It seems more than likely that there is something behind the concept and for those who practice Astral Projection, it is a very clear and present truth. Near-Death Experiences Near-Death Experiences, a form OOBE, have been documented throughout history. In the modern world science and medicine have had an impact on the number and frequency of these events. As medical techniques improve “death” is not as arbitrary as it once was and many people are routinely “brought back” from the dead. This has resulted in more reports of near death or OOBE. The individuals concerned report seeing themselves, their physical bodies, from above and often return accurate reports of the room in which that body lies, the medics trying to resuscitate them and many small details that it seems unlikely they could know consciously. These reports vary in many respects but often include the feeling, sensation or vision of moving towards a bright light, of encountering beings, or relatives who have died. In the case of those that return to report on the event, it's often the case that a voice or figure has told them that they are not ready, it's not their time or their place to be, as yet. There are, in many cases, a startling consistency to these reports. Some medics and scientists are skeptical but others have taken measures to “test” the event, placing objects high in a room that cannot be seen by anyone, least of all a prone, clinically dead patient! The results have, again, suggested that there may be more to our existence than is necessarily understood in terms of a purely physical

sense. The near-death experience is, furthermore, not restricted to those of a religious or spiritual nature. Reports of OOBE have been made by people from all walks of life, all backgrounds and all (and no) religious persuasion. From devout Christians to confirmed atheists, the near-death experience does not seem to discriminate. The Universe or Universes? Despite what you may think, the scientific jury is out on this question and the verdict seems likely to be swinging in favor of the latter! While most scientists seem unwilling to accept the concepts of either an after-life or Astral Projection, the concept of different planes of reality is more problematic for them. Theoretically, they'll admit, that more than one universe is not just possible but very likely indeed. Parallel or multiple universes are considered to be more probable than one single universe. Even the Big Bang Theory (in which everything is created out of nothing) is now under severe scrutiny. Science is beginning to accept that not only is this just a theory, but it's not a very good one! However, the existence of multi-verses is hard to prove and the possibility that we can move from one reality (or universe) to another (a parallel universe) is very far from being proved in scientific terms. In short our understanding, whether from a spiritual aspect or a scientific one, is still very limited when it comes to the nature of our existence or that of the wider universe (or universes). In coming decades, centuries or, perhaps, millennium some of these mysteries may be further explored and better understood. In the meantime, centuries of practice in diverse religious and spiritual traditions can help us to experience this amazing phenomenon for ourselves and, perhaps, ultimately contribute to that understanding.

Chapter 15. Best Astral Projection Techniques and How to Perform Them All of these techniques will allow you to pursue astral projection, but they may take time! Do not get discouraged if you find yourself thinking about other things—just refocus back to the task at hand. As with anything else, all of these take practice, dedication, and diligence. The reward will be there, however, when you achieve your goal and accomplish astral projection. Just remember to be patient. Whether it takes minutes or days, you will get there! Space Make sure that you are in a location that will be absolutely free from distractions. There can’t be anyone speaking in the background. no cell phones, TVs, or music playing. no pets trying to get your attention--nothing. These normal, everyday background noises will keep you from focusing on freeing your astral body and will guarantee that you are unable to obtain your goals. No matter what it takes, you must ensure that your environment is conducive to a peaceful, spiritual undertaking. Maybe you send everyone in your home off to the movies for a couple of hours, power down your electronics, and take this time for yourself. Not only will your astral projection be enhanced, but you will find that the simple act of taking care of yourself will give you benefits in your everyday life. Self-care is an important key to spiritual development and living a happy life. You will also want to decorate your setting to make it conducive to relaxation and free from negativity. Having some healthy, green leafy plants around will help clean the air, create a feeling of peace, and overall enrich your environment. Some plants that are known for attracting positive energy are rosemary, jasmine, Aloe Vera, and orchid—among others. Having fresh flowers in your space will also add to the positive vibrations. Burning incense can be a great trick to lead your mood in a certain direction. You can also use essential oils in a diffuser to create a positive disposition in your environment. The best scents to encourage relaxation, brain function, and positivity are lavender, cinnamon, valerian, vanilla, pine, and jasmine. You will be surprised at how inhaling these fragrances will help you relax and focus on the exciting adventure you are undertaking. Depending on how deep your interest goes, you can incorporate the practice of Feng Shui to attract positive energy into your home. This is a practice that allows you to achieve balance while maximizing your likely attainment of

success—all by adjusting your living space. For example, doors and windows should not be blocked by furniture in order to encourage free, unimpeded flow of energy between rooms. Also, the placement of light fixtures can impact balance and support, and mirrors can be used to optimize energy. Candles are also a great accessory and are much more calming than bright, overhead lights. The gentle, flickering light makes a great background to the meditating and spiritual travel that you are doing. It encourages the dreamy, softly defined atmosphere we need. You can definitely use scented candles in the same fragrances described above. However, it is recommended that you only use one scented accessory at a time—so don’t combine candles, incense, essential oils, and/or anything else. It will smell overwhelmingly strong and probably distract you, thereby interfering with your astral journey. Healing crystals are a great addition to your spiritual arsenal. They contain powers connected to thousands of years of the history of the Earth, all there to help you attach to higher forces. Crystals emanate beautiful, peaceful forces that will really help you rise to a higher plane. You can use them as decorations in your space to remind you to concentrate and focus on your vibrational state. Carry them with you to serve as a talisman, giving you something to focus on, no matter where you are. You can even hold crystals in your hands during meditation and use them to assist with focusing and breathing. The study of healing crystals is fascinating and complex, and it will add a lot to your spiritual practice if you choose to include it. Breathe Focus on your breathing. Don’t allow your mind to wander--if you catch it, go right back to your breathing. Paying attention to your breathing is often difficult for people to master, accustomed as we are to daily distractions and multitasking. Think ‘breathe in’ as you inhale and ‘breathe out’ as you exhale; this will help you stay focused on your breaths. Some people also like to count each breath as they take it. Focus on your breaths filling and relaxing your body. You need your body to begin feeling extremely relaxed and almost disconnected. You should also practice mindful breathing for 15minute periods every day. It may sound like you will need to dedicate a lot of time to astral projection and its associated acts but know that these can easily be woven into your daily life. They can even be combined so that obviously you are breathing while you are doing everything else—you wouldn’t be alive, otherwise! This is just a recommendation to add mindfulness

everywhere, including to the simple, automatic act of breathing. Meditate This is a very important portion of astral projection. Without being able to properly meditate and move to a deeper state of consciousness, it is possible that your attempts will fail. Not only is meditation hugely important to relaxation, but it also helps prepare the body and mind for the upcoming separation. This is naturally stressful, especially when you’re new to astral projection, and the stress and fear can get in the way and prevent a successful experience. It is worthwhile to briefly introduce the idea of chakras, which we will return to later in this book. There are seven chakras, or energy centers, in the body. They are Root, Sacral, Solar Plexus, Heart, Throat, Third Eye and Crown. If the energy centers become clogged due to negative vibrational activity, it can stunt your spiritual growth and ability to enter the astral realm or cause you to have a less than positive experience when you are there. One way to help clear out the chakras is to meditate on color, as each chakra has a color associated with it. Spend up to five or ten breaths thinking about these colors, and you will be taking great steps to positively increase your body’s energy flow. The colors are in the same order as the rainbow beginning with red and following the spectrum through to purple. First is red in the Root chakra, associated with ground and earth. Next is orange for Sacral, creativity, and desire; yellow for Solar Plexus, obviously the sun; green for the Heart, again for the Earth, all living things, especially those that grow from the land. Next up is light blue for the Throat chakra, it refers to sound; indigo for the Third Eye and light; and finally, purple for the Crown chakra and the light of truth. At this point, you will be approaching the line between consciousness and unconsciousness. This is also known as a hypnagogic state, meaning just between being awake and being asleep. You may feel as though you have been hypnotized, while some people say it feels like dreaming. The difference to keep in mind, however, is that you are in control of what happens to you here! People who are hypnotized or dreaming are neither awake nor in command of their thoughts and actions. Astral projection is a willful undertaking, and that is what you need to remember any time you find yourself feeling unsure or afraid. You are awake, you want to be here, and you are guiding yourself through the process. Thanks to meditation and

breathing, you are calm, focused and prepared for the next step in the process. Vibrational Stage Now, once you are well into deep breathing and meditation, you should feel your consciousness begin to alter and may literally feel that your body is vibrating or moving in some way. This is called the ‘vibrational stage,’ as practitioners believe that what you are feeling are the actual vibrations of your soul. This can be an intense feeling, especially if you’re new to astral projection, so it is important to stay calm, continue breathing and keep your mind clear. Nothing bad is happening to you! Just remember that you want to feel the vibrations, as that feeling means your journey in astral projection is successful and you are beginning to separate from your body. Continue with breathing and meditation and stay relaxed! You should soon start to enjoy and appreciate the vibrations, and it should be a pleasurable experience. It is also a sure sign that your spiritual energy is strong. It is possible to raise your vibrational frequency and increase that connection to the spiritual world. This is definitely something that is in our best interest, and fortunately the best techniques that we are implementing due to our increased spiritual activity. For starters, make sure that you are breathing mindfully. This helps to begin the adjustment. Take some time to take a break and give yourself some care. Really think about your feelings, as ignoring them can lead to spiritual blockages that can impede your progress. This is not a time for you to beat down or ignore your feelings. Especially if you are going through a lot in your life (and really, who isn’t?), it is crucial that you address and deal with your feelings as they occur. Only by being honest with ourselves can we have any hope of obtaining spiritual growth and being better, happier people. Finally, repeat a mantra to help you cultivate love and compassion. Following these tips will allow us to begin lifting our vibrational frequency, further expanding our consciousness and allowing us a better connection with the spiritual world. If you choose to devote some extra time to increase your vibrational frequency in order to give you greater access to the astral plane, there are some practices you can follow. Since every person is made up of four energy levels (physical, mental, emotional and spiritual), each of which needs to have positive vibrational flow, it makes sense to take care of them. Much of this is covered elsewhere in this book because it is good advice and is proven

to work. Surround yourself with optimistic, happy people. Like attracts like, so you want to have as much good energy around you as possible. Eat a healthy balanced diet, be conscious of your thoughts and the world around you, meditate, be kind and grateful. And, it is really a great idea to exercise and get your body moving. A healthy body is a happy body, and your vibrational energy will respond well to increased oxygen levels. You will also have more power in your physical life and will find yourself moving purposefully and confidently through your days. Visualize Movement At this point in astral projection, you will remain absolutely still while visualizing, or imagining, yourself moving. It is important to remember that the movement here is not in the physical world. Some people recommend visualizing small, repetitive movements, such as flexing your arm or bending over to touch your toes. Really allow yourself to focus on the details of what you are ‘seeing’ and ‘doing.’ Notice the feeling of air flowing against your arm as you raise it back to a 90-degree angle, or the slight head rush you feel as you fold your body forward to the ground. The point is to make the visualization as realistic as possible. Once you master small movements, you are ready to move on to larger visualized actions. These can include seeing yourself flying through the air or shooting out of a cannon--even picturing yourself literally pulling yourself out of your physical body by climbing a rope. Again, it is crucial to be mindful of what you are seeing. Instead of just noting that you are flying, pay attention to how the world looks from your higher elevation and how your body feels, in addition to any other sensations you may notice. Look down and see yourself lying in the deeply relaxed state while you are above. You must work to keep your mind active and engaged in the process, or you run the risk of simply falling asleep and missing out on the astral projection experience. It has been shown that visualization is an important tool for personal development, not just in the astral realm, but in the physical world. It can help you achieve goals and live the life you want, one that you are excited about and proud of. Not only can you do it internally, but you can create a vision (or dream) board to help you manifest and attract what you want. These can be a lot of fun and a great creative outlet. Stimulating your creative side can also help inspire your vibrational frequency. Isn’t it fascinating how

interconnected everything is? Astral Projection You are now ready to begin astral projection! To do this, you need to separate your astral body from your physical body. This is fairly straightforward but requires all of your concentration and faith as well as your mind to do so. You should use whatever format works for you. Some people remove one part at a time, starting with their toes and working their way up the body. Others visualize themselves pulling up on a rope hanging overhead; some see themselves shooting out of a cannon into the astral realm. It is most important that you believe in whatever method you choose—otherwise, you are almost guaranteed to fail. For beginners, it is strongly recommended that they choose a slow and deliberate method of removal so that the transition is as gentle and free from fear as possible. A popular technique for astral projection is known as the Monroe Steps. It includes seven easy-to-follow steps that will guide your astral body to leave your physical self. The seven steps are: First, simply relax your body and mind. Relax into the trancelike state of “hypnagogia” (somewhere between sleeping and wakefulness). Encourage, within yourself, the feelings of mental strength and control, rather than feelings from the physical self; engage with your astral self. Be aware of the spiritual plane vibrating all around you; it feels welcoming rather than threatening. Enter and embrace the vibrational state; your astral body is preparing to join the astral plane. Concentrate on exiting from the physical body into the astral realm, slowly and with intention; you will pull your spiritual self, part by part, from your physical self. Conclude the process by guiding your astral self out of the body. Just visualize yourself separating, and it will be so. Once your astral body is separated from your physical body, you should take a few minutes to simply appreciate what you’ve accomplished. Look at your physical body in repose, where you left it in the physical world, as your astral body hovers above it in a different dimension of time and space. It is really

remarkable that you’ve been able to achieve as much as you have already, as many people aren’t equipped to venture this far into the spiritual world. This will also allow you to become comfortable being separate from your physical body. Know that your physical body is completely safe and at peace while you are conducting your spiritual journey. You are still breathing, blood is flowing, you are ALIVE! Although people who experience astral projection almost uniformly report a positive experience, it can still be overwhelming. You should allow yourself as much time as you need to adjust to this new state of being. It is more likely, however, that you will feel good and be too excited to hang around your physical body for long. You have successfully achieved your goal; now is the time to reap the rewards! At all times, you should be focused on your lucidity. You can’t let yourself fall asleep, no matter how perfectly relaxed you may feel. If you are aware you are lucid, this allows you to remain in control of your experience, will increase your enjoyment and help raise your consciousness even further. If you do fall asleep, you will likely begin having a lucid dream, which means basically that you are aware that you are dreaming. You cannot control your actions in the dreams (or the dreams themselves), so that is a different experience than astral projection. It is important to note here that you don’t need to worry about becoming permanently separated from your physical body. There is a strong, psychic connection linking the astral body to the physical one. Some people refer to it as a ‘silver cord.’ It is infinitely long and flexible, allowing the practitioner to travel as far and wide as he desires. But it is also absolutely unbreakable and serves as a permanent conductor back to the body. This knowledge will hopefully give you even more confidence and sense of adventure during astral projection, as it is a virtual guarantee of success! Think of it as a perfect, spiritual umbilical cord. It gives you ultimate freedom along with ultimate safety. Now, you are officially in the astral realm! For first timers, it is highly recommended that you stay within the confines of your home. Start out by wandering around whatever room you are in, noticing as many details as you can. Those details may not exactly correspond to what is there in reality, but this is unimportant, as you are experiencing a completely different realm than what you are used to. Then begin moving from room to room, exploring to your heart’s content. While

this is considered a beginners’ practice, it should be noted that this is still happening in the astral realm. That is an astounding statement and will hopefully keep beginners from feeling that they have to go too far, too fast. Keep it nice and slow for the first time and be grateful for what you are experiencing. You will probably feel like you are weightless, you will feel dreamy yet very aware, and it is possible that you will feel somewhat unsteady. This is absolutely normal and to be expected. As you become more experienced, these feelings will lessen, and you will become more surefooted and certain in how you can get around. Again, giving yourself time to master your place in the astral world can and should be fun. Here you can walk through walls, float as if weightless, move through different dimensions… the list is endless. As you continue with astral projection, you will find that there really are no limits. You can explore the farthest ranges of outer space, every astrological wonder, solar system, black hole, all of it. You can travel through all of time, from the Big Bang, through all of the different periods to the beginning of human existence. Experience (for ‘real!’) ancient Greece, the Renaissance, the Revolutionary War, anything and everything up to modern times. Literally, nothing is off limits or out of reach. You will encounter an infinite variety of other beings, some familiar, some utterly unfamiliar. Most amazingly, you will meet other people, just like you, who are tourists in the astral plane. You can actually make new friends and travel companions—just in a different realm than the usual one! You can visit different civilizations and societies, multiverses, every part of planet Earth (from the depths of the seas to the highest mountain peaks), and who knows what else! That is one of the best and most exciting parts of this-that there is so much that is unknown but just waiting to be discovered. Shrink down to microscopic size and explore the inside of the human body, see what it is really like inside a beehive, or be the proverbial ‘fly on the wall’ during mankind’s most well-known moments of the past! You can meet famous, historical figures, contact your own departed loved ones, and interact with creatures from different species. Another possible idea when learning about astral projection is to learn more about the Buddhist religion. Buddhism and astral projection are both strongly

focused on increased consciousness. There is a word in Sanskrit, ‘vijnana,’ that means ‘life force’ or ‘consciousness.’ This word is found throughout Buddhist literature and is dissected through numerous levels of conscious states. There is a strong mind-body connection in Buddhism, which also connects it to the astral realm. It is an interesting religion that has a sense of spirituality to it. It is certainly not required that any religious faith need be involved in the study of astral projection, but it can definitely be one consideration out of many. It is just another tool in your toolkit for spiritual growth. No matter how you approach astral projection or what you hope to get out of it, you can really go as far as you want to with it. You can master all of the techniques listed here and become advanced in your practice. Maybe you will feel such a strong connection that you begin teaching classes and guiding people through their own astral projections. You will definitely learn new and unexpected things about yourself and the universe, and it makes sense that you will want to share this knowledge with others that you care about. There are so many ways that you can do this. If you feel like it, you can invite people to know more about astral projection with you. Or you may want to go in a more generally spiritual direction. Maybe you want to start a meditation, Tai Chi or yoga class at work during lunchtime for your coworkers. This can be a fun and non-threatening way to share some quiet, meditative time without getting too deeply into the spiritual side of things. It is really a good idea from a health and wellness point of view. Many workplaces will provide space for a workout or activity such as this, and study after study has shown that healthy, well-balanced employees are more productive. That, of course, means it is in the company’s best interest to allow and encourage these activities. It is also a great way for you to stay connected to the spiritual side of things even when you are away from home. Just because you aren’t enjoying a quiet bath or resting in your quiet meditative space at home, does not mean that you should completely forget about raising your consciousness when you are out in the physical world. You can deepen your friendships and make new ones, all while helping these people and yourself keep your chakras clear and flowing smoothly, raising your consciousness, and practicing self-care. Many of the techniques here work well as bonding exercises with other people. It can also be a great idea to involve your children, if you have any, in

spiritual growth and development. Young people are naturally more openminded and less cynical than adults and are therefore normally more able to access their mystical sides. Set aside time to practice meditation with your children, take a parent and child yoga class--any number of things are possible. Again, this is both extremely useful for you and your child’s spiritual growth. It is also a great way to bond with your child while enjoying a fun activity. Your child will probably take to the new, spiritual pursuit right away, with a child’s sense of wonder and achievement. This can lead children to become incredibly developed and knowledgeable, compassionate and empathetic. Children who are able to grow up in this spiritually-aware manner will become kind and grateful adults, who are connected to the world and want to make it a better place. In the long run, that will only benefit all of mankind and the planet we live on. And there really is no better time to start than now.

Chapter 16. What to Expect in the Astral World The astral world is a vast and unimaginable place. If you can remember your dreams, this magical place will be similar in feel and make, but dreams are made of your own unconscious projections. The astral realm contains worlds that are far beyond any human’s ability to imagine. As wondrous as this new place is, it can also be disorienting, and sometimes, maybe even a bit scary. Knowing what to expect ahead of time can help prepare you for anything you might encounter, and how to compose yourself when the unexpected happens. Being Out of Body for the First Time It was recommended that you spend your first out-of-body experience in the familiar surroundings of your own home. There is a very practical reason for this; the “physical” sensations you will experience can be so foreign that you could spend all your time just getting used to the feeling. Overstimulating yourself with new surroundings and new sensations can be too much for one’s first experience. Again, it’s best to take it slow as you step into this new world and the many new experiences that await you. Many people report feeling dizzy and even nauseous the first time they come out of their bodies. Others say that they feel giddy, as though they drank an extremely caffeinated alcoholic beverage. It can take a while to get used to the woozy, disembodied feeling that comes with being out-of-body. The strange thing is that you have no physical body with which to feel things, yet the sensation of pure energy is its own experience to reckon with. As you get your “sea legs” about you, you’ll find that the woozy feeling disappears—or at least becomes more manageable. You’ll know when you’re ready to move out from your familiar surroundings and on to bigger and better things. Moving Around One of the most disorienting aspects of the astral projection experience is learning how to move around. Your energetic body won’t carry the same weight as your physical body—in fact, it won’t have any weight to it whatsoever. While this weightlessness and lack of physical form will be your greatest asset when it comes time to move around the astral realms, it can certainly take some getting used to at first. Walking through walls and solid surfaces can be your first set of challenges.

If your mind is unable to let go of its attachment to the physical realm, a failed attempt to move through solid matter can land you right back in your physical body. Don’t fret if this happens, but be confident that your consciousness will always land back in your body and try again. Moving through the astral realm itself will be one of the most exhilarating and confusion experiences of your life. When you are truly able to fully immerse yourself in the astral experience, you’ll find that your energetic body moves at the speed of your thoughts. No longer bound by the laws of time and space, it will take only your whim to transport you from one place to another. For this reason, it is especially important that you take the time to set your intentions for your astral projection before you begin. You won’t enjoy ending up somewhere you don’t want to go because you were unable to control your thoughts. Landing yourself in your ex’s house unexpectedly, for instance, can prove to be quite an unpleasant experience! The true comfort of this thought-directed movement, however, is that when you’re ready to return to your body, all you need do is think about it and you’ll be home. What You’ll See The imagery of the astral realm varies greatly from person to person. Part of this difference can be accounted for by the fact that there are an infinite number of dimensions that one can explore in an energetic body so that it is entirely possible that no two people will ever have the same experience. However, some people do describe similar locations. One place that is often described is a very Earth-like place, a beautiful paradise that is like heaven on earth. Many people report encountering deceased loved ones in this place or even encountering fellow travelers. Perhaps the reason that so many end up visiting this place is because it is a good first place to go, bearing so much similarity to one’s familiar surroundings. Another reason could be because this plane lies close to the earth plane, so it is relatively “close” by. In the more abstract realms, people often describe hearing the most beautiful and strange music they’ve ever heard. Others describe colors that don’t even exist in the physical realm. Some will go to places that are so far beyond words they can only be experienced through pure sensation. A traditional description of the astral realm, of course, relates to the cosmos.

Some will journey to distant planets and galaxies, others will find themselves dancing on comets or plunging into the center of a black hole. Some people report traveling to different times in human history. A lot of past life work can come from these experiences. Visiting the past can also provide tremendous insight to the present day. However, a journey to the past can also expose one to some of the horrors that occurred in those times. Make sure you are prepared for whatever you might see when choosing to travel back and forth through time. Just as the astral realms can be lovely and inspiring in nature, so can they be horrific and disturbing. The astral realms are made of pure consciousness, and just as great beauty lives in our own consciousness, so does great horror. Again, setting your intentions firmly at the beginning of a journey can help you stay out of these places if you don’t wish to see them. On the other hand, for the truly courageous, a visit to some of the darker places of the astral realm can reveal a lot about one’s deeper self. Use your best judgment when deciding where to go and how much you’re prepared to see. Who You’ll Meet Just as the realms of the astral world are infinite, so, too are the beings who inhabit them. Some beings will appear to be humanoid in shape, while others will be quite different. Needless to say, the “farther” you venture from the etheric realm, the stranger and more curious will be the beings you encounter. When people first take an interest in astral projection, the beings they most want to encounter are those of the highest vibrations—ascended masters, benevolent spirits, and angels. It will take a lot of practice to raise one’s vibration to the point that they can access the realms where these beings dwell. With effort and a bit of luck, however, you can find yourself in the company of these powerful, loving beings. Many describe encountering what they can only describe as extraterrestrial beings. Most people swear up and down that all these beings are friendly, but just as there are lots of different people with vastly different motives and intentions, the same holds true for other species. Some beings you will know right away to avoid. While the most benevolent beings will inhabit the higher planes, malevolent beings will dwell in the lower ones. These beings will often disguise themselves as friends to get close to you, but their motives are purely negative. They might draw on your

energy to fuel themselves. If you encounter them on a higher plane, these beings need a constant intake of energy to keep themselves in these places artificially. Be careful that you don’t become their prey. In the worst case, these beings might even follow you back to your body and “latch on” to you, following you around and stealing your energy when they can. You might encounter fellow travelers as you’re exploring the astral realm. Some may be unconscious dreamers, while others will be conscious. You can enjoy interacting with the conscious travelers, but you won’t get much out of the unconscious dreamers, who may sound drunk as they sleepwalk through the dreamtime in their own little worlds. The first beings you will want to encounter are your own spirit guides. These loving beings are contracted to be with you from birth through death and the transition into the afterlife. Your guides are sworn to protect you however they can and provide guidance to those who are able to hear them. Find them and ask them to guide you through the astral realms to ensure that you stay safe and get the most out of your experience. What You’ll Feel “Feel” is a tricky word to use since it is tied to the physical body. That being said, even energy has its own sensations, and they can be very close to physical ones though they are actually something quite different. Some people report sensations that are very close to the physical experiences of sounds, smells, touch, and even taste. If you are feeling something similar to this, just relax and enjoy whatever is happening. If you start to experience pain, however, quickly disengage from whatever you’re doing and return to your body. Probably the most predominant feelings you’ll experience will be emotional ones. Traveling through the astral realms will unlock dormant emotions, thoughts, and memories. Accessing these buried feelings will lead to some of your most powerful work, so embrace whatever arises and know that you are safe and in control at all times. Encounters with Your Own Unconscious Your dream world is composed mainly of your own unconscious wisdom and experience. You spend your whole life pumping your energy and consciousness into your unique dream world that it becomes a very real and very distinct place in the infinite universe. This place shares space with the

astral realm, and the two constantly interact with one another as you sleep. With all the energy you put into imagining this place, it follows that it is highly likely you will encounter it as you astral travel. Consciously exploring this otherwise foggy and indistinct dream realm can be surprising and even scary, especially if you stray into the scene of one of your own nightmares. More than that, you might even encounter aspects of your own shadow self. According to the definition of the famous Swiss psychiatrist Carl Jung, the shadow is composed of those parts of ourselves that we reject and bury. Some people have fractured themselves so thoroughly from their shadow selves, unable to accept the darkest parts of themselves, that they can take on a consciousness all their own. The unconscious is constantly trying to become conscious, and it will act out in your waking life to try and attract your attention. If you fail to do your shadow work in your waking life, you might find yourself staring down your shadow self in an astral confrontation. Should this happen, the most important thing you can do is listen. The only way to heal the shadow is to accept it and integrate it into your awareness. The more you try to run, the “angrier” and stronger it will become. Listen to what it has to say and reflect deeply on these issues as they arise. A note of caution: some malevolent beings may come to you in your own form pretending to be you in order to gain your acceptance and get their opening to start drawing on your energy. There is a very easy way to tell the difference between your own shadow and a mean-spirited entity in disguise. If “you” are very negative toward yourself, beating yourself down and saying nasty, hurtful things about you to yourself, that is NOT you. If your shadow does harbor feelings of self-loathing and guilt, they will find other ways to communicate these things to you without being so accusatory and hurtful. When in doubt, separate yourself from the being before you and return to your body right away to sort through the experience in the safety of your physical form. Reflect deeply on what you saw to determine whether the issues raised were feelings buried deep inside of you, or whether they were projected on you from an external source. If you find that they come from within you, then take steps to love and forgive yourself and integrate the rejected part of yourself into your conscious awareness. The novelty of the astral realm is exhilarating and enjoyable, but there is much to reason to be cautious when venturing forth. Even if you undertake

this experience purely for the fun of it, never underestimate that you will be put to work through this outlet. Various beings will challenge you to grow and learn, whether they be loving or ill-willed. Again, astral projection is not an undertaking to be regarded lightly, and it is important that you thoroughly examine your own motives and intentions before you decide to begin.

Chapter 17. Techniques for Astral Projection Once all your preparations are complete, you can finally move on to techniques with which to project your astral form. The first few steps in entering a state conducive to projecting your astral form are pretty much the same: Lie down in a comfortable position. If possible, take the same position that you've been using to practice the meditative breathing techniques. If you're using the moment before wakefulness, you may require more practice on catching yourself and extending that moment so that you can actively pursue AP when you're lulling yourself back to the hypnapompic state. Cut down on any distractions around you. If possible, sleep in a different room or on the couch if you have a partner or spouse. Keep noises, lights and movement around you to a minimum in order to better focus. When you lie down, first take a few moments to focus. Try to 'look through your eyelids;' visualize your surroundings without opening your eyes, through your closed eyes. Start the meditative and visualization exercises that you've been practicing. The point is to keep going with these exercises until you feel more and more relaxed. Keep visualizing moving your astral body parts outside your physical body as you progress along these exercises. If you have trouble doing that, or focusing altogether, then try turning your attention to the spot just above and between your eyes – the position of the 'third eye,' or the 'mind's eye.' The objective here is to relax yourself while cutting out all distracting thoughts, keeping all focus onto one single thread of thought, either on a single fixed position or on a methodical visualization exercise. If that doesn't work for you either, you can also try focusing on the ringing sound in your ears in order to achieve the same result without outward distractions. The other major goal is to approach this experience in a positive manner, because your fears and worries may not only hold you back during projection, but may color your experience in the OBE as well. Techniques During Hypnagogia The objective during hypnagogia is to enter a state where it feels like your body is falling asleep, yet the exercises and focus on projecting are keeping your mind aware, but not completely awake – as I mentioned before, “mind awake, body asleep.” In such a state, your mind will still be active but all

sounds and lights around your physical body will have dulled and become muffled, if not completely disappeared. Instead, you'll be able to visualize the images in your head far more clearly, and may even see other images flashing across your 'mind's eye.' If you're able to reach this position and retain it without tipping over into sleep, then you're already making great progress. Continue the visualization exercises in which you move your astral body parts in and out of your physical body, turn by turn, as you 'stretch each part.' Another technique that might help is to mentally visualize your own body as seen from above. It would help to imagine your own body as dull grey in color, with bright astral parts peeking out from time to time – a foot here, a hand there, a part of the forehead visible now, etc. Now continue the aforementioned visualization exercise, mentally lifting an astral body part out of your body and flexing and stretching it as you watch it happening from above. After you've gone through one complete cycle, visualize your astral body turning a complete 180 degrees inside your physical form: your astral head between your physical feet and your astral feet on both sides of your physical head. Continue another round of the same visualization exercises as before, this time imagining it to be far easier and lighter to do the same mental exercises. Things to Remember at This Point If you're already prepared and in a conducive state for astral projection, then you may start feeling a few things that might freak a new practitioner out, causing you to pull back. Even knowing them beforehand might not stop you from pulling back, but at least you'll know that you're at the cusp of a successful AP. If you've done everything right to this point, and haven't fallen asleep, then you might start feeling a vibration in your body. It might go up and down, intensify and relax; it's a strange experience for someone who has never before experienced it. Just relax and let the vibrations wash over you. It's a sign that you're almost ready to start separating your astral body from your physical form. If you haven't pulled back by now, try to control the vibrations and turn them up and down like the volume knob on a radio. Once the vibrations start, intensify your visualizations of moving your astral body out of your physical form. See if you can really start moving your astral body already.

If you're on your way to separation, you may also start hearing rushing sounds, or crackling and popping noises, or maybe even screams and other such sounds. Ignore them all. While they may be a bit disconcerting at first, they could no more hurt you than being shot with a child's water gun. Even if it is strange, you'll soon learn to tune it all out like other astral projectors. You may even sense the presence of other people or things around you; the same principle applies – no matter what may be present, it can't hurt you. Instead, just concentrate on moving your astral limbs one by one, letting the vibrations continue their course. Techniques for Separation If you've made it through all the steps to this point, you should already be sensing movement in your astral body. For some people, separation comes easily, while others need a little more effort. There are quite a few ways by which you can detach yourself from your astral body: If you're already sensing movement in your limbs, but can't fully detach yourself, you can use the roll-out method. Relax yourself – stop struggling – then simply turn and roll, as if you're falling out of bed. You should find yourself out of your body soon enough. The rope method requires a bit of visualization, but is believed to work just as well. When your astral form has some freedom, picture a rope hanging down from your ceiling and dangling just above your chest. Grab onto the rope with both arms and pull yourself upward. You can also use any solid objects around you to pull yourself out of your physical body. It doesn't quite matter if the object is within your reach. It acts more as a psychological crutch than a solid physical support anyway. If you can free most of your body, but not the head, you can try bucking your body up and down like a bull trying to throw off a rider. The force will help you pop out of your body and free any astral parts that may have been stuck. Another helpful technique is to simply will yourself to rise out of your body. The astral world responds strongly to will and thought, and is often full of junk material related to the same. You can find remnants of the will and thoughts of others as well, which were called into creation and will fade away if not sustained by thought in the physical world. Things to Remember at This Point

At this point of projection, you need to move away from your physical body. The reason behind this is that your physical body still houses your ethereal body, which is believed to be electromagnetic in nature and can distort your astral sensations. You might feel a pull back toward your body, or feel like you're drunk or can't see anything clearly while still in the range of your ethereal body. After your separation, it's not necessary for you to be able to see your physical body, since it exists on a separate plane, or frequency, than your astral body – like colors made by different frequencies of light, or different frequencies of sound. Some practitioners even see their body in a different position than when they exited it – this is your ethereal body, rather than the physical one. You should be able to sense things far more clearly once you're out of the electromagnetic range of your body. Now that you've initiated an OBE, you don't have to jump to anything right away, but can first spend some time learning more about your astral body. You can move through physical objects now, and limitations such as gravity no longer apply – you can fly through your ceiling if you wish. If you see or sense anyone or anything around you, don't be frightened. You can't be harmed and, if it's too disconcerting, you can leave at any point, or even will yourself back to your body. Regardless, nothing can harm or possess your physical body. If you wish to travel farther, or have a specific destination or person in mind that you'd like to see while in the OBE, try willing yourself to that spot, or next to that person, or keep their image in mind and focus on it. That should be sufficient to get you there. Remember that astral projection is just as real as the sensations you experience while in the physical world – somewhat more so, in fact. It seems more like enhanced reality than a dream, trance or anything else of the sort. The more adept you become at AP, the more clearly you can observe everything around you. If you spend too long in your OBE, your astral body will eventually be pulled back into your physical body on its own. If you wish to return before that, simply willing it to return to your body should be enough to break yourself out of the OBE. How to Enter an OBE from a Dream We'll discuss the full procedure here so you can develop this as a way to AP,

if you so desire. As discussed before, dreams are supposed to be windows created by the subconscious into the higher realms. In dreams, our own fear, desires, etc. form walls around us to give the dream structure and prevent us from sensing anything else outside. If you wish to enter an OBE through a dream, you should be able to sense and bring to your own attention that you're in a dream, which starts you off into your OBE. To prepare yourself for this method, you should saturate your thoughts with the desire to project and reinforce yourself mentally whenever you can. Also, whenever possible, ask yourself if you're in a dream. If you do this often enough, you may be able to consciously trigger the same question while in your dream. While you're awake, jump a few times to show yourself that you're awake. If you're able to wrestle any control in a dream by asking yourself whether you're awake or dreaming, jumping will launch you off, rather than simply return you to the ground as happens when you're awake. While this may sound a bit strange, you're basically trying to regain control by waking up your consciousness while in the dream. It's like being in a movie – not the viewing of a movie, but inside the actual movie – and then trying to develop free will, despite the script. Once you've managed to wrestle control and launch your OBE, you should find yourself in your astral body, outside your physical form again. If you do manage to gain control but don’t find yourself in your astral body, visualize yourself at the foot of your own bed, outside your body; that should make it happen.

Chapter 18. Meditative and Visualization Exercises to Practice Before Astral Projection The primary aim for any technique that we adopt is to enter a state of “mind awake, body asleep.” This state is also known as “half-awake” or “halfasleep,” and is scientifically referred to as hypnagogia or hypnopomp. If one is entering this “half-asleep” state while falling asleep, it is known as the hypnagogic state; when waking up, it is called the hypnapompic state. The way to use this method is to achieve a state of relaxation where, although our body feels like we're entering sleep, our mind remains conscious and aware. While this borderland state is a little difficult to achieve for a novice, it gets significantly easier as one gains a little practice. Meditative Breathing Exercises The following two exercises can be performed while lying in bed, and need nothing beyond mindfulness of your breathing and focus toward achieving an AP state. 1. Regulated 4-Count Breathing While you're in bed, lie on your back and spread your arms and legs slightly to the side so that you have a comfortable amount of space. Turn your palms comfortably upward and keep them that way. As you may have noticed, the underlying theme is comfort. Relax your throat muscles and your neck. Gently close your mouth, with your lips touching but not mashed together. Rest your tongue comfortably at the bottom of your mouth, rather than the roof or the inside of your top row of teeth. Even though this may be counter-intuitive for a lot of people, and a bit strange at first, you'll grow accustomed to it soon enough, as you feel your neck and throat relaxing further. Take a slow, deep breath in through your nose to a count of 4 (1 Mississippi, 2 Mississippi...). Take care to regulate your inhalation so that it lasts all four seconds without discomfort. Hold your breath in for another count of four. Do not think of anything other than the count. If anything pops up in your head, push it aside very gently, as an abrupt push could break your concentration. Try to clear your head of all thoughts and worries beyond the count. Gently exhale through your nose for another four-count. Regulate your

exhalation so that it lasts the entire count. Hold your breath again for another count of two before inhaling again and repeating the entire exercise. Practice this for at least 15 minutes, twice a day, for a few days. Your aim is to reach a state where you can comfortably push aside all thoughts without any intrusions for at least a few minutes at a time during those 15 minutes. Once you believe you've reached that state and can regulate your breathing for the necessary time, switch over to chanting “I will astral project today,” without moving your body or lips, like a mantra in your mind. You can also visualize shedding your body like a cocoon and raising yourself up from it, as you wish to do when you project your astral form. Keep the breathing exercises going and focus on that visualization single-mindedly. It may also help you to think of your body as grey in color, while a bright astral body lifts up from the grey mass of your physical form. Visualized Breathing While in bed, position yourself in a similar manner as described above. Close your eyes and visualize your body as a hollow outline that you're watching from above. Now visualize a red swirling fog of gases in the outline where your head is. This swirling fog represents your stress, anxiety, fears, worries, etc. Keep your eyes closed and inhale a deep breath to the count of 4 (1 Mississippi, 2 Mississippi...). Imagine the fresh breath swirling into your body as a bright, pleasant, healing green; but, instead of the green rushing to your lungs, visualize it moving up your nostrils and into your brain, in that swirling red mass. Don't hold your breath. Instead, exhale slowly to the count of four and imagine that part of the red swirling fog of gases is being expelled from your head, through your nose and out of your body. With every breath, inhale more of the healing green gas, and exhale some of the stressful red gas in return. Feel yourself growing more and more relaxed with each breath. Imagine every time you exhale more of that red gas that your head and chest feel lighter and more pleasant. Keep doing this until you have completely replaced the red fog in your head with the healing green gas, and your head and chest feel completely light and relaxed. From here on, with each inhalation, visualize the lightened load of your astral

body without the swirling red fog anchoring it down. Feel the joy of the relaxed state that you're in, and imagine moving your astral body around a bit. Do not move your physical body, but instead visualize lifting your astral arm out of your physical body's shape and flexing and rotating your wrist a bit before putting it back down and moving on to another body part. Keep doing this for your whole body, from your toes up, and leave your head for last. Do this exercise for 20 to 30 minutes every day, completing one entire cycle per attempt. If you need to, take a little longer with the exercise to completely dispel the red fog. Catching the Moment of Wakefulness If you're attempting AP in the morning, rather than at night, at the point where your consciousness is active but you're still not entirely awake, you'll need some practice in order to use that time to project yourself. Spend a few days practicing how to 'catch' that moment and extend it. The purpose is to become aware, but not to fully wake up. You might fail a few times, or may not even remember what you had to do until you're awake, hence the need for practice. After you've spent a few days learning how to catch this moment, you need to learn to lull yourself into a deeper, more relaxed state, away from wakefulness, so that you can project. You can pursue other AP methods during this time and work on this as an alternative path in the meanwhile.

Chapter 19. Astral Projection in Popular Culture A particularly common misconception about AP is that, if we travel too far or too long, we'll get trapped and not know how to get back. Another is that the astral body needs to be taught how to get back to the physical one. This particular idea is largely a Hollywood horror construct. The reality is that you do not need to be taught to get back in any way. The astral form can return to your body with a simple thought or the will to return. In fact, if that doesn't work for you in the beginning, a long enough OBE will automatically cause your astral form to return to your physical body. The link between your body and astral form cannot be severed unless your physical body undergoes a medical crisis, like a heart attack, while you are sleeping. In other words, AP is a mentally, physically and spiritually safe journey to undertake, unless you count broadening your mental horizons and gaining a more open-minded approach to life as a threat. Regardless of what horror movies tell you, there is nothing that can happen to your physical form, or the link between you and your body, from the spiritual side while you're away. Even the cord that many practitioners describe works differently for everyone. Case in point, I've never noticed a cord behind me when I've projected my astral body. Some see it, some don't; and the way that the astral world works – largely giving life to thought – means that the cord is a psychological construct by the person’s astral form for their own comfort, rather than a necessary character of AP. While there is an attachment between our physical form and the astral body, it doesn't need to be visibly apparent or discernible to us. Its existence is concrete and unalterable until our physical forms die, and unimportant to our thoughts and aims in the thought-sensitive astral plane. Even if you do sense other people around you, or meet other people while projecting – they cannot harm you or prevent you in any way from returning to your physical self. The upside is that projecting along with another person, or meeting with other projectors, can lead to positive and mind-blowing experiences. As you may wonder, astral sex is a real thing. But you need to be quite practiced in AP to experience it and, unlike random hook-ups in the physical world, it's a very intimate and trusting experience that can't be completely described with words alone. It is important to clear these misconceptions before moving forward, because

these are so ingrained in pop culture that most people have no idea of what AP actually is or even means. It's not your soul, per se, that is projected. There is nothing that can possess you while you're out, or stop you from returning. Yes, you do sense other people and meet other projectors while you're in an OBE, but No, they cannot harm you in any way. While AP may be a little scary at first, it's only scary because the unknown always scares us. What we don't know or fully understand is the base of all human fears. But the universe has fundamental rules and laws by which everything operates. Knowing and understanding those rules is the only way to cast away fear, which is important because fear is the strongest magnet in us that holds us back.

Conclusion Astral travelling is something that anyone can experience. You don’t need any skills or knowledge, just the belief that you can do this. Once you master the relatively simple techniques you will find it easy to take off on to the astral plane and to explore this new dimension. There is a lot you can do whilst you astral travel and it can help you with your spiritual growth. Astral projection is a tool to help you communicate with higher beings, which allows you to advance spiritually. From this book you have learned all about how to leave your body and project yourself on to the astral plane. You know how to protect yourself and to ensure that no harm can come to your body or soul. Make sure that whenever you engage in astral projection you have performed the appropriate protection so that you are safe and working from the highest possible vibration. Now you need to start practising astral travel whenever you can. Start by meditating regularly and practising lucid dreaming every night when you sleep. Set aside some time as often as you can to travel on the astral plane. It may take a number of attempts before you can leave your body and you may even find that the first couple of times you succeed, that the shock of succeeding pulls you straight back to your body. However, just keep on practising and you will get there! The key is to work on raising your spiritual vibration because the higher your vibrational level is, the easier it will be for you to leave your body and astral project. The more you practise, the easier it will become and it won’t take too long before you master astral projection and then you are open to a whole new area of exploration and learning.

THIRD EYE AWAKENING

Introduction The third eye has been a mystical concept for centuries. Very few people have known this power and they kept it a secret for very long. It has widely been a misrepresented and misinterpreted concept. Opening the third eye is no magic. It will not happen through some gadgets or accessories. It is a journey within. You will have to undertake it alone. You can open your third eye with devotion, willpower, and meditation. It is possible and thousands of people are doing it. The best thing about this process is not only the result but the journey in itself is also very beautiful. The third eye is the most eloquent source of intuitive wisdom. A power only possessed by the yogis, psychics and fortune tellers in the past. If you meditate and open your third eye then you can get insights, prior warnings of danger and high level of intelligence at the time. The keyword to achieve this objective is meditation. The Ajna chakra or the third eye is located in the pineal gland. For centuries, the occultists and the spiritual masters have called it the 'seat of the soul'. Once you are able to open your third eye, the difference between the truth and reality becomes crystal clear. You are able to connect yourself with the higher energy field and feel what is impossible to feel in any other way. Getting very high intuitive power is another aspect of it. You become highly aware and establish a connection with your surroundings. Your gut feeling gets stronger. Your sixth sense starts working predominantly. The third eye awakens your inner self. You easily establish a connection with your surroundings. The reason for most of the sorrows in our lives is our discontent. The new awakening introduces you to a world of new realization. Your perception of good and bad will change. You can see things deeply and not from the superficial level. You react differently and in a much-matured way. This is a completely new feeling. It is like an intellectual looking at the immature quarrels of the kids.

Chapter 1. History of the Third Eye History can be strange, can’t it? Bringing unimaginable realities to the fore, like the fact that this decently dressed human race that lives in decent buildings today once strolled the open lands all nude and retreated into their dwelling caves when the day was done. And, of course, that was after some great evolvement from walking on all fours – good gracious! Gladly, it now looks like the evolvement – at least the physical aspect of it – is over. Other living things have their history too. And when you look at this third eye that is usually taken as having its physical form in the pineal gland, it is symbolized by the pine cone. For one, both have been in existent for as long as you would not care to remember. The pineal gland existed even in the cruder forms of the human being. And if you think that natural vegetation has always been as you see it today, forget it. There was an era when the earth had no flowers. How ugly! Yet the Pine Cone tree was still standing tall on the earth. In fact, it is said that flowering plants have only existed for a third of the Pine Cone tree’s lifetime. Of course, the similarity between the pineal gland and the pine goes further to incorporate both the shape of the cone and that of the pineal gland. As the spines of the cone spiral in all directions in a kind of Fibonacci sequence, your pineal gland sits geometrically right in the middle of your brain. At the same time this gland has a lot to do with the amount of light being processed and absorbed into your body from all dimensions as well as its intensity. No wonder it determines your sleep and waking patterns through this role of light transduction. Of great significance is its centrality when it comes to your overall enlightenment. When did the appreciation of the pineal gland as the third eye begin? This can only be said to be as old as the human consciousness of themselves. The Egyptians, the Assyrians, the Indians, the Greeks, the Romans, religious and non-religious people, all have had some exaltation for the third eye, and always relating it to the physical location of the pineal gland. Visualize this example of the Egyptians who as long ago as 1224BC have depicted the staff of their god, Osiris, as two serpents rising up in an intertwined form until they find themselves at a pinecone. Compare that then with its parallel in the Indian culture. There when you are at your pinnacle of enlightenment your Kundalini is deemed to be fully activated – Kundalini, of

course, being that spiritual energy within your body. At that point in time, all your chakras are considered to be in proper alignment and well-coordinated. How do the Indians depict this highest level of spiritual awareness? Likewise, they show that as serpents coiling up from the bottom of your spine to the location of your pineal gland; thus connecting with your third eye. According to the Indians, you must reach this level of spiritual awareness to be able to attain Divine wisdom – the moment of experiencing nothing but joy, knowledge, love; all in their purest form. And how did the Assyrians take the pinecone? Actually, it was more than a symbol of enlightenment; also signifying immortality. This is clear from their carvings that are said to have existed somewhere between 713 and 716 BC. Those carvings show godlike figures each with four wings, and holding out pinecones. And they are not just holding the pinecones but actually pollinating some symbolic Tree of Life. In the Hindu belief, this connection of the divine and the cone continues to be seen as Shiva, the most revered of the Hindu gods, is drawn, sculpted or even carved into an image with an outstretched hand holding a pinecone. Often, the image of the god even shows the hair coiled and shaped into a form of cone, often with a serpent or more interwoven within it. And the Mexicans are in it too; taking the pinecone as being symbolic of high spiritual awareness as well as immortality. They depict their god named Chicomecoat, meaning Seven Snakes, in the act of giving out pinecones using one hand, and with the other hand holding out an evergreen tree. And for the Greeks as well as the Romans, that god Dionysus who comes with religious ecstasy and fertility, and whose reference later changed to Bacchus, is commonly shown carrying a fennel staff which, while woven with the climbing plant, Ivy, ends up being capped at the top with a pinecone. That staff goes by the name, Thyrsus, and is said to be all drippy with honey. It is held sacred and is used exclusively for rituals and fetes associated with religion. In fact, there is even this gigantic sculpture made of bronze, which the Romans put up three stories high, and it happens to be pine shaped. It is believed to have served as a huge water fountain located near the Temple of Isis. Incidentally, Isis was the goddess, wife of god Osiris. All that legendary activity was in ancient Rome, yet the structure still stands today but within

the Court of the Pinecone before the Vatican. And Vatican being the headquarters of the Catholic faith, the continued existence of that sculpture is indication that the religion is not also averse to the whole association with the pinecone. In fact, there is a marked occurrence of items of pinecone shape within the Catholic faith. Of great significance is the Pope’s sacred staff whose tip is shaped like a pinecone. The shape is also notable on the Vatican flag right within the Coat of Arms where you find three crowns shaped like pinecones. Once inside a Catholic church, there is a high chance you are going to identify something in the shape of a pinecone. Particularly you may find candle holders and even lamps. And with these lighting items with their obvious illumination, you can make a plausible link parallel to the third eye. In addition, think of the Pope’s reference as Holy See. You can easily reference that to the third eye, which is understandable considering that the Pope is considered to be very close to the Divine; a revered person who issues orders on matters spiritual with unquestionable authority.

Chapter 2. What Is Third Eye? The third eye is a term reserved for a physical and spiritual part of the body. The pineal gland, in its physical form, is a gland located at the top of the spine that connects with the brain. Physiologically speaking, this endocrine gland has many functional purposes within the body. It is often referred to as the third eye outside of scientific circles. If you were to look someone squarely in the face, the pineal gland would sit just above both eyes, right in the center, like another eye, hence its name. The pineal gland produces hormones like melatonin and serotonin, which play a big role in regulating sleep patterns and contribute to the overall mood. Without this gland, the body would not recognize normal fluctuations in light, making it difficult to fall and stay asleep in a normal pattern. In the bigger picture, the body would not be able to recognize summer from winter, aside from the change in temperature. The pineal gland exists in most vertebrate animals, and therefore, keep the entire ecosystem running on the same clock, based on sunlight. While the functional purposes of the pineal gland are generally known, there has always been a bit of mystery surrounding the small gland. Early scientists assumed that this gland was highly important because of its location within the brain. The tiny gland sits dead center between the right and left hemisphere of the brain, and deep under its tissues, almost like the function of the rest of the brain is to protect this small piece. Think of the meat of a walnut encapsulated tightly in its outer shell. The idea of the pineal gland being a third eye in the spiritual sense is much more powerful than the pineal gland’s physical properties. It has long been believed by many cultures that this third eye holds the key to life, and that is no small task. The power of the third eye goes above and beyond recognizing light patterns, and is for channeling energy and light, which is what drives the body. The power of clairvoyance, seeing the future, is also associated with a strong pineal gland. The idea is that a clairvoyant person has a very strong connection with the universe. This knowledge transcends time and allows you to sense things that will happen in the future. It is not necessarily as depicted on television. A clairvoyant does not necessarily see things happening in the physical sense but through energy. Many people also see energy in a physical sense. There are auras of energy

that surround each and every living thing. The energy emitted takes many different shapes and colors, depending on positive and negative energy. The third eye communicates with the energies of the universe in this way, and learning to recognize these energies is important for ultimate guidance. Many say that negative energy is depicted as red, while positive energies are much lighter, white or shades of green. You would not willingly walk into a room full of people with red auras if you could see them, would you? Likely not, but the average person only sees the room full of people, and enters anyway. Opening the spiritual eye means seeing the world in a new light, recognizing the connections between your inner energy and that of the universe, and sensing or seeing the energy all around us. Throughout history, the third eye has been celebrated as the utmost in knowledge, education and higher being. Having a well-functioning third eye means having a connection with the higher energy, a God, Gods or any combination thereof depending on classic culture. We can see the impact of the third eye throughout history in art. Early on, the pinecone became synonymous with the pineal gland. In fact, the name pineal comes from ‘pine.’ The pinecone had graced this planet with its existence long before any other plant species on earth. It is ancient in nature, and its perfectly aligned spiral structure represents energy and perfection in the deepest senses. Looking through art works throughout the centuries, even dating back to the ancient Egyptians, we see pinecones. It is meant to symbolize divine wisdom and our spiritual soul. Hindu and Indian cultures also use the pinecone to depict the highest enlightenment and wisdom of their gods. In Hindu culture, all of the gods are depicted in art and lore with pinecones, with Shiva being the most prominent. Indian culture depicts the god Kundalini, with an awakened third eye, bringing wisdom, love, and joy. The third eye isn’t restricted to Eastern cultures, it also spans from Mexico and the Central American region, and even with the Native Americans indigenous to North America. While the traditions and rituals to harness the power of this third eye vary, the outcome is the same. People throughout history have recognized the third eye as the window to their soul, and the connection to their universe. With all of this discussion of the history of the third eye, it is important to remember that modern man also possesses the pineal gland, the third eye, and

a spiritual connection. As time wears on, it seems that humans have become much less connected with their spiritual selves, and the power of the third eye is waning. The importance of spiritual connection often falls by way of modern medicine and factual evidence for what ails us. What we need to remember is that the spirit is wholly in charge of our physical being and that the energy of the universe is boundless and neverceasing. We cannot be happy and healthy with a spirit that is unwell. Therefore, it is vital to nurture our third eye and our spiritual connection just as we would treat our bodies well. We need to embrace our spiritual culture and reconnect to be whole, and functional, and human. If you are looking for science, there is that too. It has been found that the calcification of the pineal gland can be the cause of many physical and mental ailments. This calcification happens when minerals and other elements build up around the gland, causing a decrease in function. Calcification presumes that calcium is the major problem, but other elements, like fluoride and chlorine, also increase the calcification process. As we age, calcification increases, disrupting sleep patterns and creating overall stress within the body. This stress can manifest itself in a number of ways, including weight gain, chronic disease, and a dysfunctional immune system. Studies have also linked calcification to Alzheimer’s disease and memory loss in general. This gland also produces DMT, a chemical that has been associated with socalled hallucination, and loss of consciousness. This chemical allows us to dream, to enter another world. The idea of this being a hallucination is a fallacy created by man to explain the phenomenon. Those guided by their spirit can recognize that the loss of worldly consciousness and entrance into a higher plane is their soul transcending the body and time as we know it. Many people have vivid, very real dreams, while others don’t. It is believed that the lack of DMT creates a dreamless sleep, and the soul remains stuck within the confines of the body. It is unable to escape and collect wisdom from the universe. Many say they can also find this transcendence through the practice of meditation, a very advanced skill. These changes in function and behavior can be directly related to a decrease in melatonin DMT and serotonin, but have also long been described in a spiritual sense as losing one’s connection with the spiritual universe.

The energy of the universe is all-knowing and helps guide our lives. Being connected helps ensure a steady path in all aspects of life, as the universe gives you the insight and wisdom you need via energy patterns. For example, when you are in a good place, you are surrounded by positive energy, which your body is attracted to. Your third eye has a keen sense of encroaching negative energy, and if you are truly guided by it, can be avoided. Do you feel connected to the universe? Do you have a keen sense of your surroundings? Do you feel you make good decisions? It is hard to know if the path that you are on is the right one, but there are usually clues. If you feel as if you have no destined path in life, or that you keep making choices that lead you to negativity, you are likely not in touch with your third eye. This can be a helpless feeling. Imagine that you have cast offshore in a boat with no oars and no sails. The boat aimlessly floats, with no way of steering through deep swells and rogue waves. If this sounds like your life, it is time to reacquaint yourself with your spiritual being. All of the positive energy and wisdom you need lies dormant within you. It is only a matter of harnessing that power to make positive changes in your life. We can improve this spiritual connection in a number of ways, all of which will be described throughout this book. Learn to decalcify your pineal gland, reconnect with your true self, and with the endless energy of the universe. Your life is special, and you are meant to live a meaningful and productive life. Now is the time to do it.

Chapter 3.

Opening the Third Eye

Activating and Maintaining the Third Eye Function Specific mudras, or chants in the Hindu and Ayurvedic philosophies, are said to help activate and maintain the health of each chakra. For the Third Eye chakra it is recommended to chant “OM” in a quiet place for 1 – 20 minutes. There are also musical compositions that are designed to resonate with each specific chakra based on their individual tonal frequency. The frequencies for the Third Eye chakra are noted at 144 Hz, 288 Hz and 576 Hz. Meditation is by far the most widely used practice for tapping into the Third Eye. While there are numerous forms of meditation, the basic idea is to slow down the thought process. How many times have we had the word for something on the tip of our tongue yet the more we try to think of what it is, the harder it is to recall? And later we find that when we have taken our minds off of it, the word comes to us easily and instantly! This is why sleep stages and brain waves are inclusive, because many successful practitioners of meditation have described its purpose as bringing cognitive awareness to deeper levels of brain function where theta and delta waves are distinct. It is here where we are proposed to develop control over stress reduction and the healing processes of our bodies as seen naturally occurring in Stage IV sleep. Dr. Nipun Aggarwal, MD, MBA, MHT, and José Silva are two notable authorities who have developed approaches to “mind control,” training our mind’s eye to consciously, effectively, and almost immediately regulate bodily functions for optimal health. These approaches are also geared toward maintaining focus and peace of mind in challenging and stressful, everyday situations, memorizing and quickly recalling vast amounts of information, as well as fluent problem solving beyond our five senses. Using the third eye does not mean developing magical powers or becoming a psychic. It actually implies controlling your mind more effectively and enjoying a deeper sense of intuition to your surroundings. Unfortunately, this shift does not happen overnight, you will need to dedicate your life to spiritual practices that involves practicing awareness of the mind every day. The First Opening Choose a day when you have lots of free time ahead of you, for instance at the start of a weekend. This lets you focus intimately on the eye-opening

practices. Usually, it gets easier after the first opening. You can do it with friends or alone. It is preferable if you wear light-colored clothes. The first opening isn’t very intense; you might just feel a tingling between the eyebrows. Technique Go to a quiet, tranquil place where you are sure not to be bothered for at least an hour. Light candles around the place Remove your shoes, watch, tie, belt and any other restrictive clothing or jewelry Lie down on the floor, carpet, blanket or mat with your arms on your sides and palms facing up Close your eyes, relax for about 3 minutes and them hum for 5 to 10 minutes Phase 1 Begin breathing through the throat gradually becoming aware of the vibration within the larynx Continue breathing for 5 to 10 minutes and in case your body or consciousness moves, let it be Phase 2 While maintaining the friction in the throat, shift your awareness to the region between your eyebrows It is important that you flow with your body’s energy. Do not pay attention to time Phase 3 Place your palm on the area between the eyebrows about 3 to 5 centimeters away from the skin Phase 4 You can have the hand in phase 3 position or by your side

With the eyes closed and larynx vibrating, begin to look for a vibration or tingling between the eyebrows. You may also feel a blurry pressure, density or weight Do not focus too hard, just remain vacant and let things take their own course Phase 5 As soon as you feel a vibration or something between your eyebrows try to connect it to the friction in your throat. The vibration will gradually become subtle yet more intense at the same time. Some people may feel the vibration in other parts of the body or on the entire forehead. This is normal; just focus on the vibration between the eyebrows. Phase 6 Stop the vibration in the Larynx Focus on the vibration between the eyebrows Be very still and try to focus on the energy around you Be aware of any light or colors between the eyebrows Remember Keep your eyes closed throughout the process Do not grasp or focus too much on the region between the eyebrows as this might block the process If you are practicing with friends, do not touch each other If the experience overwhelms you, open your eyes to come back to normal consciousness For the first experience, the manifestations of the eye are not as important as getting the technique right. Minor bodily movements such as twitching as well as flashing in and out of consciousness may also occur during the first opening. Ignore them and perfect your technique as if nothing happened. Learning How To Meditate To begin with, you will need to find the right environment. Choose a place where you can be left alone for at least 30 to 45 min and is relatively quiet. It

doesn't need to be completely silent, but try finding a place where you will not be distracted a lot. Start By Getting Into A Meditative Posture Sitting on the ground with crossed legs, straight back and hands resting on the knees is considered to be a very effective meditative posture. If you're unable to sit on the ground, sit on a chair and keep your back straight. Support your upper body using your abdominal muscles, and do not allow your back to slouch over. Keep your shoulders down and point your chest out. Relax Your Body All of us hold tensions in our body while going through our daily life, which makes focusing very difficult. You will not realize how tensed your muscles are until you consciously try to relax them. Roll your head from side to side to loosen up your body, allow your neck muscles to release and your shoulders to drop. Relax Your Mind This is one of the most essential parts of opening the third eye. Perhaps, it is also the most challenging one because you will need to remove all thoughts from your head. You can do this by focusing your attention on any one aspect of the physical world, whether it's the sensation of the ground under you, sound of traffic moving past or your breath going in and out. While it's nearly impossible to eliminate all thoughts, if a thought does come into your mind, just acknowledge it and allow it to disappear from your mind. You will need a lot of patience and practice to clear your thoughts effectively. People generally find it very difficult to meditate during the first 10 to 20 min. Give yourself some time to transition from the world outside to a meditative state. Develop A Habit Of Meditating The more you think about meditating, the better you'll get at it. You can think about meditation while eating your food, going for a walk or even while brushing your teeth. Even by meditating for just 5 min a day, you will train yourself to become more aware mindfully over time. Use a timer while meditating, as it will stop you from wondering how much time you've already spent meditating.

Open The Intuitive Part Of The Brain Begin by observing the world around you. People who are generally shy tend to be more intuitive than the average person simply because they spend a lot of time observing other people; and by doing so they develop a higher understanding of things like facial expression, body language and other types of non-explicit communication. These people are very good at detecting sexual chemistry, lies, hidden messages and sarcasm. You can practice intuition by going to a public place like a cafe, restaurant or park on your own and simply observe other people around you. Try to listen into their conversation without being overbearing or rude. Try to create a story in your mind on how these people got together or about what they are talking about or any other information that you find interesting. The more you will do this, the better you'll get at it. You can also practice it while sitting around the table with your friends or family, try being quiet for some time and just listen to what they are talking about. Observe people who are not participating in the conversation and watch their reaction to the ongoing interaction. Try and imagine what they might be thinking about when they are not talking. The more you practice it, the better you'll get at. Dreams Are Important People with psychic powers generally believe that dreams can carry messages that can serve as a warning. To analyze your dreams start documenting them. The best way to do this is to maintain a dream diary kept next to your pillow. After you have documented a few dreams, try to find connections between them and check whether any part of your dreams has come true. Try Following Your Gut Instinct Have you ever felt peculiar about a place, event or person that you really can't put into words? Have you strongly felt that a certain situation might occur without having any evidence to back your feeling? These kinds of feelings are called gut instincts, and all of us have it in different degrees. Most people overlook their gut instincts and try to live their lives on the basis of rational thinking. Next time you have such a feeling, make a note of it and check if it actually comes true. Also try to determine if these feelings connect to your life in any way. Always keep in mind that just because you have a gut feeling about

something it doesn't really mean that it would come through. While it may come true, it could take months or even years for it to take place, which is why it will always help to make a note of these feelings so that when it happens you know for sure that you already knew about it. Experiences After the Opening Of The Third Eye After your third eye opens you will go through some unusual experiences. While many of the experiences will be pleasant, there are some that might not be. If you feel some activity or pressure in the center of your forehead, it means that either your third eye has already opened or will open very soon. Seeing Through The Third Eye The Third Eye lets you to see past the visual images around you. With it, you can sense and visually interpret the energy around you. As you watch people walk in the park, you will grasp much more than just the abstract concept of random people walking in the park. You begin to see the interplay between the motion, energy, and intention in a vivid internal visual map. Life, therefore, becomes almost tangible to you. While our physical eyes are blind to energy and can only see the results of energy, the Third Eye allows one to visualize where the energy is, to understand it and to actually see it. Our eyes are designed to see light while the third eye helps you process the energy you interact with in a precise manner. Having an open Third Eye may seem like something mystical at first, but it merely is a new way that helps your mind communicate with the rest of your senses. This communication is direct and so uninhibited that you can accurately predict events and perceive potentials that are not physically present. This is a skill that is real that has been experienced by people from as early as the Paleolithic period. What To Expect After The Third Eye Has Opened After your third eye has opened, do not be surprised when you go through some unusual experiences. This will have a lot to do with what you see. For example when you are very tired after a long day's work and are about to sleep, you might see different kinds of images in the eye of your mind after you close your physical eyes. Many of these images won't make a lot of sense and will be blurred or vivid.

There are a number of dimensions you can reach with an opened third eye and you will experience them gradually. It all depends on your thought’s vibration levels. The higher your vibration levels the more dimensions you will be able to explore. If you're seeing blurred visions, you will need to further strengthen your spiritual powers. Reaching a higher state of meditation will help you see more clearly with your third eye. Higher And Lower Dimensions If the vibrations of your thoughts are low then you will most likely see visions from a lower dimension. The lower dimension is the area where you will see restless souls. These are souls of the people who either killed themselves or could not forgive themselves for having done something in their lives. Since they are afraid of being judged they do not move into the higher dimension. People who see visions from the lower dimension generally get scared of what they are seeing and regret opening their third eye. However, you don't have to remain in the lower dimension. Most people who remain at the lower dimension do so because the vibration created by their thoughts attracts this dimension. All you need to do is increase your vibration and step into a higher dimension. If you would like to close your third eye, you can do so by avoiding spiritual practices, indulging in conversations that have nothing to do with the spiritual world and getting rid of every object in your surrounding that reminds you of it. While your third eye may not close immediately, slowly and gradually it will. However, it is important to note that once your third eye closes, it will take a lot of effort to open it back again. With higher thought vibrations that include feelings of happiness, gratitude, love or peace you will be able to see more peaceful visions that would bring in a sense of fulfillment and relief to your soul. In this dimension, you will have visions of the hurt people go through and ideas that will help you make situations better along with feelings of compassion and forgiveness. Sensitivity To Good And Bad Energies Once your third eye has been awakened you'll become more sensitive to the energies of people around you. You will be able to detect between good and bad energies. It's always good to pick up good energies, because it will affect you positively. However, it is impossible not to pick up bad energies, which

is why it's always good to avoid places where you know you will most likely to be hit by bad energies. This is one of the main reasons why people with stronger spiritual powers feel drained after spending time in a crowd, since they get hit by loads of bad energies. When you're in the middle of bad energies try imagining being surrounded by positive energies in order to protect yourself. Think of something that makes you happy and continue to do so till you can get out of that atmosphere. It will stop your mind from being dragged into negative thoughts. Once you're out of that situation and come back home, get under a shower with the water set to a slightly lower temperature than what you're used to. Imagine the water cleaning away all the bad energies that has affected you. As the water flows down from your body feel the bad energies flowing down with it. This is an excellent exercise to eliminate the effects of bad energy on your mind. As you do it for a couple of days, you will experience the cleansing effect more strongly. It will also help you become more focused and energetic throughout the day, and the ability of negative energies to disrupt your regular thought process will become weaker. It will also improve the quality of your life, your health, sleep, relationships and the general state of your mind. Third Eye Opening Experiences After your third eye has opened, during the initial period you might experience high-level vibrations that might scare you. The trick to get over this period is to stay calm and allow the vibrations to take control of your mind. As you stay calm, your mind will synchronize to the vibrations and will become accustomed to it. You may see visions of beautiful places, which may include visions of a beautiful day or a beautiful house or anything that you feel is very peaceful and an enlightening place to be. Even though you will not be at such a place physically, your mind will reap all the benefits of being in such a place. The vastness of the images that you see in your vision will vary on the level of focus and meditation that you have achieved. While for some the visions might be in a frame wherein the mind will be aware of the darkness that's around the frame, for some the vision would be frameless and the clarity will be so great that the mind will no longer see any darkness or troubled images. Closing the Third eye

Many people may choose to shut their third eye. The experiences post awakening and activation of the third eye can be quite overwhelming for them. In such cases, the easiest way to keep it shut is to not use it at all. Opening the eye requires effort and changes in your normal life. If you do mundane and meaningless things that don’t require the use of the third eye, it remains closed by itself. Just keep yourself focused on the regular stream of things. For those who have opened their third eye, just push yourself back and become more grounded in the present. Keep bringing yourself to where you are and what is around you. Although you might start seeing and hearing more, you can control it. Just stop yourself from seeing or hearing the things you don’t want to. It is as simple as closing your eyes when you don’t want to watch something or skipping a channel on the television. Pay more attention to your physical presence and way of life. This will keep you grounded and prevent consciousness on higher levels. Don’t drift your mind towards thoughts which are too deep and do not concern your daily life. All this helps to tone down the awareness of the third eye.

Chapter 4. Using the Third Eye There are numerous benefits to opening or awakening the sixth chakra, your Third Eye. It should come as no surprise that having a more relaxed and healthy mental state can also result in a healthier physical state. Six of the main benefits or powers that one may experience as a result of opening their third eye are increased overall health and wellness, increased psychic power, astral travel, increased creativity, the experience of more vivid dreams or lucid dreaming, and the frequent experience of positive space order. Third Eye awakening is one of the most important practices when talking about awakening the seven chakras. Overall Health and Wellness The most commonly experienced health benefit by those who have experienced Third Eye Awakening is the elimination of stress and anxiety from their lives. Opening your Third Eye results in an increased sense of relaxation and belonging within the universe that will minimize or eliminate the feeling of stress in your life. Stress has listed as a factor that increases one’s risk of developing obesity, diabetes, asthma, Alzheimer’s, and other physical illnesses (if one suffers from one of these conditions already, stress can worsen the illness). Being that research has proven the link between stress and numerous health conditions, it is important to eliminate stress from your life completely; you can experience the relief from stressors through Third Eye Awakening. Increased Psychic Power Humans used to rely on the very primal instinct of intuition in order to survive. In today’s society, we often refer to this as being our “gut feeling”, or explain it as “something doesn’t feel right”. This feeling is the result of our mind receiving very subtle, undetectable cues from our body’s five senses. The cues our minds receive from our senses in this case often do not have concrete evidence to back them, though our minds know to interpret them as positive or negative signs for making a decision. By opening the sixth chakra, you make it easier for your mind to decipher these instinctive signals and will then increase the frequency of feeling that intuition to guide these decisions. Awakening your Third Eye offers the psychic benefit of great relaxation, universal consciousness, and heightened feelings of empathy. Astral Travel

Astral Travel is often described as “dreaming while awake”, and many consider this concept to be like having an out of body experience. Astral travel is your mind’s ability to experience your surroundings without being limited to your physical body. Astral travel allows your soul to be free from your physical body in order to travel the universe freely. Everyone is born with some minute amount of psychic ability, and if you do exercises to strengthen your psychic abilities anyone can become capable of astral projection. When the astral body is projected from the physical body, the two remain connected by the astral cord (or silver cord) which can stretch to almost infinite length and cannot be severed (with the exception of the occurrence of death). Increased Creativity Third Eye Awakening is also extremely beneficial in reenergizing your senses of imagination and creativity. Opening your Third Eye allows you to problem solve with ease since your mind had been relaxed and open to all the available possibilities and solutions. The awakening of the sixth chakra enables you to be more receptive to greater details, which not only results in an increased sense of creativity but also an increase in the frequency of vivid dreams. Vivid Dreams/Lucid Dreams The biological name for the sixth chakra is the pineal gland and the pineal gland is responsible for not only producing but regulating the hormone melatonin within our bodies. Melatonin is responsible for our sleep/wake cycles. By opening your Third Eye, we relax the pineal gland which often results in a better, deeper sleep. Deeper sleep sessions can often lead to more vivid dreams and experiencing these vivid dreams more frequently as the relaxed mind is then more receptive to greater detail. Lucid dreams are different from the experience of vivid dreams, though they tend to be quite vivid and life-like as well. Both vivid dreams and lucid dreams are common occurrences to a fully awakened Third Eye, though lucid dreams are often described as dreams in which you maintain control of what happens within your dreams and the infinite possibilities that exist there. Awakening the Third Eye results in the ability to view infinite possibilities in the dream realm, but you will also be able to view the infinite possibilities in reality through the opening of the sixth chakra. Space Order

The concept of space order is widely discussed as one of the common results of Third Eye Awakening. This can be described as an idea similar to “you get what you give”, as space order is similar to the universe’s form of Karma. By opening the Third Eye, you give off more positive energy and so you, in turn, become a sort of magnet for receiving more positive energy in the form of positive events, experiences, and meetings with other individuals. Intuition Your body’s five physical senses give you clues that allude to a particular conclusion about a given situation, though you may ignore these cues without having any available concrete or visible evidence “Trust your hunches. They’re usually based on facts filed away just below the conscious level” –Unknown Intuition is often referred to as the sixth sense, and for good reason. Sometimes this “gut feeling” tells us that something is awry long before we have any physical evidence proving that conclusion. This sixth sense originates in the sixth chakra, the Third Eye. Your Third Eye utilizes your physical senses subtle cues to guide our decisions and actions. This happens when you just “have a feeling” that something is wrong, and later find out that you were right to believe your intuition. Intuition, where the sixth chakra is concerned, is a universal sense that provides us with insight into our life’s spiritual significance. To strengthen your intuition, it is important to follow its cues on occasion and remember the times when your intuition was correct. During meditative sessions, try to envision having a greater sense of self-awareness. This will strengthen your intuition and result in you more frequently knowing (by instinct) which path to take moving forward. Third Eye Awakening, or the opening of the sixth chakra, will result in an increased sense of intuition as your mind is open and more receptive to the subtle cues given off by your body’s five physical senses. Your Third Eye’s increased intuition is the ability to differentiate between vital and unimportant experiences or encounters; it is the ability to tell the real from the imagined scenarios. Psychic Awareness Psychic awareness is defined as “the understanding of human consciousness

and the full potential of the mind when it is applied to everyday life”. Psychic awareness is known to be the understanding of the silent Spirit that lies within us as well as our mind’s power. This psychic awareness provides us with access to our subconscious mind, giving us the power to control the various internal energies that influence our health, wellness, and relationships with other people. There are ways to not only develop but also strengthen your psychic awareness. The power of psychic awareness can then be reapplied to various different areas of our lives. A good way to think of psychic awareness is to think of your brain like a computer. When a computer is unplugged, it can still be used but its uses are greatly limited. When a computer is connected to the internet, however, it has a virtually never-ending list of functions it may perform. When you awaken your Third Eye, it is almost as if you are connecting your brain to the universe’s spiritual forces (you then unlock endless possibilities and potential by utilization of your psychic awareness). We have all heard the science-based rumor that humans only utilize roughly ten percent of our brain’s grey matter. Could it be possible that the other untouched 90% deals greatly with psychic awareness? Perhaps through psychic awareness strengthening exercises, and those utilized to achieve Third Eye awakening, we can be able to access and make use of the remaining 90% of our brains. Tips to Develop and Strengthen Your Psychic Awareness 1) Pray- Whatever higher power you believe in, whatever religion you practice, ask that higher power to help you have the ability to unlock greater psychic awareness. 2) Meditate- Through meditation, we are able to disconnect from life’s general noise and instead form a connection to a deeper awareness of the environment around us as well as our inner selves. When you let go of the preoccupying stressful thoughts you will be able to more easily embrace your mind’s natural sense of intuition 3) Journal- Journaling is a great tool that can help make yourself aware of the external stressors in your life that usually cloud your mind the most. Once you are able to acknowledge these stress factors you can learn when to let go so you may progress moving forward with your Third Eye awakening exercises.

Finding Happiness from Within Demonstrating practices to awaken your Third Eye and align all seven chakras has numerous health, spiritual, and emotional benefits. Meditation is an exercise that cannot only energize the entire system of chakras, but it can also help you obtain a happier lifestyle that originates from within. Opening or awakening the Third Eye will bring to you a positive sense of peace and happiness that will result in your having a positive perception of the other areas of your life. Does Meditation Result in Increased Happiness? Many people who regularly incorporate meditation into their daily lives have claimed that since they have begun the practice of meditation they have experienced an increase in happiness in their lifestyles. How can this be true? How can doing one activity for a short period each day have an impact on your life as a whole? There are many reasons why meditation can be explained as resulting in a general and even prolonged feeling of happiness. The first branch of explanation can be summarized as simply as stating that, by meditating, you project positive energy. In projecting and embracing more positive energy, you gain a more positive perspective overall and are able to experience greater happiness. Meditation not only allows you to see your life in a more positive manner, but it also helps you to view yourself in a more positive light. Having the ability to view yourself in a positive way will, in turn, result in increased confidence. Third Eye Awakening asks you to focus on pushing out or completely eliminating (if possible) negative energy from your life. In eliminating the negative energy from our daily lives, we are left only with positive thoughts and positive energy. Eliminating the negative not only results in an increase in positive energy but it also greatly reduces anxiety which allows us to live happier, more relaxed lives. The way that you meditate will also greatly affect the amount of happiness that it can bring to your life. By meditating first thing in the morning, you begin each day relaxed and readier to be productive. Setting even a small portion of time each day aside for Third Eye awakening (or the alignment of all seven chakras) can enable you the chance to not only relax but to sit with your thoughts and prepare for the day ahead. Rather than waking up last minute in a panic and rushing out of the house, try to begin each morning with a short meditation session. You are guaranteed to

be more relaxed and happy in your daily life if you begin the morning in a happy, stress-free state of mind.

Chapter 5. Your Divine Self The divine self is the inner life force. This is your true motivation for living. The divine self-powers you and cause you to wonder. It is the light at your core that chose to be incarnate a certain point in time. The divine self is always aware. It has been thinking and aware since you were born in this lifetime and every other lifetime. The physical realm and body that we dwell in is just what holds your higher self. You chose to be here, and that’s why you are here. This energy force of awareness and life provides you with lessons that have to be learned, and exchanges need to be made that you are only about to do as a human. It might seem like the rules of incarnation, birth, living in this busy world, would prevent us from knowing our divine self which lives within our core. This doesn’t have to be true. You can choose it to be a different way. We can acknowledge our divine core and start to draw our self even closer to our higher being. The first thing you have to do is to embrace your divine self. Let your mind shut off as you quiet and calm yourself. Get rid of distractions. No music, clocks, telephones, children, lawnmowers, television, or radios. Sit comfortably and chose a mirror or candle. If you chose a candle, stare into the flame. If you want to use a mirror, start at it and look over your entire face. Make sure you don’t look into your eyes, and don’t allow the flame to cause your eyes to go out of focus Stay aware of yourself. Remain in your body and keep yourself relaxed. Keep your eyes focused. The candle flame represents the light that is all life force. Everything that is alive is powered by light. All things that are real is perceivable by the absorption and reflection of light. Light is all that is. The mirror reflects an image of self that is both avoided and embraced. We stay away from it because we tend to want to compare it to beauty or perfect that we expect to find within the natural world. We stay away from imperfections of the body because they make use think we are unlovable and unworthy.

People don’t realize that life is about the imperfections. Conscious energy is perfect and wants to be incarnate, so it can experience the sorrow and joy that is a reality. It wants to experience sorrow and joy that is imperfect and learn how to send our unconditional love in spite of these sorrows and imperfections. This is the only time where you can learn true lessons and become closer to integrating with the All. The All is the Source or Creator. It isn’t female or male but just is. All is presented the same way as everything else; it comes from its source. This means that everyone, awareness, and light is constantly present and everyone is siblings in this Light Family. Something that we tend to miss is that the things and people that we assume are perfect have actually been changed to appear perfect and they’re in no way natural. The thought of natural perfection is just a lie Another reason we embrace self is the ego; everybody understands that we have a body, and this body contains a shape, face, mouth, nose, and eyes. We believe this to be the truth because we are about to see and feel it. When a person looks in a mirror, they will likely only see a physical thing, something that is made up of matter, like a candle or match. We may be matter, and we do decay and die, but there’s more. We can feel anger, love, cry, make things with our hands, celebrate religions, reproduce, stay up late to think, and make choices. Are we just matter? Are we not anything more like a personality incarnate or a spirit? Thoughts and personality aren’t just a physical function. They may be powered by a physical function, but this is only a bridge between your body and spirit. Gas powers a car through combustion which changes the gases state. The brain works to convert the spirit, but we need the spirit to fuel our life. When our engine becomes clogged, we only have to look for a neglected spirit to find the reason. Being looking at your reflection in the mirror as not something that is just bone and flesh, but also as a spiritual being that moves within your body. Then you will develop the connection that you have to things that are beyond the physical realm. Take a moment to look at your reflection. Notice your bodies light and the life glow that surrounds it.

While doing this either with the mirror or candle, embrace the energy of creation, the light of life, and your connection to it all. Say this affirmation, “I believe in myself. I know it because I feel it in me. I can see it in my life.” Repeat this and don’t be mindless. Repeat as you feel this truth in your heart. Take note of the divine energy and the connection with the universe and the buzz of creation on your skin. Continue to repeat this, or change it to suit you. Think about the divine self and then try to make contact with the manifesting self Make sure you stay open to the divine self and keep the heart open to be able to communicate with the higher being and see how your life happens. Do this with the cycle of the moon. This is best during a new moon. Continue doing this for as long as you feel you need to so that you can build up your relationship with your higher being, and to come closer to understanding. At the mystical heart of all religions is the higher self. Understanding the higher self is the most important thing that anyone can have. The higher self is seen as a relationship with the evolving self on the Chart of Your Divine Self. I show many cosmic truths that were discovered by great mystics of the West and East. The Chart has three parts that can be called your identity’s trinity. There is an upper figure where a sphere of light resides. The Hindus call this Brahma. Buddhists call it Dharmakaya and Christians think of it as the Heavenly Father. It is God’s spirit that has been individualized for everyone. Your higher self is surrounded by seven spheres that make up your body. These spheres of energy contain all your good works. This is your cosmic bank account. Your body has spheres of cosmic consciousness that include seven planes of heaven and seven spheres of awareness that correspond with the seven days of creation, the seven Archangels, the seven Elohim, and the seven colors that come from the white light that is the Father. These seven ways lead to seven paths that go back to the Source. The lords of the seven rays are masters who teach on these paths. Your higher self is a part of you right now. It will never be removed. It is not separate from you in space or time. The only separation that you have from

your higher self is your consciousness, your limitations, and the vibrations you have accumulated from this life and previous ones that are less than your highest qualities. Between the light above and the soul below is the higher self. The higher self is a part of you that translates an imperfect soul into perfection. It is a portion of you that is real and can stand within the presence of your God. Some Christians refer to your higher self as the inner heart of the man. It is your higher self that helps you come through your evolutions and all your experiences in space and time. Depending on your religion, you can think of this higher self as a guardian angel, voice of conscience, your inner guru, and of course your closest friend. What the Chart show is that all of us has a higher self and everyone is destined to be one with the higher self. It doesn’t matter if we call it Atman, Tao, Buddha, or Christ. Your soul evolves on a spiritual path in space and time. It is part of the mortal you, but it can become immortal. The violet flame is a presence that surrounds you. This flame is an energy that has a high frequency and forgives. It is a spiritual alchemy. There is a protective white light known as God around the violet flame. We apply the spoken word to call forth the light as protection. It will seal our chakras and aura from the weight of darkness. The white light that descends from God to the higher self is a silver cord or the umbilical cord. It is the lifeline that connects you to the Spirit. This silver cord nourishes a radiant flame of God that is closed inside the secret chamber in the heart. This is a threefold flame that carries the attributes of love, wisdom, and power. It is a very spiritual flame that is about 1/16th of an inch and focused in the body at heart. It is a sacred fire that God has moved from his heart to yours. Your soul’s evolution is ascended to the light, fulfill your mission, balance your karma, and grow in self-mastery. The end of your incarnations is becoming the real self so you can return to the spiritual dimension that is your real home. By paying attention to your spiritual path, the figures on the chart that are separated due to a limited

consciousness will eventually become one. You can attain a union with God.

Chapter 6. Mindful Meditation One important type of meditation is mindfulness meditation. Mindfulness is the practice of bringing your attention to what is happening at the present moment, which you develop this ability through practice and meditation. In Buddhist traditions, it is believed that mindfulness will bring you to spiritual enlightenment and end your suffering. Many studies have been done about mindfulness, and they have found that it will help you to live a better, happier life. When you spend your life worrying, and ruminating over things that you either can’t change, or are yet to come, you are living your life in negative, and this can lead to anxiety, depression, and other mental illnesses. When you first start practicing mindfulness meditation, start with ten minutes a day for your first few sessions. Once you have become used to the practice, increase the amount of time by five or ten increments, whichever you think you can do successfully. The goal is to get to 30 minutes a day. You can practice for longer if you want, but it isn’t necessary. The goal of mindfulness if teach you how to live in the moment. While you may think you already do, stop and think about where your mind is when you’re living. When you eat your breakfast, do you taste your food appreciate what it is doing for your body? Probably not. With mindfulness, you will learn how to have your mind and body doing the same thing. The best place to learn about mindfulness is within the Buddhist tradition. We get the term mindfulness from the Pali work sati and the Sanskrit work smrti. Smrti means “to bear in mind,” “to remember,” or “to recollect.” Sati’s meaning is also “to remember.” Now that you understand what mindfulness is let’s move onto a few meditations to help you get started living mindfully. Three Minute Body and Sound Start by taking notice of your posture at this moment. You could be lying down, standing, or sitting. Notice how your body feels as it is at this moment. Now see if you can notice the sensations that are currently present in your body at this moment in time. You may notice a lightness or heaviness, weight or pressure. You may even notice coolness, warmth, movement, pulsating, or vibration. You can notice

these sensations anywhere throughout your body. The only thing you have to do is notice them. Notice these things with interest and curiosity. Take a deep breath in. As you breathe in, allow your body to relax. Don’t do anything other than be present and aware of your body. Now allow all of those sensations to release. Now turn your focus to the sounds around. These can be inside or outside of your room. There could be many different types of sounds. Quiet sounds, or loud sounds. You should also take notice of the silence that happens between the sounds. Notice how the sound come and go. The mind has a tendency to want to concentrate on those sounds. It starts to come up with a story for the sound. Or you think you have to react to it: I don’t like that, I like that. Instead, see if you can only listen. Take notice of it with interest and curiosity. The sounds are just coming and going. Now turn your focus again to your body; presently standing, lying, or seated. Take note of obvious body sensations. Take another deep breath. Allow your body to soften. Once you are ready, slowly open your eyes. Nine Minute Loving Meditation To start this meditation, allow yourself to feel relaxed and comfortable where you are seated. In this practice, you will cultivate positive emotions, particularly, loving kindness. Which means your desire someone to be happy, or for yourself to feel happy. This isn’t dependent on anything, and it’s not conditional. This is only allowing your heart to open to yourself or someone else. Take this moment to check in with yourself to see how you feel right now. Allow whatever is here, to be here. Allow your mind to think of something. This should include someone, as soon as you think of them, you feel happy. See if you can bring someone to mind. This could be a friend or a relative. It’s best if it’s somebody that you have a non-complicated relationship with. It should just be a general sense, which once they come to mind you feel happy. You can even choose a child. If you are having a hard time of thinking of a person, you can also choose a pet. Any creature that is easy to feel love for. Allow them to come to mind.

Feel as if they are standing in front of you. You can see, feel, and sense them. As you picture this, take note of how you feel inside. You could feel the warmth, or your face may feel warm. You could also start smiling or have a sense of expansiveness. This is a loving kindness. This feeling is natural, and everybody can access it at any given moment. Now that you have this loved one if front of you, start wishing them well. Wish them to be protected from danger, and to be safe. Wish them to be peaceful, and happy. Wish them to be strong and healthy. Wish them to have well-being, and ease. You can wish them exactly what I said, or you can use your words. Notice the sense of allowing this loving kindness come from you, and how you are being touched by your loved one. During this, you may have images come to mind, notice light or color, or you could have a feeling. The words you say to you loved one can bring more of these feelings. Say whatever is most meaningful to yours. Wish them to be free of anxiety, stress, and fear. While you are sending them these words and feelings of loving kindness, check with yourself to see how you feel. Picture your loved one has turned around and has started to send these feelings back to you. See if you can receive this loving kindness from them and take it in. They’re wishing you well, to be happy. This means you. Wish you to be at ease and peace. Wish you to be protected and safe from all danger. Wish you to have wellbeing and joy. Allow yourself to take this in. If you have not started to feel this loving kindness, or you never have in other meditations, it’s not a big deal. This practice is to plant seeds. If you start feeling something other than this loving kindness, check into that feeling. What is it that you’re feeling? You may need to learn from this feeling. If you are ready, and this isn’t always going to be easy, but try to send yourself some loving kindness. You can picture this as a light flowing down your body from the heart. All you need is a sense of it. Say to yourself; I wish to be protected and safe from danger. I wish to be strong and healthy. I wish to be peaceful and happy. I wish to accept myself for who I am. Then, when you ask yourself, “what will make me happy?” notice what comes up, and offer yourself that. I wish to have meaningful work, close

family, and friends, a joyful life. Now check in again and notice how you are feeling. Now think of one person, or group of people, that you want to send loving kindness to; picture them sitting or standing in front of you. Sense and feel them. Wish them to be peaceful and happy. Wish them to be free of all fear, anxiety, and stress. Worry, grief. Wish them to have happiness and joy. Wellbeing. Allow this loving kindness to expand outward. Allow it to spread and touch everybody that you want this feeling to touch at this moment; in every direction. This can be people you do or don’t know. People you have problems with. People who you love unconditionally. Imagine this feeling touching and expanding, and every animal or person it touches is filled with loving kindness. Every person is changed. You can picture that everybody, everywhere is peaceful and happy and at ease. Once you’re ready, take a deep breath in, and open your eyes.

Chapter 7. Clearing Out Negative Energy We live in a world of twos just like it was intended. There is good and bad and right and wrong. The yin and yang theory exists inside and out. This is the reason why the earth’s plane is a great school for the soul’s expansion. It there wasn’t duality, we wouldn’t have growth, variety, joy, or pain. This means that the energies and people we come in contact with offer us lessons that we need while on our path here. This might just point to learning how to clear, protect, and work with negative energy. It could easily be compared to a video game. Anyone can feel the effects of lower energies during times of transition and high stress. We sometimes absorb, receive, or attract lower energies from the people in our environment. This is all part of the game, and these experiences will help us expand as souls and individuals. Here are some signs to know that negative energy has latched onto you: You might get calls dropped or static on your phone when speaking to someone where you normally get a good connection. You might begin feeling depressed, and you have never been diagnosed with depression. You can’t log into your bank or other online accounts, and you just get an error message, and you know your internet is strong. You get tired quickly and feel like you need a nap even though you slept fine the night before. You restrain from helping yourself like eating even though you are hungry. You have a sore throat and feel like you have the flu. You lose your wallet or keys, have something stolen, lock your keys in the car. Your email didn’t get to who it was intended for, and then you get fussed at for not emailing them. Your mind begins to spin on negative thoughts about something or someone from your past. You try hard to shake them off, and they just stick to you like glue. Your behavior begins to be against self-love like spending too much money on unnecessary things especially if you don’t have the money for it. This is important if this isn’t your normal

character. There are endless possibilities, so it is up to all of us to recognize and notice these patterns since they are personal. It might take you years to see what is happening when you get affected by negative energy. If you experience a combination of these all in one day, or in a short time span, this can help you realize what is happening. It will become clearer as you begin to tune into your awareness. When you realize you that you have picked up negative energies, there are several methods you can use either alone or together to help clear your energy field, body, and mind of this negativity. The reverse is true even if it was unintentional. The world houses many people. Every person has their desires and intentions. Some are positive while others are negative. While others tend to embrace negativity completely. It isn’t possible to remove every negative person from your life. They might be coworkers or possibly family. It isn’t possible to change these people either. This leaves you in a predicament, especially if you are a sensitive empath. There is hope; you can get out of that predicament without having to change others but changing what is inside you. Here are some ways that you can clear this negativity: Declare you are getting rid of this energy: By stating your intentions out loud has incredible power. This simple act makes them real. Making them exist instead of just being an idea. When you have decided that all the negative energy around you is enough and you want to reduce it, start by saying it aloud. You don’t have to tell anyone. Just get it out there and let your voice come back to your ears. Take the intention and go forward to make it happen. Yawn: Yes, do it. Many think that yawning is a sign of discontentment or boredom, it clears the body of unwanted energy. This should not be a surprise since breathing can reduce anxiety. Yawning is just a strong purpose filled breath. Smudge: An unpleasant person spent the weekend with you, and now your place feels heavy with negative energy. You may feel as though you have brought too much stress home from work. In either scenario, a smudging

might be what you need. In smudging ceremonies, white sage has been used for hundreds of years to get rid of unwanted spirits and energies. Say a Mantra: This takes the declaring your intention one step more and lets you order the negative energy out. Repeat this: I, (state your name), do not give permission for any non-physical or living being to come into my body, energy field, spirit, soul, and mind for anything other than love. I break all agreements, vows, and contracts that I may have made unknowingly in any dimension, space, and time that will diminish the expression of my joyful soul. I break all agreements from this point in time and backward through all experiences in my past, and forward till the end of time. I order these people and energies to leave this space NOW! You no longer have power over me. I ask for protection from these energies so that they won’t return to my energy field. I build a shield of light around me with this intention and my free will. I thank you that it’s done. (end) Say this mantra as many times as you need to. Laugh: There is a reason that laughter is called the best medicine. It triggers a change in your body that boosts positive energy and reduces stress and pain. You might feel weird to laugh at nothing. Just do it. Within moments, your laugh will be genuine. Get a Himalayan salt lamp: Himalayan salt lamp cleanses the air around it and will increase positive energy. It produces negative ions that grab positive ones the exude negativity. It sounds counter-intuitive, but the results are great. There are many different salt lamps. Dance: Your brain releases endorphins every time you dance. This creates a positive field around you. It also talks about the universe. Joy is a high form of vibration. This places you on a plane that negativity can’t reach. Change your karma: When you are faced with negative energy, you might be tempted to dish it right back at them. This accomplishes nothing. It will set you back and causes more energy to build up. Engage in acts of kindness. Help someone less fortunate. Donate to your favorite charity. Volunteer your time at a food pantry. These acts will reduce the negative energy and boost your karma.

Spend time with someone special: If you are in a relationship, having sex can help get rid of negative energy and replace it with positive. Other things will happen when two people have sex like lowering blood pressure, boosting your immune system, and stress relief. Create a negative collector: Set a glass on water on a table or light a candle. While looking at it declare your intent to get all the negative energy into the water or flame. This will also get rid of pain and emotional problems. Go Green: Plants are a great filter for negative energy. Place on in every room that you spend time in. Open windows and let the sunlight in is another good cleaner. Claim the space: If you place feels like it is full of other people’s stuff, walk around and claim it. Once you have installed positive energy, the negative energy that hangs around won’t be able to stay. Salt: Sprinkle salt on your carpets. Let it sit for about an hour and then vacuum. Salt has a natural ability to absorb negative energy. You can also put out bowls of salt in the corners of each room. Let it sit for a few hours and then remove it. Room Spray: Make a room spray with essential oils that will clear out negative energy. The best ones to use are patchouli, frankincense, lavender, and rose. This will work on people, too. Just mist yourself gently. High-frequency music: Playing music with high vibrations will make a big difference. We know that music makes a difference in our energy. It does the same thing for spaces. Black Tourmaline: This crystal can clear negative energy. This crystal doesn’t need to be cleared as others crystals do. This can work for people, as well. Just put on in your purse or pocket when traveling. It is good for sensitive people who pick up on energy and need protection. Clean your office or home: You need to unclutter. Old things trap negative energy. You need to get rid of documents, magazines, newspapers, and old clothes. Clean your house. Don’t just vacuum and do the dishes. Clean the laundry, windows, walls, curtains, and rugs. Open the windows and let the fresh air in. Make your office or home a positive space, and you will notice all the negative energy leave. Change the way you think: Clean your negative thoughts. Don’t allow small

problems to bother you. Don’t criticize or judge others and try not to complain. Love yourself more. Forgive yourself. No one is perfect. Don’t dwell on imperfections or mistakes. Say positive affirmations daily to help you make your thoughts positive. Motivating and inspiring quotes do the same thing. Keep a gratitude journal. Take a few minutes each day to write what you are thankful for. Don’t pretend to be a victim. You have created your life so take the responsibility. Stop putting the blame on others and take steps to make your life better. Take a bath: Take a hot shower or bath can help elevate your energy. This is very easy. Just soak about 20 to 30 minutes to unwind and relax. You can also add some sea salt or essential oils to your bath. Salt baths are a great way to cleanse your aura and increase your vitality and health. Put your worries on paper: Write down everything that worries you. It might seem like it’s huge, but when you see it on paper, you will understand that it isn’t much at all and you can handle it. The reason behind this is to take the negative energy from inside you and put it on paper. Don’t make this list short. Try to write down all of your negative thoughts. Every worried thought that you are having. Then get rid of the paper. Throw it away or burn it. Meditate: Mediation increases your serotonin and improves your behavior and mood. It will decrease anxiety, helps gain peace of mind and clarity. It will help heal your energy system and keep a vibrant energy field. Choose a peaceful environment. Lie or sit down comfortable and clear your mind. Meditation isn’t complicated. Visualize: If you are worried about something, visualize the outcome as positive. Envision the result in your mind, so you won’t have to worry about it anymore. Imagine how it will make you feel and keep that feeling for as long as you can. If nothing is worrying you, but you still feel negative, visualize a dream that makes you happy. Work it out: When nothing else is working, and you still feel sad or angry, the best thing you could do is sweat it out. Exercise is a great way to battle anxiety, depression, and stress. Whatever you choose to do, tennis, walking, swimming, lifting weights, yoga, running, a great workout can clean your mind of negative thoughts.

Chapter 8. Breathing Techniques In each one of us lays the third eye, which is also popularly known as the sixth sense. Unfortunately, not many people put it to use because they do not know what to make of it. Learning how to activate or bring into use the third eye is a very big achievement for everyone, and fortunately, it can be learnt. How to Activate the Third Eye by Breathing It is essential first to know the location of what you are trying to activate. The third eye is found in between the face skull and the brain. It is essential to access the third eye so that it then becomes more comfortable for you to activate it. The way to get yourself there is by to focus your mind in that said location, eyes closed and relaxed and with a relaxed face as well. The head should be let loose such that there are no tensed head muscles. Let loose everything by allowing the head and face risk so that your only focus will be the area where the third eye resides. You might likely get distracted, but there is a way around this, and that would be by trying to get your images together. Imagining a specific thing or spot where you will put all your imagination is essential. You could visualize a small dot and put all your thoughts on the dot, try very hard to ensure that you concentrate on that space. At that time of your concentration, do not allow any other thoughts to take you away from your point of focus. When you have been able to gather all your thoughts at that particular spot, you are now ready to focus even with your eyes wide open. When you feel that you are totally comfortable and that you are now in contact with your third eye, you may start to increase your visualization. Start slowly, as you go up, do not pressure yourself to reach the peak when you are not ready. Take your time to visualization whatever it is you want to deal with, do not be afraid if the process is taking too much time, and be gradual but sure. It is essential not to forget to let loose. Relax with every level of visualization; being tense will only distract you further. Try reaching the third eye with your eyes open imagining the process, the journey, and how you actually feel connecting with it. The mind is also found in the third area location and helps the eyes and the brain to relax. When you have relaxed the eyes and the brain, the third eye then becomes stronger and much clear to understand. This process is also the process that we use to let in the warmth from the sun to get into our body system and freshen up the entire body give us new energy levels. If the process feels uncomfortable and even starts to

hurt your head, it’s good to relax or let go and you can always do it another time when you are more relaxed. People usually make the mistake of trying to lift their eyeballs as if they want to see the third eye while still in visualization. The right way to go about this is by letting the eyeballs relax as well; let them stay in their normal place. Let the eyeballs rest in their sockets and still try to focus on your visualization of the third eye. However, let the neck go a little higher by lifting your head a little high. When you are sure you are in this position, take a deep breath, relax the face, neck, and shoulders. Resting the eyes is one of the small challenges you have to experience in the process so that you know if you are doing it right. Copy the movement made by the sun as it sets because in doing so, your eyes will automatically relax. When you are at a point where you can relax your body muscles, you will begin to grasp an unexplained understanding. The exercise is very important as it acts as a connector between a person, the heavens and even the earth. There will also be a great energy flow throughout your body. Having the Third Eye Experience Activating the third eye should not be a quick process. It should be a gradual process where you do not put any pressure on yourself, inhale and allow yourself time. Taking the time to relax is an excellent way to achieve the visualization needed in the third eye. If you cannot find yourself relaxing naturally, take time off before starting the meditation process. During that break, allow yourself to prepare for the meditation you are about to do mentally. Let your mind feel the energy to go through so that when you begin, it becomes easier. This will help create awareness to the third eye of what is about to happen and the third eye, on the other hand, will provide clarity. Reopening the third eye should not be a forced process, it should come out naturally and that is why one is encouraged to take their time. The process takes a lot of years of training; it doesn’t just happen in a day. There has to be both physical practice and mental preparation of a peaceful state of mind. Many people want a fast process so that they can achieve some sort of enlighten on various things they don’t seem to comprehend. However, the truth is that the process is more psychological than physical and depending on different individuals, the time to finally attain it differs. The third eye is an excellent way to way to attain personal calmness and make someone more positive in how they perceive things. Someone’s spirit

can be ignited or calmed down, depending on the kind of energy you throw yourself. When facing dangers or a hard time, what spirit do you invoke? If you react by making an angry or sad reaction, then you are obviously raising the spirit. But when you allow yourself calmness and relaxation of the mind, you calm your spirit because you are at peace with yourself. Another lesson of what spirits we invoke for ourselves is got from the kind of thoughts we attract. What feelings do you regularly expose yourself to as a person? When you are continually allowing yourself negative thoughts like anger, sadness, and discouragement, you are likely to get depressed. You are invoking a low spirit within you that only you can stop. The low spirit entices a state of hopelessness and despair within someone and also creates a low immune system. This is the reason why it is essential always to send positivity to your brain instead of encouraging the negativity. Positivity gives the body hope and strength to fight on no matter how difficult the situation is. It makes the body and strong and the body is generally healthy simple because that is the signal being received from the body. Anyone can from negativity to positivity; you just have to whisper and visualize positivity whenever you feel like giving up. Eventually, this will stick, and you will find yourself happier. Visualization will be achieved when you let your eyes be the medium. An intense spirit is excellent; it gives you the courage to fight and face situations you would never have imagined yourself doing. More of like a lion who spotted his prey and is about to attack that is the kind of intense spirit you want to carry with you. When you are in this state of intensity, take a very deep breath and slowly let it out slowly. By doing this, you will achieve a sense of calmness that will almost shake your body; your whole being will feel so relaxed as if born again. But sometimes when you are in despair and feeling defeated, it is good to seek help. You will not always be in control; no one is that strong always to handle the situations. You do not want to be in denial of your feelings as that is even more damaging than sharing. But when you have some strength to try, practice the positive thinking exercise by using the breathing method. Some emotions are easy to fight by just letting yourself breathe in and allowing positivity energy. Breathe out and let out all the negativity that wants to build inside of you. Sometimes you are feeling so low that you do not want to use the little strength within you, but you cannot allow your emotions to win. You need to find yourself encouragement that

will see you overcome the bad moods. The secret to overcoming any state of lowness is by practicing. Doing the exercise anyway because if you do not, you will find yourself in a worse situation. As you continue with the practice, you will finally get yourself from the depression state, and you can now deal with it. It is recommended that you do the exercise more often, especially when you are not going through any hard times. Practicing in the right state of mind prepares the mind for the days ahead. It also helps build a permanent positivity state so that tough situations do not quickly shake you. When you develop positivity, and then you are faced with a bad experience, the positivity within you will fight for you. The Breathing Process The first step is to have a normal breathing process without forcing anything. Understand your breathing by paying attention to your breathing pattern. When you are sure you have mastered the pattern, try controlling into small breaths. Smaller than how your normal breathing was. Secondly, you need to take very deep breaths. Let the breaths be so deep that you will find them inside you; you will feel as if there is consumption within you. The deep breaths should be taken in with through the nose and exhaled through the mouth. Let this last for a while and be sure that you are feeling every single breath. Lastly, one is supposed to take rapid yet deep breaths for a few seconds. This is to try reducing the air trapped in the lungs and the belly. The air inhaled should be held inside for some seconds before carefully letting it out again. By regularly exercising like this at least every day, you will get a calmness that will gradually give your body and mental relaxation, before finally opening your third eye. Sometimes the only way around achieving a positive spirit is by grounding yourself. Taking grounding breaks in order to overcome something. You may need a little more of over a day in order to use different strategies over an emotion finally. Take time to inhale because as when you complete the breathing process you get the third eye. The third eye will improve your intuition so that whenever you are about to feel low, you and stop yourself before it becomes severe and beyond you. Intuition from the third eye will help you predict situations that are most likely to affect your feelings and emotions. Therefore, you will find yourself avoiding

these situations more often. The third eye also encourages calmness that will become a personality trait when handling all matters. There is also wisdom attached to the third eye that will give you the right judgment on issues. While without the third eye wisdom you would have reacted to situations with hostility, you now find yourself being calm and collected about it. As you take the breathing exercise, it is essential to remember all that you are trying to achieve from it. Focus on it so that you do not end up doing just regular inhaling and exhaling of air without any accomplishment. Remember to make the routine as consistent as possible until it becomes a habit. Sometimes our most strong negative feelings are held deep down with us, and the only way to let go of them is exhaling it out.

Chapter 9. Steps to Increase Your Clairvoyance Power Clairvoyance is a crucial psychic ability that means clear seeing. The ability will allow you to have access to your soul's knowledge and all the other souls in the world. That will include the past souls as well as the ones that are not yet manifest. It sounds cool, but you have to consider Practicing some approaches daily so that you can increase your abilities. You can make that with the comparison of learning a new language as well as working out. You will take your time, and you have to invest your energy in the practices so that you can build your abilities with time. Be kind as well as tolerant with yourself and avoid being upset if you realize you are not making any progress. Keep on trying, and it will work out with time. To improve your clairvoyant abilities, you need to do the following; Step 1: Unblock as Well as Release Your Clairvoyant Fears You may experience clairvoyance manifestation in one way or the other in your life. In some time, you may block it, and you may not recognize what exactly it is. What you need to do as the first step is to unblock as well as release the fears that are build up in you regarding the excellent gift you have. You need to find a cool place and focus on your breath as a way of trying to identify the primary source of your fear. Do not be afraid that you may go off the deep or you may experience the psychic episodes. Know that there is a difference between the psychotic and psychic episodes. Do not worry about what the other people will say or think when they realize you got this precious gift in you. You may think to turn that off as a way to respond, but that should not be the case. You need to find a way to release the fear that is in you and find an affirmation to repeat from time to time. Repeat that statement as many times as you can, and your concern will no more be there. Step 2: Keep Your Focus on the Third Eye When you get through with the first step, it is time to put in practice the second step; which is focusing on your third eye. The third eye chancre is just above the eyebrows. It is responsible for the visual abilities that are seeing visions, symbols as well as flashes. What you need to do is close your eyes and pay attention to the area between the eyebrows. You have to imagine that is has a horizontal-oval shape which is between you're your eyes. Notice whether the eyelid of the third eye is opening or closing. If it is closed, you need to ask it to open and repeat that until it obeys. When the third eye opens,

you will feel some love as well as a warm rush in your body. It will be so since you are having an encounter with the part of you that had blocked. It may be reasonable if you are not able to visualize your third eye on the first attempt. You need to keep on doing that, and with the time you will get it. You need to rub the third eye, and in that way, you will stimulate as well as awaken it. As the power of your abilities increase, your other senses will increase their power as well. Step 3: Boost Your Visual Imagination The moment your third eye agrees to open, you will start to see glittering lights, dots, pictures as well as floating shadows. The images can come in different forms or colors. It can either in black and white or either full colors. They can be in movement or not moving, and it can have life or looks like a cartoon. The first image you are likely to see may not be very clear and somehow fizzy. That is the reason you need to increase the visual imagination before you start making use of the clairvoyant ability that. You will use that ability to answer some specific questions. You need to increase the visual creativity, and you can request the image to be a bit clear brighter as well as grow in size and strength. You have to make sure that you use all the power as well as intention within you to request that. All you need to do is visualize yourself while standing in a garden or a field with flowers. While standing, imagine that you are holding several balloons and not of the same color. Continue believing that you release one of them as you watch it floating up the sky. Once the balloon has entirely disappeared, go to the next one and have a similar imagination. You have to repeat that until the moment you will see clearly when each balloon is no longer visible. Step 4: You Need to Answer Some Specific Questions Using Clairvoyance When you feel you are ready to answer specific questions using your abilities, you have to practice with questions. The questions should have a focus and be on particular matters. You have to stick to questions that are not broad since broad questions will consume your energy and without any positive yields. You always have to ask questions that are precise and formulated. Be very specific on the thing that you want instead of asking general questions. Step 5: Interpret Clairvoyant Images

You will see the mental pictures from time to time. Once you can see them, you also need to be in a position to understand as well as interpret them so that you can make use of your visions. If you think that the images are not sensible, you can decide to ask silently or loudly for clarity from the higher spirits. The answers that the higher senses will give you will come as a feeling, sound, or thought. In the beginning, you may see them as vague or random, but you need not worry. It is normal, and you need to trust yourself as well as the higher spirits, and you may opt to repeat the question. The higher spirits will make sure that they send you the answer until you are satisfied, and it is clear to you. Step 6: You Need to Believe as Well as Work with Faith It is an important step that will improve the clairvoyant abilities that you have. You have to believe as well as have confidence in the things that you will see or hear. You need to discredit your skills, and you think it is a daydream or the mind is just wondering. Wishful thinking, as well as the imagination, will help you to achieve a lot of things, and you will be in a position to exercise your potential fully. By doing that, you will use your clairvoyance power, and you will appreciate life more and see things from a better perspective. Step 7: Write down About the Psychic Experiences When you are done with doing all that is in step number six, you are ready to move to step number seven. You have to create a journal concerning the psychic experiences that you have had at a particular time. That will be an excellent way to help you develop further as well as understand the psychic abilities that you pose. When you can recognize such skills, you will appreciate the person you are becoming, and you will get an opportunity to grow in terms of power. It does not matter whether you are developing claircognizance, clairaudience, clairvoyance as well as clairsentience you need to put that in writing. When you write that down, you will keep a habit of getting back to the journal and reading what is in it. You will access to how valuable, real as well as reliable the clairvoyance ability that you have can be. You will have more insight into the most reliable psychic and the intrusive skills that are in you. In that way, you will get more power and have more strength to exercise control in you. You will appreciate the kind of life you are living and the precious gift that is in you.

Step 8: Find a Clairvoyant Person Each person has a way of how they look into things. Having a different perspective of the entire thing from a person who as similar powers will help you to appreciate yourself. You will know that you are not the only person out there who has such skills and the fear in you will be over. Find a person you can open up to about the clairvoyance experiences you have had, and it will be of much help to you. You will have time to learn from one another and share things from everyone's point of the angle. That way, you will be in a position to support one another and grow together. The journey will be more comfortable, knowing that there is someone you can talk to when you feel overwhelmed. Step 9: Meditate If you want to grow as well as develop the psychic ability that you pose, you need to have sessions of meditation from time to time. When in the meditation process, you will connect with your higher person as well as be more receptive to intuitive messages. Meditation will be essential in helping you open up the third eye and improving the mind's eye to visualize more. Meditate with a specific intention, and that is to strengthen the clairvoyant ability. You will be in a position to open and strengthen the third eye. You can either choose to go on a guided meditation or do the meditation on your own. It can be either a short one or the one that you decide to go, but you have to put in mind it should be regular. When you get a guided meditation, you will be in a position to trust the visions that you are having. You will believe that whatever images you are experiencing is a big part of developing clairvoyant abilities. As you work out to increase the power of clairvoyance, you need not forget that it is an experience that is close to daydreaming. You need patience when you are going through this process so that it will be successful. It will take quite some time, and you have practiced all this to the end if you fail along the way that will mean that you have just been wasting your time and energy. Your time and energy are so precious, and so you need to take care of how you use them. Spending them will not be such a good idea, after all. There are no shortcuts when it comes to boosting your clairvoyance power. The psychic energy will come in a more natural way to one person compared to the other one. People are not similar, and so you should not worry if the gift is not stronger in you than it is in the other person. The psychic power in

you is not in any way connected to curses or the dark side. It is a way to connect you better to your creator, and you will go to greater heights spiritually. You need to let the message in despite the busy schedule that you have. Give your mind some time to calm and audit every experience that you have come through. You have to let you go and let God. Do away with any negativity that you have before you start the journey of taking your spiritual connection to the next level. Make sure that you have a positive energy that is surrounding you, and you will be clear the negativity that is in you. That will serve as a protection, and there will be no blockages along the way. As you go on with the journey, you may realize that it is getting more enjoyable. It will be evident to you that if you get closer to God as well as your spirituality, the clearer all things will become.

Chapter 10. Positive Thoughts The laws of energy are a very well-known force of nature. We know that when we emit positive energy, we are likely to receive positive energy back. Emitting positive energy isn’t just what we put out there, it is what we think internally. First, let’s begin with what we say, and our actions. We have all come across a person or two in life who always says negative things, and finds a way to find the bad in all of the good. What do you think of that person? If you were to see their aura, would it be a positive or negative light? Would they have any glow at all? Does that same person tend to have bad things happen to them? Is their luck a little lacking? It is really no wonder, as they are attracting negative energies toward themselves. On the other hand, if you look at what positive people tend to attract their way, we can see that creating positivity around you brings about good energy and good karma. Is it possible to change the course of our lives for the better just by thinking positively? Absolutely! What we have learned is that thinking positively not only attracts good things to you, it retrains your brain to think in a very optimistic way. On a personal level, it is easier to accomplish tasks and meet goals if you think positively. For example, if your goal is to finish college and build a career, having a negative attitude about it will certainly hinder your progress, and possibly even hold you back from getting started. You likely talk yourself out of even applying to colleges, for fear and certainty that you will not be accepted. This fear and negativity will hold you back from having the life you want to lead. Replacing that negativity with positive thoughts builds your confidence, enforcing the fact that you can do whatever it is you want to do, provided you put in a valiant effort. Take a break from reading for a few minutes. Simply monitor the thoughts running through your head for about ten minutes. Take stock of how many thoughts are pure and positive, and how many are uncertain, negative or pessimistic. What exactly is this getting you? With thousands of thoughts running through your head daily, this adds up to a lot of wasted negative energy. Now is the time to retrain your brain to think positive. The brain is an

amazing organ, sucking up information and analyzing it starting with the very first breath we take. On a physical level, the brain accepts signals from your eyes, ears and other sense organs. The brain processes it as quickly as possible to make sense of it. Once a decision is made, a pathway of neurons from signal to understanding is created. Once this signal is seen again, it can be processed very quickly to this inevitable understanding. Think about touching your hand to a hot stove. You will develop a pathway to understanding that touching it leads to pain, something you will not do again. While this has its obvious benefits with physical danger, it doesn’t play out so well for other aspects of life. For example, perhaps that perceived danger is you being rejected by a possible boyfriend or girlfriend. The negative experience teaches you not to take chances and talk to potential mates for the fear of future rejection. This hinders the progress of your life. The good news is; new pathways can be built to replace old ones. All it takes is mindfulness of your thoughts and the ability to actively reroute those thoughts to positive outcomes. This process will take an investment in time, but the end result will certainly be worth it. Start with these simple steps and think up a more positive life for yourself. Monitor your thoughts every day: Commit yourself to at least ten minutes per day of thought monitoring. Take some time to write your thoughts down simply for what they are. Rework your thoughts: When you have a negative thought, focus on it, and actively turn it around. For example, when you are stuck in traffic, you may think that you will never make it work on time, and you will surely have a bad day because of it. Instead, ask yourself what you can do to improve this situation. Can you call work and let them know? Would this ease the tension? Even if it doesn’t, the situation is what it is, so you might as well enjoy it. Take a look at the scenery around you, listen to your favorite music and take the time to relax. It is what you make of it. Start your day with a positive thought: If the negativity tends to begin with the sound of your alarm clock, this sets the tone for the rest of the day. Before getting out of bed, flip on the light, take in the room around you and come up with something positive to look forward to today. Think about what you are thankful for, what fun activity you have planned for today, anything to start

the day off right.

Chapter 11. Pineal Gland Since prehistoric times, almost every religious tradition has been aware of the third eye. It is often depicted in imagery and writing, sometimes in the shape of a pine cone, to symbolize the pineal gland. No discussion of the third eye chakra can be truly meaningful without illustrating its relationship to the pineal gland. The pineal gland is the gland directly associated with the third eye chakra, but unlike the other chakras, the interdependence here is more pronounced—and actually, somewhat eerie. To fully understand how to awaken and nurture the third eye chakra, we must understand this vital and mysterious connection. The optimal health of the third eye chakra is directly related to the optimal functioning of its corresponding gland and vice-versa. It is important to note that while the chakras are invisible centers of energy, their corresponding organs and glands are physical and tangible. Therefore, problems with a particular gland can cause blockages in the corresponding chakra. This is especially true of the third eye chakra and pineal gland relationship. What is the Pineal Gland? The pineal gland has remained an enigma and been the subject of controversy for ages. In ancient times, it was regarded as “a mystery gland,” and theories abounded about its mystical powers. For this reason, it was sometimes called “the pineal eye.” The pineal gland is a small reddish-gray gland shaped like a pine cone, from which its name is derived. It was first depicted as the symbol of a pine cone by the Sumerians. This pine cone symbol can be seen in the art of many ancient cultures, suggesting that it held great importance. The pineal gland is about one-third of an inch long and belongs to the endocrine system (the system of hormone-producing glands necessary for various bodily functions). It is located in the midbrain; it is embedded within the crevice between the left and right hemispheres. For a long time, the pineal gland was regarded as an unimportant vestigial organ that was unworthy of in-depth investigation. Even today, science has not fully discovered all of its functions—but what is known so far signifies its vital importance in the regulation of several bodily functions.

The Function of the Pineal Gland ● Its main function is the production of the hormone melatonin. Melatonin regulates the body's circadian rhythm (sleep-wake cycle). ● Melatonin promotes sexual development in both sexes. ● It induces sleep. ● It connects the nervous system with the endocrine system by converting neural signals into hormone secretion. ● It helps regulate immune system functions. ● Melatonin regulates the mood and helps us adapt to change. It plays an important role in our happiness and contentment. ● It interacts with many other organs, as well as the blood. ● Studies indicate that the melatonin secreted by the pineal gland may affect cardiovascular health and blood pressure, but more research is needed. ● Other studies indicate that the pineal gland may play a role in regulating female hormones and could be linked to irregular menstrual cycles and fertility. Again, more research is needed to confirm this. The Pineal Gland and the Third Eye The pineal gland was sometimes actually considered the third eye itself, perhaps because of its location deep in the center of the brain. French Philosopher René Descartes was so fascinated with the enigmatic pineal gland that he wrote extensively on it, calling it “the seat of the soul” and the area where all thoughts are shaped. The gland was also known to the ancient Greeks, who shared Descartes' view that is was the center of thought. Although these opinions have been thoroughly dismissed by science, amazingly, recent research may confirm that Descartes and the Greeks were right! A revolutionary study has reported a connection between the pineal gland and a compound called dimethyltryptamine (DMT). This substance is found naturally in many types of plants and has psychedelic properties. It is known to cause psychic visions and profoundly heightened and vivid perceptions. Clinical psychiatrist Dr Rick Strassman has done extensive research on DMT, after being commissioned by the U.S. government to do research on psychedelic drugs.

During his extensive studies on natural psychedelic substances, including DMT, Dr Strassman made the astonishing discovery that the pineal gland also secretes the substance in certain situations. In his book DMT: The Spirit Molecule, he details all of his truly groundbreaking findings. His theory is that DMT secreted by the pineal gland allows for the life force to transition into this life from another realm (during birth). It also enables the transition of life force from this life into the next dimension (at death). Strassman asserts that DMT is released in the pineal gland during extremely stressful and traumatic situations, such as birth and death. Strassman describes the pineal gland as “the intermediary between the physical and the spiritual.” In other words, the pineal gland has a purpose very similar to the third eye chakra. Needless to say, Dr Strassman's study has caused immense excitement and debate. Many studies are now underway to uncover the full story of the tiny, enigmatic pineal gland. The long-ignored pineal gland, like the third eye chakra, may well be the doorway to psychic experiences and other realms. Descartes and the Greeks were not so far off base after all. The pineal gland and its associated third eye chakra may indeed be the seat of the soul! In the meantime, there is still very little known about the pineal gland and its full spectrum of functions, other than its secretion of melatonin. Let's wait and see what more research tells us in the future. Ten Fascinating Facts about the Pineal Gland The pineal gland is thought to be the third eye by many spiritual schools. Here are some facts that may confirm this: 1. The pineal gland stops growing somewhere between one and two years of age. From puberty onwards, it begins to increase slightly in weight. 2. It contains pigment similar to that found in the eyes. 3. It gets its name from the Latin “pinea” which translates as “pine cone.” 4. When it is cut open, it appears very similar to an eye. 5. It contains light receptors that are thought to be responsible for inner sight or insight.

6. Unlike other parts of the brain, it is not isolated by the blood-brain barrier and receives a direct and abundant blood flow. The only other body organ which has the same function is the kidney. 7. It appears to be related to near-death experiences, visions, and when overstimulated, to hallucinations. 8. Many scientists consider it to be some form of an eye. 9. In 1886, anatomists discovered that the pineal gland actually contains retina cells, pigment cells and a direct response to light, just like a physical eye. 10. Ancient texts and drawings from almost all cultures of the world regarded it as a third eye. Calcification of the Pineal Gland Calcium, fluoride, and phosphorus can build up in the pineal gland over time. These deposits cause what is known as “calcification.” A calcified pineal gland can be easily diagnosed with normal x-rays. Calcification of the pineal gland is more likely to occur when the third eye is dormant—meaning that the majority of people today have some degree of calcification in the pineal gland. An awakened and active third eye chakra keeps the pineal gland healthy, and is the best way to prevent calcification from occurring. Calcification is basically where a hard, solid ridge builds up around the pineal gland, effectively blocking the door to other realms. It can also cause other physical problems, if ignored. Studies have shown that a calcified pineal gland can cause the following symptoms and disorders: ● Slow production of melatonin, which can wreak havoc on the body's sleep cycle and circadian rhythm. ● A slow or lethargic thyroid, which has its own set of physical problems. ● Low melatonin production may lead to mood swings and even mental disorders. ● Poor blood circulation. ● Weight gain and sometimes obesity. ● Kidney disorders.

● Digestive disorders. ● Confusion. ● Depression. ● Fatigue. ● Poor sense of direction. ● Spiritual disconnection. How to Decalcify the Pineal Gland It is possible to “heal” a calcified pineal gland and dissolve the buildup of calcium, fluoride, and phosphate that has accumulated over the years. The methods listed below will also help maintain and promote the health of the pineal gland and prevent calcification from reoccurring. You may or may not choose to have x-rays to determine whether you have a calcified pineal gland; however, the methods listed below can be followed with or without an official diagnosis. Even if you don't have calcification, these are excellent preventive measures as well has great pineal health boosters. Avoid excessive intake of calcium. Calcium is important for our health and for maintaining strong bones and teeth. However, some people tend to go overboard and needlessly consume too much. It is sufficient to stick to the recommended daily intake, which is enough to keep your body in good shape. Avoid calcium supplements as well, as some studies have shown that they can actually do more harm than good. Stick to natural sources of calcium like dairy products, seafood, legumes, and nuts. Avoid excessive fluoride. Most of our fluoride intake comes from the water flowing through our taps, and the water supplies of most modern cities contain shocking amounts of the chemical. Invest in a special filter to remove fluoride from your drinking water. It is money well-spent. You can also drink alkaline or distilled water. Another source of fluoride is, of course, toothpaste. Read the labels on toothpaste and opt for a brand with low fluoride—or go natural and alternate between brushing with toothpaste and baking soda every other day. Get rid of mercury tooth fillings. Mercury is an extremely toxic heavy metal, which, unfortunately, has been used as a base for tooth fillings. This heavy

metal resting in an area so close to the brain can cause havoc with the pineal gland. The good news is that today, many dentists are using fillings that do not contain mercury, so confirm this with your dentists if you are getting a tooth filled. You should also consider removing your old fillings and replacing them with the new non-mercury based ones. Food. Food choices are one of the best and easiest ways to set the decalcification process into motion. There are a wide variety of foods that work to decalcify the pineal gland and boost its overall health. Apple cider vinegar, iodine, chlorella, and spirulina are great for decalcifying and preventing calcification. Avocadoes, bananas, watercress, pineapple, and cucumber are your best food choices for a healthy pineal gland. Reducing your meat intake will also keep a decalcified pineal gland healthy. Meats like pork and beef are highly acidic and not conducive to brain health in general. Consider using bentonite clay. This is a type of clay that is formed from volcanic ash and has been used throughout history for its detoxifying properties. Bentonite clay has magnetic properties that attract and bind with toxins, especially heavy metals and remove them from the body. It was used in ancient times to cure various skin conditions and digestive problems. Bentonite clay can be safely ingested, and once inside the body, it attracts and binds with harmful toxins and chemicals, which are then eliminated through the digestive tract. The clay is sold online and can be found in most health food stores as well. Love the Sun. The orange rays of the sun (during sunset or sunrise) are extremely beneficial for decalcifying the pineal gland. Taking a walk or going outdoors at these times is a great way to expose yourself to these healing rays. Eat organic. The heavy metals in pesticides can also be detrimental to the health of the pineal gland and in addition, are very hard to flush out of the body. Eat as organically as possible, or at least make sure your fruits and vegetables are organically grown. Grass-fed beef and organic poultry are highly recommended, as well. Harness the healing power of herbs. Certain herbs such as mugwort, oregano,

alfalfa, dill, and parsley have potent healing properties. Use them often in salads or dips or drink them as herbal teas. De-stress. This one is just good common sense. Allowing stress to accumulate can lead to very serious physical and mental disorders. Take the time to de-stress regularly by engaging in relaxing activities, exercising, and meditating. Avoid fluorescent lighting. The pineal gland is very sensitive to light and functions best in natural lighting. Fluorescent bulbs are not part of the natural light spectrum and are, therefore, very disturbing to the pineal gland. Awaken your third eye chakra. As mentioned before, a dormant third eye chakra is another major cause of pineal gland calcification. An active third eye chakra will energize and strengthen the pineal gland, keeping these two pathways working together in harmony. Conspiracy Theory This is really unrelated to the topic, but it is a fun fact to know. There is actually a conspiracy theory surrounding the pineal gland. Proponents of this theory are called “anti-fluoride activists.” The theory itself has several variations, but in a nutshell, anti-fluoride campaigners believe that fluoride is a brain-altering chemical that is harmful in excessive amounts. Depending on the theory, fluoride either damages the brain cells or the pineal gland over time. Anti-fluoride activists believe that there has been a conspiracy since World War II to fluoridate drinking water to keep the masses placid and obedient. Who exactly is behind this plan? Again, this varies from “world governments,” “Masonic entities” to “the ruling elite.” This is commonly referred to as the “mass medication theory.” Another version of the theory claims that chemical companies—in collusion with governments—dump fluoride into our water system as an easy way to get rid of this byproduct (and make money out of it at the same time). This is the “industrial poison” theory. A possible explanation for these beliefs is that these activists are influenced by the age-old enigma of the pineal gland. The fact that science has yet to uncover all its secrets could lead some people to suspect some sort of diabolical scheme; needless to say, there is no conclusive evidence for such

theories, and perhaps it is best to take them with a grain of salt. Conclusion Let's conclude this chapter with a remarkable tidbit that illustrates the power of the pineal gland. Science tells us that most animals have a pineal gland, but unlike humans, they make the most of it. While many people have let this important gland become dormant and powerless, certain animals have learned to harness their capabilities in ways the human race has never considered. We have all seen flocks of birds flying in perfectly-synced unison and wondered how they do it. You never see one member of the flock speeding up and crashing into the bird ahead of it. You never see one bird slowing down and the one behind colliding with it. Every bird in that flock keeps to some invisible formation in a beautiful aerial display. This is because birds have harnessed the capacity to work as one mind through their pineal glands. They actually communicate telepathically. Migrating geese are an excellent example of this. Animals apparently have the ability to communicate telepathically through the pineal gland, which illustrates the potential of this tiny organ and what it can mean for the human race. Imagine if all humans were able to recognize this power and use it for the common good! Hopefully, you now have an understanding of how the functions of the pineal gland and the third eye chakra are intertwined. If the third eye chakra has the ability to transcend the physical realm, the spiritual characteristics of the pineal gland enforce and enhance this ability. So, the first practical step in this guide is to start reviving and detoxifying your pineal gland with the steps listed above. Make sure to eat the “superfoods” suggested; check out the bentonite clay; and filter your water. You will start to feel the difference. You will notice that you have more energy, more clarity and focus, and your sleep will improve. You will feel more uplifted and optimistic and less liable to mood swings and depression. These are all signs of a healthier pineal gland. We will start to work on opening the third eye chakra and strengthening its vital relationship with the pineal gland. The two working together in harmony is the first step toward the development of your psychic gifts.

Chapter 12. Energy Healing Managing your inner energy requires a bit of maintenance, just as with choosing a healthy diet. The activities you choose to do, both physical and mental, play a role in the health of your inner energy, or your Chi, as it is called in Eastern medicine. Energy healing does not require a lot of money or time, but it does require some effort and, for beginners, guidance from an experienced healer. Let us begin with the simplest method of all: energy transfer. This is simply manipulating the energy around your body to get it flowing. Energy naturally flows in a circular pattern throughout your body but can get blocked, building up in some places, and starving others. Think of this energy as your blood, coursing through your veins. A blockage can cause catastrophic problems within the system if it cannot be unblocked. Energy transfer is a simple thing you can do every day to keep your energy flowing, and it is a great technique to add to your meditation practice. It is possible to move energy through your body by thought and gentle touch. The key is to recognize where this blockage may be occurring, so you can pinpoint that area. This may be a physical symptom, like pain in your shoulders, or a stomach ache. Simply sit still, place your hands gently over the afflicted area. For example, if your stomach is upset, place your hands gently on your belly. Imagine that energy from all over your body is collecting in your hands, almost to the point where they tingle. Next, think about that energy flowing from your hands, into your belly, and washing it with health. It will take a bit of practice to feel the effects of this technique. It takes a good deal of concentration to harness that energy and redistribute it properly. If you are new to meditation and energy work, seek the help of a professional. It is possible to do energy work on another person and to feel the effects, you may need to harness energy from another. A professional Reiki practitioner will be able to help you determine where your energy needs improvement and can help open the lines of spiritual communication again. Reiki is open and beneficial to everyone, including those who may be skeptical of its benefit. Energy does not care about skepticism and will work regardless of belief. Reiki is not a religion, and therefore, is truly open to everyone. You do not

need to subscribe to any religious aspects of practice, making it more of an open field, much like massage therapy or acupuncture. Whenever you are working with a practitioner in such a personal way, it is important to trust and feel comfortable around this person. There are people you may not click with, and others you do. If your first Reiki session doesn’t seem quite right, don’t give up. Give the benefit of the doubt and try again, or find another practitioner. Acupuncture is another great way to remove energy blocks and get it flowing again. This ancient practice originated in China around 6000BC. Instead of needles, practitioners used sharpened animal bones to target a number of pressure points around the body. Adding pressure and a skin prick to an area of concern causes the body to send blood flow and energy to that area for healing. This flood of energy unblocks the system, and the symptoms can be relieved. Acupuncture can be used to treat just about any ailment, from physical pain to emotional trouble. Because acupuncture requires a sanitary, sterile environment, it is recommended to only receive acupuncture from a licensed professional. Find someone who is licensed by your local health district and who has a proper education. It is possible to transmit diseases via these needles, so a practitioner who follows the rules and disposes of used needles is of utmost importance. Moving your body is another great way to get that energy flowing. We have known the correlation between general exercise and good health for quite some time. We often associate a healthy person as one who moves their body regularly. Starting or improving upon an existing exercise regimen can certainly improve the flow of energy and overall health. Not all exercise is created equal. Many people make the mistake of exercising certain parts of the body and not others. For example, a walker may work their legs and heart, but their upper body is largely unchallenged. A bodybuilder may focus on muscles but not cardiovascular strength. The majority of people focus too much on the exercise itself, and not the stretching. In addition, exercise is usually not done with optimal energy flow in mind. People focus on the task, but not the purpose, when really, the idea is to create an open channel of energy flow, getting oxygen and blood to all areas

of the body, including vital organs. There are some exercises that are better than others at this. Yoga is a wonderful practice that has been catching steam in the exercise world in the last decade. There are many different versions and classes available, with different ideas for what is right. Really, none of them are wrong, just different. Some classes focus on the same set of poses, while others change the routine often, even others that focus mostly on meditation. Find a method that speaks to you by trying different versions, and figuring out what makes you feel your best. The immediate effects of yoga are clear. Those who practice report feelings of euphoria and lightness within their bodies directly after practice, and for the rest of the day in most cases. The practice relieves stress, stretches your muscles and moves energy around. Practicing yoga does require basic physical strength and capability but is also something that improves with practice. If you are in good health in general and able to move, it is a great option. If your mobility is limited, it is possible to modify poses as well. Qui Gong and Tai Chi are both ancient practices that focus on the flow of energy. If you were to watch someone practicing either one, it might remind you of karate or other martial arts, but at a much slower pace. The hand and leg movements mimic traditional moves but in a constantly-flowing slowmotion way. It is really quite a sight, and the benefits of stress relief and physical exercise associated with this practice enhances energy flow. No matter what type of energy healing you subscribe to, regular participation in something that helps keep your energies balanced is a must in this stressful world. Your energy can take a shift in one direction or another at a moment’s notice. It is important to recognize this and make adjustments as necessary so that you may live your best life.

Chapter 13. Psychic Awareness Psychic awareness is defined as “the understanding of human consciousness and the full potential of the mind when it is applied to everyday life”. Psychic awareness is known to be the understanding of the silent Spirit that lies within us as well as our mind’s power. This psychic awareness provides us with access to our subconscious mind, giving us the power to control the various internal energies that influence our health, wellness, and relationships with other people. There are ways to not only develop but also strengthen your psychic awareness. The power of psychic awareness can then be reapplied to various different areas of our lives. A good way to think of psychic awareness is to think of your brain like a computer. When a computer is unplugged, it can still be used but its uses are greatly limited. When a computer is connected to the internet, however, it has a virtually never-ending list of functions it may perform. When you awaken your Third Eye, it is almost as if you are connecting your brain to the universe’s spiritual forces (you then unlock endless possibilities and potential by utilization of your psychic awareness). We have all heard the science-based rumor that humans only utilize roughly ten percent of our brain’s grey matter. Could it be possible that the other untouched 90% deals greatly with psychic awareness? Perhaps through psychic awareness strengthening exercises, and those utilized to achieve Third Eye awakening, we can be able to access and make use of the remaining 90% of our brains. Tips to Develop and Strengthen Your Psychic Awareness 1) Pray- Whatever higher power you believe in, whatever religion you practice, ask that higher power to help you have the ability to unlock greater psychic awareness. 2) Meditate- Through meditation, we are able to disconnect from life’s general noise and instead form a connection to a deeper awareness of the environment around us as well as our inner selves. When you let go of the preoccupying stressful thoughts you will be able to more easily embrace your mind’s natural sense of intuition. 3) Journal- Journaling is a great tool that can help make yourself aware of the external stressors in your life that usually cloud your mind the most. Once you are able to acknowledge these stress factors you can learn when to let go

so you may progress moving forward with your Third Eye awakening exercises.

Chapter 14. Trust Your Intuition Intuition is that unconscious reasoning, that feeling that we need to do something without knowing the why or how of it. In order to hear it, you have to go into a quiet place in your mind. A stillness, turning a listening ear inward to hear where you are being guided. Every time you are listening to your intuition, and connecting with your higher self, you are becoming more in tune with who you are meant to be. The connection to your intuition is something that everyone has. As we know, not everyone listens. You don’t have to dismiss your intelligence, we are striving for a balance between your intellect and intuition. There is beauty in the balance. Take some time for yourself, practice the meditation you are learning, remember to consciously let go of the negativity and worries you carry around with you. They are an extremely heavy burden, and they serve no purpose except to weigh you down. Our intuition is a quiet voice, especially when we aren’t listening. Intuition doesn’t involve your ego at all, so all of those egotistical emotions like anger, pride, shame, fear, are gone from that voice. Those emotions are loud, intense, and insistent. If you push past those loud voices, and seek out the quieter, simpler voice free of negative emotion, you have the chance to make a better choice in the heat of the moment. Going with your intuition is being a more authentic version of yourself. Being a more authentic you can never be wrong. If you want to enhance your intuition, and become a more balanced person, try doing more of the following: Work creatively. This is a balm to your soul when you pursue your creative side, whether you paint, make a piece of jewelry, put together a scrapbook, write a poem or piece of music. Anything that nurtures that side of you is inspiring, it enhances your intuition. Keep practicing your mindfulness. The best way to do that is meditation. The second best way is to stop judging yourself. Take your experiences for what they are, but don’t judge yourself harshly. Pay attention to it so that you can better understand it. But don’t judge it. Start listening to your gut. Any clues you receive from your body are something worth listening to, so pay attention. Slow down in that moment and try to interpret what your body is trying to tell you.

Strengthen the connection you feel with others. Have you ever noticed how your skin crawls when you see a spider crawl against someone else’s skin? When you see the excitement of your favorite team winning, their joy is palpable isn’t it? Try observing someone where his or her emotions aren’t so obvious. See if you can pick up on what they are feeling just by reaching out with your own senses. Listen to your dreams. I find it hard to remember my dreams unless I wake up and write them down. When you’re unconscious your brain processes things differently, more intuitively, there is a lot of information to be gained from writing your dreams down. They won’t make any sense at first. Just write them down, find a good dream interpretation book or website to use. And realize that dream interpretation isn’t usually literal. Divine messages some times come through your dreams, by writing them down you have a much better chance of getting the message they want you to have. Take time for yourself, quiet time to reflect, process through things that have happened, remove the negative thoughts you didn’t even realize you had. Keep making this choice, eventually you will find yourself doing this automatically, you’ll feel lighter, happier, more joyful. Your intuition is strong, and the more attention you give to it the clearer it will become. Your Ajna, that third eye chakra we’ve been talking so much about, that energy center IS your intuition. It is so many things, having it open can lead to clairvoyance, telepathy, lucid dreaming, enhanced creativity and imagination, and visualization. The five senses, touch, taste, hear, see, and feel, these five senses are what you have relied on since before your birth. Even in the womb you heard your mother’s voice, you felt her heartbeat. Your sixth sense, intuition is there for you to rely on as well. You have, I’m sure, at times. Doing this continuously takes practice though. We find it hard to trust things that we can’t see, hear, touch. We constantly search for reassurances that we are making the right decisions. Where do we look? Everywhere except within ourselves and our own instincts. We can fix this though. Like everything else, it just takes practice. A good way would be to start paying much closer attention to those clues we get. When you work out a deal, it seems great, well intentioned, and then

comes the moment when you shake hands with your counterpart, and suddenly the hairs raise on the back of your hand. Your body is telling you something is not quite right with this person. The deal goes through, you start to do business, and suddenly you find it’s corrupt. Write this down. Every time you feel a physical sense of foreboding, write it down along with the situation, take stock of it from a different perspective. Dig deeper and see if there is something you missed. If you can make better informed decisions by listening closer to your instincts, that intuition you are seeking will get stronger, louder, because finally, you are listening. We rely on a lot of modern technology nowadays to get us through our day. The ease at which we can accomplish tasks now and manage our lives is pretty amazing. And yet, we are losing touch with relationships that we’ve had, with ourselves, our family, nature, our spirituality. Everything comes at a price. I am a trusting person by nature. I look for the good in people first. My sister is the complete opposite of me, she’s very suspicious and distrustful. She in turn, thinks I’m too trusting, and she worries I will trust the wrong person. I worry about her instead, always focusing on the negative and expecting the worst first. She worries so much that something bad will happen, that inevitably, when it does occur, she’s almost triumphant that she’s been proven right all along. I do my best to trust my own instincts, hoping that I will know when someone is inherently bad, or doesn’t have good intentions towards me. Does it always work? No. I have disappointments just like everyone else. I make a conscious choice though, to not focus on the negative attributes of any one person or situation. I know life is a blessing. Our life is a gift we’ve been given. And if you have people you love in your life that love you back, you’re even more blessed. Take the time to enjoy this life, and the people in it. This journey that you’re on is fascinating, make the most of it while you are here. Where were we? Oh yes, balance. I promised you balance. Let’s try an exercise, shall we? We want to learn how to balance our chakras. The easiest, most direct way to this is meditation. Pay close attention to anything you feel when you try these practices. A physical sensation may be a good sign to show you that it is

working. This is a simple breathing technique that is great for anxiety. It’s called brahmari, a Sanskrit word that translates to bee. Named for the sound bees make, that low humming sound you hear. Try this in a moment you feel anxious, and see if this helps you. It is also another meditation for opening your third eye. Two birds, one stone. Brahmari (3-5 minutes) Sit in a comfortable spot with a tall back, don’t forget to relax your shoulders. Close your eyes. Start by taking a few slow, natural breaths. Breathe in. Breathe out. Breathe in. Breathe out. In. Out. Place your hands sideways across your face. Your middle fingers go over each eyelid, your index fingers should rest on your eyebrows. Your pinkies naturally settle under your cheekbones. Take your thumbs and close your ears. Keep your lips tightly sealed. Inhale through your nose. Exhale with the word AUM, sounding out the M. Keep sounding out M until you feel the need to breathe in again. Inhale deeply through your nose. Exhale with the M sound, as long as it is comfortable to exhale, making the sound as you release your breath. Inhale deeply, easily. Exhale as you hum the M sound, humming for as much as your lungs will allow without any discomfort. Keep doing this for a few minutes until you tire. When you are ready, return to your normal breathing. Gently. Open your eyes

slowly. Take note of how you feel. Hopefully this reduced some of the anxiety you were feeling. Is your tension gone? Do you feel any tingling? There are other easy methods to balancing your third eye chakra. A simple yoga pose that accomplishes the balance by grounding your third eye to the earth and helps nurture inner eye seeing is the child’s pose. Listed below are a few yoga poses recommended for this balancing work.

Chapter 15. Use Your Mind to Heal Hello and welcome. Thank you for joining me today for this self-healing meditation. This meditation has been made to assist anyone struggling with ailments, discomforts, and all problems of the body. During this meditation, you will be guided to relaxation. During that time, you will communicate with your body and give it blessings, health, and love. This meditation is used to increase love for ourselves and also heal us. Most of the time, we seek answers to our life challenges from our surroundings and beyond. When it comes to our bodies, we tend to forget that they have the ability to heal. It is good to remember that you can never be wise than your body. Doctors are important in your healing journey, but all they can do is create a good environment to allow healing. The true healing comes from within you. You are aware that negative thoughts cause negative physical manifestation. You should commit to listening to your body, nurture it and give it the selfcare it requires. Most of the diseases in our bodies are caused by imbalances such as too much fat, too much salt, too much resentment, and too much stress, lack of enough sleep or lack of peace. For today’s meditation, let us look for balance and allow our bodies to heal. This meditation should be practiced regularly before going to sleep or when you’ve just woken up. Please find a place where you know you will not be disturbed. Stand up and keep your spine straight. Stay relaxed with the palms facing up and make sure they do not touch the arms and legs. Feel comfortable. I want to thank you for taking the time from your busy schedule. I want to connect with you and discover the powerful ways in which your body can heal itself. It is essential to know that you are both unconscious and conscious. It is okay if your thoughts held in your subconscious mind are positive. To heal your body, you must agree with some truths and become aware of the messages in the background in your subconscious mind. Please think about this idea. We are 95% unconscious- we are 5 % conscious

Please take a moment and ponder on the idea that your brain can process a lot of data in a second, but it can only be aware of a small amount. Your body is performing divine functions all the time, every day. While you talk, while you sleep, while driving, every second of every day it is performing some data to keep you alive. You might not have considered this in the past, but it is time you consider and appreciate this temple that holds your thoughts, memories, your childhood beliefs, and you as a whole. Let your body relax. Focus on each part at a time and relax it. Breath in and breath out slowly. Notice the feeling in your nostrils as you take your breath and release it. Close your eyes and sense your breath. How does it feel when the breath enters and exits your body? Allow another deep breath and let it cleanse your system. Slowly breath out and release the tension from your body. With each breath, allow your body to get heavy. Allow your body to relax from the sole of your feet. Do you sense a tingling sensation? It should feel like you are stepping on a rag made of fur. Relax your feet and feel the energy massaging your ankles. Feel it move to your knees. Can you feel it flowing up your upper legs? Please don’t struggle with it or try to block it. Let the energy fill your whole system; feel it move to your hips, your arms, and your wrist. Relax and allow it to touch every part of your body and feel its impact. Let it move to your fingers. Do they feel warm? Let it climb up to your collarbone, to your nose, the eyes, and cheeks. Do you feel the power in the energy? Allow it to flow Relax your eyelids. Let them feel heavy and then relaxed. Feel your eyebrows relaxing your ears and forehead. Notice the energy going through them. Relax your forehead. Does it feel cool and relaxed? Spread the relaxation up to the top of your head. You have now relaxed your

whole body, and it should feel calm. Can you feel the relaxation flowing from your head to your feet? Allow your spine to relax. Start from the back of your head to the tailbone. Feel the muscles relaxing. Feel all your back muscles letting go and relaxing completely. Allow the relaxation flow throughout the body. Quench the thirst in your system with that energy. Take a deep breath and hold it. Relax all your muscles and then exhale gently through your mouth or nose. Do you feel all your limbs heavy and then relaxing? Take another breath and let it relax your body. Release it and allow it to flow out with the little tension lodging in your muscles. Keep breathing slowly and smoothly. Scan your body for any tension remaining. Do you notice any tension anywhere? Take your relaxation energy there. Let it flow in that area and take the tension with it. Think of the air you are breathing as a cleanser. Imagine that it can clear away all the tension in your body. Imagine that the air you breathe in has relaxation energy. Visualize the tension being cleared out with every breath you take. Relax- Can you feel how your body is relaxed and calm? Now enjoy that feeling for a few minutes. (Pause) Direct your attention to your body and think of the part that needs healing. Envision your current state of being. Think of the physical illness that is troubling you. It doesn’t matter if it is a pain, an injury, illness, or diagnosis. Whatever it is, think of it. Imagine this problem that you want its healing. Direct your attention to the specific part where your problem lies. Picture your problem as darkness and the healing as a bright light. Envision the bright light flowing from your head to your toes. Allow making a complete flow in your body. Now, direct it to your darkness.

Your body has the ability to heal itself. Notice the bright light improving your immune system giving you strength, removing bacteria, toxins, and making a complete cleanup of your system. Envision the bright light flowing, touching, and swirling over the darkness in the ailing part of the body. Can you see the pieces of darkness being cleared from your system? Allow them to leave as you exhale. Breathe in good health, tranquility, and healing — breath out stress, tension, ailments and all the problems in your system. Let the bright light hover over the darkness as it performs its magic. Notice the darkness becoming smaller and lighter. The bright light is carrying everything harmful to your body Visualize your immune system booting up, notice the cells going to their rightful places. Performing their duties to heal your body. Envision the bright light flowing through your body. Feel your body filled with relaxation feelings. Picture your ailing parts healing, picture it’s becoming small. Picture it’s becoming lighter, relaxing, carrying away all the pain and discomfort- healing. Let your body heal itself. Breath in the cleanser and breath out all the waste. Let your body relax when you breathe in and breath out anything unwanted in the system. Have confidence in your body’s healing ability. Feel the tranquility. (Pause) Witness your body feeling light like you have been unburdened. Feel the extra space in your mind and your body. Feel how your limbs feel weightless. Notice the warm comfort flowing through your body. Now it is time to get back to our normal level of wakefulness. Feel your mind and body becoming aware of your surroundings. Slowly deepen your breath as you direct your attention to your environment.

Can you feel your heartbeat? Listen to any voice near you. What voices can you hear from the far end? You have reminded your body of its ability to heal. You have approached the truth of your self-healing. You have changed your course for good. Embrace this change. Become aware that you are now your own healer. I will count to five. By the time I reach five, you will be at your normal level of alertness. 1 2 3 4 5 Welcome back. In the next few minutes, you will be ready to tackle your day. You will have renewed energy and a lightness of heart. Thank you for Practicing with me and enjoy your renewed energy and a rejuvenated body. Have a lovely day ahead. Namaste.

Chapter 16. Enhanced Psychic Abilities Third Eye awakening results in the enhancement of several psychic abilities, the most common of these being increase learning ability, increased creativity, clairvoyance (psychic vision), clairaudience (psychic hearing), clairsentience (psychic feeling), increased the feeling of intuition, and the increased ability to see or sense others’ auras. The Third Eye, or sixth chakra, is most commonly known for its clarified abilities of perception and clear vision. The Third Eye expands universal consciousness and allows one’s feeling of belonging to the universe. One may wonder why it is important or why they should be interested in the enhancement of their psychic abilities, and the answer is very simple: psychic abilities help us to avoid unpleasantness or unnecessary suffering in our lives. These various psychic abilities can be utilized to clearly see which path in life should be taken to reach success and to also make the best decisions possible. Psychic abilities are not a gift that only a select few possess, everyone has at least some amount of psychic ability and is able to strengthen that ability. Some techniques (other than meditation, of course) for developing and enhancing your psychic abilities are compiled in a list for you below: - Practice Psychometry: practicing psychometry is an excellent way to enhance your existing psychic abilities and works very similarly to intuition. In practicing psychometry, you are attempting to read an inanimate object’s energy. To do this, hold an object firmly in your hand (preferably the object will be metal) and close your eyes. Concentrate your sole focus on the object in your hand, and try to use your intuition to sense information about the object’s owner. - Use Zener Cards: Zener cards are an excellent tool in working to greatly enhance your psychic abilities. To use Zener cards, ask a friend of yours to choose a card and (without showing you or telling you which card they hold) memorize which card they have chosen. Then ask them to try to project the card image to you mentally, as you use your psychic abilities to receive the card’s image telepathically. - Visit an antique store: Antique stores are filled with many older items that have years of history behind them. Simply being in an environment filled with so many past connections can help to benefit your psychic abilities. Visit an antique store in your area and try to see what you feel by being immersed in this environment using your natural intuition.

- Telepathy Phone Call: This exercise can actually be really fun, and cool once your psychic abilities are strengthened enough to do it successfully. Using only your mind and your psychic powers, relax and focus all your energy on a specific friend. In your mind, concentrate on asking this specific individual to call you within 24 hours. After you feel you have focused your energy on this task, wait and see if your friend’s intuition was able to pick up the signal and call you based on a feeling they had.

Chapter 17. Spiritual Healing Having a spirit that is entirely made up of energy is a complicated thing. Just like the energy in your home, the power can go out at any given time. While your lights may flicker and your TV show may temporarily be interrupted, a spiritual outage is much more damaging. If your spirit is extinguished, it makes the rest of your life nearly impossible to live, as you no longer have your guidance. The good news is, every spirit has an ember burning, no matter how dim that light. The most common douser of spiritual light is everyday life. We all get in situations that we don’t like, take jobs that we hate to make ends meet, or hang out with people that are a bad influence and don’t appreciate us. Anytime we do or say things that are out of spiritual character, our inner selfdims a little inside. It is very easy to go down a path like this. Our society has taught us to sit down, be quiet and do what we are told. While we learn many lessons at the same time, we aren’t necessarily living up to our true spiritual potential, which knows no limits and is not bound by societal law. We must learn to live somewhat within the framework we are given, yet creating our own path that will make us truly happy. To be more specific, the basic framework would read something like, respect others, don’t hurt anyone and pay your taxes. The rest is really up to you. That’s pretty lenient, giving your spirit free reign over everything else. And yet most of us don’t. We never reach our full potential because we are stuck living in a world of rules. As good kids, we don’t want to upset anyone by doing our own thing. Having a damaged spirit affects everything you do. For example, perhaps you have just ended a bad relationship. This could be a friend, spouse or even coworker. This person may have taken advantage of you, asking for favors with no reciprocation, being mentally manipulative, you name it. The result is a body and mind that are disconnected from the spirit. That is, if your spirit had anything to say about it, this relationship would have ended ages ago. The result is a general lack of life. You may have been depressed, anxious, forgoing your own needs for someone else’s. Over time, the stress of this can have physical effects, leading to health problems like chronic colds and flu from a weak immune system. You could feel generally lethargic, as your body is just not energized. You may even have serious ailments like heart disease or autoimmune diseases as stress is generally considered the source of

it all. Now that this situation has resolved, whether, by your will or theirs, it is time to get your connection back. There are many resources available that we can use to get reacquainted with our inner self, and it is certainly worth working on. Once you can get back in touch with your inner self, your life comes back. On the right path, you will feel energized, motivated, and capable. Your health can improve as you will be making better choices regarding your health. You will no longer need food, alcohol, cigarettes or your crutch of choice to deal with stress. Spiritual healing comes in many different forms. There are plenty of professional healers out there that can help transform your energy and help get you on the right track. If you feel you have no idea where to start, it could be beneficial to meet with a healer to get your bearings and figure out where to go from here. With their help, you can balance your inner energy, get those energy systems aligned and flowing properly. Their guidance can give you the reassurance you need to move forward with your life and get back to normal. If you feel more confident in your own skills, try doing some things on yourself at home. Learning practices like Reiki and meditation can be easy and very beneficial to do on your own. Many people feel more comfortable taking this journey alone, without involving someone else in their process. This is a personal choice, and as this is their wish, will likely be very successful taking solitary measures. Do not count spiritual healing out if you feel your only problems are physical. For example, if you feel you have developed diabetes or high blood pressure out of the blue, there is a lot of work to do. Sure, you don’t exercise and your diet has been poor lately, but spiritual healing can get at the root of why you have made those bad decisions in the first place. No person in their right mind (and spirit) would choose to cause harm to their bodies, stress and other issues in life are usually the reason. While you should still see a medical doctor to manage these problems, getting reconnected with your spirit, changing things you are unhappy with in your life and getting back on your spiritual path will change all of that. Just think, if everything was going right at work, you had a wealth of great family and friends and you were generally content, wouldn’t it be easier to eat better and exercise? The stress of bad relationships and situations sets off a chain

reaction of negativity that leads to physical symptoms of stress. Spiritual healing is free. It is easy, and it is what your body wants. It knows it should be deeply connected with the spirit, but our minds trick us into thinking we have it all figured out on our own. All you need to do is start listening to the very loud, very obvious signs that our spiritual self is giving us. All of the stress we feel, the ailments we develop and the gut feelings we ignore are our spirit trying to tell us we have strayed from our path. They are ways of telling us so that we may find a way back to the right path. When we do get back on track and stop fighting against the energy of the universe, everything falls into place. If you feel that you just can’t get anything right, it is your spirit getting louder and louder, telling you that it is time to stop whatever you are doing and change your course. This could be as simple as being a more compassionate person, letting others go first in a traffic jam, being nicer to co-workers, or even uprooting your whole life and starting over. Let things go, reduce your aggravation and let in some positivity. How about start with the road rage and figure it out from there. Bringing in positive energy instead of negativity will feed your spirit and transform your entire life. It all starts with one small move. Power of spiritual healing Once you find an avenue of spiritual healing, the work can begin. This can be a long road, with twists and turns. You may not know exactly where you are going, but you need to trust your intuitions and understand that your spirit is genuinely connected with the universal spirit. Energy is very simple, flowing through the path of least resistance. It knows where it is going and it can see the fastest way to get there. Your energy is just the same. Listen to it, follow it and you will end up exactly where you are supposed to be. That end just may surprise you. If you aren’t quite sure about this whole process yet, take a lesson from a few people who take steps every day to connect with their inner self and find guidance. Many have come before you, got acquainted with their inner selves, and are living better lives for it. Remember that the only end point is our final passing, and so we must continue to listen. It is never too late to start on your path to wellness, and a better quality of life. Take Amy, for an example. Amy is the daughter of a profitable business owner and grew up working in her father’s restaurant. As the business grew,

it became a family joke that Amy would eventually take over the business when her father retired. At the time this was brought up, at the ripe old age of seventeen, it made Amy grimace. The thought made her uncomfortable, but she wasn’t sure why. She liked waiting tables at the restaurant with her sisters and cousins. When college rolled around, Amy decided she would take some business management courses, in hopes of finding some motivation for taking over the restaurant. When she graduated, her father hired her on to manage the restaurant, as he stepped down to retire. It was always his dream to retire early and live off the profits from his successful venture. Amy wanted this for him as well. Years pass, and Amy marries and has a few children. Her time is spent mostly at the restaurant, doing the books, ordering supplies and doing her best to manage. Over the years she has gained weight, eating the diner-style fare that surrounded her, doing little to move the wonderful body this universe put together for her. She becomes grouchy and unapproachable, as she is tired and overworked. Her staff turnover increases, as waiters and cooks find it hard to deal with her attitude. She gets divorced, as the relationship with her husband suffered many years of strained silence. Amy is at a turning point. She is now middle aged, wondering what happened with her life. Her mind fills with thoughts of things she could have done to be happier, be thinner, to have maintained her marriage. All worthless thoughts, as the past is gone and cannot be changed. As the kids stay with dad on weekends, Amy is confronted with some free time. She begins to really think, to listen. She begins to be drawn to articles online about stress management and relaxation. She eventually comes across one that peaks her interest in particular, about spiritual healing. The idea of meditation and listening to her inner self is very intriguing, likely something her spirit wanted her to see. She begins making time to meditate on a daily basis. She starts out slow, with just a few mindful thoughts every day, and a bit of journaling her emotions. As she begins to feel her stress melt away, she explores other options, even going to a professional healer for help and guidance. She begins to notice how defeated she feels as soon as she enters the restaurant. Her spirit feels physically depleted just thinking about it.

She listens to these signs and eventually comes to the decision that she needs to get out of the business. There is no big revelation, no fireworks going off as she comes to this realization. In fact, she has no idea what she would do instead, just that managing the business is not working anymore. She is scared, anxious, and unsure what to do with this realization. Over time, she gathers the strength to speak with her father about stepping aside. He agrees, reluctantly, but understanding that being there is slowly killing her, both physically and mentally. Amy’s spiritual healing continues with regular meditation and mindfulness. While she is drawn to many things, she always enjoyed the marketing side of the restaurant business. She always enjoyed making the flyers for weekly specials and managing an online presence. This was a creative outlet for her, and her savvy marketing skills kept the business healthy for years. She is now pursuing a degree in marketing, building better relationships with her kids and living a more meaningful life. She has started exercising after feeling her body decline, recognizing it is an unhealthy vessel for the blossoming spirit inside. Amy is still a work in progress but by giving in to the natural flow of her spirit, she has been able to get back to her intended path. Sure, she never expected to be a middle aged, divorced mother in college, but she is happier than she ever was at the restaurant, and her newfound motivation for life is more than enough to get her to the next adventure. Amy’s experience is not out of the ordinary, yet it is her own. We all hear about miracle success stories about how people on the brink of disaster turn it around and become millionaires. Sure, your spirit may get you there, but your spirit also isn’t concerned with money. The sooner you realize that the better. Our spiritual successes are measured in happiness, contentment, love, and energy, not money. Be open minded to this process and take money out of the equation. Many have died after living wealthy, miserable lives. They now have nothing to show for it but their misery. Money means nothing. Discard that thought, follow your true passions, and the universe will figure out how to sustain you. Not rich, sustaining. If your passion happens to make you rich beyond your wildest dreams, you will be an exception to the rule. But if nothing else, you will be happy.

Chapter 18. Balancing the Chakras and Healing Them Now, we know that the chakras are the energy centers. Each chakra has control over some functions. It governs some powers and rests in a particular position. At times the chakras can get hyperactive or stop functioning properly. This can create many types of problems for individuals. Suppose the Muladhara chakra gets hyperactive in someone. It will create emotional and physical disturbances. It may also lead to various ailments of the digestive system. Course correction is very important in such circumstances. The most important thing in this process is the identification of the problem. You must clearly identify the chakra with the imbalance. This will help you in resolving the problem fast. Blocked chakras may lead to an imbalance of power. The flow of energy may get obstructed or it may even increase dangerously. This can have serious repercussions on the individual. Relationships and mental well-being will get affected. Imbalance in the chakras may lead to destabilization in life and detachments. The effect will depend on the chakra facing the imbalance. It becomes imperative that the person suffering from this imbalance takes remedial action. Meditation offers the best and the most effective solution to such a problem. You can either identify the chakra facing the imbalance or do meditation to bring all the chakras in line. It works both ways. All the chakras are positioned in a straight line. They have their special colors. They represent a special region in the body. You will need to meditate on that specific part and color to resolve the balance. If you are not able to identify the specific chakra facing the imbalance, you can do the complete chakra balancing. Sit in a comfortable position. Loosen up your body and mind and relax. Do some stretching. Give yourself ample time to calm down. Everything is going to be fine. Now close your eyes gently. Let things settle down in your mind. Take a deep breath. Inhale fresh air from your nose and hold the breath for some time. Gather all your thoughts, worries and apprehension. Exhale from your mouth very slowly and leave those thoughts outside. Again repeat the same process. Take a deep breath. Inhale through your nose.

Let the fresh air soothe your senses. Wai for a moment. Bring all your doubts and worries together and slowly exhale them out of your body with the air. Once more, take a deep breath. Inhale through your nose. Hold your breath. Exhale all the impurities through your mouth very slowly. Now, focus on your root chakra Muladhara. It is situated at the base of your spine, in the perineum. Try to visualize its bright red color. Take a deep breath and feel the bright red color expanding with your breath. Focus on it. Now exhale the polluted air. Repeat the process several times. This is the chakra of basic needs. Its imbalance can have a long-lasting impact on your digestive system. It can also lead to instability in life as the basic needs of food and sleep are governed by it. Focus to expand the bright red color. With each deep breath, it will keep getting brighter and expand. Exhale the polluted air out. Keep yourself calm and relaxed. You are getting better. You are improving with every breath. The second chakra is the Swadisthana or the Sacral Chakra. This chakra controls your desires. If it goes into overdrive it can make you an addict of anything, be it sex, food, or any other pleasure. You would just become a pleasure seeker and lose the purpose and meaning of life. You would lose your grace in the world and become a talk of the town. Deficiency in its functioning can also lead to detachment. This will also be a very bad thing. The color of this chakra is warm orange. Focus on this area and visualize the warm orange color. Take a deep breath. Inhale the fresh air and focus it here. You will feel the warm orange color expanding. Now exhale very slowly through your mouth. Repeat this process several times. You will feel the chakra expanding with each breathing routine. You are balancing your chakra and bringing it to its natural position. The third chakra is the Manipuraka chakra. This is located in your solar plexus. This is the chakra fuelling your ambition. It makes you a doer. It helps you in achieving things in your life and career. It takes you places in the social order. It has great mental and spiritual significance. It can make you highly materialistic and ambitious. Imbalance in this chakra can lead to problems in your personal life. You can get overambitious and lose track of

other things. Poor functioning of this chakra can lead to complete loss of any ambition in life. You can become a directionless ship in the vast ocean. It is very important to balance this chakra. The color of this chakra is yellow. Put your focus on its location. Visualize the bright yellow of the sun. Inhale deeply. Focus your breath on solar plexus and see the yellow ring expanding. Gather all negative energy and exhale it slowly. Repeat the process several times so that your chakra gets balanced. The fourth chakra is the Anahata. It is located in the center of your chest. This chakra governs your heart. It rules your creativity. It makes your mind fertile. It builds your attachment to the world. It strengthens your attachments and brings out your love. It helps you express yourself and accept the love of others. It makes you a social animal. Imbalance in this chakra can have a farreaching impact on your life and relationships. The color of this chakra is green, the color of fertility. You have to concentrate in the middle of your chest and visualize the green color. Take a long deep breath. Focus on the center of the chest. See the green color circle expanding. Suck the polluted air and exhale slowly. Repeat the process several times. It will correct the imbalance in this chakra. The fifth chakra is the Vishuddhi. It is in your throat. It gives you authority and the gift of speech. You can have control over people. Your voice means a lot to the masses. But, an imbalance in this chakra can turn things upside down for you. Your image in front of people may come out as autocratic, dictatorial and dominating. You may become unpopular. You may even be called eccentric. Restoring balance in this chakra is very important. The color of this chakra is blue. It is a peaceful color. The journey is short. Take a deep breath and focus it towards your throat. Visualize the blue color. You will see the blue ring expanding in size. Collect the polluted air and exhale slowly. Repeat the process several times. The sixth chakra is the Ajna. It is the third eye. This chakra provides you the power of intuition, insight, spiritual force and awakening. It has immense power. It is interconnected with all the other chakras in the body. An imbalance in this chakra can lead to overall disorder. Your other chakras may become overactive or may not function properly. Restoring the balance in the

Ajna chakra will bring peace into your life. It will improve your intellectual faculties and increase your intuitive powers. The color of this chakra is indigo. If you have been doing the third eye meditation then your journey is easy. Otherwise, it may get a bit arduous. Prepare yourself and take a deep breath. Focus on the point of the third eye between your eyebrows. See the indigo circle in this area. Being a powerful chakra it can present a rainbow of colors or even fireworks to test your powers. You just need to focus deeply and visualize the indigo circle. You should focus your breath on this chakra. You will see it expanding. Exhale the polluted air outside slowly. Repeat the process several times till you feel the pressure releasing by itself. The seventh chakra is the Sahasrara. It is the crown chakra. Imbalance in this chakra brings the doom of any individual. It is the chakra connecting you to the higher self and the wider world. It leads to divinity. It brings peace, wellbeing, and confidence in your life. If there is an imbalance in this chakra your life will start going haywire without any apparent reason. Establishing a connection with this chakra is difficult. There is no path leading to this chakra. It is beyond reasonable comprehension. Just imagine a purple and white chakra on the crown of your head. Take a deep breath and focus all your energy towards this chakra. Visualize the purple-white chakra forming there. Collect the polluted air and bring it out. It will bring peace to your life. Repeat the process several times. If you do not know the exact location of the problem. Balancing all the chakras one by one is the most helpful. It will restore peace in your life. Purify Your Energy Fields Our body has seven chakras. These seven chakras have their own energy fields. Energy keeps traveling. This creates some waste over a period of time. It keeps on accumulating. Your energy fields get clogged or blocked. The transfer of energy doesn't remain smooth. You start feeling dried, exhausted and way out of sync. This fills you with negative energy. Your thoughts get fuzzy. You start making irrational decisions. If you are feeling anything like that then it is time you purified your energy fields. You will feel rejuvenated. You will feel as if you were reborn. Like you have taken a bath after traveling continuously in the scorching desert for months

and years. The process is very simple. You just need to relax and sit down. Sit down on the ground. Cross your legs. Your legs must touch the ground. It will help you in establishing the connection with the mother earth. She is the provider of energy. She is the primary force field. Sit on the ground and relax. Control your thoughts. Give them a break. Sit in a comfortable posture. Keep your back straight. Tilt your head a bit upside. Keep your hands on your knees or in your lap. Now take a deep breath. Inhale slowly. There is no rush. Inhale as much fresh air as you can. Take in inside. Hold it for few moments. Now exhale very slowly. There is no rush at all. You are relaxing now. Your racing thoughts are coming to a halt. This is a good sign. Again take a deep breath. Inhale deeply. Hold it for few moments. Let the breath out. Focus on the light in your head. Start counting backward from ten your mind. Count slowly. There is no rush. Your feet are touching the ground. The positive energy from the earth is entering your body. It is crawling up. You can feel the cold and refreshing sensation. From your feet to your knees. Up your things to your navel. It is moving up. Slowly but steadily. You are feeling the surge of energy. It is clearing the blockage. It moves up your chest to your throat. It is entering your brain and climbing up to your crown. There is a sudden flash of light. Everything is illuminated. You are feeling good.

Now the energy is traveling down. From your head to your throat. from your chest to your navel. It is going down your thighs to your knees. It finally moves from your feet to the ground. You are feeling refreshed. You look in front. There are stairs. They are crystal clear. You have never seen such clear stairs. Even the steps are made up of crystal. You move towards them. You are admiring them. You put one step ahead. You want to go up the staircase. You have decided. You are moving slowly. One step at a time. 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 You reach the top of the ladder. Here also everything is made up of crystal. There is violet light everywhere. Everything is shinning. Everything is clear. There is no confusion. There is a room ahead of you. You want to go inside it. You are moving decisively. You enter the room. It is a room full of light. There is a chair. You want to sit on it. You go to it. You sit on the chair. The light is right above your head. You are basking in the clear light. You are feeling happy and light. Everything is so clear. You sit there. Enjoying the light and clarity. Now you stand up. You move out of the room. You see the stairs. You go to the stairs. You come down the stairs. One at a time. 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1

You sit on the ground. You are very happy. You are feeling very light. You feel the connection with the earth. Now, sit back and relax for a moment. Open your eyes very slowly. You are feeling light. You have purified your energy fields. There is no obstruction. Lowering Stress Levels and Anxiety Stress and anxieties are the poison of our heart and soul. They have the worst impact on our thinking and behavior. They lead us in the wrong direction. They reduce our intuitive abilities. They hamper reasoning and practicality. Most of us know these facts very well. Yet, we have no control over these. A stressed mind will make the wrong decisions. An anxious mind will shy away from facing the situations and reality. It will generate a flight response and complicate things forever. There is always a way. But, these two negative emotions block the vision leading to those ways. You can always overpower these two problems easily. If you relax your mind for a few minutes the path will come clear immediately. Reason will prevail and you will see the light. But, they block the foresight. Meditation is the way to counter these two evils. It lovers your stress and anxiety levels. It makes you calm. You are able to take better, informed and rational decisions. The way to do it is very easy and known to everyone. It doesn't require very hard work, money or skill. It just needs patience and determination. You will not have to do difficult things. You just need to breathe in and breathe out. An activity you have to do in order to live in this world. Meditation teaches you the right way to do things in this world. It opens your eyes to the bigger realities of life. It makes you brave, prudent and calm. Meditation teaches you to shed your fears. It inspires you to look deep inside yourself and seek the answers to most of your problems. It helps you in avoiding embarrassment. It trains you to be wise and sensible. It shows you the light and the path leading to it.

If excessive stress and anxiety are your problems then move towards meditation. It will show you the path. It will help you in fighting these evils. Meditation teaches you to answer your fears, anxiety and resolve the stress and not to run from it. When you face your fears they disappear. They will keep chasing you till you continue to run away from them. You will have to face them someday at some point. Now is the right time to do that and this is what meditation trains you to do. If you want to make your life happy, useful and meaningful then running away from these things is not for you. Just stop! Walk on the path of enlightenment with meditation. It wouldn't push you into dark unknown corners but guide you to the light. It will help you in regaining lost control of your life. You will understand true bliss once you are free from stress and anxiety. You do not need to leave your business, job or daily routine. There is no need to sacrifice your worldly pleasures and move to the secluded forests. You can begin meditation and practice it right in your home or office. It is peaceful, forgiving and relieving. It is an experience for life. It will lower your stress and anxiety levels and give you a new lease on life.

Conclusion The mystical third eye has been a subject of awe. It has been kept as a secret for several centuries. Only a selected few harnessed its powers. It is present in every individual, yet people have been unaware of it. It can do a greater good of the society. Awakening the third eye means awakening everything that's good for you. The third eye is not an evil power. It brings out the best in you. It bestows peace upon you and the world. This book explains the ways you can awaken your third eye through meditation. It explains the real powers of third eye and the good it can do. It describes in detail the ways in which the third eye can be awakened. You learn about subjects like the decalcification of the pineal gland and activating our 7 chakras. These all are scientifically proven concepts. It has been accepted globally that they can do a greater good of the humanity on the whole. Yet, they are still shrouded in mystery. This book tries to explain these concepts and takes you one step closer to them. It lays great stress on the healing powers of the third eye or the Ajna chakra. It tells the connection between the third eye and the pineal gland and the spiritual consciousness they can offer. The third eye is the provider of the power of intuition. It gives you psychic abilities and the power to feel energies around you. It can help you in unifying yourself with everything around you. It raises your spiritual consciousness beyond powers of comprehension. It makes you a better human being because this power cannot be acquired with negative intentions. This book shows you the path to awaken your third eye. It tells you the wonders in store for you on the way. It takes you on this wonderful journey. On the path of meditation through which the third eye can be activated. Our stress, anxiety, and insecurities are the reason for most of our miseries, pain, and sufferings. They create negative energies and suppress our reasoning abilities and consciousness. You have learned the ways to suppress these evils and live a calm and peaceful life. A life which has so much to give and no need to take anything from anyone. It helps you achieving peace in your life. It doesn't ask you to leave your worldly possessions or move out of your present life. On the contrary, it encourages you to move inwards. It helps you in exploring your mind deeply. Understand the most powerful organ in your body and realize its powers. It shows you the path to achieve

the most in your life through few minutes of silence and meditation every day. You have learned the easy ways to meditate and get peace. It has helped you in understanding meditation, the third eye, your chakras and the pineal gland. You only need to keep moving on it. This will bring peace, tranquility, and wisdom to you. You will be able to achieve great success and come out as a better human being. You only need to follow the lead. Take some time out every day and meditate. Focus on the third eye. Try to awaken it. Realize its powers. Decalcify your pineal gland and activate it. The path to do this is through meditation. It will bring immense peace in life. You will feel more content and blissful. This book is all about bringing peace to you. You can achieve this easily with the methods suggested in the book. You can also activate some amazing abilities that have always been present in you but you were unaware of. It takes you on an amazing journey. The journey to happiness.